——s

ist

CONTENTS | oer

OF THE BOT

NEN TE VOLUME.

BY PROFESSOR ALEXANDER AGASSIZ.

NOTE on Lovén’s Article on ‘‘ Leskia mirabilis, Gray.”...............0.

BY W. G. BINNEY and THOMAS BLAND,

NODES on Lineual Dentition of Mollusca. ..............sseccccccsseuse

BY THOMAS BLAND.

NorTEs on certain Terrestrial Mollusca, with Descriptions of New Species...

ADDITIONAL Notes on the Geographical Distribution of Land Shells in the

Wiebe lites ee atthe Te) erosive <qojar-\cis-ers/s/ eia/trerae Wighesaioturdlayet fia: Gratk

BY H. C. BOLTON.

iInnmxearonuhe Literature Of Uranium... <<. J... <<.ccsescsesccsecctwesvces

BY A. D. BROWN.

MO mMmCneG mITmMUis Cilintus nGOUld: 37. F.5:- = ojc/c1c.0'sjaaiciele Suralsiny nie violas «9S

. BY W. A. DALL.

ON the Genus Pompholyx and its Allies, with a revision of the Limnawide

of Authors...... BI eye otar ol 2 hale PAGE CE EE OO OS Te eal

BY A, M. EDWARDS.

RESULTS of a Microscopical Examination of Specimens of Sand obtained

REA PERIMENT A TDC SIAR AW CLL cf eyoieyeisit<, v'msct=,a/a iste! »/0)e.niesajainivia.vv ald ota seine

BY H. ENDEMANN and 0, LOEW.

ON the Earth contained in the Zircons of North Carolina...........+...

BY GEORGE N, LAWRENCE.

A CATALOGUE of the BrrpDs found in Costa Rica... ......esseeeeeseeee

List of a Collection of Birds from Northern Yucatan...............

CATALOGUE of Birds from Puna Island, Gulf of Guayaquil, in the Mu.

seum of the Smithsonian Institution, collected by J. FP. Revi

CHARACTERS of some new South American Birds, with Notes on other

rare or little known Species...........cececesecssees or ety.

BY 0. LOEW.

ON a New Product obtained by the Decomposition of Trichlormethylsul-

HOMDLOMIGeM ics: - onus aces ‘

ON the Number of Isomeric Bodies... .

329

Contents. —

BY J. §. NEWBERRY. >

P, . PAGE

| Noves on the Later Extinct Floras of North America, with Descripti a}

of some New Species of Fossil Plants from the Cretaceous and

Wettiary Strata ......-. + ws Svc chp sR een wat oes cs ee ‘ '

Ow the Surface Geology of the Basin of the Great Lakes, and the Valley

of the Mississippi. .....::+sce dee eeee eee eee BIT fa host nte S cik stot ieee 218

BY FELIPE POEY. [

Review of the Fish of Cuba belonging to the Genus Trisotropis, with

an Introductory Note by J. Carson Brevoort...................- B01

NoTE on the Hermaphroditism of Fish...............6-...ccecceecees 309

Nuw Species of Cuban Fish.s.. 5 ves as on ao epees coeur pe Meee 317

BY TEMPLE PRIME.

Ow the names applied to Pisidium, a genus of Corbiculade............ 276

List of the Species of Mollusca found in the vicinity of North Conway,

New. Hampshire:. oo culied ss as eres oe ee ean ee 280

Notes on Species of the Family Corbiculadz, with Figures............ 298

BY COLEMAN T. ROBINSON. — ;

LEPIDOPTEROLOGICAL Miscellanies, . . .. 2... ..s0.c 00 ns semisepeseeenes 152, 310

BY PAUL SCHWEITZER.

On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid; its history, its modes of separation from

sesquioxyds, principally from Sesquioxyd of Iron, and its estima-

oT ETS eye) creer se ert Sabet hy Wer Py ee is te 158

BY SANDERSON SMITIT and TEMPLE PRIME.

Rerort on the Mollusca of Long Island, N. Y., and of its Dependencies. 3877

BY THEO, A, TELLKAMPF, M.D.

Nove respecting the Eyes of Amblyopsis spelwus.....................- 150

BY E. G. SQUIER,

OBSERVATIONS on a Collection of Chalchihuitls from Central America... 246

bd \

i“. o

YVIRARAWAN 2 4 YK

rm ;

: e

re ) BortonsA otey 76 gewlt Path 4 t6J r ols , uF

"ert mort ainald twat 4 291m f

\\ See

4 bos etc} 4b.

pe , nein T

Ae ' etqon Oarit si

ee sabe

aTE 1,—Fig. 1. Huphanessa mendica,

2. Euphanessa unicolor.

of eer. on 3. Oligostigma albalis.

es 4. Cataclysta bifascialis.

5. Hromene texana.

mont mole fi. Depressaria cinereocostella.

T., Depressaria atrodorsedla.

— 8. Depressaria pulvipennelia,

9. Depressaria lecontella.

10. Depressaria Grotela,

- Pian 22 Dissection of Pompholyzx.

Var. solida, Dall.

..._. For explanation, see page 360 of text.

pra

Obs « noltianh Is:

ANNALS

_OF THE

LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY.

_ L—Wotes on the Later Extinct Floras of North America, with

Descriptions of some New Species of Fossil Plants from the

Cretaceous and Tertiary Strata.

By J. S. NEWBERRY.

Read April 22d, 1867.

Tue Creraceous Frora or Norra AMERICA.

Ir is only within the last ten years that we have obtained

any information whatever in regard to the nature of the vege-

tation which clothed the land that represented North America

during the Cretaceous period. Previous to that time large

collections of fossils had been made from rocks of that age on

the Atlantic and Gulf coasts, but the beds which furnished

them were marine sediments, and the fossils they contained

were principally mollusks and radiates, but included also frag-

ments of skeletons of Cretaceous saurians, J/osasaurus, [adro-

saurus, &e., and teeth of Ptychodus, a Selachian fish. In these

remains there was found a generic correspondence with those

of the middle and upper Cretaceous beds of the Old World, and

many species were recognized as the same found there. In

1855, Dr. F. V. Hayden made the second of his numerous

journeys into the country bordering the upper Missouri, which

have resulted in such important contributions to our knowledge

of the geology of the interior of the continent. At this time

APRIL, 1868. 1 Axx. Lyre, Nat. Hur. Vor. IX.

2 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

he was connected as Geologist and Naturalist with an explor-

ing party sent out by the War Department under command

of Lieut. (now Gen.) G. K. Warren, Corps of Topographical

Engineers, U.S. A.

In the great mass of interesting materials brought by Dr.

Hayden, were a number of angiospermous leaves obtained

from a red sandstone lying at the base of the Cretaceous for-

mation at Blackbird Hill, in Nebraska. Outline sketches of

some of those leaves were sent to the distinguished fossil Bot-

anist, Prof. Oswald Heer, of Zurich, Switzerland. By him

they were pronounced of Miocene age, and referred to the

genera Laurus, Populus, Liriodendron, &e.; a narrow lanceo-

late leaf, being considered identical with Laurus primigenia,

Ung.; a broad rounded one, with Populus Leuce, Ung., both

found in the Miocene of Europe. At the same time the ‘fossils

themselves were submitted to me for examination, and, regard-

ing the so-called Populus Leuce as generically identical with

some large rounded leaves described by Zenker from the Cre-

taceous sandstone of Blankenburg, Germany, I considered this

florula as of Cretaceous age—confirming the conclusions of

Messrs. Meek and Hayden, who on other evidence had referred

the deposit from which they came to that period. The plant

called Laurus primigenia by Prof. Heer, I considered a Salix,

and the other leaves, as representing the genera Platanus,

Populus, Fagus, Liriodendron, Sassafras, Magnolia, &e. Un-

fortunately, Prof. Heer had only sketches, and those of but

part of these leaves; and while I had the specimens all before

me, I had no specimens of the Cretaceous flora of Europe, but

only figures and descriptions of the comparatively few leaves

up to that time found in this formation by Zenker, Dr. Debey,

Steihler, and others. It was therefore quite impossible that we

could then make an intelligent comparison of the two floras.

The genera recognized among these plants by Prof. Teer and

myself were, for the most part, living in our forests, and largely

represented in the Miocene strataof Europe. It is not surprising,

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 8

therefore, that Prof. Heer should have considered them of Ter-

tiary age, and that this opinion should be shared by many others.

Soon after the discovery of these plants by Dr. Hayden, he

went again to Nebraska and Kansas, accompanied by Mr.

Meek, and collected from various exposures of Lower Cretace-

ous sandstone numerous additional specimens of the same and

different species. Subsequently, I went myself to the region

where these were collected, and spent some years in the study

of the geology of the interior of the continent, exploring a large

area occupied by Cretaceous rocks, in Kansas, Colorado, Ari-

zona, New Mexico, and Utah. During these explorations | ob-

tained from the Cretaceous strata, at a great number of localities,

angiospermous leaves, consisting of some of the species obtained

by Dr. Hayden, with many others, all of which are described

in the report of the San Juan expedition, not yet published.

In numerous instances, as Dr. Hayden had done, I obtained

these leaves from the sandstones overlaid by calcareous beds

containing Gryphwa Pitcheri, Inoceramus problematicus, and

many other unmistakable Cretaceous fossils. These leaves I

found to be characteristic of the strata in which they were first

discovered, and was able to obtain them at nearly every expo

sure which I examined. In the end I had before me, collected

by Dr: Hayden and myself, at least fifty distinct species of

leaves of this character from this horizon, with fragments,

scarcely sufficient for description, of perhaps as many more,

Though Mr. Meek, Dr. Hayden and myself had thus demon-

strated the true position first taken by us in regard to the age

of the beds which furnish these leaves, the flora they represen:

ted was so modern in its character that the European palmwon-

tologists were still unwilling to admit the possibility of its

being older than Tertiary; and it was only when, in 1863, M.

Marcou and Prof. Capellini made a special journey to Ne

braska, and collected fossils from the same localities that had

yielded them to Meek and Hayden, that the fact was admitted

that this flora was really of Cretaceous age.

4 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

The plants collected by Messrs. Marcon and Capellini em-

braced sixteen species, which have been described by Prof.

Heer in the “ Memoires de la Societé Helvetique des Sciences

Naturelles, 1866 ;” viz.: Populus litigiosa, P. Debeyana, Salix

nervillosa, Betulites denticulata, Ficus primordialis, Pla-

tanus (¢) Newberryana, Proteoides grevillieformis, P. acuta, P.

daphnogenoides, Aristolochites dentata, Andromeda Parlatorii,

Diospyros primava, Cissites insignis, Magnolia alternans, M.

Capellinii and Liriodendron Meehii.

It is an interesting fact that of these sixteen species, but three

are identical with those obtained before from the same quarries,

or those collected by myself elsewhere at the same geological

horizon—an illustration of the richness of the flora which they

represent. My own observations prove this richness still more

clearly, for, as I have said, in the outcrops of the Lower Creta-

ceous rocks at the West, I have detected at least a hundred

species of conifers and angiospermous trees. Of these it rarely

happened that, in the chance exposure of a cliff or water-washed

surface, anything like a perfect specimen could be detached

and brought away. As a consequence we have, in the figures

and descriptions now published or prepared, but a very imper-

fect view of the flora of the Cretaceous period on this conti-

nent, even as it has been exhibited to my eyes; and there is

every reason to believe that but a small proportion of its ele-

ments have as yet been observed at all.

On the western margin of the continent it is well known

that the Cretaceous strata are quite largely developed; having

been recognized in Sonora, California, Oregon, Washington

Territory, and Vancouver's Island, From the latter locality

quite a number of fossil plants have been collected, which

have been deseribed by Prof. Heer, Mr. Lesquereux, or myself.

The first knowledge which we obtained of the Cretaceous beds

of Vancouver's Island was derived from the descriptions by Mr.

Meek (Transactions of the Albany Institute, vol. 4, p. 37) of

some fossil mollusks collected by Dr. Turner. Subsequently,

» OVA

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 5

in 1858, the collections made by the United States Northwest

Boundary Commission were placed ia my hands for examina-

tion. These included fossil plants from the coal beds of

Nanaimo, Vancouver’s Island, which were associated with

Inoceramus, Pholadomya, etc., before described by Mr. Meek,

and which plainly indicated their Cretaceous age. These plants

were described by the writer in 1863 (Boston Journal of

Natural History, vol. 7, No. 4). Previous to that time the fossil

plants collected by Dr. Evans, United States Geologist for the

Territory of Oregon, were committed to Mr. L. Lesquereux,

the well-known Botanist, who published descriptions of them

in the American Journal of Science. Of these the following

were from Nanaimo, viz. :

Populus rhomboidea, Lesqx.

Quercus Benzoin,

Quercus multinervis,

Quercus platinervis,

Salix Islandicus,

Cinnamomum FHeerii,

Ficus Sp.

with which are enumerated, but not described in full, “a

Platanus with the same nervation as Quercus platinervis,” a

Chamaerops agreeing with Sabal Lamanonis, Bergh., common

in the European Miocene, a very tine Salishuria, very variable

in the outline of its leaves, and named Salishuria polymorph,

‘.

also a small piece of a fern referable to the genus Lastreq, and

a Sequoia probably identical with S. sempervirens.

The Bellingham Bay plants described by Mr. Lesquerews

‘consisted of species of Smilax, (Quercus, Planera, Cinnamomun,

Persoonia, Diospyros, and Acer. By Mr. Lesquereux the

plant-bearing strata of Bellingham Bay and Vancous er’s Island

were regarded as of the same age, and from the resemblance

of the species they contain to those found in the Miocene of

Europe, he prononnced them to be of that date (Op. Cit, vol.

xxvii., p. 362). In a subsequent namber of the American

6 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

Journal of Science (vol. xxviii., p. 85), is published a letter

from Prof. Heer upon these plants, of which sketches had been

sent him by Mr. Lesquereux. In these notes the extinct flora

of Vancouver's Island and Bellingham Bay are considered of

the same age, and brought still nearer the Miocene of Europe ;

quite a number of species being regarded as identical with

those found at Oeningen, &e.

Since that time a collection of fossil plants made by Dr. C.

B. Wood, at Nanaimo, V. I., and at Buzzard’s Inlet, British

Columbia, was sent by Dr. Hooker to Prof. Heer for examina-

tion. From the coal mine at Nanaimo but a single species of

this collection was obtained; a conifer, considered by Prof.

Heer as identical with Sequoia Langsdorfii, Br. sp., a species

common in the Miocene of Europe. From these facts it will

be seen that the modern aspect of the fossil flora of Van-

couver’s Island has produced the same misapprehensions as the

Cretaceous flora of Nebraska. This, however, is not to be won-

dered at, and conveys no reproach to the eminent scientific

men who have been misled byit. The identification of species

by few and fragmentary specimens, or still worse by sketches,

isa difficult and hazardous task for any one to perform; and in

regard to the generic relations of the plants described, it can

only be said that previous to the discovery of such modern

genera as Liriodendron, Magnolia, Sassafras, &e., in the Cre-

taceous rocks, they were naturally regarded as belonging to

the present or Tertiary flora. It is also true that the flora of

the Cretaceous period in the Old World has until recently been

considered, from the number of Cycads it includes, as a con-

tinnation of the Jurassic flora; and it contains East Indian

forms, none of which have as yet been discovered on this con-

tinent. There is no more doubt, however, that the plant-bear-

ing strata of Vancouver's Island are Cretaceous, than in regard

to those of Nebraska. A very large number of Cretaceous

mollusks have been collected, both in the overlying beds and

those containing the plents, as was stated by the writer in

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. -

1863, in the report on the fossils collected by the Boundary

Commission.

As regards the strata containing the plants and coal of Bel-

lingham Bay, further observations and collections must be

made there before the question can be said to be definitely

settled. Mr. Gabb, paleontologist to the California geological

survey, who has recently visited Bellingham Bay, has been led

by the molluscous fossils obtained there to consider all the

coal-bearing series of that district as Cretaceous. If this be so

there has been some error in the labelling of specimens which

have come into my hands professedly from “ Bellingham Bay.”

Some of them are unquestionably Miocene, for they include

Glyptostrobus Huropeus, Taxodium occidentale, and other

plants found in the Miocene strata of Dacotah and Montana.

The truth probably is that both formations are represented at

or near Bellingham Bay. The coal of Coose Bay and the

fossiliferous strata at Astoria are known to be Miocene, as are

also the plant-bearing beds at Birch Bay and Buzzard’s Inlet,

and I have lately received a beautiful collection of Miocene

plants from a locality not far distant in the interior.

From Orcas Island, which occupies an intermediate position

between Bellingham Bay and Vancouver’s Island, a collection

of plants was made by Mr. George Gibbs of the Boundary

Commission, in which the species are, with perhaps one excep-

tion, different from those obtained from the other two localities

mentioned. These include ferns, palms and broad-leaved plants

described in the report to which I have alluded, where they

are referred to the Cretaceous period.

Combining the contributions thus made to our knowledge of

the Cretaceous flora, and referring to this formation all that we

now know to belong there, we have the following list of genera

and species:

WN. A. Cretaceous Plants now or hitherto deserthed.

Populus rhomboidea, Lesqx. Nanaimo.

Later Extinct Floras of North America,

Salix Islandica, Lesqx.

Quercus Benzoin, es

Quercus multinervis, Fp

Quercus platinervis, ahs

Cinnamomum Heerii, &“

Salisburia polymorpha, EF

Aspidium Kennerlii, Newb.

Sabal sp. 4

Taxodium cuneatum, 3:

Ficus (¢) cuneatus, ”

Teeniopteris Gibbsii,

Sphenopteris (Asplenium) elongata, “

Populus Debeyana, Heer

P. |tigiosa, 2

Salix nervillosa, z

Platanus Newberryana, 2

Andromeda Parlatorii, +

Diospyros primieva, nF

Phyllites Vannone, FE

Aristolochites dentata, i

Cissites insignis, 2

Ficus primordialis, 3

Magnolia alternans, i

M. Capellinii, ee

Liriodendron Meekii, ae

Betulites denticulata, ‘

Proteoides daphnogenoides, :

P. acuta, fs

P. grevilliaformis, 3

Leguminosites Marconanus, i

Sapotacites Haydenii, 6

Populus eyclophylla, ‘

Phyllites obcordatus, ‘

Sassafras cretaceum, Newb.

“i

Liriodendron primeevum,

Nanaimo.

“

“ce

Orcas Is.

“

Nebraska.

. with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 9

Araucaria spatulata, Newb. Nebraska,

Quercus salicifolia, “ rs

Magnolia rotundifolia, « «

Platanus latiloba, «“ “

Fagus cretacea, “ ‘“

Sphenopteris corrugata, « ‘“

Pyrus (?) ecretacea, “ r

Populus elliptica, “ “

P. microphylla, ‘ rr

P. cordifolia, cc ‘

Acerites pristinus, «“ «“

Alnites grandifolia, «“ «“

Salix flexuosa, ‘<4 &

S. cuneata, ‘ ie oa

S. membranacea, ec “

Quercus antiqua, «< S. Utah.

ce “

Quercus sinuata,

Cupressites Cookii, as New Jersey.

From this list it will be seen that the Cretaceous strata of

the west coast include some forms not yet discovered in the

Kansas and Nebraska beds. Among these, Salishuria, Saba’,

Cinnamomum, &e., are indicative of a warmer climate. Possi-

bly these genera may hereafter be detected in the plant-beds

of Kansas, Nebraska, and New Mexico, but as yet we have no

intimation of their existence, and there is nothing now known

in the Cretaceous flora of that region which gives it a tropical

or even sub-tropical character.

It will be remembered that this vegetation grew upon a

broad continental surface, of which the central portion was

considerably elevated. This would give us physical conditions

not unlike those of the continent at the present day; and it

would seem to be inevitable that the isothermal lines should

be curved over the surface somewhat as at present. It may

very well happen, therefore, that we shall find the palms and

cinnamons restricted to the Western margin of the Cretaceous

10 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

continent. It will be seen by the notes now given of the Ter-

tiary flora of our continent, that, at a later date, palms grew in

the same region where these Cretaceous plants are found; but

cinnamons and other tropical plants seem to be entirely want-

ing in the Tertiary flora of the central part of the continent,

while on the west coast both palms and cinnamons lived during

the Tertiary period as far north as the British line. We have

therefore negative evidence from the facts, though it may be

reversed at an early day by further observations, that the eli-

mate of the interior of our continent during the Tertiary age

was somewhat warmer than at the beginning of the Cretaceous

period, and that during both the same relative differences of

climate prevailed between the central and western portions that

exist at the present day.

DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES.

Sphenopteris corrugata. (n. sp.)

Form of frond unknown; pinnules ovate or cuneiform, narrowed

at the base, obtuse, lobed, often plicated longitudinally; nerves

distinct, dichotomously branching from the base.

The specimens of this fossil collected by Dr. Hayden are

fragmentary and imperfect, but quite sufficient to show if to

be different from any described species.

Formation and Locality. Uower Cretaceous strata, Black-

bird Hill, Nebraska. (Dr, Hayden.)

| Araucaria spatulata. (n. sp.)

The only specimen of this beautiful species contained in the col-

lections of Dr. Hayden, is a fragment of a branch nearly half an

inch in diameter. On this the leaves are thickly set, theif bases

slightly decurrent, being scarcely separated from each other. From

these bases, the leaves radiate in dll directions, and are slightly re-

eurved. They are half an inch in length, broadly spathulate, ob-

tuse, and narrowed at the base. Along the medial line passes a dis-

tinet carina, which vanishes towards the apex.

From all living or fossil species, this seems very clearly dis-

tinguished by the form of the leaves. Two species of Arau-

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 11

carites have been described from the Cretaceous formation, of

which descriptions are before me: A. acutifolius Endl. and A.

erassifolius Endl. (Synops. Conif. p. 301); neither of which

has spathulate leaves. .

There is little doubt that this was a true Araucaria, and not

very unlike, in its general aspects, some species now living.

It is also probable that these trees formed extensive forests

on the land during the Chalk period, as I have found the Cre-

taceous strata in some localities in the West literally filled with

large trunks of coniferous trees, many of which have rather the

structure of Araucaria than of Pinus, Abies or Juniperus,

although all these genera were represented at that epoch.

Formation and Locality. Upper Cretaceous strata, Sage

Creek, Nebraska. (Dr. Hayden.)

Nyssa vetusta, (n. sp.)

Leaves large, obovate, entire, thick and smooth, pointed and

slightly decurrenton the petiole; nervation strong ; midrib straight

and extending to the summit; lateral nerves pinnate, set at some-

what unequal distances, straight and parallel below, forked and

inosculating above, forming a festoon parallel with the margin;

tertiary nerves forming an irregular network of polygonal and rela-

tively large areoles.

Of this species there are numerous specimens in the collec

tions made by Dr. Hayden in as good preservation as the ma-

terial in which they are fossilized will permit. The nervation

is strongly marked, and all its more prominent characters as

appreciable in the fossil as they were in the fresh leaves. In

nervation, consistence, and outline these leaves are almost tn-

distinguishable from those of the “ Pepperidge” (Vyssa m ulti

flora). The primary and secondary nervation of some species

of Magnolia also exhibit a strong resemblance to that of these

fossils, but a less complete correspondence than Nyssa presents,

Without the fruit, or at least leaves preserved in a fine argilla-

ceous sediment in which the finer details of nervation are

12 Later Extinct F loras of North America,

given, the affinity suggested must be considered to some extent

conjectural.

Formation and Locality. Red ferruginous sandstone of

Lower Cretaceous formation, Blackbird Hill, Nebraska. (Dr.

Hayden.)

Pyrus cretacea. (n. sp.)

Leaves petioled, small, roundish-oval or elliptical, often slightly

emarginate, entire or finely serrate; medial nerve strong below,

rapidly diminishing toward the summit; lateral nerves four or five

pairs with intermediate smaller ones, diverging from the midrib at

unequal angles, curved toward the summits, where they anastomose

in a series of arches parallel with the margin; tertiary nerves

forming a network of which the areole are somewhat elongated.

There are a number of leaves in the collection, of which the

characters, as far as they are discernible, agree more closely

with those of the species of Pyrus than with any other with

which I have compared them. All the traces of their origi-

nal structure which remain, however, are quite insufficient to

permit their generic limitation to be determined with any de-

gree of certainty. The leaves of many of the allied genera of

the Rosacew have so much in common, that even with the

leaves of the living plants it would be difficult, if not impossi-

bie, to separate them. The fossils before us are, however, very

characteristic of the formation which contains them, and for

that reason require notice, and as far as practicable description,

There are several other leaves in the collection which seem

to me to have belonged to Rosaceous trees, and there is per-

haps no @ priord improbability that Pyrus began its existence

on this continent with its congeners and companions in our

forests of the present day.

Formation and Locality. Uower Cretaceous sandstone,

Smoky Hill, Kansas. (Dr. Hayden.)

Liriodendron primzevuin. (un. sp.)

Leaves three-lobed, upper lobe emarginate, all the lobes round-

ed; nervation delicate, principal nerve straight or slightly curved,

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 13

terminating in the sinus of the superior lobe; secondary nerves

gently arching upward, simple or forked near the extremities, a few

more delicate ones alternating with the stronger.

This leaf is considerably larger than that of Z. Meekii Heer.,

less deeply lobed, and the lobes more broadly rounded. In its

general aspect this species approaches much nearer the living

tulip-tree, and the Tertiary species of Europe (Z. Procaccinii

Ung.), than that described by Professor Heer from the collec-

tions of Dr. Hayden (Z. Meekii). The leaves of the former

species are, however, generally more deeply lobed, and the

lobes are acute, but I have collected leaves of Z. Tulipifera of

* . . .

small size with all the lobes rounded, and in all respects re-

markably like that under consideration. On the whole, this is

so like the leaf of our tulip-tree that there can be little doubt

that it represents a species of the same genus which grew on

our continent at the commencement of the Cretaceous epoch.

This is one of the most important facts deduced from the collee-

tions of Dr. Hayden, for the genus Ziriodendron is now repre-

sented but by a single species, which is confined to North

America. During the Miocene Tertiary epoch, however, it

formed part of the flora of Europe, as well preserved leaves of

a species very closely allied to, if not identical with the living

one, grew in Italy, Switzerland, and Iceland.

Thus this comes into the interesting category of Magnolia,

Liquidambar, Sassafras, &c.; genera which flourished both in

Europe and America during the Miocene epoch, but which

have long since ceased to exist on the European continent.

These specimens also teach us the still more interesting truth,

that Liriodendron, Sassafras, Magnolia, Quercus, Saliv, Pla

tanus, Populus, and many others of our living genera, date

back on this continent to a period long anterior to the dawn of

the Tertiary age, and, having survived all the changes of the

incalculable interval, now form the most conspicuous elemente

in our existing forests.

14 Later Extinet Floras of North America,

_ Formation and Locality. Lower Cretaceous sandstone,

Blackbird Hill, Nebraska. (Dr. Hayden.)

Sassafras cretaceui. (n. sp.)

Leaves petiolate, decurrent at base, very smooth above, strongly

nerved below; three-lobed; lobes entire and acute. The nervation

is all strongly defined; the central nerve straight or nearly so; the

Jateral primary nerves springing from it at an angle of 30° ; second-

ary nerves regularly arched till they approach the margin of the

lobes, when they are abruptly curved and run together. From

these the tertiary nerves are given off at a right angle, and from

these the quaternary nerves spring at a similar angle, together form-

ing a network of which the areoles are sub-quadrate. .

It is perhaps not certain that the relationship between this

beautiful fossil and the living Sassafras is as intimate as I

have suggested, for Dr. Hayden obtained no fruits with the

leaves, though, from the abundance of the latter, it is to be

hoped that they may yet be found in the same locality. Until

the fructification shall be procured, the suggestion that a species

of our modern genus Sassafras flourished as far back as the

epoch of the deposition of the Lower Cretaceous strata, may be

accepted with a certain degree of mental reservation. It is

true, however, that there isa most marked correspondence, both

in external form and nervation, between the living and the

fossil plants; the differences being no greater than we might

expect to find between species of the same genus. The nerva-

tion of the fossils is stronger and more regular, and the whole

aspect of the leaf rather neater and more symmetrical.

With the material already before us, we may at least infer.

that there was living in the American forests of the Chalk

period a Lauraceous tree, bearing trilobate leaves, having the

general aspect and nervation of those of our Sassafras.

Formation and Locality. Lower Cretaceous sandstone,

Blackbird Till, Smoky Will Pork, Nebraska and Kansas.

(Dr. Hayden.)

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 15

Magnolia obovata. (n. sp.)

Leaves large, obovate, entire, thick and smooth; pointed and

slightly decurrent on the petiole; nervation strong; midrib straight

and extending to the summits; lateral nerves pinnate, set at some-

what unequal distances, straight and parallel below, forked and in-

osculating above, forming a festoon parallel with the margin ; ter-

tiary nerves forming an irregular network of polygonal and rela-

tively large areoles,

Of this species there are numerous specimens in the collee-

tions made by Dr. Hayden, in as good preservation as the ma-

terial in which they are fossilized will permit. The nervation

is strongly marked, and all its more prominent characters as

appreciable in the fossil as they were in the fresh leaves,

In nervation, consistence, and outline, these leaves must have

been strikingly like those of some of the Chinese magnolias, as

Mf. purpurea, &c., which have obovate leaves, and I have pro-

visionally grouped them together. Without the frnit, or at

least leaves preserved in an argillaceous sediment in which the

finer details of nervation are given, the affinity suggested must,

however, be considered to some extent doubtful.

Formation and Locality. Wed ferruginous sandstone of

Lower Cretaceous formation, Blackbird Hill, Nebraska. (Dr.

Hayden.)

Acerites pristimus, (n. sp.)

Leaves petiolate, cordate at the base, five-lobed, lobes entire,

acute (?); five strong and nearly equal veins radiate from the base

into the lobes. The small nerves are distributed over the surtace

in a fine network of which the meshes are sub-rectangular.

The specimens which I have of this plant do not give the

entire outline of the leaf. In general form they would seem to

have resembled those of Acer saccharinum, and still more those

of A. pseudoplatanus of Europe, but are apparently more sim-

ple than those of either of these species. With the species of

Acer described from the Tertiary strata it is not likely to be

16 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

confounded, though bearing some resemblance to A. ¢nteger-

rimus (Viv. Mem. Soc. Geol. France, 1833, vol. 1, p. 183, tab.

xl. fig. 6). In that species, however, the lobes are narrower and

more elongated. Four species of Acevites have been described

from the Cretaceous strata of Europe. Of these I have only

the descriptions of two, A. repandus and A. styracifolius Ung.,

both of which are quite different from this.

Formation and Locality. Lower Cretaceous sandstone,

Blackbird Hill, Nebraska. (Dr. Hayden.)

Populus elliptica. (n. sp.)

Leaves long—petioled, sub-orbicular or transversely elliptical,

slightly cuneate at the base, and apiculate at summit; lower half

of leaf entire ; superior half, or more, very regularly and rather finely

obtusely serrate, or crenate, the points of the teeth inclining upward ;

primary nerves usually 5, sometimes 3, radiating from the base at

equal angles; from these the secondary nerves spring at acute

angles.

This is an exceedingly neat and well-defined species, very

fully represented in Dr. Hayden’s collections. It is symmetri-

eal in form, broader than high, forming a transverse ellipse,

from the opposite sides of which rise the corresponding and

equal projections of the apiculate summit, and slightly decur-

rent base. The crenation of the upper portion of the leaf is

very regular and neat, the teeth of small size, and turned up-

ward. The general aspect of the leaf is not very different from

that of Some specimens of /?. tremuloides, but the entire mar-

gins at the lower half of the leaf, the more elliptical outline,

shorter point, and larger and more regular teeth, mark its

specific differences with suflicient distinctness, while the cor-

respondence which the leaves of the two species present, in the

general characters of form, nervation and crenation, affords

satisfactory evidence of generic identity, and apparently bears

unquestionable testimony to the existence, at the dawn of the

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants, 17

Cretaceous epoch in America, of trees, like, in all the gencrali-

ties of their appearance and economy, those most common in

our present forests.

In the Miocene plants collected by Dr. Hayden on the Upper

Missouri a species of Populus occurs (P. rotundifolia), which

exhibits a striking resemblance in general form to that now

under consideration. In that species, however, the crenation

of the superior margin is uniformly coarser and less acute, and

the nervation is more delicate.

Formation and Locality. Lower Cretaceous sandstone,

Blackbird Hill, Nebraska. (Dr. Hayden.)

Populus microphylla. (n. sp.)

Leaves very small, scarcely an inch in length, roundish in out-

line, somewhat wedge-shaped at base, where they are entire; the

upper part of the leaf rounded and deeply toothed, teeth conical,

acute or slightly rounded at the summits ; ‘nerves radiating from the

base, branching above, the branches terminating in the dentations

of the margin.

This very neat species might be supposed to be only a form

ot P. elliptica, with which it is associated, but a number of

specimens of each show no shading into each other, and it is

scarcely possible that so wide a variation of marginal dentation

should exist in the same species. Althongh the leaves of 7’.

elliptica are two or three times as large as those of the species

under consideration, the teeth of the margins are less than half

the size, and are of a different type, being inclined upward,

the sides of each tooth of unequal length; while the dentations

of P. microphylla are conical in outline with nearly equal

sides.

Formation and Locality. Lower Cretaceous sandstone,

Blackbird Hill, Nebraska. (Dr. Hayden.)

Populus? Debeyana, (lleer.)

A number of leaves in the collection before me are clearly

identical with that referred with doubt by Prof. Heer to

APRIL, 1563. 2 Axx, Lye, Nat. Hier, Vou. IX

18 Later Extinct F loras of North America,

Populus, from the generalities of its nervation, and impressions

of what would seem to have been g!ands at the base on either

side of the point of insertion of the petiole. In our specimens,

however, there are no glandular impressions, and the departure

from the normal type of nervation in Populus, noticed by

Prof. Heer, is still more conspicuous.

The strong pair of basilar nerves, so characteristic of the pop-

lars, is entirely wanting; the inferior lateral nerves being

small, and the stronger ones, which succeed them above, are

not opposite. In view of the marked departure which these

leaves exhibit from the nervation and form of the typical pop-

lars, Prof. Heer suggests that they may represent an extinct

genus of the order Salicinew, but it seems to me their affinities

are closer with the A/agnoliacea, and that it is even probable that

they represent a species of the genus A/agnolia.

Formation and Locality. Lower Cretaceous sandstone,

Blackbird Hill, Nebraska. (Dr. Hayden.)

Populus(?) Cordifolia. (n. sp.)

Leaves heart-shaped, slightly decurrent on the petiole; margins

entire; nerves fine but distinctly defined ; medial nerve straight or

slightly curved, running to the margin; lateral nerves 6 on each

side, given off at an angle of about 50°, nearly parallel among

themselves, straight near the base of the leaf, slightly curved toward

the summit; lower lateral nerves giving off on the lower side about

4 simple or once forked, slightly curved branches which terminate

in the basilar margin; second pair of lateral nerves giving off about

three similar branches on the lower side, which run to the lateral

margins; third pair supporting about two, and fourth pair one

branch on the lower side near the summit; tertiary nerves spring-

ing from the secondary nearly at right angles, slightly arched and

running across nearly parallel to connect the adjacent secondary

nerves.

In its general aspect this species closely resembles the pre-

ceding, but several specimens which Ihave before me agree in

being less rounded and more heart-shaped, and the lateral

nerves are more numerous and given off at u larger angle.

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 19

Tn these leaves the basilar nerves reach the lateral mar

below the middle and with their second branches, as a conse-

quence, have more the aspect of some of the leaves of the Cu-

pulifere, such as Corylus. The lattice-like arrangement of the

tertiary veins in this as in the other species of this group, is

very characteristic of the Cupulifera, though not strictly limi-

ted to them. Ifwe could imagine a Corylus with rounded or

broadly cordate leaves, of which the margins were entire, we

shonld have a very near approach to these plants,

Formation and Locality. Lower Cretaceous strata, Black-

bird Hill, Nebraska. (Dr. Hayden.)

gins

Salix membranacea. (n. sp.)

Leaves petioled, large, smooth and thin, lanceolate, long-pointed,

rounded or abruptly narrowed at the base, near which they are

broadest ; margins entire, medial nerve slender, often curved, second-

ary nerves remote, very regularly and uniformly arched from their

bases, terminating in, or produced along the margins till they anas-

tomose ; tertiary nerves given off nearly at right angles, forming a

very uniform network of which the areoles are polygonal and often

quadrate.

This is astrongly marked species, of which I have specimens

fossilized in fine clay, and exhibiting with great distinctness all

the details of nervation. It was evidently thin and membran-

ous in texture, though attaining alarge size. Like most of the

willows, it is frequently unsymmetrical, one side being most

developed and the midrib curved.

The leaf is broadest near the base, and is thence narrowed

into a long and acute point.

Formation and Locality. Lower Cretaceous strata, Raritan

River, New Jersey. (Prof. Cook.)

Salix Meekii. (n. sp.)

Leaves petioled, thin and delicate, lanceolate, acute at both ends,

nervation delicate, midrib slender, secondary nerves fine, springing

from the medial nerve at an angle of 35° , gently arched and anas-

20 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

tomosing near the margins; net-work of tertiary veins somewhat

lax, but composed of nervules of such tenuity as to be rarely visible.

This is the plant of which an outline sketch was sent Prof.

Heer by Mr. Meek. In that sketch the general form was alone

given, the details of nervation as well as the texture of the leaf

not being deducible from it. Prof. Heer considered it a

Laurus, and as probably identical with Laurus primigenia

Ung., acommon species in the Tertiary of Europe. Aside from

the a priort improbability of this plant found in the Lower-

Cretaceous rocks being identical with one which in the old

world dates back no further than the Miocene, there are char-

acters in the fossil itself which seem to separate it from even

the genus of LZ. primigenia. The nervation has a different as-

pect from that of any of the Zauracew with which I am ac-

quainted, being both more lax and delicate, the secondary

nerves less accurately arched, and their summits more wavy ;

the patterns found by their anastomosis less regular and deter-

minate. In these respects, as well as in its comparatively thin

and delicate texture, it resembles much more the Willows than

the Laurels.

It seems hardly worth while to compare the plant before us

with any of the living Willows, for everything indicates that all

the species of the Chalk, both vegetable and animal, long since

perished. Among the great number of fossil species found in

the Tertiary strata there are several which have a general re-

semblance to it, and from which it might be unwise to regard it

as distinct if they were from the same formation. Salix elongata

Web. (Tertiarflora der Niederrheinischen Braunkohlenforma-

tion, Taf. xix. fig. 10,) has nearly the same form, but the second-

ary nerves are given cff at a larger angle, and are much more

arched.

I'yom its associate species in the Cretaceous strata it seems

not difficult to distinguish it. Saliettes Hartigi Dunker (Paleon-

tographica 4, Band, 6, Lief. 81, Taf. xxxiv. fig. 2) is apparently

much more strongly nerved, The general form was perhaps

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 21

similar, although Dunker’s specimen wants both point and

base.

Formation and Locality. Lower Cretaceous strata, Black-

bird Hill, Nebraska. (Dr. Hayden.)

Salix flexuosa. (n. sp.)

Leaves narrow, linear, pointed at each end, sessile or very short-

petioled ; medial nerve strong, generally somewhat flexuous ; second-

ary nerves pinnate, leaving the principal nerve at an angle of about

40°, somewhat branched and flexuous, but arching so as to inoseu-

late near the margins.

This is perhaps only a variety of the preceding species (WS.

Meek), which it resembles in its nervation as far as can be

“observed in specimens fossilized in sandstone, but, although

much narrower in its general form, it is less acuminate at either

extremity, and is apparently sessile. As in some of our living

narrow-leaved willows, these leaves are generally somewhat

flexuous, and as they are seen lying in their natural curves on

the surfaces of the rock, they have as familiar and perfectly

willow-like a look as leaves of Salix angustifolia would, if arti-

ficially fossilized in the manner followed by Goeppert.

Since the above description was written,1 have collected

this species from a number of widely separated localities, and

found it to hold its characters with great constancy.

Formation and Locality. Big Sioux, Blackbird Hill, Cedar

Spring, &c., Nebraska, Colorado, and New Mexico.

Salix cumeata. (0. sp.)

Leaves of medium size, sessile or short-petioled, entire, elongate,

narrow, acute at both ends, broadest toward the apex, gradually

narrowed below to the base; medial nerve distinet; secondary

nerves delicate, springing from the midrib at an angle of alsout 20°

near the middle of the leaf, 15°—20° below, straight and parallel

near the bases, gently arched above and inosculating near the mar-

gins.

22 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

This species presents some marked characters by which it

may be distinguished from those before described. It is trae

that the variations of form among -the leaves of onr recent

species of willow are almost infinite, and even in the same spe-

cies, and from the same tree, leaves may be obtained of such

different aspect that taken separately they might readily be

mistaken for those of different species. Since the difficulty

in the determination of recent willows is so great that it has

become proverbial, specific distinctions derived from the leaves

only, especially in those obtained from the same locality, may

justly be looked upon with suspicion. Here as elsewhere,

however, it is probable that recent botany will derive some aid

from the careful study of fossil plants, and the nervation will

probably be found to afford constant characters where the out-

lines of the leaves can hardly be relied on.

It will be seen by reference to the foregoing descriptions of

Salices that a number of characters combine to distinguish

what, for geological convenience, I have chosen to regard as dis-

tinct species. Salix Meekii is lanceolate, tapering nearly

equally to both ends, which are alike acute ; this leaf is petioled

and the nervation regular and delicate.

S. flewuosa is sessile, linear and rather abruptly narrowed to

point and base; nervation obscure, apparently very delicate

and uniform,

S. cuncata is comparatively thick and leathery, the form

symmetrical, lanceolate, pointed but scarcely acute at both

ends; the midrib strong, prolonged into a short robust petiole ;

secondary nerves unequal, given off at a large angle, thick at

base, slender, tortuous and irregularly confluent near the

margins.

In S. membranacea, the leaves are large and thin, broadest

near the base, which is rounded, summit long-pointed and acute ;

nervafion distinet and regular, but delicate. :

Formation and Locality. Cretaceous sandstone, mouth of

Big Sioux River, Nebraska. (Dr, Hayden.)

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 23

Piatamus lfatiloba. (n. sp.)

Leaves petiolate, three-lobed, decurrent at the base, lobes broad,

obtuse, or abruptly acuminate; principal nerves three, secondary

nerves issuing from these at an acute angle, tertiary nerves leaving

the secondary at a right angle, forming a network over the surface

of the leaf, of which the areol are subquadrate.

Judging from the imperfect specimens which we have of this

species, it is quite distinct from any described. Having the

general form and nervation of the leaves of /?. occidentalis, the

margins are much less deeply sinuate, the lobes less acuminate,

and the entire outline of the leaf moresimple. The sanicis true

of its relations with P. orientalis of the old world. The fossil

species, of which several have been described by Unger and

Goeppert, are quite distinct from this. The species described by

Unger (P. Sirii and P. grandifolia) are much more deeply

lobed, while that figured by Heer, Goeppert and Ettingshausen

(P. aceroides) is less deeply lobed but more strongly toothed.

All fossil species heretofore known are from the Tertiary strata,

this being the first instance where the genus has been found in

rocks of the Cretaceous epoch.

During the last summer (1858) I obtained specimens of still

another species from the same geological formation in New

Mexico. This has a larger and more lobate leaf, more like the

Tertiary species P. grandifolia.

Formation and Locality. Lower Cretaceous sandstone,

Blackbird Hill, Nebraska. (Dr. Hayden.)

Fagus cretacea. (n. sp.)

This pretty species is represented in the collection but by a

single specimen. This is, however, remarkably well preserved,

giving the general form and the details of nervation with great

distinctness. From the character of the nervation, I have but

little hesitation in referring it to the genus Fagus. Some of

the Rhamnacee, particularly species of Lamnus and Frangula,

have leaves which would be very like the one before ns if fossi-

24 Later Extinet Floras of North America,

lized, but in the fossil plant the lateral nerves are sharply de-

fined, numerous, almost perfectly parallel among themselves

and run quite to the margins, which are seen to be slightly:

waved, the termini of the nerves being most prominent and

the intervals between them forming shallow sinuses. In

Rhamnus, however, even in L. frangula, of which the leaves

so much resemble this, the margins are not waved, and the

lateral nerves do not terminate as distinctly in them as they do

in Fagus, and in our fossil.

A striking similarity will be noticed between some of the

leaves of the living Fugus sylvatica and this, though there is no

probability of that species having begun its life so early in the

history of the globe as the first part of the Cretaceous period.

The resemblance is noted only as giving good grounds for the

reference of the fossil to the genus agus. It will be necessary

however to find the fruit before the fact can be accepted as

fully proven of the existence of beeches during the age of the

Chalk.

A large number of fossil species of agus have been de-

scribed from the Tertiaries of Europe, by Unger, Dunker,

Heer, &c., but the genus has never before been obtained from

the Cretaceous formation.

Formation and Locality. Lower Cretaceous sandstones,

Smoky Hill, Kansas. (Dr. Hayden.) |

Quercus sakhicifolia. (n. sp.)

Leaves petiolate, smooth, thick, entire, lanceolate, abruptly

pointed at both ends; medial nerve strong, straight, or more or less

curved; secondary nerves of unequal size, strong near their points

of origin, becoming fine, flexuous and branching as they approach

the margins of the leaf, where some of them inosculate by irregular

curves, while others terminate in the margins.

This species differs considerably in its general aspect from

the willow-like leaves with which it is associated, and must

have been much thicker and smoother. The midrib is very

strong, terminating below in a thick but short petiole. The

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants.

lateral nerves are much less uniform and regular than those of

the leaves to which I have referred. They are at first strong,

but soon diminish, and many of them extend but half way to

the margin; the others being unequally curved and branching

irregularly, or anastomosing with each other. The finer details

of nervation are not given in the specimens before me, and

perhaps more ample material will show that our fossil should

not be regarded as a Quercus, but as far as its characters are

given, they agree best with those of that genus. The texture

of the leaf was evidently thick, and its surface glossy, more so

than in any Salzz now living; the nervation, too, is more that

of the oaks than willows; the alternation of larger with smaller

secondary nerves, all diminishing rapidly and irregularly

branched and flexuous above, are characters common to the

leaves of all the willow-oaks. Some leaves of the living Q.

imbricaria would closely resemble these if fossilized in the

same manner. In the Zauracew with lanceolate leaves the

nervation is generally much more exact and regular than in

the specimen before us, the side nerves being generally curved

gracefully and more or less uniformly upward, their extremities

anastomosing, or, more rarely, reaching the margin. If the fine

reticulation of the tertiary nerves was distinctly visible, there

would perhaps be little difficulty in determining with a good

degree of certainty the generic relations of this fossil. In the

oaks this reticulation is very fine, the areol of pretty uniform

size and quadrangular or polygonal, about as broad as long.

In the willows the meshes are larger, more irregular and more

or less elongated.

Formation and Locality. Lower Cretaceous sandstones,

Blackbird Hill, Nebraska. (Dr. Hayden.)

@uercus cumeata, (n. sp.)

Leaves short petioled, lanceolate, pointed at both ends, acute,

entire or slightly wave-margined; midrib strong; secondary nerves

remote, nearly straight, with shorter intermediate ones; surface

smooth, texture originally thick and leathery.

26 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

The leaves of this species must have been similar in form

and consistence to those of the living Q. imbricaria. They

were somewhat longer-pointed, and slightly more cuneate

at the base; but leaves might be selected from the living tree

which, if fossilized in the same manner, would be scarcely

distinguishable from those before us. The nervation is strong,

the primary and secondary nerves being very distinctly marked,

the latter remote, straight the greater part of their length,

gently curved toward their extremities.

Oaks would seem to have been numerous in the oldest forests

of dicotyledonous trees of which we have any knowledge. Sey-

eral species are enumerated by Stiehler as occurring in the Creta-

ceous sandstones of Blankenburg, but they are as yet not de-

scribed; and in the tertiary flora of Europe, perhaps no genus

is more largely represented.

On our own continent oaks were apparently common as early

as the epoch of the deposition of the Lower Cretaceous strata,

as leaves, which I have considered referable to Quercus, are

included in most of the collections which I have made from

these strata from widely separated localities, viz: Bellingham

Bay, Kansas, Nebraska, Utah and New Mexico.

Formation and Locality. Blackbird Hill, Nebraska. (Dr.

ilayden.)

Quercus antiqua. (n. sp.)

Leaves of medium size, lanceolate in outline, acute, often some-

what flexuous; margins serrate-dentate, with strong, obtuse teeth,

which are appressed or turned toward the summit ; midrib strong,

and reaching the apex; lateral nerves numerous, of unequal

strength, gently arched upward, terminating in the marginal teeth.

The specimens upon which this description is based are fos-

silized in a somewhat coarse ferruginous sandstone, which has

not preserved the minor details of the nervation; but the gen-

eralities of form and structure, which are clearly enough shown,

seem to indicate that it represented in the Cretaceous flora the

chestnut-oaks of the present epoch. Several Tertiary species

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 27

bear considerable resemblance to it, as Q. Mediterranea, Une..

and Q. Haidingera, Etts.; but in both these species the margi-

nal dentations are less uniform in size, and, when having a

similar outline, are smaller.

Formation and Locality. Lower Cretaceous sandstone,

Banks of Rio Dolores, Utah.

Quercus simuata. (n. sp.)

Leaves small, obovate in general outline, narrowed to the petiole,

or slightly decurrent ; margins deeply lobed, lobes rounded, broader

than the sinuses that separate them, three nearly equal on either

side, summit broadly rounded or obscurely lobed, often oblique ;

nervation strong and simple, midrib straight or slightly flexed,

giving off lateral branches, which run to the margins of each lateral

lobe.

The general form of this leaf is much like that of one living,

Q. obtusiloba, though it is smaller and more symmetrical.

Among the many fossil species which have been described,

there is none which approaches this very closely ; most of them

bearing eitlier simple, entire leaves, or toothed, rather than

lobed ones.

Formation and Locality. Wower Cretaceous strata; Banks

of Dolores river, Southern Utah.

Tae Tertiary Frora or Norrn America.

As has been said in regard to the Cretaceous flora, our know

ledge of the vegetation which clothed this continent during the

Tertiary period has all been gained within a very few years, and

is still exceedingly imperfect. The first notice of fossil plants

collected from our Tertiary deposits is given by Prof. J. D. Dana,

in the Geology of the Exploring Expedition under Capt. Wilkes,

U.S. N. This comprises figures and brief descriptions of a

number of fossil leaves from Birch Bay, near the mouth of Fra-

28 Later Extinct Flovas of North America,

zer’s River, on the North-west coast. Subsequently the speci-

mens collected by Prof. Dana were examined by myself, and

are described more in detail in the Boston Journal of Natural

History, vol. 7, No. 4. The plants collected by the Ex. Expe-

dition comprised the following species, viz:

Glyptostrobus Huropaus Br. sp.

Tauxodium occidentale Newb.

Smilax cyclophylla és

Lthamnus Gaudini ? Heer.

Yaya 9 1 ro G

Carpinus grandis ? Ung.

Of these Zuxodium occidentale is closely allied to ZT. dubitum

of the Miocene of Europe. The Glyptostrobus is apparently

identical with the European Miocene plant. Smilax cyclo-

phylla is the analogue of S. orbicularis, while the Carpinus and

Rhamnus are referred doubtfully to the European species of

which the names are given them.

From the strata associated with the coal-beds of Belling-

ham Bay fossil plants had been collected by several persons,

but none had been described from that locality until, in 1859, a

series of specimens collected by Dr. Evans, Government Geol-

ogist for Oregon, were placed in the hands of Mr, Lesquereux,

and described by him in the American Journal of Sciences,

(vol. xxvii. second series, p. 3859.) The following list includes

the species which are possibly, but not probably, Tertiary, viz :

Planera dubia, (Lesqx.), Quercus Evansii, (Lesqx.), Q. Gaudin,

(Lesqx.), Cinnamomum crassipes, (Lesqx.) Persoonia ovi-

Jormis, (Lesqx.), Diospyros lancifolia, (Lesqx.) Acer triloba-

tum? (Al. Br.) In the next volume of the Journal of Science,

p- 85, is published a letter from Prof. Oswald Heer, Zurich,

Switzerland, containing some notes on these fossil plants, of

which sketches had been sent him by Mr. Lesquereux.

In these notes Planera dubia, (Lesqx.), is regarded by Prof.

ITeer as identical with ?. Ungeri, of Europe; Cinnamomum

erassipes, (Lesqx.), is said to be hardly distinguishable from C.

Lossmassleri, (Weer) ; Quereus Benzoin, (Lesqx.) is refer-

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 29

red to Oreodaphne Heert, (Gaud.); Quercus Gandini, (Lesqx.)

is said to be identical with a species from the Italian Tertiaries:

By Prof. Heer, the coal strata of Vancouver's Island and

the opposite coast of Washington Territory—strata which con-

tain the plants—are all regarded as unquestionably of “ Mio-

cene age.”

Shaln 1863, I characterized, in the Boston Journal of Nat. Hist.,

the fossil plants coliected by the N. W. Boundary Commission.

Among them the following species were enumerated: Liu/se-

tum robustum, (Newb.), Sabal Campbellii, (Newb.), Tavodium

occidentale, (Newb.), Quercus flexuosa, (Newb.), Q. Banksia-

folia, (Newhb.), @Q. elliptica, (Newb.), Populus flabellum,

(Newb.), derived from the main land on the North-west coast,

and supposed to be Tertiary.

At a later period, a number of fossil plants, obtained from

the Eocene and Miocene beds of the Valley of the Mississippi,

and from the lignite deposits of Brandon, Vermont, were exam-

ined by Mr, Lesquerenx ; descriptions of portions of which have

been published.

From the Eocene beds he obtained Cinnamomum Mississip-

piense (Lesqx.), Calamopsis Dane, (Lesqx.), and a number of

fossil fruits, among which he recognised Carya, agus, Aristo-

lochia, Sapindus, Cinnamomum, Cissus, Carpinus and Nyse.

(American Journal of Science, 2nd Ser. vol. xxxii., p. 355).

From the Miocene beds of Mississippi Lesquereux reports hay

ing obtained species, not yet described, of Quercus, Cassia,

Laurus, Persea, Rhamnus, Terminalia, Magnolia, Sabal, ¢ in

namomum, Ficus, Smilax, (with the living species Cornus

sericea and Magnolia. acuminata.) Magnolia rotundifolra

(Lesqx.), and Populus rhomboidea supposed to be ident ical with

one before described from the Cretaceous strata of Vancouver's

Island. From the Miocene (?) Tertiary, Somerville, Tenn., Mr.

Caroli-

é 4.) yes

Lesquereux enumerates Laurus Carolinensis, Prunus

Nalix

niana, Quercus myrtifolia, Fagus ferrugined, living ;

densinervis, (Lesqx.), Quercus (7) crassinervias, (Ung.), Quercus

30 Later Extinct Flovas of North America.

Saffordii, (Lesqx.), Andromeda dubia, (Lesqx.), Andromeda

vaccinifolia, Eleagnus inequalis (Lesqx.), extinct; from Mis-

sissippi J?hamnus marginatus, (Lesqx.), Quercus Saffordii,

(Lesqx.), and Magnolia Hilgardiana, (Lesqx.).

From some Tertiary beds in New Jersey, supposed by Prof.

Cook to be Pliocene, I have received a small collection of

plants, which include a three-lobed Liguidambar, a Cercis and

one or two species of oak.

By far the largest representation of our Tertiary flora is, how-

ever, contained in the collections made by Dr. Hayden on the

upper Missouri, of which the greater number of species are

described in the present memoir. These plants are from the

lignites proved by the associated fossils to be of Miocene age.

They were collected at various points on the Missouri River, at

Fort Clarke, at Red Spring, thirteen miles above, at Fort

Berthold at Crow Hills, one hundred miles below Fort Union,

at the mouth of the Yellowstone, on O’Fallon’s Creek one hun-

dred miles above the mouth of the Yellowstone, and in the

Valley of that stream.

Some of the species are common to several of these localities,

and there can be no doubt of the parallelism of the beds which

contain them. The molluscous fossils which accompany them

have been carefully studied by Mr. Meek, and are considered

by him indicative of Miocene age. The list of the species

obtained from this horizon by Dr. Hayden is as follows:

Glyptostrobus Europzeus, Br,

Sequoia. Langsdorfii, Br, sp.

Thuya gracilis, Newb.

Taxodium occidentale, ‘ sc

Tilia antiqua, 2

Psilotum inerme, ef

Platanus Haydeni, af

- nobilis, ff

Af Raynoldsii, .

“ heterophylla, S

‘with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 31

ie. Cornus acuminata, Newb.

Quercus dubia, sc .

Carya antiquorum, se

Negundo triloba, ¥

Carpolithus lineatus, .

Sapindus aftinis, se

oe membranaceus, nig

Calycites polysepalus, «

Aralia triloba, aR

Amalanchier affinis, ef

Aristolochia cordifolia, +

Planera microphylla, | os

Rhus nervosa, 5

Rhamnites elegans, ,

Viburnum asperum, ?

& lanceolatum, ;

Alnus serrata, .

Phyllites venosus, -

“* carneosus,

“* cupanioides, ?

Sabal Campbelli, _

Populus rotundifolia, :

“ smilacifolia, -

i. cordata, =

“ _seuneata, .

-- acerifolia, $

Nebrascensis, =

és genetrix, a

i nervosa, -

Se daa grandifolia, =

orbiculata, 7

. Americana, }

s rostrata, living.

Onoclea sensibilis,

These fossils are generally well preserved in a calcarco-

32 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

argillaceous rock, of a light drab color, upon which the leaves

are delineated with a distinctness which renders them pleasant

objects of study, as well as attractive specimens for the cabinet.

“They are usually detached with their petioles in such numbers

and form as indicate maturity and a common cause of fall,

such as an annual frost. The mollusks associated with them

show that they were deposited in the sediment which accu-

mulated at the bottom of fresh water, and they are generally

spread out smoothly, and so entire, that it is evident that no

violence, not even the action of a rapid current, could have

been attendant upon their deposition.

The explorations’ of Dr. Hayden prove that this Miocene

lignite formation occupies the beds of extensive lakes which

formed basins on the surface of the continent when it had but

recently emerged from the Cretaceous sea. As has been re-

marked elsewhere, the lower members of the series contain a

few estuary shells, showing the access of salt water at that

period, but during the deposition of by far the greater portion

of these beds the water of the ocean was entirely excluded

from the basins in which they accumulated. There is, there-

fore, every reason to believe that the debris of ligneous plants

which compose this collection were derived from trees which

grew along the shores of the lakes and streams of the Tertiary

coutinent; that then, as now, alternations of seasons prevailed,

by which the foliage of these trees was detached by an autum-

nal frost, and that falling into the water beneath or near them,

and sinking to the bottom, they were enveloped in mud, pre-

cisely as leaves of our sycamores, willows, oaks, &c., accumulate

at the bottoms of our streams and lakes at the present day.

In comparing the group of plants here presented to us with

those now living upon the surface of the earth, any one will

be at once struck with the resemblance which they present

to the flora of the temperate zone, and particularly to that

of our own country. In their study, I have constantly

found that on making comparisons with the plants of remote,

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 33

and especially tropical countries, an entire want of resemblance

or affinity at once discovered itself, and the only instructive

comparisons made were with the present vegetation of our

country, with that of the Miocene Tertiaries of Europe, and

with the living plants of China and Japan. There is every

reason to believe that future observations will make immense

additions to this flora, and satisfactory comparisons and gene-

ralizations will only be possible when a far more complete

series of its plants can be subjected to study. It is also true

that as yet little other than the leaves of these plants have been

collected and employed in the deductions made from them.

From the character of the sediments which enclose the leaves,

it is quite certain that the fruits and seeds are also preserved,

but as these are less conspicuous and noticeable than the leaves,

they are little likely to be found unless specially sought; and

it will only be when they are made the objects of search that

they will be discovered, and lend their important assistance in

the solution of the problems which the leaves present. For the

want of such assistance as these organs would furnish, some of

the material ineluded in the collection does not now admit of

satisfactory classification; and the reference of some of these

leaves to the genera under which they are placed, must be

regarded as provisional, and liable to modification by further

research. Quite a number of these plants are, however, so

largely represented in the collection, so well preserved, and so

clearly allied to the genera and species with which we are

familiar, that they constitnte fair material from which to infer the

general characters and affinity of the flora of which they formed

part. In this list may be mentioned the Glyptostrobus, of

which the stems, bearing the leaves of different forms, the

cones, aud the sterile capitula, are all present, and so closely

resemble the specimens obtained by Prof. Heer from the

-Miocene of Europe, that they might almost be eonsidered the

originals from which his figures were taken. The Zawodium

described is evidently a close analogue of Taxodium dubium,

APRIL, 1868. 3 Axx. Lye. Nat. Hist., Vou. LX.

54 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

of the Miocene of Europe; differing from that well-known

species only in the uniform rounding of the bases and summits

of the leaves. The plant which has been doubtfully referred

to Sequoia Langsdorfii, would probably be accepted by for-

eign botanists as identical with that species, but, for the rea-

sons given in the remarks upon that plant, it seems to me quite

doubtful whether it was a Seguoia, and more probable that it

was a Tuxodium allied to our deciduous cypress.

The great fan palm collected by Dr, Hayden seems to be

a representative of Sabal major of the European Tertiaries and

Sabal palmetto of our Southern States. From both these, how-

ever, it is distinguished by the larger number of folds in the

leaves, and from S. major by its flat, unkeeled petiole.

The numerous species of Populus of which descriptions are

now given will not fail to attract the attention of those whose

interest runs in this direction. Several of them seem to be

new to science, and show, for the most part, a greater affinity

with the foreign poplars, P?. alba, &e., than with the species

more common on this continent; though a single one, P.

genetriz N, evidently belongs to the group of which our balsam

poplar may be taken as the type. The little species described

under the name of 2. rotundifolia presents some anomalies

in form and structure as compared with most of our poplars,

but its resemblance to another species contained in this collec-

tion, LP. elliptica, and to one contained in the collection of

the North-west Boundary Commission, described under the

name of 2. flabellum, has induced me to class them together.

Among living species it has a striking analogue in Populus

pruinosa, now growing in Songaria.

The several species of P/atanus, which the collection con-

tains, form a striking and interesting portion of this group of

plants, and all seem distinct from the fossil species hitherto

deseribed, and from any now living. Of our American syea-

mores, the leaves of P. occidentalis are much more toothed,

while those of 2. racemosa are more deeply lobed than any of

— Ss

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants, 35

these. P. aceroides, a species from the Tertiaries of Europe, is

more closely allied to our living ones than these seem to be,

The largest and finest of those now described, in its smoothness

of surface, its crowded and parallel nervation, departs more

widely from the typical species of Platanus than the others, and

has more the appearance of a tropical plant. An extensive series

of comparisons have, however, suggested no aftinities closer than

those with the living Platanus ; and [have little doubt that in

these leaves, of which the collection contains a large number,

we have representatives of the noblest and most beautiful spe-

cies of the genus.

Two of the species of Corylus present no characters by

which they can be distinguished from the two now distributed

over the temperate portions of our continent, (. rostrata and

C. Americana ; and I have therefore not felt justified in consid-

ering them distinct. The Carya described seems to me clearly

to belong to this genus, and to be closely allied to one of our

living species. The Z%lia, also, is not far removed from the

southern variety of our common living species, while the

Negundo, Sapindus, &c., seem to be the representatives of the

genera and species now growing in the region from which

these fossils come.

From this flora, considering it the analogne and progenitor

of that which now occupies our territory, we miss some impor-

tant elements, which we may confidently expect will be sup

plied by future collections. Among the most striking of these

deficiencies may be mentioned Acer, Quercus, Liriodendron,

Liquidambar, Sassafras, etc., some of which, we know, began

their life upon the continent during the Cretaceous period, and

all of them were members of the Miocene flora of the Old World,

Liquidambar, Quercus, and Magnolia occur in the Pliocene

beds of New Jersey ; Magnolia and (uc reus in the Miocene

strata of the Mississippi Valley. /gvs, also, which is wanting

in this collection, has been obtained from the Eocene by Mr.

Lesquereux.

‘ ‘

36 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

The notes on some of the species contained in the collection

made by Dr. Hayden, Sequoia Langsdorfit, Sabal Camp-

belli, Onoclea sensibilis, &c., have a bearing on the general

questions to which reference has been made in the preceding

pages, but the occurrence of an Onoclea among these Miocene

plants, and a species which I cannot distinguish from the living

one, seems to mea fact of so much importance as to require

some additional comments.

The fern frond found by the Duke of Argyle, in the leaf beds

of the Island of Mull, and figured by Prof. E. Forbes, in the

Journal of the Geological Society of London, vol. vii. (1851),

p. 103, pl. ii. figs. 2a, 2b, and named by him Filicttes (?) He-

bridicus, is unquestionably identical with this. The specimen,

from which the figures to which I have referred were taken,

seems to have puzzled Prof. Forbes somewhat, for he even

doubted if it were a fern; and Prof. Heer, in his reference to

the fossil plants of the Island of Mull (Flor. Tert. Helvet.

vol. iii. p. 314), says: “The most remarkable species is /7/i-

cites (?) Hebridious, a tern, which by its nervation differs greatly

from those of the continent.” All these facts give this fossil

special interest, for in addition to its relation to its living rep-

resentatives, of which we cannot but consider it the progenitor,

it adds another to the list of plants common to the Miocene

strata of Europe and America, Of these, either representative

or identical species, the number is now so great that they

plainly indicate a land connection between the continents at

that period; and since many genera, and this, with probably

some other species at that time common to the Old and New

Worlds, have disappeared from Europe, while they continue to

flourish here, it would seem to follow that these were Ameri-

can types which had colonized Europe by migration, and that

when their connection with the mother country was severed,

they. were overpowered and exterminated by the present flora

of Europe, whieh, as Prof. Gray has shown, is mainly of N.

Asiatic origin,

——————— SO

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 37

The fact to which reference has just been made, viz.: the

occurrence of Onoclea sensibilis on the Island of Mull, off the

West coast of Scotland, while it has not been found in the Ter-

tiary beds of other parts of Europe, is indicative, so far as it

goes, not only of an American connection during the Miocene

period, but of an American origin for that species, and so by

inference of the other genera and species common to the two

continents during that epoch.

If this inference should be contirmed by future observation,

we should then see that the Eocene tropical or sub-tropical

flora of Europe, was crowded off the stage by the temperate flora

of the Miocene, which, accompanying a depression of tempera-

ture, had migrated from America, while the Eocene flora re-

treated South and East, and is now represented by the living

Indo-Australian flora, characterized by its species of //uhea,

Dryandra, Eucalyptus, &¢., which form so conspicuous an

element in the Eocene flora of Europe. This theory would

account for the presence of these tropical forms in the Lower

Miocene of Europe, while so far as yet obtained they are en-

tirely absent from the Miocene flora of America. In Europe

a few of the Eocene forms lingered behind in the grand exodus

of that flora, and mingled with the more boreal and occidental

barbarians by which the country was overrun; while in America

those which we now call Asiatic forms never had an existence.

That this bridge between America and Europe was in a tem-

perate climate is proved by the character of the plants which

passed overit. On referring toa terrestrial globe, it will be seen

that by way of Greenland, Iceland, and the Hebrides, there are

no very wide gaps to be spanned ; but a connection by that route

would carry us so far into the Arctic zone that none of the plants

which we suppose to have made the journey could have with-

stood the cold of the climate had it been the same as at present.

We have conclusive evidence, however, that it was not 80, for

on Mackenzie’s River, Disco Island, on Iceland and the Island of

Mull, we have, in the recurrence of parts of the very flora

38 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

under consideration, proof not only of a warmer climate at the

far North during the Miocene epoch, but that a part of the

plants which formed the Miocene flora of Europe, actually did

travel that road (at least visited all these localities); and in the

buried remains of generations which were never to see ‘the

promised land, we have imperishable records of their presence

and of the reality of this migration.

That we cannot, without further study of the facts, assign a

cause for this great change of climate in the northern part of

the continent, is no argument against its existence, for the facts

are incontrovertible.

DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES.

Psilotaum inerme (n. sp.)

In the collections made by Dr. Hayden are several groups

and masses of a dichotomously branching plant, which could

hardly have been anything else than a Pslotum. The stem and

branches are flattened and smooth, both on the surfaces and

sides, and show no organs of fructification. In size and general

appearance this plant may be compared with Ps. complanatum

of the Sandwich Islands, but differs from that in having the

edges of the leaves smooth, while in the living species they are

remotely toothed. We have now but a single species of

Pesilotum growing within the limits of the United States, Ps.

triquetrum of Florida, a more slender plant than this, with tri-

angular and toothed branches or leaves.

Formation and Locality. Miocene strata. Fort Union.

(Dr. Hayden.)

Phragmites (sp.)

Among the plants collected by Dr. Hayden, from the Miocene

beds near Fort Union, are numerous fragments of what seems

to beaspeciesof Phragmites. These consist of portions of broad,

ees ee ee

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 39

unkeeled, flag-like leaves, marked by numerous longitudinal

nerves, of which there are eight or nine more strongly marked,

and between these about seven much finer, connected by alter-

nate cross-bars. No keel is shown in any of these fragments.

In general structure these leaves closely resemble those of 7’,

Oeningensis, Heer (Flor. Tert. Helvet i. S. 64. Taf. xxiv);

but the material is not sufficient to determine whether our

species is identical with that.

Formation and Locality. Fort Union, Dacotah, (Dr. Iay-

den.)

Onoclea sensibilis. L.

Frond pinnate, large; pinne, lanceolate in outline, with waved

margins, more or less deeply-lobed or pinnatifid, connate at their

bases, forming a broad wing on the rachis of the frond; nervation

strongly marked, more or less reticulated, the nerve of each lobe or

pinnule springing from a common trunk having a dendroid form

with waving branches, which often unite to form elongated lucun,

of which the largest border the rachis of the pinne on either side,

and are formed by the nerve branches of each lobe reaching over

and touching, or closely approaching, the base of the nervation of

the next superior lobe or pinnule.

The collection of Dr. Hayden contains a great number of

examples of this beautiful fern, showing the upper and under

surface of the frond, the variation of form of the pinnae of dif

ferent fronds, and different parts of the same frond.

The robust habit of this plant, the strong, waved and reticu-

lated nervation and broadly winged rachis, which seem to dis

tinguish it at a glance from all known fossil species, suggested

a comparison with some of the strong-growing tropical ferns;

and it was only after a laborious examination of all the genera

of exotic ferns contained in the herbaria to which Lhad access,

or described by authors, that I was led to turn my eyes nearer

home.

The common form of Onoclea sensibilis grows abundantly in

all parts of our country, and is one of the first plants collected

40 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

by the youthful botanist. In this we have the rachis of the

frond more or less winged, and a nervation on the same general

plan with that of the fossil before us, but more distinetly retic-

ulated. By this I was at first misled, but in examining Dr.

Torrey’s var. obtusilobata, I found in some specimens the exact

counterpart of our fossil in the lobation of the pinne and nerva-

tion. The gradation of characters in this variety is very great

and interesting. In some specimens we have a distinctly bi-

pinnate frond; the pinnze composed of numerous remote, even

obovate,pinnules, and the nervation not reticulated, the nerves

of the pinnules radiating and forked, but never joining. This

is the extreme form, but even here the rachis of the frond is

more or less winged. In an intermediate form we find the

rachis winged, the pinnee deeply lobed, and precisely the nerva-

tion of the fossil. Even in the common form the nervation is

similar in plan, and the elongated spaces, destitute of nerva

branches, on either side of the rachis of the pinnae, form a

noticeable feature in both.

There is little room for doubt, therefore, that during the Mi-

ocene age a species of Onoclea flourished in the interior of our

continent, of stronger habit than either of the living varieties,

and holding a middle position between them. This fact sug-

gests the question, whether they could not have been differenti-

ated from it.

Varying, as the living Onoclea does, in the size, outline, and

nervation of the sterile frond—from six inches to three feet in

height, from a finely reticulated to an open, dichotomous nerva-

tion; from a bi-pinnate frond with remote, obovate pinnules, to

a pinnate form with wave-margined pinnge and broadly alate

rachis—it plainly includes all the characters of the fossils before

us, and I therefore find it impossible to separate them.

What has been predicated of this species has been based on

observations of the sterile frond only. No fertile frond has yet

been found, and since in O. sensibilis, var. obtusilobata, the

“sterile” frond is sometimes fruit-bearing, we may find that such

i i a iil

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 41

was the case with the fossil. This is apparently the plant

described by Prof. E. Forbes (Jour. Geo. Soe. Lon. vol. vii.

p. 103), under the name of Filicites (?) hebridicus, and obtained

by the Duke of Argyle, from the Island of Mull.

Formation and Locality. Miocene Argil. limestone. Fort

Union, Dacotah. (Dr. Hayden.)

Sabal Campbellii (n. sp.)

S. Campbellit N. Journal Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol, vii. No. 4.

Leaf very large, 8-10 feet diameter with 50 to 80 folds; petiole

long, 14 to 2 inches wide, flat above, without a central keel above

or below, unarmed; nerves numerous and fine, about 50 in each

fold, six principal ones on each side of the midrib, with three

intermediate ones between each pair, the middle one being strong-

est.

In general character the leaves of this palm have a strong

“ resemblance to those of Sabal major, Ung. sp. (Chloris Prot.

S. 42, Taf. xiv. fig. 2; Flor. Tert., Helvet 1, 8. 88, Taf. xxxv.

xxxvi. figs. 1, 2); the size of the leaf, the number of folds, and

the character of the nervation being approximately the same,

but in our plant the average size of the leaf is greater, the num-

ber of folds larger, and the petiole is without a keel. The form

of the spindle, or terminal point of the petiole on the under side

of the leaf, as exhibited in the numerous specimens collected

by Dr. Hayden, seem to be shorter (more abruptly acumi-

nated by a concave lateral excavation) than in the examples

of 8. major which have been figured or described. This char-

acter has little value, however, as it varies considerably in the

different leaves. This species was first described from a series

of specimens collected near Bellingham Bay, W. T., by Geo.

Gibbs, Esq., Geologist to the U. S. N. W. Boundary Commis-

sion, of which the figures are not yet published. ‘They showed

only the upper side of the leaf, leaving the form of the point of

the petiole on the under side to be conjectured. This want

has been fully supplied by the collections made by Dr. Hayden,

when connected with the expedition under Capt. W. I’. Ray-

49 Later Extinct F loras of North America,

nolds, U. 8. A., as his specimens represent both surfaces of the

basal portion of the leaf, and various fragments of its central

and outer parts. All these specimens correspond, in every im-

portant particular, with those from Bellingham Bay, except that

they prove the leaf to have been considerably larger than I had

before supposed; larger indeed than any fossil fan-palms hitherto

described. In the west coast specimens the petiole is 14 inch

broad, while in those brought from the upper Missouri, the pe-

tiole is from 14 to 2 inches broad, and all parts of the leaf propor-

tionally strong. All the specimens from both the localities I have

mentioned, show the petiole to have been flat, and without the

central keel of 8. major and S. Lamanonis. This, with its larger

size, leads me to consider our plant as distinct from either of its

European representatives. It is at least as much unlike either,

as they are unlike each other. But, if specifically distinct, this

must be regarded as an interesting representative species, con-

firming the conclusions derived from the other identical and

allied species, of the parallelism of our Tertiary plant-beds

with the lower Miocene strata of Europe.

Fan-Palms are a conspicuous feature in the flora of the

tropics, growing in the greatest abundance under the equator,

but they also spread through the subtropical, and into the tem-

perate zones, being very abundant in the Southern United

States. The discovery of fossil Fan-Palms by the party under

Capt. Raynolds is an important fact, however, as Dr. Hayden

had not found them in his previons explorations of the country

bordering the Upper Missouri, though making large and inter-

esting collections of fossil plants from the Miocene Tertiaries,

_ Formation and Locality. Miocene Tertiary beds. Banks

of Yellowstone River. (Dr, Hayden.)

Thuya interrupta (n. sp.)

Branchlets flat, narrow, linear, pinnate, opposite, except at the sum-

mit of the branch somewhat remote, connected only by the slender

woody axis on which the leaves of the branchlets are not decurrent ;

leaves in four rows, appressed, those of the upper and lower ranks

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 48

orbicular or obovate, shortly mucronate, lateral ones longer, subu-

late, terminating in awn-like points; larger branches naked, or

bearing closely-appressed, linear, scale-like leaves.

This is avery distinct and beautiful species, presenting marked

differences from any known living or fossil members of the

genus.

Its most remarkable character is its slender and graceful

habit, and the separation of the pairs of leafy branchlets along

the naked and slender branch. The leaves too are less crowded

than in most other species, and the lateral ranks are prolonged

into acute awn-like points; all of which must have given it an

aspect considerably unlike that of any species hitherto

deseribed.

I am not aware that atrue Zhuya has before been found

fossil. Thuites Salicornoides (Ung. Chlor. Prot. Taf. 2, fig. 1,

Taf. 20, fig. 8), is regarded by Endlicher and Heer as rather a

Libocedrus, to which it certainly seems, from the figures and

descriptions given of it, to be more closely allied.

Formation and Locality. Miocene Tertiary beds. Fort

Union, Dacotah. (Dr. Hayden.)

Glyptostrobus Europzeus (Brong.)

Branches slender, bearing many branchlets; leaves of two forms,

one short, thick and appressed, the other longer (} inch), slender,

divergent, acute, the shorter form carinated, the longer less dis-

tinctly, if ever so; male catkins small, terminal, globular, composed

of a few shield-shaped scales ; fertile cones larger, ovoid in form,

scales narrow, wedge-shaped at base, at summit expanded, semi-

circular, with waved or crenate margins, the dorsum of each more

or less distinctly marked with 10-12 acute, radiating carinw.

One of the most interesting plants of the European Miocene is

the Glyptostrobus, first discovered by Brongniart, and subse-

quently fully illustrated in the magnificent work of Prof. O.

Heer (Flora Tertiaria Helvetiw). The genus is now only rep-

resented on the earth’s surface by @. heterophyllus and @. pen-

dulus of China, but during the middle Tertiary epoch was

widely spread over both hemispheres. Most of the exposures

44 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

of Miocene strata have furnished specimens of some one of the

various phases’of what is regarded by Prof. Heer as a single

species, but which has been described under the three names

of G. Europeus, G. Ungeri, and G. Oceningensis.

What I have regarded as probably but a variety of this same

plant was collected by the U. 8. Exploring Expedition under

Capt. Wilkes, at Birch Bay, near the mouth of Frazer’s River,

B. C., by Geo. Gibbs, Esq., Geologist to the N. W. Boundary

Commission (see Journal of Boston Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vii.

No. 4), and is represented by numerous specimens in the col-

lection of fossil plants made by Dr. Hayden on the Yellowstone

and Upper Missouri.

In this country, as in Europe, the foliage of Glyptostrobus

exhibits two forms wherever the plant is found; the short ap-

pressed, and the longer divergent leaves. In addition to this,

the specimens from the N. W. coast have a common character

by which they may be distinguished at once from those col-

lected by Dr. Hayden. The Western plant is more slender,

the appressed leaves sharper and more delicate, the divergent

leaves much longer, corresponding more nearly to the Euro-

pean form described as G. Ungeri, while those from the Up-

per Missouri resemble more the variety known as G@. Luropeus.

The cones, however, found with the Missouri specimens are

more like those of G. Ungeri than G. Luropeus; the dorsum of

the seale being marked by short, radiating caring, as in @.

Ungeri, the margin being waved, but not regularly scalloped »

asin G. Luropous.

From the extreme West we have as yet no cones which can

be certainly referred to this plant, so that the most important

element in the comparison is wanting, but it would seem that

here, as in Europe, the different phases of the plants belonging

to the genus Glyptostrobus are so linked together, that they

should be regarded as forming but a single species. At least

we have not yet obtained sufficient material to justify us in

attempting to define the limits of other species.

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 45

The two living species of Glyptostrobus, which Fortune found

growing in China, resemble the fossil forms perhaps as much

as they do each other, and it is perhaps doubtful whether they

should not all be united under the same name. The living and

fossil plants are associated with fan-palms, and belong to the

flora of the Southern temperate zone, or that of a latitude ten

degrees south of the localities where the fossils occur.

formation and Locality. Fort Union, Dacotah, Washing-

ton Territory, and Birch Bay, B. C.

Taxodium occidentale (Newb.)

T. oceidentale, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist. loc. cit.

Branchlets terete, leaves numerous, crowded, sessile or very short

petivled, one-nerved, flat, rounded at both ends.

This plant is the American analogue of 7. dubium, Heer

(Flor. Tert. Helv. 8. 49, Taf. xvii, figs. 5-15), which it so closely re-

sembles, that at first sight it would probably be considered iden-

tical with that species, but in 7. dubium the leaves are fewer,

more obliquely set on the branchlets; are lanceolate in outline

and acute at both ends, whereas in the specimens collected by

Dr. Hayden on the Upper Missouri, Dr. Cooper in Montana,

Mr. Geo. Gibbs near Bellingham Bay, Prof. Dana at Birch Bay,

and by Richardson on McKenzie’s river, the leaves are all

broader, more closely set, rounded at both ends, and sometimes

even emarginate at the summit. The specimens brought in

by Dr. Hayden and Dr. Cooper are larger and stronger than

those from the West coast, but the form of the leaf is the same.

Tt unfortunately happens that in none of the collections made

at the West, containing this plant, are there any cones, which

ean, with any probability, be supposed to represent its fruit.

It is not certain therefore that this is a Zuzodium, and not a

true Zarus, but the length of the leaves, sometimes 1} inches,

and their accurate arrangement in two ranks, all extended

‘in the same plane, give the foliage an aspect unlike that of most

of the Yews.

46 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

In Taxus brevifolia the leaves of the young branches are

nearly as distichous as these, but in Z. baccata, T. Canadensis,

and usually in 7. brevifolia, there is manifested a tendency to

a many-ranked arrangement. This is especially noticeable in

the Irish Yew, in which the leaves surround the stem in much

the same way asin the spruces. The branchlets are also more

delicate than in the Yews, and the foliage must have been

more light and feathery, like that of the deciduous cypress,

(Taxodium distichum).

The resemblance of our plant to 7. dubiwm of the European

Miocene strata is so strong, that, even without the fruit, we are

fully justified in placing them in the same genus.

Formation and Locality. Miocene Tertiary strata. Banks

of the Yellowstone River, &e.

Sequoia Langsdorfil? Br.

The leaves figured in the report of Col. Raynolds are part of

a large number of the same species collected by Dr. Hayden

on the Banks of the Yellowstone River. They include two

forms of foliage; one, in which the leaves are many-rowed,

short, appressed and awl-shaped; in the other, they are two-

ranked, much longer, linear, acute or rounded, more or less

narrowed, decurrent at the base, and traversed by a strong

medial nerve. The first form is confined to the larger (and per-

manent?) branches; the other to the terminal (and deciduous ?)

branchlets. This foliage closely resembles that of the deciduous

cypress of the Mississippi Valley, but the leaves of the branch-

lets are less crowded, are broader and more noticeably decur-

rent. Except in this latter character—and that is often not

strongly marked—there is also little difference to be distinguish-

ed between these fossil leaves and those described by Brong-

niart, (Prod, pp. 108-208), under the name of Zawites Langs-

dorpfii, and figured by Unger (Ieonographia T. 15, f. 13), and

later more fully illustrated by Prof. Heer (Flor. Tert. Helvet.

2,8. 54, T. xxi. fig. 4) as Seguoia Langsdorfii. The correspon-

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 47

dence is so close with the plant figured by Heer, that he would

doubtless consider them as identical, and, in the absence of

distinetive characters, I have thought best to regard them as

the same. I am strongly inclined to believe, however, that

the leaves before me were derived from a tree more closely

allied to our deciduous cypress than to our species of Sequoia,

and that, whatever its generic aflinities may have been, its

-foliage was deciduons.

A large number of fragments of a shaly, argillaceous lime-

stone were brought in by Dr. Hayden, which are filled, and

their surfaces covered, by disconnected branchlets with their

leaves attached, and which present the appearance of having

been thrown down together precisely as the deciduous branch-

lets of our cypress are detached by the frost. Among these

are a few pieces of larger branchlets, bearing traces of short,

appressed leaves, which I have conjectured to be the perma-

nent. foliage of the tree. These branches show, at regular

intervals, the former points of attachment of deciduous? branch-

lets, but none of them are still in their places. They may have

been dead twigs; some of which would naturally fall and aceu-

mulate with the leaves. The leaf-bearing branchlets, too, are

always simple, and though lying together in great numbers,

crossing at every angle, they are wholly distinct and discon-

nected. The probability would therefore seem to be, that the

foliage of the tree was deciduous, and although we have as

yet no fruit to guide us, we may infer that it was not a Seguota,

but a Zaxodium, closely allied to, and perhaps the progenitor

of TZ. distichum.

It has been said above that the leaves of Sequoia Langa-

dorfii, Heer, are very like those under consideration, but

if Prof. Heer is correet in considering the plants figured by

Unger as Zawites Langsdorfir (Iconographia Denkschrift, k. k.

Acad. iv. 1852, 8. 103, Taf. xxxviii. figs. 12-16) as identical

with that figured by him (loc. cit.), we should have additional

evidence that these fossils, collected by Dr. Hayden, are at

48 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

least specifically different from the European ones; for Dr. H.’s

specimens nowhere exhibit any very near approach to those fig-

ured by Unger (1. ¢.), which are much broader, more closely set,

apparently on permanent branches, and present a very different

aspect. Prof. Heer has perhaps sutticient proof of the identity

of all the forms that he includes under the name of S. ZLangs-

dori, but the light, feathery and deciduous? foliage, indicated

by the impressions before us, could hardly, under any cireum-

stances, have assumed the form of “ Zawxites Langsdorfii,” as

given in Unger’s beautiful work to which I have referred.

Since the above notes were written, Prof. Heer has described

a collection of fossil plants, made at Nanaimo, Vanconver’s Isl-

and, and at Buzzard’s Bay, British Columbia, and forwarded

to him by Dr. Hooker. Among the plants from Nanaimo are

several specimens which he regards as identical with his Se-

quoia Langsdorpii, but this seems hardly possible, as it is clearly

proven from the facts published by me in the Bost. Jour. Nat.

Hlist. (Vol. ii. No. 4, 1863), that the plant beds of Nanaimo are

all of Cretaceous age. The plant figured by Prof. Heer is ap-

parently my Zaxodium cuneatum, and has generally shorter

and more spatulate leaves, with narrower bases than those of

Sequoia Langsdorfii. The plant beds of Buzzard’s Bay, like

those of Birch Bay, and part of those of Bellingham Bay, are

apparently Miocene.

Formation and Locality. Miocene strata, Banks of the

Yellowstone River. (Dr. Hayden.)

Amelanchier similis (n. sp.)

Leaves petioled, ovate, obtuse or acuminate, rounded or slightly

cordate at the base; margin coarsely toothed, except near the

petiole, where it is entire; nervation pinnate, delicate; medial

nerve straight, 6-7 pairs of lateral nerves diverging from the midrib

at an angle of about 40°, slightly curved upward, especially near the

summit, the upper ones nearly simple, but giving off a perceptible

branch near the summit on the lower side, which runs into the next

tooth below. The lower pair spring from the extreme base of the

leaf, are strong and simple, and strike the margin where the denta-

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 49

tion commences. The second pair of lateral nerves each send off

two or three slender nerves from near the summit to the teeth of

the adjacent margin ; tertiary nerves very tine, leaving the second-

aries at right angles, and forming a fine net-work of which the

areole are nearly quadrate,

The number of specimens of this species in the collection is

small, and all but one imperfect. This one is evidently the

impression of a thin, delicate leaf, of which all the details of

nervation are preserved as perfectly as they could have ap-

peared in the living plant. The other specimens indicate that

the leaves were usually pointed, often acute.

From the nervation and character of dentation of these

leaves, I think we may at least say that the plant which bore

them was rosaceous, and among the rosaceous genera with

which I have compared them they approach most nearly to

Amelanchier ; some of the leaves of A. Canadensis being en-

tirely undistinguishable from them in form or nervation.

A. Canadensis now grows over all the temperate parts of the

continent, and would seem from its wide range to he as likely

to be an old resident of the continent, and to be represented in

the Tertiary, as any other of our plants.

Formation and Locality. Lignite Tertiary beds. Banks of

Yellowstone River. (Dr. Hayden.)

Rhamnus elegans (0p. sp.)

Leaves lanceolate, entire, rounded or abruptly narrowed at the

base, long-pointed and acute above, broadest part one-third the

distance from the base to apex; nervation regular and sharp, but

delicate, midrib strongly marked, lateral nerves 12-15, nearly

equidistant on either side, gently arched upward, and terminating

in the margins; tertiary nerves numerous, fine, spanning the dis

tance between the branch nerves, and dividing this space into nar-

row, sub-rectangular areoles.

This is a remarkably neat and symmetrical leaf, both as re-

gards its outline and nervation. Its lines are all graceful, with

little of the rigidity that characterizes the leaves of most of

APRIL, 1868. 4 Axx. Lro. Nat. Hist., Vou. 1X

50 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

the Lhamnacee, and more of the aspect of the leaf of a Laura-

ceous tree, but the numerous parallel side-nerves, terminating

all in the margins, form a character which the Laurels never

have.

Of described species, it most resembles Weber’s 2. Decheni,

(Paleontographica ii. 8S. 204, T. 23, fig. 2), but differs from it

in having an ovate, lanceolate form, and the nervation is a lit-

tle more crowded.

Formation and Locality. Miocene sandstone. Belmont,

Colorado. (Miss Kate Haymaker.)

Rhamnites concinnus (n. sp.)

Leaves petioled, long ovate, acute, rounded at the base, coarsely

and nearly equally mucronate-dentate ; nervation pinnate, remark-

ably precise and parallel throughout; medial nerve straight ; lat-

eral nerves, 9-10 pairs diverging at an angle of about 20°, slightly

arched upward, parallel among themselves, basilar pair reaching to

margin below the middle of the leaf, sending off each about 8 short,

simple, slightly curved, parallel branches to the dentations of the

baso-lateral margin; superior lateral nerves simple, or once forked

at the summit; tertiary nerves very numerous, simple, parallel,

connecting the lateral secondary nerves and the branches of the

basilar nerves nearly at right angles.

These beautiful leaves are so definite in form and structure,

and so perfectly preserved, that we should have no difficulty

in referring them to their appropriate genus, if we could find

among living trees their precise generic counterpart, but up to

the present time I have not been able to satisfy myself that they

are generically related to any living plants. The nervation is

in some respects very like that of Berchemia ; e. g. B. volubilis,

the “Supple Jack” of our Southern States. Nowhere else do

I remember to have seen the same parallelism of the secondary

and tertiary nerves, but the serration of the margin is coarser

than in any of the 2hamnacew with which I am acquainted,

and the development of the basilar pair of lateral nerves is

much greater than in Berchemia. This latter character is

)

]

’

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 51

not without example in Z2hammnus, as it is even more conspicu-

ous in some species of the genus, as for example in 22. ce/tifolia

of the Cape of Good Hope. A cross between that species and

our Lerchemia, with a greater development of the marginal

dentation than either exhibits, would give us the fossil before us,

Considering it to exhibit more of the character of the 22/am-

nacee than of any other family, I have placed it doubtfully

there.

formation and Locality. Miocene strata.. Fort Union, Da

cotah. (Dr. Hayden.)

Sapindus affiinis (0. sp.)

Leaves pinnate in many pairs of leaflets, with a single lanceolate

terminal one; leaflets smooth, thick, lanceolate, long-pointed, acute,

sessile or short-petioled, unsymmetrical, rounded or wedge-shaped at

base; nerves fine and obscure, ten or more branches diverging from

the midrib on either side at somewhat unequal distances, and of

unequal size. These arch upward, giving off several lateral

branches at right angles, or nearly so, and die out near the margins,

or are carried round in a curve parallel with it, and thus conneet.

These leaves are most strikingly like those of Sapindus, and

taken by themselves would afford perhaps sufficient ground

for uniting them with that genus, They are also very like a

series of leaves found in the Tertiaries of Europe, figured by

Prof. Heer, in the Flor. Tert. Helvet. Taf. exix. and exx. under

the names of Sapindus falcifolius, S. densifolius, and S. dubius,

The nervation is also the same; so there can hardly be a doubt

that our plant and those of Prof. Heer are generically ident:

eal, and, if the proofs before him of the identity of his fossils

with the living genus Sapindus are suflicient, we must con-

clude that the specimens before us are also the representatives

of that genus. In our specimens, however, the leaves are con-

stantly shorter and broader than in the species | have men-

tioned, and are often rounded at the base, so that I have been

compelled to regard them as specifically distinct.

52 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

Formation and Locality. Lignite Tertiary beds, Mouth of

Yellowstone River. (Dr. Hayden.)

Sapindus membranaceus (n. sp.)

Leaves pinnate in many pairs of leaflets, and terminating in a

large ovate, often unsymmetrical one; lateral leaflets lanceolate,

acute, wedge-shaped at base, unsymmetrical, thin and membraneous,

with entire margins; neryation fine and sparse, many pairs of lateral

nerves being given off by the midrib (from which also spring many

small lateral branchlets), and, these arching upward inosculate near

the margin or die out.

This is similar in nervation and in the general form of the

lateral leaflets to the preceding species (S. afinis), but the

whole plant is more delicate, the leaf thinner, the nervation

finer, the terminal leaflet several times as large and of a dif-

ferent form.

Formation and Locality. Lignite Tertiary strata. Fort

Union, Dacotah. (Dr. Hayden.)

Tilia antiqua (n. sp.)

Leaves 4-5 inches long, nearly as wide, often somewhat unsym-

metrical, cordate at base, abruptly acuminate at summit, coarsely

and nearly equally toothed ; nervation strong, medial nerve straight,

bearing 8-9 pairs of lateral nerves, which diverge at an angle of

about 45°. The basilar pair of lateral nerves each sending off 5-6

branches on the lower side, which are again branched and termi-

nate in the teeth of the margin. The second pair of lateral nerves

have each 4 similar branches, the third pair 3, the fourth pair 2,

the fifth pair 1, though there are frequent departures from this

rule. The tertiary nerves are strongly marked, leaving the second-

ary nerves nearly at right angles, crossing directly between the

adjacent ones, or anastomosing with some irregularity in the mid-

dle of the interspaces.

There are many fragments of these leaves in the collection

before me, imbedded in a very fine and hard argillaceous lime-

stone, and very beautifully preserved. They exhibit consid-

erable resemblance to the leaves of Morus, especially DL. rubra,

but in that plant the basilar nerves of the leaves are more de-

veloped, and reach the margins higher up. The marginal

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 53

dentation is also generally more acute in the leaves of the mul-

berry, and the leaves more pointed. The nervation of these

fossil leaves is almost precisely that of our common species of

Tilia, but in that the marginal dentation ismuch sharper. Ina

Southern species, however, 7. heterophylla, have found leaves

which seem to be the exact counterpart of these; leaves witha

roughish surface, strong and regular nervation, just after this

pattern, and with a coarse, obtuse, and regular dentation. I

am therefore inclined to refer these fossils té Zilia, and to re-

gard them as the relics of a species closely allied to, if not

identical with, 7. heterophylla.

Formation and Locality. Miocene strata, near Fort Clarke.

(Dr. Hayden.)

Rhus nervosa (un. sp.)

Leaves pinnate, leaflets oblong or linear in outline, rounded or

cordate at the base, pointed above; margins coarsely and acutely

serrate; nervation pinnate, strong; latetal nerves numerous, leav-

ing the midrib at an acute angle, simple or somewhat branched,

parallel, gently arched upward, and terminating in the teeth of the

border.

The specimens of this species scarcely afford material for gat-

isfactory classification. They bear a strong resemblance to the

pinnate leaflets of some of our shrubby species of /2/us, especi-

ally of 22. copallina and FR. typhina. The nervation and margi;

nal serration are essentially the same, and the texture of the leaf

would appear to have been similar, but the nerves are stronger

and the dentation coarser than in most specimens of these spe-

cies with which I have compared it. With the trifoliate and

oak-leaved species it las little in common, and will not be

likely to be confounded with any of the fossil species which

have been described.

The general form of the leaf is not unlike 2. Meriani, Neer

(Op. cit. Taf. exxvi. figs. 5-11), but the margins of the leaves

of that species are not as deeply toothed.

Formation and Locality. Miocene strata. Fort Union,

Dacotah. (Dr. Hayden.)

54 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

Viburnum asperum (n. sp.)

Leaves ovate in outline, rounded or slightly cordate at base,

acute and long-pointed above, margins all cut by relatively large

acute teeth; nervation strong, crowded; midrib straight; lateral

nerves alternate, about nine on each side, the lowest and strongest

bearing each 5-6 simple branches on the lower side; the lateral

nerves of the middle of the leaf carrying 1-2 branches at the sum-

mits, the upper ones simple, all terminating in the marginal teeth;

tertiary nerves numerous, connecting the secondaries nearly at right

angles, and generally parallel.

The nervation of these leaves is strong, regular and crowded.

The marginal serration is simple, coarse and sharp, much like

that of the leaves of many species of Viburnum.

Formation and Locality. Miocene strata. Fort Union,

Dacotah. (Dr. Hayden.)

Viburnum lanceolatum (n. sp.)

Leaves small, narrow, ovate or ovate-lanceolate, rounded or

slightly wedge-shaped at the base, pointed above, coarsely and

sharply serrate-dentate throughout; nervation strong; midrib

straight; lateral nerves about 5 pairs, diverging from the midrib at

an angle varying from 15° to 20°, all slightly and uniformly arched

upward, the basilar pair each throwing out at an acute angle about

six simple branches which terminate in the teeth of the margin,

the upper branches supporting each one or two similar branches

near the summits; tertiary nervation fine, and undistinguishable in

the fossil state.

In the regularity and precision of the neryation, these leaves

resemble those of Carpinus, but in most species of that genus

the serration of the margins is double, while here it is single,

and, except in one or two old-world forms, the nervation of

the leaves of the living species of that genus is considerably

different, the basilar pair of lateral nerves being much shorter,

and simple or less branched.

The style of nervation observable in these fossils oceurs in

one or two species of Whamnus, but is there very exceptional,

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 55

and the marginal serration of Rhamnus is rarely if ever so

coarse as in the plant before us. ;

In Zizyphus we have a similar nervation ; and not a dissimilar

style in Celtis, but in neither of these have we such marginal

teeth. In Viburnum, however, we have some examples of

leaves exhibiting a closer resemblance to the fossils than any I

have cited above, as in Viburnum erosum, Thurnbg. from

Corea, and V. odoratissimum of Japan. In both these plants

we find leaves with a great development of the basilar pair of.

nerves, and a coarse, acute, and regular dentation of the

margin.

Formation and Locality. Miocene beds. Fort Union, Da-

eotah. (Dr. Hayden.)

Alnus serrata (n. sp.)

Leaves oval or elliptical, slightly cordate at the base, rounded or

sub-acute at summit; margins serrate throughout, serrations fine,

sharp and appressed below, coarse and double above; nervation

‘pinnate, strongly marked; basilar pair of lateral nerves short and

simple, upper ones branched near the extremities.

These leaves have nearly the form of Alnus Ke/ersteini,

Ung. (Chloris, Prot. Taf. 33, figs. 1-6), and a nervation simi-

lar in kind but more crowded. The marginal serration is also

coarser.

Formation and Locality. Miocene strata. Banks of Yel-

lowstone River. (Dr. Hayden.)

Planera microphylla (n. sp.)

Leaves very small, ovate-lanceolate, generally unsymmetrical,

curved or falcate, cordate at base, pointed but rarely acute,

coarsely and bluntly toothed; nervation strong; lateral nerves

diverging at an angle of about 50° in 5—6 pairs branching toward

the summit, and inosculating along the margins; tertiary nerves

strong, leaving the secondaries nearly at right angles, much

branched and anastomosing to form a coarse and irregular net-

work.

In its general form this leaf has a striking resemblance to

56 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

Planera Ungeri, Ettings. (Tert. flor. der Gistr. Monarch, p. 14,

Taf. ii. figs. 5-18). Ulmus Zelkovefolia, Ung. (Chloris Protogeea

Taf. xxiv. figs. 7-12, ete.), but it is apparently considerably

smaller, narrower, and more coarsely toothed.

Formation and Locality. Miocene strata. Fort Union,

Dacotah. (Dr. Hayden.)

Catalpa crassifolia (n. sp.)

Leaves large, fleshy, ovate, heart-shaped at base, pointed above,

sometimes unsymmetrical; margins entire; nervation strongly de-

veloped; midrib straight or flexuous; lateral nerves about 7 pairs ;

lower pair strongest, not reaching the middle of the leaf, giving off

each about 4 branches on the lower side, of which the lower ones

spring from the base of the laterals and are much branched ; upper

laterals branched at their summits, branches uniting to form a fes-

toon somewhat remote from the margin; tertiary nervation

invisible.

In its general aspect this leaf bears a marked resemblance to

those of the common Cutalpa which grows spontaneously in

Kentucky and Tennessee, and is generally cultivated through-

out the Northern States. The leaves of the Catalpa are, how-

ever, broader, and the basilar pair of lateral nerves are stronger,

reaching to and sometimes above the middle of the margin.

The number of lateral nerves is also less, but they branch at

their summits, and form a marginal festoon very much in the

same way as in the fossil.

The leaves of some species of /%icus, of Gonolobus, and Aris-

tolochia exhibit considerable resemblance to this, but scarcely

as, much as do those of Catalpa. In Gonolobus and Aristolo-

chia the nervation is lighter, more open, radiate and waved,

while in the broad-leaved species of Ficus (Z*. tiliwfolia, F.

populina, ete.), the basilar nerves are much more developed,

and the marginal festoon nearer the margin. In 4. Jorloti,

on the contrary, the basilar nerves are less strong. Catalpa,

therefore, seems to offer the greatest resemblance to the fossil,

and I place it provisionally in that genus. This is so conspicu-

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 57

ous a feature in the flora to which it belongs, that it requires

to be figured and described. Future observations will deter-

mine whether it has been correctly referred to its living allies.

Formation and Locality. Miocene strata. Banks of Yel-

lowstone River. (Dr. Hayden )

Negundo triloba (n. sp.)

Leaves thin and delicate, but distinctly nerved, pinnate in one

or more pairs, leaflets lanceolate or lance-ovate, long-pointed, rounded

or slightly cordate at base, short-petioled; margins coarsely, re-

motely, and irregularly toothed; terminal leaflet trilobate, the mar-

gins toothed or serrated ; nervation of lateral leaflets pinnate, nine

or ten pairs of lateral nerves diverging from the midrib at an angle

of about 50°, arching upward, more or less branched toward the

summit. Of these the basal pair are shortest and simple, following

the course of the adjacent margin; the second pair are strongest,

and throw off each three or four curved branches on the lower side.

The general aspect, including texture, form, dentation, and

nervation of the lateral leaflets, is strikingly like that of the

corresponding parts of the leaf of the living Wegundo aceroides.

The genus Wegundo is represented among living plants by but

a single species, and this is so like Acer in all but its leaves, that

Prof. Gray intimates that it should hardly be considered dis-

tinct from that genus. A fossil species has been discovered

in the Tertiaries of Europe, J. yeege Heer (Flor. Tert.

Helvet. 3, 8. 60, Taf. exviii. figs. 20-22), but it would seem to

have been a smaller species than the living one, and had

obovate wedge-based leaves, quite different from those before

us.

If in the light of nore and better material, it should prove

that a species of Megundo lived on the American continent

during the Miocene Tertiary Epoch, it would be a tact of no

little interest, and would strengthen the claims of Megundo

aceroides to a distinct generic place in the botanical series. In

that case, however, its trilobate terminal leaflet would still

further indicate its acerine affinities.

Formation and Locality. Near Fort Union, (Dr, Hayden.)

58 Later Extinct Flovas of North America,

Aralia triloba. (n. sp.)

Leaves pinnate or ternate; lateral leaflets long-oval, rounded, or

slightly heart-shaped, and unequal at base, pointed at summit,

sharply serrate throughout; nervation pinnate ; texture thin; sur-

faces smooth.

Trilobate leaf similar in surface, texture, nervation and marginal

serration, but unequally three-lobed; lobes acute, long-pointed,

The character of these leaves is very well shown in the speci-

mens before me. They seem plainly to indicate a species of

Aralia, and have a marked resemblance to some of the leaves

of our two most common species, A. racemosa and A, nudicau-

lis. The trilobate leaf is not commonly fonnd in our Aralias,

but there is always a tendency to the production of such a form,

and I have frequently remarked it in A. racemosa, as it grows

at the West. That is, however, generally a much larger and

stronger plant than this.

Formation and Locality. Miocene strata. Fort Clarke.

(Dr. Hayden.)

Corylus orbiculata, (n. sp.)

Leaves small, orbicular, or nearly so, slightly and unequally cor-

date at base, blunt-pointed above ; margins set with fine and nearly

equal teeth; neryation strong; midrib curved and slightly sinuous ;

lateral nerves about 7 pairs, mostly straight and nearly parallel

among themselves, lower pair sending off each 7—8 short, simple or

forked branches which terminate in the teeth of the edge; second

pair supporting each about three branches of similar character ;

upper lateral nerves simple, or having each 2-3 branches near the

summit; tertiary nerves parallel, distinct.

This is another hazel-like leaf, of which the classification, with-

out the fruit, must be somewhat doubtful. The general form is

more like that of the leaves of Zilia (7. Americana and T.

Europea); being much rounder than those of any species of

Corylus with which I am familiar.

The nervation is however different from that of Z7i/ia, and

is in fact altogether that of Corylus. In Zilia, the leaves are

VSS Sr—C<(it MC

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 59

usually broadly cordate; the nervation of the base and lateral

portions of the leaf being supplied from the first or basal pair

of lateral nerves, which are largely developed, much branched,

and reach considerably above the middle point of the lateral

margin. In Corylus, on the contrary, the basal nerves are

short and supply only the basal margins; the second pair of

lateral nerves is relatively more developed than in 7Z%/ia,

Morus, ete., and in the number and parallelism of the lateral

nerves they approach more nearly to the strictly feather-veined

leaves of Fugus, Alnus, ete.

Formation and Locality. Miocene Tertiary strata, Fort

Union, Dacotah. (Dr. Hayden.)

Corylus grandifolia. (0. sp.)

Leaves large (5-6 inches long), short-petioled, unequally cordate

at the base, pointed above, coarsely and unequally dentate; nerva-

tion strong; midrib straight or curved, not sinuous; lateral nerves,

6-7 pairs; lower pair diverging at a larger angle than the upper

ones, and supporting a number of short, generally simple, branches,

on the lower side, which terminate in the basal margin; second

pair diverging at an angle of 45°, reaching the margin about the

middle, supporting about 4 branches on the outside; upper pair

simple or branched once, rarely twice.

This was evidently a large, thick, roughish leaf, having more

the aspect and texture of the leaves of the mulberry than of the

hazel. The nervation is, however, much nearer that of the

latter genus. Indeed, in all essential characters it is the same

as that of the three species of Corylus with which it is associ

ated. The dentation of the margin, also, is acute, unequal,

partially double, much more like that of the leaves of Cory/us

than of any of those with which I have compared it.

Formation and Locality. Lignite Tertiary beds. Fort

Union, Dacotah. (Dr. Hayden.)

Corylus Americana, (Walt)

Among the variety of specimens of the leaves of (. Amert-

cana with which I have compared these fossils, there are some

60 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

which, if fossilized, would form impressions absolutely undis-

tinguishable from them, and I have therefore found it impossi-

ble to fix upon any characters by which they can be separated.

As compared with the fossils which I have referred to Q. ros-

trata, these leaves are a little more rounded in outline, the

nervation somewhat more open and delicate, the marginal teeth

more nearly equal in size, and more obtuse.

Of all the species of Corylus, living or fossil, which have been

described, there is none of which the leaves so much resemble

these, as C. Americana.

Formation and Locality. Miocene Tertiary strata. Fort

Union, Dacotah. (Dr. Hayden.)

Corylus rostrata. (Ait.)

These leaves offer no characters by which they can be dis-

tinguished from those of the living “ Beaked Hazel-nut.” They

are clearly those of a Hazel, and show such a perfect correspon-

dence with those of one of the species living in the region where

these fossils occur, that until the fruit shall be found, and the

question definitely settled, I have thought it best to consider

them as identical.

Formation and Locality. Miocene strata. Fort Union.

(Dr. Hayden.)

Populus cordata (n. sp.)

Leaves orbicular or round-heart-shaped, deeply cordate at the

base ; margins strongly toothed, except the inner border of the

lobes of the base; nervation radiate; medial nerve straight, simple

below, branched near the summit; lateral nerves, 3 pairs diverging

at nearly equal angles, from a common point of origin; lower

lateral nerves small, simple, arched upward at their summits, ter-

minating in the margins; second pair of lateral nerves springing

from the basal point of radiation nearly at right angles with the

midrib, arching upward as they approach the lateral margins, and

supporting each about three branches on the inner side; third pair

of lateral nerves diverging from the midrib at its base at an angle

of about 45°, bearing one or two lateral branches, and terminating

in the margin above the middle of the leaf.

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 61

Of this neat species there are no complete specimens in the

collection; none of them showing the summit of the leaf.

Enough is,.however, discernible in them to show that they

represent a species of Populus different from any other in the

collection; and from any before described. Of the species at

present growing on the North American continent, the leaves

of P. heterophylla approach most nearly to these, but the nerva-

tion of the leaves of that tree is never so distinetly radiate.

In the character of its marginal dentation this species resem-

bles P. mutabilis, var. crenata, Heer, but is clearly distinguish-

ed from that by its cordate base, and corresponding radiate

venation.

Formation and Locality. Miocene Tertiary strata. Banks

of Yellowstone River. (Dr. Hayden.)

Populus nervosa (n. sp.)

Leaves rounded in outline, margins nearly entire, or slightly ser-

rate at the base, sharply but not deeply toothed on the sides, on the

summit strongly doubly serrate, with a tendency to become three-

lobed; nervation strongly marked and crowded; basal nerves

springing from the midrib above the margin, given off at an angle

of 30° or more, reaching the margin above the middle, where

they terminate in the most prominent teeth or lobes; from these

basilar nerves are given off five or six strong lateral nerves, which

arch upward and, more or less forked, terminate in the marginal

teeth; above the basilar nerves three or four pairs of strong lateral

nerves are given off from the midrib, which run parallel with the

basilar pair, and terminate, like them, in the compound teeth of the

upper margin. The lateral nerves are connected by numerous strong

secondary nerves, which are generally simple and slightly arched,

sometimes broken, and anastomosing with each other. This latter

character gives a lattice-like appearance to the leaf, to a degree un-

usual in the genus.

The strong nervation of this species is one of its most marked

characters, and has suggested the name given it. Dy this and

‘the double dentation of the superior margin, as well as by

their acerine form, these leaves are easily distinguishable from

62 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

any of those with which they are associated and any hitherto

described.

Formation and Locality. Lignite Tertiary beds. Banks of

Yellowstone River. (Dr. Hayden.)

Populus nervosa (n. sp.)

Var. B. elongata.

Leaves ovoid or oblong in outline, wedge-shaped at base,

abruptly pointed at summit, basal margins entire, sides rather finely

toothed, superior margin, coarsely, somewhat doubly dentate; ner-

vation strongly marked, less crowded than in var. A.; basal nerves

springing from the midrib above the basal margin nearly straight,

reaching the sides above the middle and terminating in the first

large dentations of the upper margin; exterior lateral nerves of

the basal pair, three or four in number, remote, nearly simple,

curved upward, and terminating in the lateral teeth ; secondary

nerves above basal pair, three on each side of the midrib, parallel

with the basal pair, and connected with them, each other, and the

midrib, by numerous strong, generally simple, lattice nerves.

The nervation of these leaves is essentially the same as that of

those last described, and which, notwithstanding the difference

of form that they present, I am inclined to consider as belong-

ing to the same species. This diversity of form is not greater

than may be seen in the leaves of any poplar tree, and the dif-

ferences of dentation are not greater than those observed in

different leaves of many living and fossil species. The origin

of the large basilar nerves above the base of the leaves, the

strong and latticed nervation, and the dentation of the same

general character, with the fact that all the specimens are from

the same locality, all combine to lead me to consider the two

forms as specifically identical.

Formation and Locality. ignite Tertiary strata. Yellow-

stone River. Nebraska. (Dr. Hayden.)

Populus Nebrascencis (n. sp.)

Leaves long-petioled, 2-3 inches long, ovate, pointed, regularly

rounded at the base, coarsely and irregularly toothed, except near

the base, where the margins are entire; nervation strong, radiating

——— So.

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 63

from the base of the leaf; medial nerve straight, simple (or sup-

porting very small nerves), except near the summit, where two or

three larger branches rise from it; lateral nerves, two pairs on each

side, springing from a common point of origin; lower pair arched

upward, nearly parallel with the margin of the leaf to which they

send off one or more simple branches; second pair of laterals

diverging from these at an angle of 30°, arching upward, and run-

ning parallel with the midrib, terminating in the margin near the

summit, each giving off about three exterior branches, which curve

‘upward, and terminate in the dentations of the border.

This species by its general form and nervation, approaches

closely to P. Smilacifolia, but the base is rounded (sometimes

slightly wedge-shaped), never distinctly cordate; the superior

lateral nerves are not quite so much drawn together toward the

summit, and the margins are differently and much more

coarsely dentate.

A large number of specimens of this species present constant

and distinctive characters. They exhibit considerable varia-

tion in size, being from 1 to 3 inches in length, but in form,

nervation, and marginal dentation, they are alike.

These specimens are derived from different localities, and

without doubt represent a distinct species which was spread

over the Tertiary Continent.

By the character of the impressions left on the stone, as well

as by the coarse and unequal dentation of the margins, we

may infer an affinity between this and the downy-leafed pop-

lars of the present epoch, such as 2. alba of Europe, ete., hile

in the smooth surface and finely denticulate or entire margin

of P. Smilacifolia, we have evidence of resemblance to P.

tremuloides.

There is no fossil species for which this ean well be mistaken.

Some of the forms of P. crenata, Unger (Fosg, Flor. v. Sotzka,

S. 167, Taf. xxxvi. figs. 2-5), resemble these leaves, but they

are not so distinctly radiate-nerved. Unger represents the

teeth of the margin as more acute, and more like those of P.

tremula, with which he compares his fossil species.

64 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

Formation and Locality. Ferruginous shale. Banks of

Yellowstone River. (Dr. Hayden.)

Populus cumeata. (n. sp.)

Leaves small, obovate, somewhat wedge-shaped at the base, ob-

tusely pointed at the summit, coarsely, obtusely, and irregularly den-

tate on the margins, three-veined, basilar nerves given off at an

acute angle, terminating above the middle of the margin;

secondary nerves few-forked, and often inosculating.

This species is represented by numerous specimens in the

collection made by Dr. Hayden on the Yellowstone. It will

be seen to be distinctly separable from any of the species pub-

lished with it, and the same may be said in regard to those pub-

lished elsewhere. In general forin it bears some resemblance

to P. attenuata, Al. Braun (Flor. Tert. Helvet. 2. S.15. Taf.

lvii. and lviii.), also to some forms of P. mutabilis H.; but

the nervation is less crowded than in those species, and both

are acuminate-pointed.

Formation and Locality. Vignite Tertiary beds. Banks

of Yellowstone River. (Dr. Hayden.)

Populus genetrix. (n. sp.)

Leaves large, cordate in form, acuminate; margins serrate, with

rather small appressed teeth; three-nerved; nervation sparse but

strong; midrib straight, with few small branches; basilar nerves

very strong; given off at an acute angle, much branched at the

summit, reaching nearly to the margin far above the middle;

from each of the basilar-lateral nerves spring 5-6 exterior branches,

the lower ones very strong and branched, the upper slender and

simple.

In general aspect this leaf is very similar to that of the liv-

ing 1. balsamifera, and apparently differs from it only in its

nervation, It is more decidedly three-nerved than those of

any of the living group which it may be supposed to represent

—P. balsamifera, P. candicans, P. monilifera, ete..—yet one

may occasionally find a leat of either of thése species whieh in

this respect ‘approaches the fossil before us. The dentation of

the margin is essentially that of 2. balsamifera, and it can

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 65

hardly be doubted that we have here the progenitor of one or

more of the group of poplars with which I have compared it,

and which now grow in the region where these fossil plants

were collected.

The different species of Populus, among the Miocene plants

collected by Dr. Hayden, are far more generally three-nerved

than are the living species which now inhabit this country.

Tn this respect they resemble more the foreign P. alba; and it

may be said that the majority of species described in this

memoir are more closely allied to the section Coriacew than to

the Balsamite.

Lormation and Locality. Lignite Tertiary beds. Banks of

Yellowstone River. (Dr. Hayden.)

Populus Acerifolia. (0. sp.)

Leaves long-petioled, broad-ovate in outline, often somewhat three-

lobed, obtuse, slightly cordate at base, margins coarsely and une-

qually crenate; nervation radiate, strong; medial nerve straight, wiv-

ing off one pair of lateral nerves near the centre of the leaf, and above

these about three smaller ones on each side. From the base of the

midrib spring two pairs of lateral nerves on each side. Of these

the lower and smaller pair diverge at an angle of 60°—70° with the

midrib, are nearly straight, give off numerous short branches on

the lower side, and terminate in the lateral margin below the mid-

dle. The second and larger pair of laterals diverge from the mid-

rib at an angle of about 35° to 45°, are straight or slightly curved

upward, terminating in the margins above the middle, or in the

lobes, when lobes are developed; from these spring three or four

branches on the outside, which, simple or branching, terminate in the

scallops of the border. The tertiary nervation, shown very dis-

tinctly in some of the specimens, forms a network similar to that ot

the leaves of living species of Populus, of which the areolw exlibit

considerable diversity of form and size, being polygonal with a

roundish outline, or quadrangular.

_ The general aspect of these leaves is mucli like that of some

of the living maples, but they are less distinctly trilobate ; the

erenation of the margin is coarse, irregular, and obtuse or

rounded, as is usually tiie case with the leaves of a group of

APRIL, 1868. 5 Ans. Lye. Nat. Hist, Vou. LX

66 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

poplars, the leaves of which in other respects most resemble

these. The surface is, in many specimens, somewhat roughened,

as though in the living leaf it was canescent; also a common

character among poplars, but rare or unknown among maples.

The leaves of the maples are generally thin, and the network of

the tertiary nerves is remarkably fine and uniform, affording a

reliable generic character. This is visible in the Jeaves of all

the receut maples, and is beautifully shown in the impressions

of the leaves of A. pseudoplatanus, given in Ettingshausen

and Pokorny’s Physiotypia Plant. Austria, Tat. xvii., fig. 10.

Among fossil species this perhaps resembles most 2. lewco-

phylla (Foss. Flor. v. Gleichenberg Denkschrift, k. k. Acad.,

vol. viii., 1854, p. 177, Taf. iv., figs. 6-10), but is much more

distinetly crenate-toothed on the margin. The teeth of P.

leucophylla are either obsolete or remote and acute, making a

sinuate-dentate margin.

formation and Locality. Lignite Tertiary beds. Fort

Union, Dacotah. (Dr. Hayden.)

Populus Smilacifolia. (n. sp.)

. Leaves ovate, pointed, slightly cordate at the base; margins

finely and obtusely crenulated; nervation radiate, delicate, and

sparse; medial nerve straight, giving off only fine and scarcely per-

ceptible lateral nerves below, and two or three longer branches

near the summit; two pairs of lateral nerves radiate with the

medial nerve from the same point at the base of the leaf; of these

the lower two are small, nearly simple, and arched evenly upward ;

the other two, nearly as strong as the midrib, spring from the base

at an angle of about 25°, and, after diverging to the middle of the

leaf, curve upward toward the summit, near which they terminate

in the margins. These lateral nerves support four or five simple or

once-forked branches, each given off exteriorly, which curve up-

ward, and terminate in the lateral margins. The tertiary nerves

are given off nearly at right angles from the secondaries, and form

a delicate polygonal or quadrangular network over the surface of

the leaf.

The lower pair of lateral nerves should properly be consid-

ered as branches of the larger ones, so that the leaf is more

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 67

distinctly three-veined than that of any living species of

Populus. This character, with the smooth surface and nearly

entire margins, gives these leaves the general aspect of those of

Smilax, and suggested the name given them. Their nervation,

however, is sufficiently distinct trom that of Smilaw, and is

clearly that of Populus, though in a somewhat exaggerated

form. In Smilax three or tive nerves radiate from the base of

the leaf, and terminate together at the summit, which those of

the leaves of Populus never do. In Sinilaw, too, the principal

nerves give off no large branches, but all the interspaces are

filled with a labyrinth of anastomosing veins, forming a very

different network from that of Populus.

The marginal serration of the present species would seem to

have been much like that of the leaves of the living P. tremue-

lordes, but still finer, while the size of the leaf was considera-

bly larger.

Formation and Locality. Miocene Lignite Tertiary. Fort

Union, Dacotah. (Dr. Hayden.)

Platanus nobilis. (n. sp.)

Leaves large, one and a half feet in length and breadth, péti-

oled, 3 lobed, or sub 5 lobed, lobes acute, margins of lobes and

base entire, or near the summits of the lobes delicately sinuate-

toothed; nervation strongly marked, generally parallel; medial

nerve straight, two basilar nerves of nearly equal length and

strength diverge from it at an angle of 30°-35°, are straight

throughout and terminate in the apices of the principal lateral

lobes. Above the basilar nerves about 16 pairs of lateral nerves

are given off from the midrib at about the same angle; these are

nearly straight and parallel, terminating in the teeth of the margin,

From each of the basilar nerves diverge about the same number of

pairs of branches as from the midrib, and these are also nearly

straight and parallel, and terminate directly in the margin, OF

these the second or third exterior one on each side is often much

the strongest of the series, and is then prolonged into a small but

distinct lateral, triangular, acute lobe, giving the leaf a somewhat

pentagonal form. From this basilar branch of the lateral nerves,

12 or more short, generally simple, branchlets spring on the lower

68 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

side, and 4-5 on the upper side near the summit, all of which termi-

nate in the margins. The tertiary nerves connect the adjacent

secondary nerves nearly at right angles ; sometimes they are straight

and parallel, but oftener more or less broken and branching where

they meet, near the middle of the interspaces. Where the systems

of nervation of the lateral and middle lobes come in contact, the

tertiary nerves are stronger, and form a somewhat irregular net-

work, of which the areolx are large and sub-quadrate.

In general aspect these magnificent leaves are considerably

unlike those of any known species of Platanus, and I have

felt considerable hesitation in referring them to that genus.

The texture was evidently thicker and the surfaces smoother

than in the leaves of most Sycamores, and, on the whole,

they recall the leaves of Cecropia, or some other of the broad,

leathery, polished leaves, borne by the trees of the tropics.

On close examination, however, they are found to present the

radical structure of the leaves of Platanus, and, aside from

their association with so many genera plainly belonging to the

flora of the temperate zone, their form and nervation seem to

me to afford at least presumptive evidence that they were borne

by atree of that genus. They will, perhaps, suggest to the

fossil botanist the leaves described by Unger under the

names of Platanus [Hercules, P. Jatrophefolia, ete. (Chloris

Protogeea, p. 137, T. xlv., figs. 6-7, etc.), and which he subse-

quently removed from that genus; but those palmate, many-

lobed leaves were very unlike these now before us, and resem-

ble much more the leaves of Jatropha or Sterculia, than those

of Platanus.

The crowded, somewhat heavy, and regular nervation of these

leaves, their thick texture and polished surface, must have

given the tree on which they grew an aspect quite different

from that of P. occidentalis; but P. orientalis, and sometimes

P. racemosa, have thick and polished leaves, and the deviation

from the common form is not so great in these fossils as in the

living species I have named, or the fossil species named by

Unger 2’. grandifolia and P, Sirti (Chior. Protogsea and

Foss. Flor. v., Sotzka).

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 69

In size, these leaves exceed those of any known species of

sycamore, and if we are correct in referring them to Platanus,

they may be considered the only relics we have of by far the

noblest species of the genus. Some of the leaves are a foot and

a half in length, and of about equal breadth, and yet they do

not so far exceed the ordinary size of the leaves of the Syca-

mores as do the leaves of Acer macrophyllum those of other

species of maple.

Formation and Locality. Miocene Tertiary beds. Near

Fort Clark, on the Upper Missouri. (Dr. Hayden.)

Platanus Raynoldsii (n. sp.)

Leaves of large size, sub-orbicular or rudely triangular in outline,

more or less rounded below, three-pointed above, often decurrent

on to the petiole, margins at base entire, on the sides and above,

coarsely and obtusely double-serrate, the lobes of the upper margin

short and broad, less produced than in most other species; nerva-

tion strong but open, having the general character of P. occidentalis

and of the fossil species P. aceroides.

The younger leaves are rounded in outline, and decurrent

on the petiole. Those more fully developed (which are some-

times fifteen inches in length and breadth), more triangular in

form, not always decurrent, and having the lobes more produced,

offer considerable resemblance to those of 7. aceroides, an

extinct species from the Miocene of Europe; the nervation

being similar in kind, and not greatly different in degree. The

leaf is, however, always less angular than in 7’. aceroides and

P. Haydenii, and the character of the marginal serration is

essentially different from that of any known species. In /. Ace-

roides the margins are set with long, acute, curved, simple

teeth, as in the living P. occidentalis ; in P. Haydenii the

margins are for the most part only sinuate; and in 2’. nobilis

the middle lobe only is toothed, and that but slightly ; while in

the species before us, with the exception of the basal margin,

the whole outline is marked by a broad, strong, donble den-

tation.

70 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

In texture the leaf was apparently similar to that of P. oee7-

dentalis, rather thin and more or less roughened.

Formation and Locality. Miocene Tertiary deposits. Banks

of Yellowstone River. (Dr. Hayden.)

Platanus Haydenii. (n. sp.)

Leaves large, long-petioled, when mature three, perhaps rarely

five lobed; lobes nearly equal, long-pointed, acute; on either side of

the middle lobe five to eight pumie teeth; margins of the lateral

lobes sinuately toothed to near the base; younger leaves oyate,

acuminate, coarsely toothed throughout except near the base, which

is slightly decurrent; nervation strong, radiate from the base,

primary nerves three, which are nearly straight and terminate in

the three lobes of the border. From the midrib spring seven or

eight pairs of lateral nerves above the basilar pair; these diverge

at an angle of about 35°, are slightly flexed at the base, straight or

nearly so above, where they are somewhat truncated, their branches

terminating in the marginal teeth. The basilar nerves diverge

from the midrib at an angle of about 35° and run nearly straight

to the extremities of the lateral lobes. They each give off on the

lower side seven or eight branches, of which the second or third is

strongest. These are more or less curved and branched, the

branches terminating in the teeth of the margin. Fruit 2-3 lines

Jong, prismatic, clavate.

This fine species, which is well represented in the collection,

is closely related to Platanus aceroides, so common in the

Miocene strata of Europe. There are, however, noticeable dif-

ferences which seem to me to have a specific value. The leaves

of P. aceroides, though exhibiting great variety of form, are

I believe always acutely toothed, while in the specimens before

us, the teeth are never acute except those which in the young

leaves represent the lateral lobes of the mature form. In P.

aceroides also, according to Heer (Flor. Tert. Helvet. v. 3,

p. 71, Taf. Ixxxvii. and Ixxxviii.), the nervation is more

sparse, the angle of divergence of all the nerves greater, the

number of lateral branches of the midrib less, and the number of

marginal teeth considerably greater. Prof. Heer says (loe. cit.)

that in 2. aceroides the middle lobe of the leaf has 2-4 den-

EE —————

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 71

tations on either side, while in P. Haydenii the mature leat

has 8-10 teeth on each side of the middle lobe. The difference

before specified in the form of the marginal teeth is very

marked and strikes theeye ata glance. In P. aceroides they

are tew, long and acute, sometimes even uncinate, while in 2.

Haydenii they are more numerous, less prominent and always

obtuse, sometimes merely giving a wavy outline to the margin

of the leaf.

Detached seeds are all that we have of the fruit, and these,

though plainly derived from a Platanus, in their condition of

fossilization, afford no good characters with which to compare

this species with the two now living on this continent, or with

the living and fossil species of the Old World.

P. aceroides, according to Heer, had fruit in racemes like

the Mexican plane tree, while, as every one knows, the fruit of

P. occidentalis is single. In general aspect, the species now

before us is more like the Eastern than the Western of our

American sycamores, to the former of which it has considera-

ble likeness, and may very well have been its progenitor.

Formation and Locality. Miocene strata. Banks of the

Yellowstone River. (Dr. Hayden.)

Cornus acuminata, (n. sp.)

Leaves ovate or ovate-lanceolate, long-pointed, acute, entire, nar-

rowed at the base and slightly decurrent ; midrib distinet, straight

or curved toward the summit, following the course of the frequent ly

deflexed point; lateral nerves numerous, regular and nearly paral-

lel, simple, lower ones straight with arslightly curved summit,

upper ones becoming progressively more arched upwards, when

near the apex of the leaf curved in so as nearly to join the extrem-

ity of the midrib; tertiary nervation so fine as to be hardly per-

ceptible in the fossil state.

The specimens of these leaves contained in the collection of

Dr. Hayden, are quite numerous and pretty well preserved.

Although there is no fruit of Cornus associated with them,

there can be little doubt that they are properly referred to that

(2 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

genus. The aspect of the leaves of Cornus is peculiar, and such

as is usually readily recognizable at a glance. This faczes is

given by the outline as well as the nervation. The outline is

usually more or less accurately oval; the margin entire, the

base rounded or slightly wedge-shaped, the summit pointed

and laterally flexed. The nervation is very clearly defined,

the midrib strong at the base, tapering gradually till it reaches

the extreme point of the apex; the lateral nerves pinnate,

approximated below, more remote above; all simple, arched

upward, those near the summit being drawn in to join the

midrib.

This latter characteristic is visible in all the species of Cor-

nus known, and is particularly noticeable in the common herba-

ceous species C. Canadensis. It is also very marked in C.

Florida, C. sericea, C. alternifolia, ete.

The tertiary nervation is generally delicate and sparse, the

tertiary branchlets running across obliquely, but with nearly a

straight course, between the adjacent lateral nerves. In all

these characters, as far as they are retained in the fossils before

us, we find an entire correspondence with the living genus

Cornus, and refer these leaves to that place in the botanical

series with as much confidence as the foliary appendages alone

can give.

Formation and Locality. Fine laminated sandstone, with

Platanus Haydenii and Populus Nebrascencis. Yellowstone

River. (Dr. Hayden.)

Carya antiquorum., (n. sp.)

Leaves pinnate, large, leaflets lanceolate, long-pointed, acute,

sessile, finely serrate, middle leaflet broadly lanceolate, widest above

the middle, narrowed to the base, which is somewhat unequal ;

lateral leaflets narrow, lanceolate, unsymmetrical throughout, some-

what faleate; nervation sharply defined, conspicuously parallel,

medial nerve straight in the terminal leaflets, more or less curved in

the lateral ones; secondary nerves springing from the midrib at a

large angle, numerous, sub-parallel, all arched upward, their ex-

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 73

tremities prolonged parallel with the margins of the leaf; the upper

ones strongly arched, but terminating more directly in the margins;

tertiary nerves distinct, mostly simple, straight, and parallel among

themselves, connecting adjacent secondary nerves nearly at right

angles.

The form, serration and nervation of these leaves are entirely

those of Carya, and while without the fruit it may not be pos-

sible to fix their place in the series more definitely than to say

that they represent the genus Juglans as formerly consti-

tuted, including Carya, we may at least refer them with con-

fidence to a place within the limits of that genus. The leaves

of the species of Carya and Juglans are very similar; so much

so that some of the Caryas, such as C. olivaeformis, have

leaves that could in the fossil state hardly be distinguished

from those of Juglans.

The specimens before us, however, seem to me to be more

widely separated from those of the known species of Jug/ans

than are those of the Pecan; and there seems little doubt that

the tree if now living would fall within the limits of Carya.

In some specimens, the lateral nerves are remarkably straight

and numerous, giving to the leaf very much the aspect of those

of Zxsculus ; but from a comparison of the many leaves of this

plant in the collection of Dr. Hayden, I infer that they were

not palmately grouped, but pinnate, the form of the bases of the

leaves indicating this.

The tertiary nervation is also quite different from that of

4isculus. In the latter genus it usually forms an exeeed-

ingly fine network filling the interspaces between the second-

ary nerves, in which the straight transverse lattice-like bars, so

characteristic of the fossils before us, are wanting. At least

this is the case with our American “ Buckeyes.” In 4. /1ip-

pocastanum of the Old World something of the kind is visible,

but in prevalence and regularity very unlike that in the fossil.

Formation and Locality. Tertiary strata. Mouth of Yel-

lowstone River. (Dr. Hayden.)

74 Later Extinct Floras of North America,

Aristolochia cordifolia. (n. sp.)

Leaves petioled, heart-shaped, pointed, entire; nervation sparse,

midrib strong at base, vanishing above, basilar lateral nerves sup-

plying the lower half of leaf, much branched, upper laterals small,

branched, branches connecting.

This leaf has essentially the form and nervation of our living

species of Aristolochia, resembling most A. tomentosa. With-

out more material, it is impossible to say whether it is distinet

from that species or not, as the form of the leaves must vary

somewhat, and one specimen can hardly serve for making an

intelligent comparison. Waiting the collection of other ex-

amples of this plant, and not having satisfactory evidence of

identity, I have given it a distinctive name.

The genus Aristolochia is represented in the Tertiary and

probably in the Cretaceous rocks, but by species with which

this is not likely to be confounded.

Formation and Locality. Lignite Tertiary beds. Banks of

Yellowstone River. (Dr. Hayden.)

VPhyllites Cupanioides, (n. sp.)

Leaves large, fleshy, ovate, elliptical in outline, rounded at base,

sub-acute at summit, margins coarsely and obtusely toothed above,

simple or waved below; nervation pinnate, strong; midrib straight

or flexuous, lateral nerves, about six on each side, crowded below,

more remote above, basilar pair short and simple, uniting above

with the tertiary branches of the second pair to form a marginal

festoon, middle secondaries each bearing one or two branches near

the summits, upper one simple; tertiary nervation distinct, forming

lattice-like bars connecting the secondary nerves at right angles.

These fine leaves exhibit a resemblance in their texture and

crenate margins to those to which I have given the name

of Ph. carneosus. They are, however, of different form,

and have a more simple and rectilinear nervation, The col-

lection of Dr. Hayden contains a great number of fragments of

this spec’es, but, up to the present time, I have failed to find

among living plants any which afford a satisfactory compari-

with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants. 7:

son with them. <A general similarity in form and nervation to

Cupania, and especially to C. Americana, has suggested the

name adopted, but it cannot be said that the correspondence is

very close.

Formation and Locality. Miocene strata. Fort Union,

Dacotah. (Dr. Hayden.)

Phyllites venosus. (n. sp.)

Leaves thick and fleshy, irregularly oval in outline, rounded or

- slightly heart-shaped at base, blunt-pointed above, unsymmetrical

throughout, margins entire or serrate, uervation strong, pinnate,

midrib flexuous, lateral nerves arched upward, branching at sum-

mit.

I have been able to detect no relationship between these

leaves and those of any living plants, and publish the figures

and description given, in hopes that others may be more sue-

cessful. They have the general aspect of those of a Lauraceous

tree, but I suspect they are related to those now described

under the names of Ph. carneosus and Ph. Cupanioides.,

Formation and Locality. Fort Union, Dacotah. (Dr. Hay-

den.)

Phyllites carneosus. (n. sp.)

Leaves large, fleshy, and strongly nerved, orbicular in outline, cor:

date or rounded, often unsymmetrical at the base, obtuse at sum

mit, margins wavy or coarsely and deeply scalloped; nervation

strongly marked throughout ; medial nerve straight, or nearly so,

frequently produced into along and strong petiole; lateral nerves in

six to eight pairs, all more or less forked; lower pair short and curs

ing downward soon after leaving the midrib; second pair also curved

outward near the base, and reaching the baso-lateral margin by a

course nearly at right angles to the line of the midrib; third pair

strongest, much branched on the lower side above the middle;

upper pairs once or twice forked near the summit; tertiary nerves

parallel, simple, straight or gently arched, given off at right angles

from the secondary, which they connect.

Up to the present time I have fuiled to identify these leaves

with those of any genus known, living or fossil. In general

76 Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca,

form they resemble those of Coccoloba, and must have belonged

to some plant having much the habit of C. weifera; but the

leaves of that plant are entire, and the nervation is quite ditt

ferent. One of the other species of Coccoloba, which grows in

the West Indies, C. diversifolia, has leaves with a marginal

serration, and a nervation more like that of the leaves before

us, but both the margins and nerves are unlike.

The leaves which I have designated by the name of Phyl-

lites Cupaniovdes, as it seems to me, should be generically united

with these.

formation and Locality. Miocene strata. Fort Union.

(Dr. Hayden.)

II. Notes on certain Terresrriat Mouivsca, with Descriptions

of New Sprciks.

By Tuomas Brann.

(Continued from Vol. VIII, p. 170.)

Read April 27th, 1868,

Ture genus Cylindrella (Pfeiffer, 1840), as generally accept-

ed, embraces a great number of species of very diverse forms,

belonging chiefly to the faunas of Mexico and the islands of

Cuba, Haiti and Jamaica. With reference to the shell, the ani-

mal being little known, the genus has been placed in Helicide

between Pupa and Clausilia.

In 1855, Schmidt (Stylommatophora) stated that Cylindrella

(Vrocoptis) has no jaw, and that the teeth resemble those of

Glandina and Daudebardia, vut differ in having two teeth on

a common base. :

Morch in 1859 (Malak, Blatt. p. 109) proposed an arrange-

ment of the Pulmonata, the divisions characterized by the

presence and form, or absence of jaw,—one of such divisions

with Descriptions of New Species. "7

being Agnatha, in which the jaw is wanting. This method of

classification was subsequently further elaborated by Mérch

(Journ. de Conch. v. 1865), who, referring to Schmidt's state-

ment, placed Cylindrella in Agnatha.

Gray (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vi. 267, 1860) suggested

a division of the Pulmonata Geophila into two sections, viz.:

Sect. I. Vermivora. Buccal mass very large; elongate, pro-

jectile like a proboscis. Jaw none; teeth numerous, slender, coni-

cal, distant. Mantle well defined. Subterraneous; carnivorous, or

worm-eating.

Sect. I]. Puytirovora. The buccal mass small, ovoid, not pro-

duced. Jaw distinct, horny; teeth numerous, four-sided, close

together on the lingual membrane. Hervivorous.

In the first Section, which seems to be equivalent to Mérch’s

Agnatha, Gray placed the Oleacinide, Streptaxide and Testa

cellide,—in the second, Helicide, Arionide, ete., ete.,—he

did not specially refer to Cylindrella. Albers and Von Mar-

tens (Die Heliceen, 2 ed. 1861) have Cylindrella in Testacellea,

giving as generic characters, on the authority of Schmidt,

“ Maxilla nulla. Dentes radule in lineis utrinque obliqnis

dispositi, bini basi conjuncti.” Ile adopts several subgenera,

one of which is Urocoptis Beck, comprising C. Ghieshreghti Pir.

and other large Mexican species, as well as the smaller allied

forms of the West Indies,

In November, 1865, I published (Ann. Lye. viii. 161) the an-

nexed figure of the lingual dentition of C.

sceva Gund. of Cuba, with the remark

“the rows of teeth are about 130 in num-

ber, the formula being 26-2-26, The cen-

tral plate is small, obtusely pointed, laterals

uncinated, joined two by two, upper edge

fringed.” The expression joined two by two

was inadvertently used, and Morse has

since called my attention to it, in fact each

plate (lateral) has two cusps.

Guppy (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. January, 1566) thus de-

78 Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca,

scribed the animal and teeth of @. Trinitaria Pfr. of Trini-

dad:

“The animal is ashy gray, becoming nearly black about the head

and tentacles. Foot elongate, narrow; tentacles (4) slender. Lin-

gual ribbon very long and narrow; teeth 3-1-3; medians narrow,

bicuspid, with two tubercles on the base; first and second laterals

with simplé round cusps, outer lateral inconspicuous, rather claw-

shaped.”

Morch has since observed (Jour. de Conch. vii. 257, 1867)

that my figure of C. sceva appears to confirm the accuracy of

the observation of Schmidt and of Guppy’s description. Lagree,

however, with Crosse and Fischer (Jowr. de Conch. vi. 223.

1866), that the similarity of structure of the lingual armature in

Cylindrella and Testacella, referred to by Schmidt, is more

apparert than real, being confined to the oblique arrangement

of the lateral teeth.

An unlooked-for discovery was announced by Crosse and

Fischer in a very interesting paper in the January number

(1868) of the Journal de Conchyliologie. After remarking that

authors have repeated the assertion of Schmidt that Cy/in-

drella has no jaw, and explaining that an opportunity had

recently occurred of examining the animal of C. Ghiesbreghtt

Pfr., Crosse and Fischer give the result in a passage of which

the following is a translation :

“We have proved the presence in this species of a jaw, arcuate,

horse-shoe shaped, very finely striated longitudinally, with an ob-

solete, slightly indicated median projection at the inferior margin,

and a rounded plate or support projecting beyond the edge of the

superior margin.

“ The lingual armature is, moreover, very remarkable. The lingual

denticulations are disposed in rectilinear transverse series, nume-

rous and all of the same type, with apices scarcely extending be-

yond their base, the single median or rachidian tooth is a little

smaller than the others, and tricuspid. The dental formula is (32-

1-32) x 110. .

“Considering the nature of its teeth the animal must be her

bivorous and not zoopbagous. The classifications which have

placed the molluses of this group with the carnivorous Pulmonates

with Descriptions of New Species, 79

are then erroneous and altogether defective. The reserve which

we have shown in this respect in our Journal was clearly justifiable,

“Tn the Cylindrelle of the Antilles, on the other hand, the rows of

teeth are so oblique that they appear to have a quincuncial arrange-

ment; each row composed of a small number of teeth of peculiar

palmated form; the rachidian tooth is of a very different type, ex-

tremely narrow and enlarged at one of its extremities. We have

not been able to find the jaw in C. sanguinea Pfr. of Jamaica, which

we have examined, and of which the dental formula is (12-1-12)

x 115.

“ Considering these important anatomical differences, we think it

consistent to separate from the genus Cylindrella, the group, very

natural, moreover, with reference to zoological geography, of large

species from Central America (Mexico and Guatemala), of which (

Ghiesbreghti is the type. We would at the same time observe,

with reference to conchological characters, that these species have

nearly the same facies, they have generally an obsolete, filiform

carina on the last whorl, and almost all have acolumellar fold more

or less developed, situated deeply within the aperture, and continued

the whole length of the axis around which it revolves.”

Atter some remarks on different forms of Cylindrella, ete.,

Crosse and Fischer propose the new genus Eucalodium tor the

group of which the following species are mentioned as the prin-

cipal representatives, viz.: C. Ghiesbreghti, decollata, Mexi-

cana, grandis, splendida, turris, clava, speciosa and Bouecardi.

Tke genus is characterized as follows:

Genus Evcatopium, Crosse and Fischer. Animal maxilla areu-

ata, longitudinaliter tenuissime striata, parte marginis inferi me-

dia obsolete prominula, margine supero radicem rotundatam emit-

tente, instructum. MRadula seriebus transversis, rectilinearibus, nu

merosis, uniformibus constituta, acie uncinorum basin subquadra

tam vix superante; dens medianus uncinis paulo minor, acie tries

pide. Animal czeterum ad familiam Helicidarum omnino referendum.

Testa subrimata, turrita, cylindrelleformis (in adultis specimen

bus) late truncata: ultimus anfractus breviter solutus, dorso angula-

tus, plus minusve filo-carinatus: columella intus plerumque wnipl-

cata, plica columnam internam ambiente,* in vicinio aperture

evanida. Typus: Cylmdrella Ghieshreghti Pieitter.

* I have directed the attention of M. Crosse to the fact that in C. turria and C.

clava the axis as described by me (Ann. Lyc. viii. 160) is a highly polished tube,

)

0 Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca,

In February, 1867, a number of shells were collected by

Mr. W. M. Gabb, in Lower California, and among them two

species described by him as Oylindrella Newcombiana and C.

irreqularis, and figured in the American Journal of Conchology,

ili, 237-238, pl. 16, figs. 3-4.

Several months ago, Dr. Newcomb sent to me a specimen of

the former species; from its general aspect I doubted its being

a Cylindrella, and suggested to him that the presence or absence

of a jaw would determine the question. Recently Mr. Tryon

kindly forwarded to me three specimens containing, to my sur-

prise, the living animals. Having perused the pa-

per of Crosse and Fischer on Eucalodium, and my

attention having been directed to the different char-

acters of the land shell faunas of Lower California

and Mexico east of the Gulf, I examined the ani-

mal of Gabb’s, C. Vewcombiana, with much inter-

est. I obtained the jaws and lingual ribbons from

two of the specimens, and have little hesitation in

placing the speciesin the genus Hucalodium. The

following isa copy of Gabb’s description, and the an-

nexed figure (fig. 2) was drawn by Morse from one

C. Newcorinbi- J + <7 Swithiay nye 4

ana Gab, Of the living specimens :

Oylindrella (Urocoptis) Newcombiar.a Gabb.

“Shell moderately large, not decollate, slender, tapering more

rapidly below than near the apex, the first three whorls being of

the same size; whorls 114, flattened on the side, body whorl sub-

angular below, detached from the penultimate whorl for a short

distance, and acutely angular above; suture impressed ; aperture

slightly advanced and surrounded by broadly expanded lips, pro-

ducing a trumpet-shaped appearance; inner margin straight, and

ending in an angle above and below; outer margin curved, wider

in advance than behind, lips continuous, broadly expanded, and

somewhat thickened; surface light horn color, marked by fine,

irregular, undulating and occasionally broken ribs, radiately and

the exterior of which is distantly but strongly ribbed, diminishing in diameter

towards and terminating at the base in a point, the umbilicus being imperforate. I

have since noticed the same structure in C. /ilicosta Shuttl.

with Descriptions of New Species. 1

obliquely disposed, and with the interspaces crossed by microseopic

revolving lines.

* Animal light gray, equalling in length the aperture and penul-

timate whorl; foot short, and regularly rounded posteriorly.

“ Dimensions.—Length 1.9 in., length of aperture .45 in., width

of aperture .4 in., width of body-whorl .35 in.

* Locality. Hidden under loose volcanic rocks in the high table

lands of the interior of Lower California, especially about Moleje.

This and its congener (C. irregularis Gabb) are essentially mountain

species, being only found in the highest regions.

“ Observations—This shell resembles U. costata Gould, as fig-

ured by H. and A. Adams in Gen. Recent. Moll., pl. 76, fig. 7. It

differs, however, in being more regularly tapering, and in being

proportionally more slender.”

It is evident from Gabb’s comparison of his shell with the

little Barbados species C. costata* Guilding (not Gould), that

he did not know the latter, and was misled by the magnified

figure given by H. and A. Adams. ((eneva, pl. 1xxvi.)

Gabb remarks that @. irregularis and C. Neweombiana are

without. doubt congeneric, and that an examination of the ani-

mal of the latter shows it to be a true Urocoptis,—meaning,

I presume, that in general external characters it looked very

like H. and A. Adams’ figure of the animal of that genus.

From an examination of the shell of C. zrregularvs, I believe

it to belong to Cylindrella, but the other species must, in my

opinion, as already stated, be placed in the genus Lucalodium.

A study of the animal of the latter, car

in which I was aided by my friend Rats

° Wy) iW; M

Mr. W. G. Binney, enables me to give ¥ a,

the following particulars : 7 CTT.

Animal with highly developed ay =. {/)

mantle, foot short, blunt before and

pointed behind, with a longitudinal Jow ana teoth of K. Neweombanam,

groove along the centre of its base.

The dead animal, as removed entire, had 9-10 volutions; when

living it oceupied the whole shell with the exception of the

* The lingual dentition of C, costata is very similar to that of C. Trinitaria as de-

scribed by Guppy. The ribbon is very long, haying 150 rows of teeth.

APRIL, 1868. 6 Axx, Lyro. Nat. Hier. Vou. EX.

82 Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca,

last, and perhaps the apicial, whorl. Jaw (fig. 3) arcuate, with

a slight median projection, distinetly, longitudinally costate,

the costz, 9-10 in number, flattened, their terminations scarcely

produced at the anterior or cutting margin, parallel with which

are a few fine striz.

In the jaw of the second specimen examined, the number of

costee was found to be 13, and the cutting margin very per-

ceptibly crenulated by their extension.

At first sight, under the microscope, the jaw of 4. Wew-

combianum appears to consist of a series of plates, the coste

formed by their overlapping edges; and indeed Binney, after

carefully examining it, justly remarked that the structure of

the jaw of other species may have been incorrectly described.

The jaw is, in fact, so thickened in various parts and with such

general regularity, as to give the impression that it is composed

of separate plates, while portions have additional thickness,

producing what I have called flattened coste.

At or near to the central part of the superior margin of the

jaw of 4. Newcombianum there is an attachment, which I

supposed to be similar in character to that mentioned by

Crosse and Fischer in their description of the genus, ‘ margine

supero radicem rotundatam emittente.” To this appendage I

directed the attention of Morse, who wrote as follows: “I

noticed at the outset the process to which you refer, and the

jaw of Succinea immediately occurred to me, but on further

examination I satisfied myself that it is only the more dense

condition of the buccal muscles. I may be wrong, but do not

see any evidence of a process separate from the muscles,—not

like that in Suec?nea, which can be cleared as readily from the

integuments as the entting plate itself.” M@érch, in the deserip-

tion of his division /asmognatha which embraces Succinea,

mentions the existence of a membranous attachment to the jaw

of Dryptus Blainvilleanus (Jour. de Conch. v. 891, 1865),

but it is of a very different character to that observed in Z.

Newcombianum,

with Descriptions of New Species. 8

The teeth of EZ. Newcombianum (fig. 3) in arrangement and

form agree very closely with those of Hucalodium, as described

by Crosse and Fischer, and the formula 32-1-32 x 126 is yo-

‘markably similar. In my figure the median and adjoining

lateral teeth, and also the extreme lateral tooth (tig. 3, @.), are

shown. The teeth in general character may be compared with

those of H. alternata Say (Morse, Terr. Pulmon. of Muin

pl. 4, fig. 16).

With respect to the shell of ZL Newcombianum, I should

mention that the axis has not the revolving fold deseribed as

;

generally present in Ewcalodium,—indeed Gabb’s species is,

in internal structure, more like Achatina.

The genus Eucalodium, looking at the torm of jaw and teeth,

must go into Gray’s section Phyllovora. Considering the sta-

tion of the West Indian Cylindrell, so far as I am acquainted

with them, and other circumstances, I believe with Crosse and

Fischer, and also Pfeiffer, that the genus Cylindrella itself

cannot be associated with the Vermivora.

It is worthy of notice that Mérch places 77. concava Say,

from the form of jaw (see Terr. Moll. I. xii. fig. 11), in his di-

vision Oxygonatha, the teeth of which (laterals subulate) indi-

cate, he says, “ que l’animal avale de grands morceanx, et non

que c’est un carnivore qui vit de proies vivantes,” and adds,

“les Agnathes, qui avalent leur proie entiére et vivante, ont

toutes les dents subulées.” (Jour. de Conch. v. B77, 1865.)

The fact is that the animal ot Ves CONCAVE, having one median

tooth and subulate laterals (Morse, |. c. pl. 5), devours the

living animals of other species,* while Cylindrella, without

jaw (Agnatha), has no subulate teeth!

After the foregoing pages were in type, I discovered that the

shell under consideration was described by Pteifler (/’ree.

* “The animal is voracious in its appetite, almost always preying upon other spe.

cies with which it may be kept, and so certainly destroying them that I have been

obliged to keep them by themselves.” (Linney, Terr. Moll. IL 165.)

84 Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca,

Zool. Soc. 1861, p. 27, pl. ii. fig. 7), from a specimen in Cum-

ing’s collection, as follows:

CravusittA * (BaLEa?) Tayrort, Pfr, T. profunde rimata, tur-

rita, solidula, conferte plicato-striata, corneo albida; spira regula-

riter attenuata, apice acutiuscula ; sutura simplex ; anfr. 11, convex-

iusculi, ultimus basi vix attenuatus, infra medium obtuse carinatus ;

antice solutus, descendens et dorso acute carinatus; apertura

magna, obliqua, intus semicircularis; lamelle obsolete; plice

nulle ; perist. continuum, undique late expansum. Long. 47, diam.

8} mill. Localitas ignota.

The species will, therefore, bear the name of Hucalodium

Taylori Ptr., with that of Cylindrella Newcombiana Gabb, in

the synonymy.

Von Martens (Die Heliceen, 2 ed. p. 268, 1861)+ places in

Pupacea the genus Macroceramus, dividing it into three sub-

genera, Macroceramus of which M. signatus Guild. is the type,

and Anoma and Lia, embracing species included by Pfeiffer

and H. and A. Adams in Cylindrella, the type of the former

being C. tricolor Pfr., and of the latter C. Maugerit Wood.

In 1865 (Ann. Lye. viii. 162) I published the annexed figures

Fic. 4.

Buccal Plate of M. signatus, Lingual Dentition of Macroceramus

Guild., Tortola, signatus, Guild,

of the jaw and teeth of Jf. signatus, which show that the genus

* The jaws of Clausilia and Balea are described (Die Heliceen) as being very

similar,—that of the former “arcuata, subtiliter striatula, medio ssepius prominula,”

and of the latter “parum arcuata, subtiliter striatula, medio prominula.”

+ Albers (Die Heliceen, 1 ed, 207, 1850) placed Leia in Cylindrella

C—O — a ee

with Descriptions of New Species, 85

Macroceramus Guilding, as Mérch remarks (Jour. de Conch.

vii. 257, 1867), belongs to his division Goniognatha, the jaw

being composed, as in Orthalicea, of oblique plates. The teeth

are arranged in the same manner as those of Cylindrella.

Pfeiffer (Malak. Blatt. p. 233, 1867), in his review of the

classification in the Die Heliceen, expresses his belief that

Anoma and Lia belong rather to Cylindrella than Muacrocera-

mus, but remarks that the animal is unknown.

During the last two years M.-Crosse has repeatedly called

my attention to the importance of examining the animal of

some species of the group to which C. Maugeri belongs. Lately,

I obtained from my friend Nath. Wilson, the distinguished

Botanist of Jamaica, several specimens of C. Llandiana Pir.,

placed by Von Martens in the subgenus Lia of Macroceranvus.

Although the animals were dead, I secured the lingual ribbons.

I found no jaw, and seeing the character of the teeth, believe

that none exists.

From the accompanying figure (by Morse), it will be seen

that in form and arrangement the

teeth are decidedly of Cylindrella aes

type. The median tooth is long and AS ai

narrow, terminating in a single cusp. ee ; vs

The laterals are bicuspid; posterior le, gt Va,

margin of the plates fringed ; anterior Jf itl

cusp fringed, posterior cusp bluntly :

Lingual dentition of C, Blandiana, Pfr

notched. The formula 55-1—55 x 145.

This seems to establish the fact that

Lia, and I believe Anoma also, must be separated from

Macroceramus, and that, in accordance with the views of

Pfeiffer and H. and A. Adams, they belong to Cylindrella.

a, side view of extreme lateral

86 A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica.

IIL—A Cataloque of the Birds found in Costa Rica.

By Gro. N. LAWRENCE.

Read Feb, 17th, 1868.

Tue fine collections of birds received by the Smithsonian In-

stitution from Costa Rica, and which by the courtesy of Prof.

Henry have been placed in*my hands for examination, form

the basis of this Catalogue.

These collections include most of the species heretofore re-

corded as from that State, and likewise many of the interesting

novelties recently obtained there and described in European

and American scientific journals.

Species not in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution,

which I have found noted as inhabiting Costa Rica, are also

included, and the source given whence the information was

derived.

It is within the last few years only that special attention has

been directed to the avi-fauna of the Southern portion of Cen-

tral America. Occasional small collections secured by travel-

lers engaged in various pursuits, gave an intimation of the val-

uable discoveries likely to result from a systematic exploration

of any portion of that region. I allude particularly to the in-

teresting collection brought from Chiriqui, in 1850, by the

botanist Warszewicz, and described by Mr. Gould in the Proc.

Zool. Soc. of London, and to other specimens brought subse-

quently trom the same Province and from Veraguas.

The first collections of any importance from Costa Rica were

those forwarded to the Berlin Museum by Dr. von Frantzius,

Dr. Hoffmann and Dr. Ellendorf, being the results of their own

explorations. Dr. J. Cabanis, in the Journal fiir Ornithologie,

under the title, “ Leeview of the Birds from Costa Rica found

in the Berlin Museum” (commencing at page 321, Vol. viii.

1860), began a series of papers enumerating the species sent by

eer eee

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Riva. ST

the above-named gentlemen ; many of them proved new to

science and were of much interest; the whole number of spe-

cies given in these papers amounted to one hundred and fifty-

Dr, Hoffmann unfortunately died in Costa Rica. Dr. Ellen-

dorf returned home, but Dr. von Frantzius yet remains in

the country, located at San José.

To the Hon. C. N. Riotte, late U. S. Minister to Costa Riea.

the Smithsonian Institution is deeply indebted, not only for his

own contributions of specimens of Natural History, but for

bringing it into communication with Dr. von Frantzius, Mr. Ju-

lian Carmiol, and hisson, Mr. F. Carmiol, from whom the yalu-

able additions to the Museum of the Institution have mainly

been acquired; it has many specimens, also, which have on

their labels the names of J. Cooper and J. Zeledon as collectors.

A small but interesting collection of Humming Birds was

received at the Smithsonian in the summer of 1867, from Mr.

A. R. Endrés.

Since the publication of Dr. Cabanis’ papers, Mr. Osbert

Salvin has described many new Costa Rican species in the

Proc. of the Zool. Soc., under the following titles: “ On a

new species of Calliste,’ viz., C. dowii, 1863, p. 168; “ De-

scriptions of Thirteen New Species of Birds from Central

America,” 1863, p. 186—two of these came from Costa Riea,

viz., Vireo pallens and Elainea arenarum ; “ Descriptions of

Seventeen New Species of Birds from Costa Rica,” 1564, p. 79.

We are also indebted to Mr. P. L. Sclater for two additions

to the Costa Rican fauna, viz., Leucopternis princeps IP. Z. 8.,

1865, p. 429, and Tetragonops frantzii, Ibis, Vol. vi. p. 371.

Many new species from Costa Rica have been deseribed by

American ornithologists.

Prof. Baird, in oe Review of American Birds,” adds the fol-

lowing species: Parula inornata, Basileuterus melanogenys,

Setophaga aurantiaca, Stelgidopterye Julvigula, and Vireo

carmioli ; also in the Annals of the N. Y. Lyceum of N. HL,

Vol. viii. p. 478, he described Pheucticus tibialis.

88 A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica.

Mr. John Cassin characterized several new species in the

Proe. of the Phil. Acad. of Sciences ; in 1865, p. 91, Chryso-

mitris bryantii, and at page 169, in a paper entitled, ‘ On

some Oonirostral Birds from Costa Rica in the collection of

the Smithsonian Institution,” he enumerated twenty-two spe-

cies, three of which were new to science, viz., Avrremon dor-

salis, Buarremon crassirostris, and Luphonia annee ; in 1867,

p- 51, he described a new Icterus, 2. Salvin.

Within the past three years twenty-two species from Costa

Rica have been described as new by myself in the Annals of

the N. ¥. Lyceum of NV. H., and three species in the Proceed-

ings of the Phil. Academy.

In the examination of specimens for the present catalogue,

I find several other species, which appear to be new to science,

and they are accordingly so characterized.

There are several portions of Costa Rica as yet unexplored,

from which many additional species may reasonably be ex-

pected, as every collection received adds to the fauna, not

only known species, but also others not before described.

Many birds are recorded from the neighboring Provinces

of Chiriqui and Veraguas, which have not yet been found in

Costa Rica, but as they doubtless will be discovered, I have

thought best to give lists of them, and of the Northern species

which have been received from Panama, and which conse-

quently must pass through Costa Rica in their migrations.

No representative of the Family Cypselide has been sent

from Costa Rica, but Chatura zonaris should be found there,

as it is a South American bird and occurs in Guatemala.

The present Catalogue embraces all the families of the land

birds; those of the water birds it is my intention to give here-

after in a separate paper.

Species noted from Chiriqui which may be*found in Costa

Rica:

‘

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. 89

Ccereba lucida, Scl. & Salv.

Ramphocelus dimidiatus, Lafr.

Spermophila collaris, Lawr.

Tyrannulus elatus (Spix).

Elainea chiriquensis, Lawr.

“ semiflava, Lawr.

Myiozetetes columbianus, Cab, &

Hein.

Geotrygon chiriquensis, Sel.

s 1 ;

Species noted from Veraguas likely to occur in Costa Rica.

Microcerculus luscinia, Salv.

Thryothorus rutilus, Vieill.

Anthus parvus, Lawr.

Hylophilus viridiflavus, Lawr.

Pyranga hepatica, Sw.

Oryzoborus funereus, Scl.

Spermophila semicollaris, Lawr.

Cacicus microrhynchus, Scl. & Salv.

Icterus giraudii, Cassin.

Sclerurus mexicanus, Scl.

Synallaxis albescens, Temm.

Phylidor fuscipennis, Salv.

Dendrornis lachrymosa, Lawr.

Dysithamnus puncticeps, Salv.

Myrmotherula menetriesi, D’Orb.

Ramphoceenus rufiventris, Bonap.

Formicarius rufipectus, Salv.

Grallaria guatemalensis, Prev.

Pittasoma michleri, Cass,

Colopterus pilaris, Cab.

Serpophaga cinerea (Strick.).

Mionectes oleagineus, Licht.

Rhynchocyclus _flavo-olivaceus,

Lawr.

Myiobius neevius (Bodd.).

Lipangus unirufus, Sel.

Pipra leucocilla, Linn.

“ eyaneocapilla, Hahn.

Klais guimeti, Boure. & Muls.

Erythronota niveiventris, Gould.

Neomorphus salvini, Sel.

Pteroglossus erythropygius, Gould.

Capito maculicoronatus, Lawr.

Carnpephilus hematogaster, Tsch.

+ malherbei, Gray & Mitch.

Chloronerpes cecilia, Math.

; - caboti (Malh.).

Columba rufina, Temm.

Geotrygon veraguensis, Lawr.

Northern species which have been obtained in Panama, but

not yet observed in Costa Rica.

Turdus fuscescens, Steph.

Galeoscoptes carolinensis, Linn.

Dendrceca cerulea (Wils.).

oe maculosa (Gm.).

“ castanea (Wils.).

Myiodioctes mitratus (Gm.).

Petrochelidon lunifrons (Say).

Vireo flavifrons, Vieill.

Melopiza lincolnii (Aud.).

Sclerurus guatemalensis, Hartl.

Todirostrum schistaceiceps, Sel.

Contopus brachy tarsus, Sel.

Tyrannus intrepidus, Vieill.

Chordeiles virginianus (Briss,).

Pionus menstruus (Linn.).

Cassidix mexicanus, Less.

90 A Catalogue of the Birds found ia Costa Rica.

Sub-class I. INSESSORES.

Order Passrres.

(Section Oscines.)

Family Turprpae.

1. Catharus melpomene (Cab.).

Quebrada Honda (Dr. A. von Frantzius); San José (J. Car-

miol); Grecia (F. Carmiol).

2. Catharus frantzii, Cab.

San José (Dr. A. von Frantzius); Rancho Redondo (FP.

Carmiol).

3. Catharus gracilirostris, Salvin, P. Z. 8., 1864, p. 580,

San Mateo (J. Cooper).

4. Catharus mexicanus (Bonap.).

“Enrique Arcé.” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin.

5. Catharus fuscater (Laf?.).

Cervantes. April, 1867.

A single female specimen of what I suppose to be the above

species has lately been received from Dr. Frantzius. I have

compared it with the type in the Museum of the Boston Soe. of

N. U., and find it differs from it, in being much blacker above,

and in having the central part of the breast and abdomen pale-

yellowish fulvous, instead of white, as in the type; the ridge of

the upper mandible is black as far down as on a line with the

nostrils, the remainder of the bill is bright orange ; in the type,

the black color on the upper mandible extends much nearer to

the edges; these with the under mandible are yellowish-white.

The type may have faded, but as they agree in size and in dis-

tribution of colors, they are probably identical. Possibly the

difference in colors may be seasonal.

Mr. O. Salvin (?. Z. S., 1867, p. 132) notices apparently the

same species, received from Veraguas, which he says: “ Agrees

closely with Mr. Sclater’s example from Ecuador. The bill,

however, is somewhat larger, and in this fresh specimen, of a

brighter orange-color.”

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. 91

Mr. Sclater (P. Z. S., 1859, p. 324) describes his specimen

as having the middle of the abdomen white, in which it

agrees with the type.

6. Turdus swainsoni, Cab.

Barranca, Frailes and Cervantes (J. Carmiol).

7. Turdus aliciae, Baird.

San José (Dr. A. von Frantzius).

8. Lurdus grayi, Bonap.

San José & Barranca (J. Carmiol); Quebrada Honda (Dr.

- Frantzius).

9. Turdus leuchauchen, Sel.

Navarro (J. Cooper); Dota (F. Carmiol).

10. TLurdus plebeius, Cab.

Dota, San José and La Palma (Dr. Frantzius).

Grecia and Cervantes (J. Carmiol).

11. Turdus nigrescens, Cab.

Volcan Yrazei (Juan Cooper); Dota (F. Carmiol).

12. Turdus obsoletus, Lawr.

Cervantes, April, 1867 (J. Carmiol).

A single specimen only of this species has been as yet re-

ceived at the Smithsonian Institution; it differs in plumage

from the type, solely. in not having the larger wing-coverts

tipped with pale rufous.

When Mr. Sclater saw the type, he considered it to be the

female of a black species. Mr. Salvin (2. Z. S., 1867, p. 183),

in noticing a specimen from Veraguas, expresses the same

opinion. The two specimens before me, from Panama and

Costa Rica, came labelled as males. Mr. Salvin’s specimen

had not the sex indicated.

' It seems to me to be a species allied to 7. gray and 7. ple-

beius, in which the sexes show no material variation of plurm-

age; the most marked character in which T. obsoletua differs

from them, is in having the crissum white,—in the others it

corresponds in color with the abdomen.

13. Mimus gracilis, Cab.

92 A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica.

“Dr. Hoffmann” Cab. J. f. O., Vol. viii. p. 410.

Fam. Crxcripar.

14. Cinclus ardesiacus, Salv., Ibis, 1867, p. 121.

Dota (J. Zeledon).

Fam. SyLvmpar.

15. Polioptila superciliaris, Lawr.

Angostura, Atiro and Guiatil (J. Carmiol).

Fam. TrRoGLopyTIDAE.

16. L?hodinocichla rosea (Less.).

Fide Prof. 8. F. Baird.

17. Campylorhynchus capistratus (Less.).

San Mateo (J. Cooper).

18. Campylorhynchus zonatus, Less.

Turrialba and Cervantes (J. Carmiol); Tucurriqui (J. Zele-

don).

19. Cyphorinus leucostictus, Cab.

Angostura and Turrialba (I, Carmiol).

20. Cyphorinus leucophrys (Tschudi).

San Jose (Dr. Frantzius).

21. Cyphorinus lawrence, Sel.

Angostura (J. Carmiol).

22. Pheugopedius fasciativentris (Laf?.).

San Mateo (J. Cooper).

23. Pheugopedius atrogularis, Salv.

“Tueurriqui (Enrique Arcé).” Salv, P. Z.S., 1864, p. 580.

24. Thryophilus rufalbus (Lafr.).

San Mateo (J. Cooper).

25. Thryophilus pleurostictus, Scl.

“Gulf of Nicoya.” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin.

26. Thryophilus modestus (Cab.),

San José and Guiatil (J. Carmiol); San Mateo (J. Cooper).

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. 93

27. Thryophilus thoracicus (Salv.).

Santa Rosa (J. Carmiol); Tucurriqui (J. Zeledon).

28. Thryophilus castaneus (Lawr.).

Pacuare (J. Carmiol); Angostura (F. Carmiol).

29. TLroglodytes intermedius, Cab.

San Jose and Barranea (J. Carmiol).

30. Troglodytes inquietus, Baird.

“Enrique Arcé.” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin.

Mr. Salvin (P. Z. S., 1867, p. 135) states that Mr. Sclater

and himself had compared this species with the type specimen

of 7. tessellatus, Latr. et D’Orb., from the Museum d'Histoire

Naturelle of Paris, and found no “appreciable differences.”

In.the Lafresnaye Collection, now in the Museum of the

Boston Soe. of N. H., are two specimens of 7. tesselatus marked

(44 type oY

quite distinct. The color of tessellatus above is of a darker

brown with more of a reddish cast, the entire under-plumage

a comparison with these showed the two species to be

is of a reddish fulvous brown, whereas 7. ingudetus has the

throat, breast, and upper part of abdomen white, tinged with

fulvous, and above has a tinge of olive; the wing of tesselatus

is much longer.

I do not know how to reconcile the difference between the

specimens in the Lafr. Coll. and the one in the Paris Museum,

except by supposing the latter to be incorrectly labelled—there-

fore for the present I must adhere to the probable accuracy of

Baron Lafresnaye’s types in his own collection ; his specimens

came from Pern.

Fam. SyLvico.ipAk.

31. Mniotilta varia (Linn.).

San José, Barranca and Juiz (J. Carmiol).

32. Parula gutturalis, Cab.

Volean Yrazei (J. Cooper).

33. Parula inornata, Baird.

94 A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Tica.

Barranca and Dota (F. Carmiol); Angostura (J. Carmiol).

34. Protonotaria citrea (Bodd.).

Punta Arenas (Capt. J. M. Dow).

39. Llelminthophaga chrysoptera (Linn.).

Barranca (J. Carmiol).

36. LTelminthophaga peregrina ( Wils.).

San José and Grecia (J. Carmiol).

37. Helmitherus vermivorus (Gim.).

San José (J. Carmiol).:

38. Dendraca virens (Gm).

Grecia and Barranca (IF. Carmiol); Rancho Redondo (J.

Carmiol).

39. Dendraca coronata (Linn.).

Angostura (F. Carmiol).

40. Dendreca blackburnie (Gm.).

San José and Atiro (J.Carmiol); Barranea (F. Carmiol).

41. Dendreca pennsylvanica (Linn.).

Grecia and Barranea (F. Carmiol).

42. Dendraca wstiva (Gm.).

San José (J. Carmiol).

43. Dendraca vieilloti, Cassin. (ruficeps, Cab.)

“Dr. Ellendorf” Cab. J. f. O., Vol. ix. p. 326.

44, Seiurus aurocapillus (Linn.).

Barranca (J. Carmiol).

45. Seiurus noveboracensis (Gim.).

San José (Dr. Frantzius); Angostura (J. Carmiol).

46. Sevurus ludovicianus ( Aud.)

Barranca (F. Carmiol).

47. Oporornis formosus ( Wils.),

Dota (I. Carmiol).

48. Geothlypis trichas (Linn.).

“Dr. Frantzius,” Cab. J. tf. O., Vol. ix. p. 84.

49. Geothlypis philadelphia ( Wils.).

Angostura and Dota (F. Carmiol).

50, Geothlypis macgillivrayi (Aud.).

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. oF

Barranea (F. Carmiol).

D1. Leteria virens (Linn.).

“Dr. Hoffmann,” Cab. J. f. O., Vol. viii. p. 403,

92. Myiodioctes canadensis (Linn.).

Dota (F. Carmiol).

53. Myiodioctes pusillus ( Wils.).

Barranea and Grecia (J. Carmiol); San José (Dr. Frantzins),

D4. Basileuterus culicivorus (Licht.).

Barranca and Guiatil (J. Carmiol); Grecia and Dota (P.

Carmiol).

55. Basileuterus mesochrysus, Scl.

San José, Grecia and Guiatil (J. Carmiol).

56. Basileuterus uropygialis, Scl.

Angostura and Juiz (J. Carmiol).

57. Basileuterus melanogenys, Baird.

San José (Dr. A. v. Frantzius).

oS. Basileuterus melanotis. sp. nov.

Male. There is a black stripe on each side of the crown which

extends from the bill to the nape, central stripe dull pale orange

with ashy tips to the feathers; supra-ocular stripe grayish ash ; there

is a black spot in front of the eye, and a line of the same color

below it, also behind the eye a broad mark of black which extends

over the ear; upper plumage olive green; tail feathers olive brown

with their margins colored like the back; quill feathers dark brown

edged with olive green; under wing coverts pale yellow; throat

whitish with just a tinge of pale fulvous on the chin, and of pale

yellow on the throat; upper part of breast and sides of the body

olive green, lighter than the back; lower part of breast and middle

of abdomen of a clear pale yellow; under tail coverts light dull yel.

low; upper mandible light brown, the under whitish; “irides yel.

low ;” feet pale yellow. Length (fresh) 5}in.; wing 2}; tail 2};

bill 2; tarsi 42.

Habitat. Cervantes. Collected by J. Carmiol, April 1867,

Type in Mus. Smithsonian Institution, No, 4740s,

96 A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica.

There is another specimen, also a male, sent by Dr. von

Frantzius, collected at Birris; they are precisely alike.

Remarks. It differs from all the allied species in the de-

cided black coloring behind the eye, in the supra-ocular stripe

being of a clear ash without any tinge of yellow or greenish,

and in its paler under-plumage.

59. Setophaga ruticilla (Linn.).

Angostura (J. Carmiol); Turrialba (F. Carmiol).

60. Setophaga awrantiaca, Baird.

Grecia and Barranea (I. Carmiol); Dota (J. Carmiol).

61. Setophaga torquata, Baird.

San José and La Palma (Dr. Frantzius).

Fam. Hirrvunprnipar.

62. Progne leucogaster, Baird. Rev. Am. Birds, p. 280.

San José (Dr. A. von Frantzius).

63. <Atticora cyanoleuca var. montana, Baird.

San José and Barranca (J. Carmiol).

64. Cotyle riparia (Linn.).

Dr. J. Cabanis, J. f. O., Vol. ix. p. 93. :

65. Stelgidopteryx fulviqula, Baird.

Atiro (J. Carmiol).

Fam. Vrreonipar.

66. Vireosylvia olivacea (Linn.),

San José (J. Carmiol).

67. Vireosylvia flavo-viridis, Cassin.

San José (Dr. Frantzins); Aterias (J. Cooper),

68. Vireosylvia philadelphica, Cassin.

San José (J. Carmiol); Grecia and Dota (I. Carmiol),

69. Vireosylvia josephae, Scl.

sarranca (J. Carmiol); Rancho Redonda and Dota (F. Car-

miol).

70. Lanivireo favifrons ( Vieill.),

San José (J. Carmiol).

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. 97

11. Vireo pallens, Salv. P. Z. 8., 1863, p. 188.

“Punta Arenas.” Salvin.

72. Vireo carmioli, Baird.

Dota (J. Carmiol).

18. Hylophilus ochraceiceps, Sel.

Angostura (J. Carmiol).

14, Hylophilus decurtatus (Bonap.) (cinereiceps, Sel.),

“Enrique Arcé.” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin.

75. Hylophilus pusillus, Lawr.

Dotaand Angostura (J. Carmiol).

16. Cychloris flaviventris, Lafr.

“Gulfof Nicoya.” Collection of Mr. O, Salvin.

TT. Cychloris subjlavescens, Cab.

San José (Dr. Frantzius); Dota (F. Carmiol).

78. Véreolanius pulchellus, Scl. & Salv.

Angostura (J. Carmiol).

Fam. AMPELIDAE.

79. Ptelogonys caudatus, Cab.

San José (J. Carmiol); Volcan Yrazei (J. Cooper).

80. Myiadestes melanops, Salv.

La Palma (Dr. Frantzius); San José (J. Carmiol); Navarro.

(J. Cooper).

Fam. CorREBIDAE.

81. Diglossa plumbea, Cab.

Quebrada Honda and San Juan (Dr. v. Frantzius).

| 82. Dacnis venusta, Lawr.

Dota (J. Carmiol).

| 83. Daecnis ultramarina, Lawr.

- Angostura (J. Carmiol),

84. Chlorophanes spiza var. guatemalensis, Set.

Juiz and Turrialba (J. Carmiol).

85. Careba cyanea (Linn.).

“Dr, A. v. Frantzius,” Cab. J. f. O. Vol. ix. p. 2.

1 APRIL, 1868. " Axx. Lro. Nat. Huwt., Vou, LX,

ESE Eee

100 A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Lica.

It differs from females of the allied species in the plumage

being of a clearer olive and less brown.

t12. Phonicothraupis carmioli. sp. nov.

Entire upper plumage of a yellowish olive green; tail feathers

olive green with black shafts; inner webs of the quills brownish

black, the outer webs colored like the back; under plumage oliva-

ceous yellow, brighter or more yellow on the throat, and somewhat

dusky on the sides; upper mandible black, the under blackish

brown; “irides brown;” feet dark reddish brown.

Length (fresh) 74 in.; wing 34; tail 2}; bill 3; tarsi 7.

Habitat. Angostura, collected by F. Carmiol 11th March,

1865. Type in Mus. Smithsonian Institution, No. 39039.

There is in the collection only one other specimen, collected

by J. Carmiol, April 4th, 1867.

Remarks. The two specimens agree in plumage and are

marked as males, judging from analogy I should consider them

to be females, but in coloring they are quite unlike the females

of any other species of the same genus; the head is uniform in

color with the back, and has no indication of a crown spot; the

coloring above is of a clear green and below yellowish, with-

out any tinge of fulvous brown, which color prevails in the

plumage of the females of all the other species.

I consider it without doubt to be a Phwnicothraupis, and if

the sex is determined correctly, the coloration is of a very

abnormal character.

I have dedicated this species to Mr. I, Carmiol, as a proper

acknowledgment of his efficiency as a collector.

113. Lanio leucothoraxr, Salv.

Tueurriqui, Angostura and Pacuare (J. Carmiol).

114. ucometis spodocephala (Bonap.).

Scl. and Salv. P. Z.8., 1864, p. 350.

115. Tachyphonus luctuosus, Lafy.

Angostura and Juiz (J. Carmiol).

116. Tachyphonus delattrei, Lafr.

i eT

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. 101

Payua (J. Carmiol).

17. Tachyphonus cassinii, Lawr.

Angostura (J. Carmiol).

118. Tachyphonus propinquus, Lawr. Proc. Phil. Acad.

1867, p. 94.

Angostura (J. Carmiol).

119. Lachyphonus tibialis, Lawr.

San José and Dota (J. Carmiol); Volean Yrazei (J. Cooper) ;

Rancho Redondo (F. Carmiol); Quebrada Honda (Dr. Frant-

zlus).

120. Chlorospingus albitemporalis (Laf7.).

San José (Dr. Frantzius): Turrialba and Barranea (J. Car-

miol); Dota (F. Carmiol); San Mateo (J. Cooper).

121. Chlorospingus pileatus, Salv.

Poas (J. Carmiol); Rancho Redondo (F. Carmiol).

122. Buarremon brunneinuchus (Lafr.).

San José (Dr. Frantzius); Barranca and Dota (J. Carmiol) ;

Grecia (F. Carmiol).

123. Buarremon assimilis ( Boiss.) ?

Guiatil (J. Carmiol).

The single specimen in the collection which I refer to this

species, differs from two examples from Bogota in having a

much larger bill, in the ashy gray behind the eye being with

out any tinge of olive (as in the Bogota specimens) and the

cheeks being of a deeper black; the only other noticeable dif

ference is, that the bird from Costa Rica has the tarsi some-

what shorter and more darkly colored.

Pezopetes capitalis is not in the collection, but the deserip-

tion of it does not agree with the specimen before me,

124. Buarremon chrysopogon (Lonap.).

Quebrada Honda (Dr. Frantzius); San José and Dota (J.

Carmio)).

125. Buarremon crassirostris, Cass. (1 soranthua, Salv.\.

Barranca (J. Carmiol).

126. Pezopetes capitalis, Cab.

102. A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica.

“Dr. A. v. Frantzius.” Cab. J. f. O., Vol. viii. p. 415.

127. Arremon aurantiirostris, Lafr.

San Mateo (J. Cooper); Dota (J. Zeledon); Guiatil (F. Car-

miol).

128. Arremon rufidorsalis, Cass.

Turrialba (F. Carmiol).

129. Saltator atriceps, Less.

Pacuare (J. Carmiol).

130, Saltator magnoides, Lafr. ,

Turrialba (F. Carmiol); San José and Angostura (J. Car-

miol).

131. Saltator grandis, Licht.

San José (Dr. Frantzius); Catargo (J. Cooper).

182. Pitylus grossus (Linn.).

Payua (J. Carmiol).

133. Pitylus poliogaster, Du Bus.

Angostura (J. Carmiol).

Fam, Frinqinuipar.

134. Pheucticus tibialis, Baird. Ann. N. Y. Lye., Vol.

vit. p. 478.

Tueurriqui and Cervantes (J, Carmiol); San José (Dr. Frant-

zius); Rancho Redondo (F. Carmiol) ; Cervantes (J. Cooper).

135. Hedymeles ludovicianus (Linn.).

San José (J. Carmiol); La Palma (J. Zeledon).

186. Guiraca coerulea (Linn.).

Angostura (I, Carmiol).

137. Guiraca concreta (Du Bus.),

Turrialba and Angostura (J. Carmiol).

138. Spermophila morelleti (Puch.).

San José (J. Carmiol); Grecia (I. Carmiol).

139. Spermophila hoffmanni, Cab.

“Dr, Hoffmann.” Cab. J. f. O., Vol. ix. p. 6.

140, Spermophila corvina, Sel.

A. Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. 103

Angostura and Pacuare (J. Carmiol); Turrialba (F. Car-

miol).

141. Volatinia gacarina (Linn.).

San José (Dr. Frantzius); Barranca (J. Carmiol); Grecia (F .

Carmio)).

142. Phonipara pusilla (Sw.).

San José (Dr. Frantzius); Sachi (J. Carmiol).

143. Cyanospiza cyanea (Linn.).

Barranca, San José and Dota (J. Carmiol).

144. Cyanospiza ciris (Linn.).

Fide Prof. 8. F. Baird.

145. Amawrospiza concolor, Cab.

«Dr. Frantzius.” Cab. J. f..0. Vol. ix. p. 3,

146. Zonotrichia pileata (Bodd.).

San José (J. Carmiol).

147. Coturniculus passerinus ( Wils.).

“Dr. Frantzius.” Cab. J. f. O., Vol. viii. p. 411.

148. HEuspiza americana (Gm.).

Tabacales (Dr. Frantzius); San José and Dota (J. Carmiol).

149. EHmbernagra striaticeps, Lafr.

Angostura (J. Carmiol).

150. Embernagra superciliosa, Salv.

“Nicoya (Enrique Arcé).” Salv. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1564,

p. 582. |

151. Pyrgisoma biarcuatum (Prev.).

“San José (Dr. Hoffmann).” Cab. J. f. O., Vol. vill. p. 412.

152. Pyrgisoma keineri, Bonap.

San José (J. Carmiol); Grecia (F. Carmiol).

153. Melozone leucotis (Cab.). «

San José, Angostura, and Guiatil (J. Carmiol); San Juan (Dr.

Frantzius).

154. Chrysomitris mexicana (Sw.).

Barranca and San José (J. Carmiol); San José (Dr. Frant-

zius).

155. Chrysomitris columbiana, Lafr.

104 A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Leica.

San José (Dr. Frantzius).

156. Chrysomitris bryantii, Cass.

Dota (J. Carmiol).

Fam. IcrermDAer.

157. Ocyalus wagleri (Gray & Mitch.).

San José, Turrialba and San Carlos (J. Carmiol).

158. Ostinops montezwmae (Less.).

San Carlos and Angostura (J. Carmio)).

159. Amblycercus prevosti (Less.).

San José (J. Carmiol); Turrialba (F. Carmiol).

160. Icterus pectoralis ( Wagl.).

“ Dr, Hoffmann.” Cab. J. f. O., Vol. ix. p. 9.

161. Icterus salvini, Cass. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1867, p. 51.

Turrialba and San Carlos (J. Carmiol).

162. Pendulinus prosthemelas (Strickland).

“Enrique Arcé.” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin.

163. Hyphantes baltimore (Linn.).

San José (J. Carmiol).

164. Xanthornus spurius (Linn.).

San José (Dr. Frantzius and J. Carmiol).

165. Molothrus aeneus ( Wagl.).

San José (Dr. Frantzius).

166. Agelaius phoeniceus (Linn.).

“Gulf of Nicoya.” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin.

167. Quiscalus macrurus, Sw.

“Dr, Ellendorf.” Cab. J. f. O., Vol. ix. p. 82.

168. Sturnella ludoviciana’(Linn.).

San José (J. Carmiol),

Fam. Corvibar.

169. Psilorhinus morio ( Wagl.).

San José and Turrialba (J. Carmiol).

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. 105

(Section Clamatores.)

Fam. DenprocoLapripAr.

170. Synallaxis erythrops, Scl.

Barranca and Dota (F. Carmiol); Birris (J. Zeledon).

171. Synallaxis nigrifumosa, Lawr.

Payua (J. Carmiol).

172. Synallaxis rufigenis. sp. noy.

Sides of the head, ear coverts, lores and superciliary stripe of a

rather light cinnamon red, the stripe extends back from the eye

as far as the occiput, and that part of it is of a paler cinnamon;

crown and entire upper plumage olivaceous brown, with a cinna-

momeous shade, the front is tinged with cinnamon; tail of a clear

cinnamon red, a little paler underneath; wing coverts and outer

margins of quills deep bright cinnamon, the inner webs of the quill

feathers brownish black, except the inner margins, which are pale

salmon color; under wing coverts light yellowish cinnamon; under

plumage olivaceous washed with pale cinnamon, the latter color

prevailing on the throat, breast and middle of abdomen, the sides of

the neck and of the breast are more olivaceous; upper mandible

black, the under pale yellowish white, black at the end; feet black-

ish brown.

Length (skin) 6 in.; wing 21; tail 27; bill ;4,; tarsi }.

Type in my collection. Received from Costa Rica by A. C.

Garsia, Esq. There is no specimen in the Smithsonian collee-

tion.

Remarks. This species somewhat resembles S&. erythrops, Scl.,

but in that species instead of the crown being olive colored as

in S. rufigenis, it is dark cinnamon uniform in color with the

sides of the head; in the color of the back they are much

alike, but S erythrops is below without the pale cinnamon on the

throat and breast, and has the chin grayish white, it has also

darker under wing coverts and a larger bill; the coloring of

the tail in the new species is of a lighter shade, and the feet

are much darker.

106 A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica.

173. Philydor rufobrunneus, Lawr.

Barranea (J. Carmiol); San José (Dr. Frantzius).

174. Philydor virgatus, Lawr.

Angostura (J. Carmiol).

175. Automolus cervinigularis, Scl.

Angostura (J. Carmiol).

176. <Automolus pallidigularis, Lawr.

Pacuare and Guiatil (J. Carmiol); Angostura (F. Carmiol) ;

Catargo (J. Cooper),

177. <Automolus rufescens, Lawr.

Birris (J. Zeledon).

178. Anabazenops variegaticeps, Scl.

Dota (J. Carmiol) ; Barranea (F. Carmiol).

179. Anabazenops lineatus, Lawr.

Angostura (J. Carmiol); Birris and Cervantes (J. Zeledon).

180. Xenops mexicanus, Sel.

Angostura, San José and Payua (J. Carmiol); Grecia (F.

Carmiol).

181. Oxyrhynchus flammiceps, Temm.

San José (Dr. Frantzius).

I can see no difference between these specimens and others

from Brazil.

182. Sittasomus sylvioides, Lafr.

Dota (J. Carmiol).

183. Margarornis brunnescens, Scl.

San José (Dr. Frantzius); Rancho Redondo and Barranca

(I. Carmiol); San Mateo (J. Cooper); Birris (J. Zeledon),

184. Margarornis rubiginosa, Lawr.

San José (Dr. Frantzius); San Mateo (J. Cooper),

185. Glyphorhynchus pectoralis, Scl. & Salv.

“Enrique, Arcé.” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin,

186. Dendrocolaptes sancti-thome, Lafr,

San José (Dr. Frantzius).

187. Dendrocolaptes multistrigatus, Eyton.

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. 107

Navarro (J. Cooper).

188. Dendrornis pardalotus, Vieill.

Tucurriqui (J. Carmiol).

189. Dendrornis erythropygia, Scl.

Angostura and Pacuare (J. Carmiol); Barranea (I. Car-

miol),

190. Picolaptes affinis, Lafr.

San José and Dota (J. Carmiol); Barranca (F. Carmiol).

191. Picolaptes compressus, Cub.

“Dr. Eliendorf.” Cab. J. f. O., Vol. ix. p. 243.

192. Picolaptes lineaticeps, Lafr.

“Gulf of Nicoya.” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin.

Fam. FormicaripAk.

193. Cymbilanius lineatus, Vieill.

Angostura (J. Carmiol).

194. Thamnophilus melanocrissus, Sel.

“Enrique Arcé.” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin.

195. Thamnophilus doliatus (Linn.).

“Dr. A. von Frantz‘us.” Cab. J. f. O., Vol. ix. p. 242.

196. Thamnophilus affinis, Cab. et Hein.

San José (Dr. Frantzius); San Mateo and Sachi (J. Cooper).

197. Thamnophilus punctatus, Cab.

“Dr. Hoffmann.” Cab. J. f. O., Vol. ix. p. 241.

198. Thamnophilus nevius (Gm.).

Angostura and Payua (J. Carmiol).

199. Thamnophilus bridgesi, Scl.

San Mateo (J. Cooper).

200. Thamnistes anabatinus, Scl. & Salv.

Angostura (J. Carmiol); Tucurriqui (J. Zeledon).

201. Dysithamnus semicinereus, Scl.

Turrialba, Dota and Grecia (I. Carmiol) ; Guiatil (J. Carmiol).

202. Dysithamnus striaticeps, Lawr.

Angostura (J. Carmiol).

203. Myrmotherula melena, Sel.

108 <A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica.

Angostura, Payua and Pacuare (J. Carmiol).

204, Myrmotherula fulviventris, Lawr.

Angostura (J. Carmiol).

205. Myrmotherula albigula, Lawr.

Angostura (J. Carmiol).

206. Myrmotherula modesta. sp. noy.

Male. Upper plumage of a greenish olive brown, the front,

crown and hind neck tinged with dull rufous; tail of a liver colored

brown, the outer webs margined with dull rufous; inner webs of

quills blackish brown, the outer webs and the wing coverts rufous

brown, the margins of the latter brighter rufous; the under wing

coverts and inner edges of quills pale salmon color; the under

plumage is of a dull ferruginous, quite pale on the throat and of a

brighter rufous on the breast and middle of the abdomen; the

under tail coverts dull rufous; upper mandible black with the cut-

ting edges pale yellow, under mandible dusky yellowish white;

feet dark brown.

Length (fresh) 43 in.; wing 2}; tail 11; bill 5; tarsi $;

Habitat. Grecia, collected by F. Carmiol, 9th Oct. 1865,

There is also a female from the same collector, obtained at

Dota, 3d Oct. 1866; this differs from the male only in the

upper plumage inclining more to olive brown, and the breast

and abdomen being of a brighter rufous,

Types in Mus, Smith. Institution, Nos. 41432 and 47486.

Remarks. This species does not much resemble any other

of the genus, it is of about the size of IL, fulviventris, but has

a much narrower and weaker bill, with longer wings; it has

no spots on the wing coverts.

207. Formicivora boucardii, Sel.

Angostura, San José and Pacuare (J. Carmiol).

208. Formicivora schisticolor, Lawr.

Turrialba and Barranea (F. Carmiol).

209. Ranphocenus semitorquatus, Lawr,

“Val.” (J. Carmiol).

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. 109

This specimen as in the type has no postocular spot, but is

darker on the breast, where it is of a blackish gray.

210. Gymnocichla nudiceps (Cassin).

“Enrique Arcé.” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin.

211. Cercomacra tyrannina, Scl.

Angostura (J. Carmiol).

212. Myrmeciza immaculata, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8.1864, p. 357.

Payua and Angostura (J. Carmiol),

The distinctness of this species from Jf. exsul is mainly based

upon its having the wing coverts without spots, M. exsul “has

wing coverts distinctly spotted with white.” The single speci-

men in the collection has the wing coverts almost unspotted,

but in my specimens from Panama they are very distinctly

marked with small white spots. In one Panama specimen the

entire under plumage is black, a little plumbeous on the abdo-

men,

Two examples, male and female, in the S. Inst. Mus., col-

lected on the Atrato, and labelled as MM. exsul by Mr. Cassin,

have the wing coverts marked with larger and more conspicn-

ous spots; in the Panama specimens the spots are confined to

the small coverts, but in those from the Atrato the spots oecupy

the ends of all the wing coverts; the Atrato birds are lighter

colored and appear as if they had been exposed to the weather,

these may be the true J. exsul.

213. Myrmeciza lemosticta, Salv.

“Tucurriqui (Enrique Arcé).” Salv. Proc. Soc., 1564, p. 552.

214. Myrmeciza stictoptera, Lawr.

Angostura (J. Carmiol).

215. LHypocnemis nevoides (Lafr.).

Angostura (J. Carmiol); Tuarrialba (F. Carmiol),

216. Pithys bicolor, Lawr.

Angostura (J. Carmiol). . b

217. Phlogopsis macleannani, Lar.

Angostura (J. Carmiol).

110) A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica.

218. Formicarius analis (Lafr. et D’ Orb).

“Enrique Arcé.” Salv. P. Z.8., 1866, p. 74.

Lascertained some time since that the species from Panama

referred by me (Ann. WV. Y. Lyce., Vol. vii. p. 326) to &. analis

was not that species, but /° hoffmanni ; the same in the Mus. of

the Phil. Acad. is labelled /. analis. F. hoffmanni has a

white spot in the lores, whereas in /. analis the lores are

entirely black.

219, Formicarius hoffmanni, Cab.

“Dr. Hoffmann.” Cab. J. f. O., Vol. ix. p. 93.

220. Grallaria perspicillata, Lawr.

Angostura (J, Carmiol).

221. Grallaria dives, Salv.

“ Tueurriqui (Enrique Arcé)” Salv. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864,

p- 582.

222. Grallaricula costaricensis, Lawr.

Barranea (I. Carmiol).

Fam. Tyrannipak.

9293. Attila sclateri, Lawr.

Guiatil (J. Carmiol).

224. NSayornis aquatica, Scl. & Salv.

Julian Carmiol.

225. Copurus leuconotus, Lafr.

San José and Pacuare (J. Carmiol).

226. Platyrhynchus cancrominus, Scl.

Navarro (J. Cooper).

227. Platyrhynchus superciliaris, Lawr.

“Val.” (J. Carmiol).

228. Todirostrum cinereum (Linn.).

Turrialba and Pacuare (J. Carmiol),

» 229, Todirostrum nigriceps, Sel.

Angostura (J. Carmiol).

230. Todirostrum ecaudatum (Lafr.).

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. 111

Angostura (J. Carmiol).

231. Oncostoma cinereigulare, Sel.

Angostura (J. Carmiol).

232. Luscarthmus squamicristatus, Lafy.

Cervantes (J. Carmiol); Dota (J. Zeledon); Grecia (FP.

Carmiol).

233. Mionectes oleagineus, Licht.

“Enrique Arcé.” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin.

234. Mionectes assimilis, Sel.

Angostura, Guiatil and Payua (J. Carmiol),

235. Mionectes olivaceus. sp. nov.

Entire upper plumage clear olive green; tail feathers of a light

umber brown, with their outer margins yellowish green; quills dark

brown with their outer edges yellowish green and the inner pale

salmon color; under wing coverts yellowish buff; throat, breast

and sides olive green, each feather with a pale yellowish white

stripe along the shaft; abdomen and under tail coverts bright pale

yellow; upper mandible and end of lower black, base of lower

mandible light reddish brown; feet light brown.

Length (fresh) 51 in.; wing 211; tail 2; bill4; tarsi ¢.

Habitat. Barranea and Dota, collected by J. Carmiol.

Types in Mus. Smith. Inst., Nos. 42923 and 33421.

The sexes are alike in plumage.

femarks. This species differs from MV. striaticollis in being

without the fuliginous coloring which extends over the front,

crown, cheeks and throat of that species, the abdomen is of a

clearer yellow, it is smaller in its measurements, and has a

longer and narrower bill.

Four specimens all agree in differing from MM. striaticollis as

above stated.

236. Tyrannulus brunneicapillus, Lawr.

Angostura (J. Carmiol).

237. Tyranniscus villissimus, Sel. & Salv. :

Angostura and Dota (J. Carmiol); Tarrialba and Barranca

(F. Carmiol). ,

112 A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica.

238. Tyranniscus parvus, Lawr.

“Turrialba (Enrique Arcé).” Salyv. P. Z. 8., 1867, p. 147.

239. Elainea subpagana, Sel. & Salv.

San José (J. Carmiol).

240, Elainea placens, Scl.

Barranca and Guiatil (J. Carmiol) ; Grecia (F. Carmiol).

241. Elainea frantzii, Lawr. :

San José (Dr. A. v. Frantzius) ; Barranea and Dota (J. Car-

miol). *

249, Elainea arenarum, Salv. P. Z. S., 1863, p. 190.

“ Punta Arenas.”

243. Legatus albicollis ( Vieill.).

San José, Guiatil and Turrialba (J. Carmiol).

244. Legatus variegatus, Sel.

Dr. A. von Frantzius.

245. Muyiozetetes texensis (Giraud).

San José and Angostura (J. Carmiol): Cartago (J. Cooper).

246. Muyiozetetes granadensis, Lawr.

Orose (J. Carmiol).

247. Myiozetetes marginatus, Lawr.

Julian Carmiol.

248. LPhynchocyclus sulphurescens (Spitz).

Angostura (J. Carmiol).

249. Rhynchocyclus griseimentalis. sp. nov,

Female. Upper plumage of a yellowish olive green; tail olive

brown margined on the outer webs of the feathers with olive

green; wing coverts and quills blackish brown edged with green-

ish yellow; inside of wings and inner margins of quills very pale

yellow; under plumage olive green, with the chin grayish and the

middle of the abdomen yellow; upper mandible black, the under

whitish; tarsi and toes dark brown.

Length (fresh) 7 in.; wing 3; tail 27; bill %; tarsi 4}.

TTabitat. Dota. Collected by J. Carmiol, Feb. 27th, 1867.

Type in Smith. Institution, No. 47501.

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. 113

Two specimens are in the collection marked as females and

precisely alike.

Remarks, This in its general appearance is much like 2.

olwwaceus from Brazil, but above is a little more of a yellowish

cast of plumage, with the breast much darker and the middle

of the abdomen of a brighter and clearer yellow, it is without

the fulvous edgings to the wing coverts and has a larger bill,

this being longer than that of 22. olivaceus and equally as broad,

From 2. brevirostris, Cab., it differs not only in its larger

bill, but by its more grayish chin, darker breast, and having the

yellow more restricted to the centre of the abdomen; 22. brevi-

rostris has the whole under plumage more suffused with yel-

low, and the upper more of a yellowish green; the new species

in its upper coloring is intermediate between 7. o//vaceus and

L. brevirostris.

Lt. mesorhynchus, Cab., from Guatemala is described as dif:

fering from the Mexican 2. brevirostris, though much like it,

by its much larger bill, in which it much resembles 22. 0//vaceus,

but in brightness of coloring it corresponds with brev/rostris.

I have before me a specimen of 2. brevirostris from Mexico,

labelled by the Messrs. Verreaux, likewise four specimens from

Guatemala; one sent to the Smith. Inst. by Mr. Salvin and

labelled 2. brevirostris, has the bill larger than the Mexican

specimen; of the others, one has the bili agreeing in size with

that of the Mexican bird, the remaining two have very much

smaller bills; in plumage the birds from both countries closely

agree; the difference in size of the bills between the two

extremes is very marked; in the specimen from Mr. Salvin,

the bill is nearly as large as that of 72. olivaceus, in which it

agrees with Dr. Cabanis’ description of LT. mesorhynchus. The

size of the bill would therefore seem not to be a reliable char-

acter, as all the Guatemala specimens are clearly one species.

I do not decide that 2. brevirostris and RR. mesorhynchus are

the same, as I have not seen the types, but would suggest the

comparison of a large series from each country.

; APRIL, 1868 8 Ann, Lyo. Nat. Hist., Vou. 1X.

+ iy 7

114. A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa [iea.

250. Pitangus derbianus (Kaup.).

Santa Ana (M. Lopez).

251. Myiodynastes nobilis, Scl.

Barranea (J. Carmiol); San Mateo (J. Cooper).

252. Myiodynastes luteiventris, Bonap.

Barranca (J. Carmiol); Turrialba (F. Carmiol); Birris (J.

Zeledon).

253. Muyiodynastes hemichrysus, Cab. (superciliaris, Lawr.).

Soon after describing this species (Ann. WV. Y. Lyc., Vol. viii.

p. 470), I found it had been recorded from Costa Rica by Dr.

Cabanis (J. 7. O., Vol. ix. p. 246) as M. chrysocephalus, Tschudi ;

in his remarks he speaks of there being some points of differ-

ence between them, and proposes to call it JL hemichrysus

should it afterwards prove to be a distinct species; believing it

to be so, Dr. Cabanis’ name consequently has priority.

254. Megarhynchus mexicanus (Lafr.).

Barranea and San José (J. Carmiol); Turrialba and Grecia

(F. Carmiol).

255. Muscivora mexicana, Sel.

Atonas (Dr. A. v. Frantzius).

256. Myiobius sulphureipygius, Scl.

Angostura (J. Carmiol).

257. Myiobius erythrurus, Cab.

Angostura and Pacuare (J. Carmiol).

258. Myiolius capitalis, Salv.

Tucurriqui (Enrique Areé).” Salv. P. Z. S., 1864, p. 583.

259.; Mitrephorus phaocercus, Sel.

“Enrique Areé.” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin.

260. Mitrephorus aurantiiventris, Lawr.

Tabacales and La Palma (Dr. Frantzius); Dota (J. Carmiol).

261. Empidonax traillii (Aud.).

Dota (I*. Carmiol).

262. Eimpidonax flaviventris, Baird.

Grecia (J. Carmiol); Navarro (J. Cooper).

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. 115

263. Empidonax flavescens, Lawr.

Quebrada Honda (Dr. F rantzius); Barranca and Grecia (J.

C armiol).

264. Contopus virens (Linn.). :

“Dr. Hoffmann.” Cab. J. f. O., Vol. ix. p. 248.

265. Contopus borealis (Sw.).

“Dr. Hoffmann.” Cab. J. f. O., Vol. ix. p. 248.

266. Contopus richardsoni (Sw.).

San José (Dr. Frantzius); Frailes (J. Carmiol); Barranca

(F. Carmiol).

Mr. Sclater considers C. plebeius, Cab., to be the same as this

species.

267. Contopus lugubris, Lawr.

Barranca, Birris and Dota (J. Carmiol).

268. Myiarchus crinitus (Linn.).

J. Carmiol.

269. Myiarchus panamensis, Lawr.

“Enrique Arcé.” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin.

270. Myiarchus lawrencii (Giraud).

Angostura and Sachi (F. Carmiol); Pacuare (J. Carmiol).

271. Myiarchus nigricapillus, Cah.

San José (J. Carmiol); Barranca and Grecia (IF, Carmiol).

This species, if distinct from the preceding, is barely separa-

ble. Mr. Cabanis seems to have been doubtful about it, as

he says, “The difference may depend on season and on fresh

moulting.” A specimen from Mexico, which is unquestionably

I. lawrencii, has the gray coloring of the throat extending

over the breast, this is also the case in several examples from

Guatemala; some of the specimens from Costa Rica agree in

this character, while others have this color confined to the

throat ; in labelling them I have made this the point of differ-

ence; in those with the gray restricted to the throat and con-

sidered to be IL. nigricapillus, the crowns seem to be of a little

deeper brown, but this last character is not very decided.

116 =A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica.

272. Tyrannus melancholicus, Vieill.

San José and Grecia (J. Carmiol); Sachi and Barranea (F.

Carmio)).

273. Milvulus tyrannus (Linn.).

San José (J. Carmiol).

274. Milvulus forficatus (Gm.).

“Dr, A. von Frantzius.” Cab. J. f. O., Vol. ix. p. 252.

Fam. CorttnGcipAg.

275. Tityra personata, Jard. & Selby.

San José (Dr. Frantzius); Guiatil and Barranca (J. Carmio)).

276. Tityra albitorques, Dubus.

Pacuare (J. Carmiol.)

277. Hadrostomus aglaie (Lafr.).

“Dr. Ellendorf.” Cab. J. f. O., Vol. ix. p. 252.

278. Pachyrhamphus cinereiventris, Scl.

Barranca, Angostura and San Mateo (J. Carmiol).

279. Pachyrhamphus cinnamomeus, Lawr.

San José, Angostura and Turrialba (J. Carmiol); Tucurriqui

(J. Zeledon).

280. Lipaugus holerythrus, Scl.

Angostura (I, and J. Carmiol).

281. Lipaugus rufescens, Sel.

Barranca (I*. Carmiol); Tucurriqui (J. Zeledon),

282. LHeteropelma vere-pacis, Sel.

Angostura and Cervantes (J. Carmiol).

283. DPiprites grisciceps, Salv.

“Tueurriqui (Enrique Arcé)” Salv. P. Z, S. 1864, p. 583.

284. Pipra mentalis, Sel.

Angostura and Paiz (J. Carmiol); Tucurriqui (J. Zeledon).

285. Pipra leucorrhoa, Sel.

Cervantes and Angostura (J. Carmiol); Guiatil (I. Carmiol).

286. Chirowiphia linearis, Bonap.

San Mateo (J. Cooper); El Berilla (J. Zeledon); Grecia (I.

*Carmiol).

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. 117

287. Chiromacheris candei (Parzuda.).

Turrialba and Angostura (J. Carmiol).

288. Cotinga amabilis, Gould.

San José (Dr. Frantzius).

289. Querula cruenta (Bodd.).

Angostura and Payua (J. Carmiol).

290. Carpodectes nitidus, Salv.

“ Tucurriqui (Enrique Arcé).” Salv. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 583.

291. Chasmorhynchus tricarunculatus, J. & EF. Verreauc.

San José, Dota and Cervantes (J. Carmiol; Turrialba (J.

Cooper).

292. Cephalopterus glabricollis, Gould.

San José (Dr. Frantzius); Angostura and Dota (J. Carmio)).

This species was brought from Veraguas by Dr. J. K. Mer-

ritt in 1852; he informed me that in certain localities in the

mountains it was quite common, and that at any time when in

want of a breakfast, a sufficient number for the purpose could

easily be procured.

Order Srrisores.

Fam. MomoribDAe.

293. Momotusmartii, Spiz.

Pacuare (J. Carmiol).

294. Momotus lessoni, Less.

San José and San Carlos (J. Carmiol) ; Dota and Grecia (F.

Carmiol).

295. Prionirhynchus platyrhynchus, Leadb.

Atiro, Barranca and Angostura (J. Carmiol).

296. Eumomota superciliaris (Sard. & Selb).

“Dr, Ellendorf.” Cab. J. f. O., Vol. ix. p. 255.

Fam. ALCEDINIDAE.

297, Ceryle torquata (Linn.).

‘Dr. Frantzius.” Cab. J. f. O., Vol. x. p. 162.

118 A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Lica.

298. Ceryle amazona (Lath.).

“Dr. Frantzius.” Cab. J. f. O., Vol. x. p. 161.

299. Ceryle alcyon (Linn.).

Navarro and Catargo (J. Cooper).

300. Ceryle cabanisi (Tsch.).

San José and San Carlos (J. Carmiol); Catargo (J. Cooper).

801. Ceryle superciliosa (Linn.).

“Dr, Ellendorf.” Cab. J. f. O., Vol. ix. p. 256.

Fam. GALBULIDAER.

302. Galbula melanogenia, Sct.

Payua and San Carlos (J. Carmiol); Turrialba (J. Cooper).

Fam. Bucconrae.

308. Malacoptila vere-pacis, Sel.

Pacuare and Guiatil (J. Carmiol).

304. Malacoptila inornata (Du Bus).

Angostura (J. Cooper) ; Dota (F. Carmiol).

305. Malacoptila costaricensis, Cab.

San Mateo (J. Cooper).

306. Monasa peruana, Sel.

San Carlos, San José, Pacuare and Payua ( J. Cooper).

In these specimens the wings measure from 5} to 53

inches and the tails 54, instead of 5 and 44 respectively, as

given by Mr. Sclater; otherwise they do not differ from his

description.

Fam. TroGonipaAr.

307. Trogon puella, Gould.

Dota and Turrialba (J. Carmiol); San José (Dr. Frantzins).

308. Trogon caligatus, Gould.

San Mateo and Turrialba (J. Cooper); Birris and San Juan

(J. Zeledon),

309. Trogon aurantiiventris, Gould.

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. 119

Barranea (J. Carmiol).

310. Trogon tenellus, Cab.

Angostura, Guiatil, Pacuare and Barranea (J. Carmiol).

Several specimens are in the collection, all differing from 7.

atricollis in the characters pointed out by me, Ann. Lyc., Vol.

wit. pp. 3 and 184.

— 3811. Trogon concinnus, Lawr.

San Juan (J. Zeledon).

312. Trogon massena, Gould.

Angostura (J. Carmiol); Tueurrigui (J. Zeledon).

313. Trogon clathratus, Salv. P. Z. 8., 1866, p. 75.

San Mateo (J. Cooper).

A single female specimen is, I think, without doubt of this

very distinct species; this sex has not been heretofore noticed,

Mr. Salvin having only the male; the entire upper plumage, with

the neck, breast and sides, is dark plumbeous slate, much the

same in color as the female of Z. massena; belly and under

tail coverts of a light vermilion; the wing coverts are black

crossed with very narrow waving white lines, the quills are

vandyke brown, the outer webs of the primaries minutely

toothed with white ; the four central tail feathers are of a fine

vandyke brown, the three lateral on each side black, with

transverse white bars towards their ends, more strongly marked

than those on the wings, the white lines on both are rather

widely separated; bill blackish, the sides of the mandibles

dusky white.

314. Trogon bairdit, sp. nov.

Male. Entire head, hind neck, throat and upper part of breast

black, with a tinge of deep blue on the occiput and hind neck ;

back greenish blue; the rump and upper tail coverts, and a narrow

nuchal band, are of a rich deep violet blue, this color extending

round on the lower part of the sides of the neck; two central tail

feathers greenish blue, the next two pairs on each side are of this

color on the outer webs, but black on the inner, all have a narrow

black terminal band, the three lateral feathers on each side are

black at the base for half their length, then pure white to the end ;

wings black ; lower part of breast, abdomen and under tail coverts

120 A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica.

of a fine searlet or bright vermilion; thighs black ; upper mandible

pale yellowish white, the lower of the same color with a dusky

greenish tinge.

Length (skin) 11 in.; wing 6; tail 63; bill, following curve 1.

Habitat. San Mateo. Collected by J. Cooper, April, 1866.

Type in Mus. Smith. Institution, No. 48018.

Remarks. There are two specimens (males) obtained at the

same point by Mr. Cooper and precisely alike. It comes

nearest to 7. melano-cephalus, above they are much alike, but

as that species has the abdomen yellow, they differ widely in

their under plumage ; the white in the tail of the new species

is quite different, being much greater in extent, for when the

tail is viewed underneath, the feathers show no black, and the

white markings have not the quadrate form existing in the

other species; the bill is much larger and stronger than that of

T. melano-cephatus.

It gives me much pleasure to compliment my friend Prof. 8.

F. Baird, by conferring his name upon this fine species.

315. Pharomacrus mo-cinno, De la Slave.

“Dr, Frantzius.” Cab. J. F. O., Vol. x. p. 175.

Fam. CApRIMULGIDAR.

316. Nyctibius jamaicensis (Gm.) ?

San José (J. Zeledon).

One specimen only (a nestling) which I think is this species.

317. Chordeiles brasilianus (Gm.).

“ Dr. Hoffmann.” Cab. J. F. O., Vol. x. p. 165.

318. Chordeiles terensis, Lawr.

El Rio Tiribi (J. Zeledon).

319. <Antrostomus carolinensis (Gm.).

Las Cruces de Candelaria (J. Zeledon).

320. Nyctidromus albicollis (Gim.).

San José and Angostura (J. Carmiol).

Fam. Trocnmimar.

321. EKutoweres aquila (Loddiges).

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. 191

‘Tucurriqui (KE. Arcé).” Salv. P. Z. §., 1867, p. 152.

822. Glaucis ruckeri (Boure.).

A. R. Endrés.

323. Glaucis eneus, Lawr. Proc. Phil. Acad., 1867, p. 282.

A. R. Endrés.

324, Phathornis longirostris (Delattre).

“Val.” (J. Carmiol); (A. R. Endrés).

325. Pheathornis emilia (Boure.).

Angostura and Barranca (J. Carmiol).

326. Pygmornis adolphi (Boure.).

Angostura (J. Carmiol); A. R. Endrés.

327. Campylopterus hemileucurus (Licht.).

Dr. Frantzius.” Cab. J.‘F. O., Vol. x. p. 162.

328. Phaeochroa cuviert (Delatt. and Boure.).

“Gulf of Nicoya.” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin.

329. Hugenes spectabilis, Lawr.

Rancho Redondo (J. Carmiol).

This specimen was received just after my description of the

species was published, it agrees with the type in every particular

of plumage and dimensions. I placed it in //ediomaster, but

Mr. Gould considers it a species of Hugenes, in which opinion

Iconeur. Both the specimens are probably females.

330. Lampornis prevostii (Less.).

“Gulf of Nicoya.” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin.

381. Lampornis veraguensis, Gould.

‘Costa Rica.” Gould, Intr. Troch. p. 65.

332. Doryfera ludovicia (Boure. and Muls.)?

Cervantes (J. Carmiol).

One specimen only is in the collection, which differs from

Bogota examples in having a longer bill, this being just inter-

mediate between those of D. ludovicia and of LD). reetirostris.

Mr. Salvin received a specimen from Veraguas which differed

in a similar manner; he says (2. Z. S., 1867, p. 153): “ The

shining forehead is considerably darker and of a bluer shade,

the bill longer, and the under plumage blacker than in a New

122 =A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica.

Granadian specimen of D. ludovicia before me; the wings too

are shorter. Should the receipt of additional specimens con-

firm the constancy of these Beppe bons, I propose for this race

the name of Dorifera veraguensis.”

The Smithsonian specimen is without the bright “poe on the

front; the under plumage is scareely darker, and the wings are

a little longer than in my specimens of D. ludovicia.

333. Chalybura melanorrhoa, Salv. (C. carmioli, Lawr.).

Angostura and Pacuare (J. Carmiol).

334. Chalybura isaure, Gould.

** Bocca del Toro.” Gould, P. Z. S., 1861, p. 199.

335. LHeliodoxa jacula, Gould (henry, Lawr.).

Angostura and Juiz (J. Carmiol).

Mr. Salvin states, P. Z. S., 1867, p. 154, that he and Mr.

Gould consider my /Z. henry to be immature and identical with

H.jacula. T have now seen five specimens from Costa Rica all

alike, and not one with a bright frontal or throat spot.

336. Thalurania venustu, Gould.

Angostura (J. Carmiol); Tucurriqui (J. Zeledon); A. R.

Endres.

337. Florisuga mellivora (Linn.).

A. R. Endres.

338. Microchera albocoronata (Lawr.).

Capt. J. M. Dow, fide 8. F. Baird.

339. Microchera parvirostris (Lawr.).

Angostura (J. Carmiol).

My name for this species was proposed for the female, the

male since received is very beautifw, of which I add the fol-

lowing description.

Front and crown pure white, lores black; the rest of the

plumage above and below is of an exceedingly rich purplish

crimson; upper tail coverts coppery red; the two central tail

feathers are coppery bronze, the others are of a whitish gray

for about half their length, gradually becoming purplish black,

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. 123

the extreme ends white; wings brownish purple; Dill and feet

black.

Length (fresh) 3 in. ; wing 1; tail 4; bill =,.

Remarks. Although resembling M. albocoronata in its white

crown, this species is quite different in coloring; in M. albo-

coronata the plumage is black, washed with carmine, in some

lights appearing to be entirely black; in M. parvirostris the

plumage is clear and uniform in color, not appearing black in

any position ; the tail is rounding and the black coloring at the

end is quite different from that of Jf albocoronata, in which the

tail is even, and it has a strongly defined subterminal black

band.

340. Gouldia conversi (Bourc.).

“Enrique Arcé.” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin.

341. Trochilus colubris, Linn.

Las Cruces de Candelaria (J. Zeledon).

342. Selasphorus scintilla, Gould.

Barranca (F. Carmiol); Cervantes (J. Carmiol); Las Cruces

de Candelaria (J. Zeledon).

343. Selasphorus flammula, Salv.

“Volcan de Catargo(E. Arcé),” Salv. P.Z.S., 1864, p. 586.

344, Doricha bryante, Lawr., Ann. N. Y. Lye., Vol. viii.

p. 483.

Dota (J. Carmiol); Las Cruces de Candelaria (J. Zeledon).

I have the female of this species, which I found in the collee-

tion received from Costa Rica by A. C. Garsia, Esq. It is of

a dark coppery green above, the two central tail feathers are

dark bronzy green dusky at the ends, the next, on each side,

green with the ends largely black, the pair next in order are

chestnut at base, then green on the outer webs and terminating

in black, the exterior two pairs on each side are chestnut at base,

then green for a short distance, succeeded by a black band and

ending with chestnut; lores black, bordered above with chest-

124 A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica.

nut; a white mark behind the eye; sides of the head and of the

neck blackish brown; throat and breast pale chestnut, sides of

the abdomen of a deeper chestnut, middle of abdomen whitish.

It somewhat resembles the female D. evelyne, but is much

darker in its coloring.

345. Panterpe insignis, Cab.

La Candelaria (Dr. Frantzius); Volean Yrazei (J. Cooper).

346. Anthocephala castaneiventris, Gould.

La Candelaria (Dr. Frantzius); San José (J. Carmiol); Vol-

ean Yrazei (J. Cooper).

I wrote Dr. Frantzins requesting his opinion, whether this

bird was entitled to be considered a valid species or not; in a

letter dated in February he replies as follows:

“In my opinion Anthocephala castaneiventris, Gould, is the fe-

male of Panterpe insignis. My grounds for believing so are the

following: I have always received both from the same place,

La Candelaria. All the specimens of the former now in my

possession are females, and all the specimens of the Panterpe

are males. The bright crown in both is identical, as likewise

the shape of their bills.”

This coincides with the opinion expressed by me (Ann. N. Y.

Lye., Vol. viii. p. 45), but from which Mr. Salvin dissented.

Since the receipt of Dr. Frantzius’ letter, I have had my

opinion unsettled by specimens of Oreopyra calolema received

lately from the Smith. Inst., and now under examination, there

are two pairs apparently ¢ and 2? ; one pair marked with same

date and locality. Mr. Salvin under O. calolema suggests that

A. castaneiventris may be the female of that species, or possibly

distinct as given by Mr. Gould. I must confess that with nu-

merous specimens before me I am unable to arrive at a definite

conclusion as to the true status of the bird described as A.

castaneiventris. A pair of birds previously received, which

came together and are marked with same locality and date, I

considered to be gand 2 of P. insignis, yet the female differs

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. 125

in no perceptible character from eight other specimens; it is

possible that the females of P. insignis and O, calolema may

resemble each other so nearly as not to be separable. But few

specimens have the sex indicated, but where it is, they are

marked as females, they differ in the lustre on their fronts, but

this may vary with age; the wings of the chestnut-bellied bird

are of the same length or a little shorter than those of P. insig-

nis, and invariably shorter than those of O. calolema, say from

4 to 2 of an inch.

I have, therefore, let A. castaneiventris remain as a species

for the present, not doubting that its true position will be

ascertained hereafter.

347. Ovreopyra leucaspis, Gould.

“Volcano of Chiriqui,” Gould P. Z. 8., 1860, p, 312.

348. Oreopyra hemileuca, Salv.

“Turrialba and Tucurriqui (E. Arcé).” Salv. P. Z.S., 1864,

p. 584.

349, Oreopyra salolema, Salv. (0. venusta, Lawr.).

Rancho Redondo (J. Carmiol) ; Las Cruces de Candelaria

(J. Zeledon).

Mr. Gould wrote me, on seeing my type, that it is identical

with Mr. Salvin’s species.

350. Oreopyra cinereicauda, Lawr.

In my collection (A. C. Garsia).

351. Heliothrix barroti (Bourc.).

Angostura and Cervantes (J. Carmiol).

352. Petasophora cyanotis (Bourc.)?

Barranea and Dota (J. Carmiol); Catargo (J. Cooper).

Mr. Cabanis (J. f. O., Vol. x. p. 162) speaks of the bird from

Costa Rica as occupying a middle form between P. cyanotis and

P. thalassina, and says: ‘The fine blue coloring on the ears

appears to be broader, the subterminal dark tail band on the

outer web of the outer feather is not so distinctly marked, but

126 =A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica.

since Mr. Gould has indicated an extended locality and speaks

of variations of this kind, and having but few examples (two)

for comparison, I feel bound to leave iy separation of the bird

from Costa Rica for future comparison.”

There are before me nine examples from Costa Ria of both

sexes; at first sight this species might be taken for P. thalassina,

but in fine specimens the colors are darker, with the tail of a

deeper blue; it is, however, quitedistinet; as pointed out by

Mr. Cabanis the blue coloring under the eyes and on the ears

is more extended than in P. cyanotis, but the tail bands vary in

distinctness ; it is of adeeper green than P. cyanotis, and has the

blue on the cheeks to extend as far as the forward part of the

eye, while in cyanotis this color extends only as far as on

a line with the middle of the eye; in thalassina, the blue eolor

is continuous as far as the bill and covers the chin also, there is

likewise a patch of blue on the breast of thalassina, not found in

cyanotis ; in fine plumaged males of the bird from Costa Rica,

there is just a perceptible tinge of blue on the breast. The size

is about the same as that of thalassina, and apparently larger

than eyanotis.

Should these differences be considered sufficient to constitute

it a new species, I propose for it the name of Petasophora

cabanisi.

353. LTeliomaster constanti (Delatt.).

(J. Carmiol); (Dr. Frantzius).

354. LHeliomaster longirostris ( Vieill.).

“Enrique Areé.” Collection of Mr. O, Salvin.

355. ILTeliomaster pallidiceps, Gould.

“Gulf of Nicoya.” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin.

856. LHeliomaster sclateri, Cabanis.

San José (Dr. Frantzius); Angostura (J. Carmiol).

There are three specimens from Costa Rica, but one of which

is adult and has the crown of a deeper and more decided blue

than any specimen I have seen of ZZ, longirostris, this being

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. 127

the most marked characteristic on which its distinctness as a

species rests, I have included it as being so; there is, however,

a greater extent of black on the tail feathers than exists on

those of Jongirostris ; but this last character is not so extended

as in my ZZ. stuarte (from Bogota), which Mr. Salvin states

(P. Z. S., 1867, p. 155), that Mr. Gould now considers together

with H. sclaterz not to differ from longirostris, in which view

he agrees. As pointed out by me in the description of //.

stuarte, it differs from longirostris in the greater width of the

bill at base, and in its black tail, which is bronzed green only

for ashort distance at the base, whereas in ongirostr/s, the bill

is narrow at the base, and the tail bronzed green for the greater

part of its length, black at the end only. These differences

seem to me to constitute a claim to specific separation, even

more than that of ZZ. pallidiceps, which is admitted upon the

paler tint in the green coloring of the crown.

357. Pyrrhophena riefferi (Bourc.).

San José and Angostura (J. Carmiol) ; Catargo (J. Cooper).

358. Erythronota edwardi (Delatt. et Bourc.).

“ Costa Rica.” Gould, Intr. Troch. p. 161.

359. Saucerottia sophie (Boure.); (Hemythylaca haff-

manni, Cab.).

San José and Dota (J. Carmiol).

Mr. Gould considers Dr. Cabanis’ species to be identical

with S. sophie.

360. LEupherusa eximia (Delatt.).

Cervantes and Barranca (J. Carmiol).

361. Eupherusa chionura(Gould). En iveicauda ( Lawyr.).

Dota (J. Carmiol).

362. Eupherusa cupreiceps, Law’.

Barranea (J. Carmiol).

363. Eupherusa nigriventris, Lawr. Proe. Phil. Acad.,

1867, p. 232.

A. R. Endrés.

128

ob4,

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica.

Chrysuronia elicie (Boure. et Muls.).

A. R. Endrés.

365.

Juliamyia typica,' Bonap.

Julian Carmiol.

366,

Damophila amabilis (Gould).

Pecuare (J. Carmiol).

o6T.

Sapphironia ceruleigularis (Gould).

“Costa Rica.” Gould, Intr. Troch. p. 172.

568.

Chlorolampis salvini, Cab.

San José (J. Carmiol).

569.

Chlorostilbon assimilis, Lawr.

Cartago (J. Cooper).

370.

Order ZYGODACTYLI.

Fam. CucuLipAe.

Crotophaga sulcirostris, Sw.

San José (J. Carmiol).

371.

Dromococeye phasianellus (Spia).

“Dr, Frantzius.” Cab. J. f. O., Vol. x. p. 171.

372.

Diplopterus nevius (Linn.).

Guiatil (J. Carmiol); San Mateo (J. Cooper).

—

373.

Piaya mehleri, Bonap.

San José (J. Carmiol); Angostura (I, Carmiol).

374.

Movrococcyx erythropygia (Less.).

Pacaca (J. Zeledon).

375.

Coccyzus americanus (Linn.).

“Dr, Frantzius.” Cab. J. f. O., Vol. x. p. 167.

376.

Coccyzus erythrophthalmus ( Wils.).

Barranca (I, Carmiol).

S ledad

Olt.

Fam. RampuastipAr.

Ramphastos tocard, Vieill.

Angostura, San Carlos and Turrialba (J. Carmiol).

or J

378.

Ramphastos approzimans, Cab.

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. 129

San José (Dr. Frantzius); Angostura, Dota and Grecia (J.

Carmiol).

I have no specimens at hand of the Costa Rica bird, but as

Mr. Cassin states (Proc. Phil. Acad., 1867, p. 103) that those

from Panama are the same,I am able to compare with 22.

carinatus from Mexico; as noticed by Mr. Cassin they differ

in the southern bird having the red band below the yellow of

the throat much wider, yet with a large number of specimens

before him, Mr. Cassin says: “I acknowledge myself quite

perplexed to distinguish satisfactorily between them.”

Mr. Salvin (P. Z. S., 1867, p. 156) puts approwvimans as a

synonym of carinatus and remarks: “This race is so very

closely allied to the more northern bird that I am unwilling to

separate them.”

I have two specimens from Panama, male and female, and

but one from Mexico; this last has only a mere edging of red

on the lower border of the yellow of the throat, and has the

black coloring of the plumage tinged with purple, most ap-

parent on the wings and tail, whereas the Panama specimens

are of a greenish hue on those parts; the Mexican example is

larger in all its proportions than either of the others.

Mr. Cassin in his “ Study of the Ramphastidae” keeps it

separate from carinatus; I have also given it under Mr,

Cabanis’ name. It seems certainly to be a well marked race, if

not distinct.

379. Pteroglossus torquatus (Gm.).

Angostura and Turrialba (J. Carmio).

380. Pteroglossus frantzii, Cab.

San José and Angostura (J. Carmiol).

381. Selnidera spectabilis, Cassin.

Julian Carmiol.

382. Aulacorhamphus ceruleigularis, Gould.

Barranca, Dota and Turrialba (J. Carmiol).

APBIL, 1863. 9 Axx. Lyc. Nat. Hist., Vou. 1X-

130 A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica.

Fam. CAprroNIDAEk.

383. Capito bourcieri (Lafr.).

Barranea (J. Carmiol); Turrialba (J. Cooper).

384. Capito Hartlaubi (Laf?.).

Barranea (J. Carmiol).

385. Tetragonops frantzii, Scl. Ibis, Vol. vi. p. 871.

San José (Dr. Frantzins); Cervantes (J. Carmiol); Navarro

(J. Cooper); Birris and-La Palma (J. Zeledon).

The specimen described by Mr. Sclater from the Smithsonian

collection was at the time unique and the sex unknown, it was

suggested that possibly it was “a female of a more gaudily

colored male,” and the hope expressed that other examples

might be obtained, to determine whether the sexes differ in

plumage.

It would appear to be rather an abundant species and widely

distributed, as there are now before me fourteen specimens,

since received at the Smithsonian. These are from several col-

lectors and of both sexes; in general coloration there is no

difference between them, but the tuft of peculiar elongated

black lustrous feathers on the hind neck, seems to be a char-

acteristic of the male, and is entirely wanting in the female.

Fam. Picmar.

386. Campephilus quatemalensis ([aril.),

San José (Dr. Frantzius); Angostura (J. Carmiol); Grecia

(F. Carmiol).

387. Dryocopus scapularis ( Vigors).

‘Dr, Frantzius.” Oab. J. f. O., Vol. x. p. 176.

388. Picus jardinii, Malh.

San José and Cervantes (J. Carmiol); Birris (J. Zeledon).

389, Picus harrisii, Aud.

“Dr. Hoffmann.” Cab. J. f. O., Vol. x. p. 175.

390. Ccleus castaneus ( Wagl.).

Angostura (I. Carmiol); Turrialba (J. Cooper).

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. 181

391. Chloronerpes oleagineus (Licht.).

Barranca and Turrialba (J. Carmiol).

392. Chloronerpes yucatanensis (Cabot). (uropygialis, Cab.).

Turrialba (J: Cooper); Barranca (J. Carmiol).

393. Melanerpes formicivorus (Sw.).

San José and Barranca (J. Carmiol); Dota and Birris (J.

Zeledon).

894. Centurus hoffmanni, Cab.

San José (J. Carmiol) ; Grecia (F. Carmiol).

395. Centurus gerini (Temm.). (pucherani, Malh.).

San José (J. Carmiol).

Fam. Psrirracmar.

396. Sittace macao (Linn.).

Los Anonos (J. Zeledon).

397. Sittace militaris (Linn.).

Barba (J. Carmiol.)

398. Brotogeris tovi (Gm.).

“Gulf of Nicoya.” Collection of Mr. O, Salvin.

399. Conurus petzii (Seibl.).

San José (J. Carmiol) ; Sachi (F. Carmiol) ; Juan (J. Zeledon).

400. Conurus hoffmanni, Cab.

Angostura (J. Carmiol); Frailes (F. Carmiol); Navarro (J.

Cooper).

401. Chrysotis pulverulenta (Gim.).

Cervantes (J. Carmiol).

402. Chrysotis viridigenalis, Cassin.

San José (Dr. Frantzius and J. Carmiol).

403. Chrysotis albifrons, Sparrm.

Desmonte (Dr. Frantzius); Nicoya (J. Zeledon).

404, Pionius senilis (Spiz).

San José (Dr. Frantzius); Barranca (J.Carmiol).

405. Pionius hematotis, Sel.

Pacuare (J. Carmiol),

132 A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica.

Order ACCIPITRES.

Fam. Srrigipar.

406. Glaucidium gnoma, Wag.

“San José (Dr. Hoffmann).” Cab. J. f. O., Vol. x. p. 336.

407. Syrnium perspicillatum (Lath).

Los Anonos (J. Zeledon).

408. Syrnium virgatum, Cassin.

Dota (J. Zeledon).

409. Ciccaba nigrolineata, Sct.

San José (Dr. A. v. Frantzius).

410. Bubo virginianus (Gm.).

San José (Dr. A. v. Frantzius).

411. Scops brasilianus (Gm.) (choliba Vieill.).

San José (Dr. A. v. Frantzius).

412. Scops nudipes ( Vieill.).

“Enrique Arcé.” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin.

413. Lophostrix stricklandi, Sel. & Salv.

San José (Dr. A. v. Frantzius).

414. Strix perlata, Licht.

San José (Dr. A. v. Frantzius).

Fam. Fatconrpar.

415. Polyborus auduboni, Cassin.

San José (J. Carmiol).

416. ILbycter americanus (Bodd.).

San José (J. Carmiol).

417. Herpetotheres cachinnans (Linn.).

Dr. A. von Frantzius.

418. Spizaetus ornatus (Daud.).

San José (J. Carmiol); La Palma and Juan (J. Zeledon),

419. Spizaetus tyrannus (Mazw.).

“Enrique Arcé.” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin.

420, Spizaetus melanoleucus ( Vieill.).

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. 133

La Palma (J. Zeledon).

421. Urubitinga zonura (Shaw).

San José (J. Carmiol).

422. Urubitinga anthracina (Nitzsch).

San José (Dr. Frantzius); Angostura (F. Carmiol).

423. Buteo borealis var. montanus, Nutt.

San José (J. Carmiol) ; Los Tabacales (J. Zeledon).

424, Buteo pennsylvanicus ( Wils.).

San José (J. Carmiol) ; Angostura (F. Carmiol).

425. Buteo erythronotus (King).

San José (J. Carmiol); San Antonio (1. Zeledon).

426. Buteo albonotatus, Kaup. ?

San José (J. Carmiol).

The specimen before me is a young bird, and I think may

be of the species to which I refer it. I have not met with any

description of B. albonotatus in its immature plumage, it re-

sembles my specimen of the adult in its general proportions,

though smaller, the feet and bill are especially so; it has the

front part of the tarsus feathered below the knee as in P2. a/-

bonotatus. The feathers above are dark brown, showing much

white on their edges, particularly on the head and hind neck,

the upper tail coverts are white with wavy brown bars; tail

bluish ash, crossed with narrow dusky bars; under plumage

white, with large oval brown spots on the breast and a few

sagittate ones on the sides; under wing coverts pale salmon

color, the under plumage more or less tinged with the same.

Length 18 in.; wing 154; tail 8$; tarsi 2§.

497. Buteo fuliginosus, Sel.

La Palma (J. Zeledon).

498. Leucopternis semiplumbeus, Lawr.

“Val.” (J. Carmiol).

499. Leucopternis princeps, Scl. P. Z. S., 1865, p. 429.

“ Tueurriqui (Enrique Arcé).” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin.

430. <Asturina nitida (Lath.).

134. A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Pica.

“Gulfof Nicoya.” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin.

431. <Asturina magnirostris (@m.).

Juan (Dr. Frantzius); San José and Turrialba (J. Carmiol),

432. Micrastur semitorquatus ( Vieill.).

Las Cruces de Candelaria and Rancho Redondo (J. Zeledon).

33. <Accipiter fuscus (Gm.).

El Mojon (J. Zeledon).

434. Accipiter pileatus (Maz.).

San José (J. Carmiol); Dota (F. Carmiol); Turrialba (J.

Cooper).

435. Accipiter coopert, Bonap.

E] Mojon (J. Cooper).

436. Tinnunculus sparverius (Linn.).

San José (J. Carmiol).

437. Hypotriorchis columbarius (Linn).

San José (J. Carmiol).

438. Hypotriorchis deiroleucus (Temm.).

La Palma (J. Zeledon),

439. Cymindis cayennensis (Gm.).

“Gulf of Nicoya.” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin.

440. Cymindis uncinatus (Temm.).

San José (Dr. Frantzius),

441. Rosthramus sociabilis ( Vieill.).

“Gulf of Nicoya.” Collection of Mr. O, Salvin.

442. Llanoides furcatus ( Vieill.).

dirris (J. Zeledon).

443: Circus hudsonius (Linn.).

San José (J. Carmiol).

Family Vurrurmar.

444. Gyparchus papa (Linn.).

“Gulf of Nicoya.” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin.

Order PULLASTRAE,

Fam, Corumpipan.

445. Chloroenas flavwirostris ( Wagl.).

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. 135

Barranca (J. Carmiol) ; Dota (J. Zeledon).

446. Chloroenas albilinea (Gray).

Rancho Redondo (F. Carmiol); Juan (J. Zeledon).

447. Chloroenas nigrirostris, Sel.

“Enrique Arcé.” Collection of O. Salvin.

448. Chloroenas subvinacea. sp. nov.

Male. Head, neck, and under plumage light purplish vinaceous,

darker on the abdomen and sides, the throat paler and of a fulyous

tinge; back, wing coverts and rump brownish cinnamon; tail of a

fine dark brown slightly purplish, except the two central feathers,

which are rather lighter in color and incline to olivaceous brown, the

upper tail coverts are of the same color as the central tail feathers;

the quills are dark brown, the primaries blackish on the outer webs,

which are narrowly margined with pale cinnamon, the inner webs

of the quill feathers are broadly marked with dull pale cinnamon

to near their ends; the under wing coyerts are vinaceous varied

with cinnamon; bill black; feet yellow.

Length (fresh) 13} in.; wing 64; tail 5}; tarsi 3.

Habitat. Dota, collected by F. Carmiol 26th Feb., 1867.

Type in Mus. Smith. Institution No., 47575.

The female is a little smaller, 124 inches in length, and dif-

fers in plumage only in being less vinaceous on the lower part

of the hind neck and abdomen, where it is brownish cinnamon.

Remarks. There are four specimens of this species in the

collection, all agreeing in plumage. It differs from C. vinacea

in being generally lighter in color, the back and rump being

cinnamon brown, instead of dull dark vinous; the wings of ©.

vinacea are of an olivaceous cast, and the inner webs of the

quills are not of a cinnamon color as in the present species.

O. nigrirostris, Scl., is smaller than either this or C. vinaced,

and has the back and wings dark olive brown.

449, Geotrygon montana (Linn.).

Angostura (J. and F, Carmiol).

450. Geotrygon albiventer, Lawr.

Angostura (J, Carmiol).

136 A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica.

451. Geotrygon costaricensis. sp. nov.

Forehead and the forward part of the cheeks next the bill of a

brownish salmon color; cheeks and throat white; there is a bar of

deep black on each side from the eye to the bill, and a stripe of the

same color extends from the upper part of the throat along each

side of the neck and borders the white cheeks, these black lines

approach each other quite closely on the throat ; across the middle of

the crown and adjoining the salmon-colored front is a narrow band

of grayish blue which gradually merges into the dark green of the

occiput and hind neck; the lower part and sides of the hind neck

and the upper part of the back, are of a lighter or yellowish green,

more lustrous and quite distinct from the deep green of the occiput ;

scapulars and upper part of back rich purplish violet ; lower part of

back, rump and wing coverts of a cinnamon brown, the upper tail

coverts are darker, more of a vinous brown; two central tail feath-

ers dull purplish brown, the two next of a duller brown, the outer

three purplish black, terminating with ashy gray; primaries and

secondaries blackish brown; the tertiaries have their inner webs

blackish brown, the outer brownish cinnamon; under wing coverts

of a dusky brown; neck and breast dark grayish plumbeous ; mid-

dle of abdomen testaceous white with a slight tinge of pale rose

color, sides chocolate brown, feathers of the flanks and under tail

coverts brownish ash, ending in whitish; thighs ashy brown; bill

hazel brown, the under mandible yellowish at the end; tarsi and

toes yellowish flesh color.

Length about 10} in.; wing 53; tail 3; bill 3; tarsi =.

teceived from Dr. A. v. Frantzius, precise locality un-

known.

Type in Mus. Smith. Institution, No. 30431.

Remarks. This beautiful pigeon bears but little resemblance

to any species of which I can find an account, it is allied to the

group represented by G. caniceps from Cuba, the color of the

breast in each is nearly the same, but they are not alike other-

wise; it has much longer and stouter tarsi and toes than @.

CANICEPS.

452. Geotrygon cocruleiceps. sp. noy.

Female. The entire head above and on the sides as far as just

below the eyes, and the hind neck, are of a grayish blue, darker on

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. 187

occiput and on the middle of the hind neck, where there is a tinge

of dull dark green; upper plumage of a fine brownish cinnamon

rather brighter on the wings, the interscapular region is purplish

violet ; tail cinnamon brown, all except the two central feathers

have a subterminal dusky band and the ends of the feathers pale ;

primaries and secondaries brownish black ; under wing coverts ati.

namon brown; the sides of the head below the eyes, and the sides

of the neck, are pale rufous, with a line of black across the cheek ;

throat white ; lower part of neck and upper part of breast reddish

cinnamon ; sides of the breast brownish cinnamon; lower part of

breast, abdomen and under tail coverts pale ashy cinnamon; Dill

black; feet reddish yellow.

Length about 12 in.; wing 6; tail 4; bill 4; tarsi 14.

Habitat. Cervantes. Collected by J. Zeledon, April, 1867.

Type in Mus. Smith. Institution, No. 51266.

femarks. This species does not require comparison with

any other, the most distinguishing feature is the extent of blue

on the head; it is of a stouter form than the preceding species,

and has very strong legs.

453. Leptoptila verreauai, Bonap.

San José and Barranca (J. Carmiol); Dota (F. Carmiol).

454. Leptoptila cassinii, Lawr. Proce. Phil. Acad., 1867,

Pages

San José (Julian Carmiol) ; Tucurriqui (J. Zeledon).

Ado. Leptoptila riottei. sp. nov.

Male. Front and part of crown pale roseate vinaceous, gradually

becoming olivaceous brown on the occiput and hind neck, which

with the upper part of the back have changeable reflections of light

reddish violet and green of different shades; back and rump brown-

ish olive; central tail feathers browner than the back, the lateral

feathers black, ending in white; primaries and secondaries blackish

brown, tertiaries and wing coverts of the same color as the back,

the smaller coverts tinged with cinnamon brown; under wing

coverts deep cinnamon red, inner webs of quills to near their ends

of a paler cinnamon; chin and upper part of throat white; sides of

the head, the breast and upper part of the abdomen of a rather

light brownish vinaceous; sides of the breast and of the abdomen

138 =A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica.

pale fulvous brown; middle of abdomen and under tail coverts

white; bill black; the tarsi and toes appear to have been flesh

color. i

Length (skin) about 104 in.; wing 54; tail 44; Dill 44; tarsi 11.

Habitat. Navarro. Collected by Juan Cooper.

Type in Mus. Smith. Institution, No. 48044.

Remarks. This species is a close ally of Z. rufawilla, L.

albifrons, Gray, L. verreauxi, Bonap.,and L. brachyptera, Gray 5

according to Mr. J. Verreaux, Z. albifrons, Bonap., Consp.

Avium, IL. p. 74, is the same as the last named species.

The bird now described comes nearest to Z. brachyptera, but

that has the front more of a grayish cast, and the cheeks brown-

ish without any tinge of vinaceous; the new species is a little

darker on the breast and sides, the under wing coverts are of a

brighter color, and the inner webs of the quills are cinnamon,

whereas in brachyptera there is only a mere edging of pale

salmon on the inner webs of the quill feathers; this last is a

striking character of LZ. brachyptera, as exhibited in fourteen

specimens before me.

L. albifrons has a bluish front and crown, is much browner

above, and has the sides of the neck and the breast of a brown-

ish cast.

L. verreauxt is much like brachyptera and riotte: in the wp-

per plumage, but is very much paler and more roseate below,

L. rufacilla has the front and crown bluish, but differs from

all others in having the neck in front and the sides of the head

of a dull brownish rufous.

L. riotte: has a larger and stronger bill than any of the allied

species.

In all the species above alluded to, there is quite a close

general resemblance, and it is rather difficult to point out in-

telligibly by description, the difference in shades of coloring

which mainly separates some of the species, yet in an autoptical

examination the differences are very appreciable.

456. Peristera cinerea, Temi.

A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Rica. 139

“Gulf of Nicoya.” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin.

457. Peristera mondetura, Bonap.

| Birris (J. Zeledon).

A male of this beautiful species from Mexico is in the Smith-

sonian collection, of which the specimen before me appears to

be the female ; the quadrate purple markings on the wings are

much the same, but the plumage otherwise is quite different,

the front is brownish rufous, the upper plumage brownish olive,

the rnmp deep reddish brown, the under plumage dusky olive

brown with the middle of the abdomen white.

458. Chamepelia passerina (Linn.).

San José (J. Carmiol) ; Catargo (J. Cooper).

459. Chamepelia rufipennis, Gray.

San José (J. Carmiol).

460. Delopelia leucoptera (Linn.).

San José (J. Carmiol).

461. Zenaidura carolinensis (Linn.).

Volcan Yrazei (J. Cooper); San José (J. Carmiol).

Fam. PENELOPIDAE.

462. Penelope purpurascens, Wagl.

Barranca and Angostura (J. Carmiol); La Palma (J. Zele-

don).

463. Chamepetes unicolor, Salv. P, ZS, 1867, p. 199.

La Palma (Dr. Frantzius); Rancho Redondo (J. Zeledon).

464. Ortalida poliocephala, Wag.

San José (Dr. Frantzius) ; Turrialba (J. Carmiol); La Palma

(J. Zeledon).

Fam. Cracipar.

465. Orax globicera, Linn.

San José (J.Carmiol).

Sub-class II. CURSORES.

Order GALLINAE.

Fam. Prrpicipae.

466. Ortyx leylandi, Moore.

140 A Catalogue of the Birds found in Costa Lica.

San José and Barranea (J. Carmiol).

467. Dendrortyx leucophrys, Gould.

Dota (J. Carmiol) ; Las Cruces de Candelaria (J. Zeledon).

468. Odontophorus guttatus, Gould.

Dota (J. Carmiol).

469. Odontophorus veraquensis, Gould.

Dota and Barranca (J. Carmiol); Las Cruces de Candelaria

(J. Zeledon).

470. Odontophorus leucolemus, Salv.

San José (Dr. Frantzius and J. Cooper).

471. Odontophorus melanotis, Salv.

“Tueurriqui (E. Arcé).” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin.

Fam. CrypturiDAr.

472. Tinamus robustus, Scl.

San José and San Carlos (J. Carmiol).

473. Timamus frantzii. sp. nov.

Female. Head above and hind neck black, the front and the

sides of the head are somewhat ashy; general color of the plumage

deep rufous brown, darker above, where the feathers are finely

vermiculated with black, and the wings, rump and upper tail

coverts are marked with small whitish spots, most numerous on the

wing coverts; quills blackish brown, the outer webs of the primaries

mottled with light rufous, the secondaries and tertiaries mottled

with dull rufous on the outer webs, where they are also crossed with

wavy bars of bright rufous, the under surface of quills ashy gray,

with wavy bars of very pale rufous; throat rufous, paler on the up-

per part where the color is clear, and darker on the lower where the

feathers are pencilled with black; the under plumage is more rufous

than the upper, and crossed with undulating black lines, the mid-

dle of the abdomen is lighter in color; the sides, lower part of the

abdomen and under tail coverts are marked with pale rufous white

spots; upper mandible black, the under dusky yellowish; tarsi and

toes fleshy dark brown, claws blackish brown; hind part of tarsus

exceedingly rough or corrugated.

Length about 15 in.; wing 8}; tail 3; bill from rictus 143; from

front 14; tarsi 23; mid. toe and claw 2}; hind toe and claw 4}.

A Catalogue of Birds found in Costa Rica. 141

Hfabitat. Cervantes. Collected by J. Zeledon.

Type in Mus. Smith. Institution, No. 51285.

ftemarks. This fine Tinamou, which I have named in com-

pliment to Dr. A. von Frantzius, is the second large species

found to inhabit Central America.

It is about the same size as 7. robustus, Scl., but is much

darker and quite different in coloring; it can also be readily

distinguished from that species by its spotted appearance,

rufous throat, mottled primaries (those of robustus being im-

maculate), and by its strikingly longer toes; the scutelle on the

hind part of the tarsus are more projecting than those of 7.

robustus.

474. Crypturus sallei (Bonap.).

San José (Dr. Frantzius).

Order GRALLAE.

Fam. CHARADRIIDAE.

475. Charadrius virginicus, Borck.

Julian Carmiol.

476. Aegialitis vociferus (Linn.).

Julian Carmiol.

Fam. HAEMATOPODIDAE.

477. Haematopus palliatus, Temm.

Capt. J. M. Dow.

Fam. SCOLOPACIDAE.

478. Gallinago wilsoni (Temm.).

Dr. A. von Frantzius.

"479. Muacrorhamphus scolopaceus (Say).

Dr. A. von Frantzius.

480. Gambetta flavipes (Gm.).

San José (Manuel L. Calleja); F. Carmiol.

481. Gambetta melanoleuca (G'm.).

San José (Manuel L. Calleja); J. Carmiol.

432. Rhyacophilus solitarius ( Wils.).

San José (Manuel L. Calleja); J. Carmiol.

FEB., 1869. 10 Aww. Lyc. Nav. Hist. Vou. IX.

142, A Catalogue of Birds found in Costa Lica.

483. Tringoides macularius (Linn.).

Dr. A. von Frantzius.

484. Actiturus bartramius ( Wils.).

Julian Carmiol.

Fam. TANTALIDAE.

485. Ibis alba (Linn.).

“Gulf of Nicoya.” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin.

Fam. PLATALEIDAE.

486. Platalea ajaja, Linn.

Capt. J. M. Dow.

Fam. CANCROMIDAE.

487. Cancroma cochlearia, Linn.

Rio Grande. J. Cooper.

Fam. ARDEIDAE.

488. Demiegretta ludoviciana ( Wils.).

Dr. A. von Frantzius.

489. Garzetta candidissima (Jacquin).

Capt. J. M. Dow.

490. Herodias egretta(Gm.).

Julian Carmiol; Dr. A. von Frantzius.

491. Butorides virescens (Linn.).

Dr. A. von Frantzius; Julian Carmiol.

492. Ardea herodias, Linn.

Dr. A. von Frantzius; Julian Carmiol.

493. Florida cerulea (Linn.).

Dr. A. von Frantzius.

494. Tigrisoma cabanist, Heine.

San Carlos (J. Carmiol).

495. Hurypyga major, Hartl.

Angostura (Dr. A. von Frantzius.)

Fam. RaALLIpag.

496. Porzana albigularis (Lawr.).

“Gulf of Nicoya.” Collection of Mr, O. Salvin.

A Catalogue of Birds found in Costa Rica. 148

497. Aramides cayennensis (Gm.).

Santa Ana (J. Zeledon).

In my Catalogue of Birds from Panama (Ann. N. Y. Lye. V.

VIL, p. 479), I referred this species erroneously to A. rujicollis,

Gm. ; it is, however, A. rujicollis of Swainson. For some time

I have known that the Panama bird was not rujicollis, Gm.; it

differed, in its much deeper color below, from specimens of A.

cayennensis in the Phil. Acad., but in them the color has no doubt

faded. The Costa Rica example before me, as well as others

from Nicaragua, are identical with those from Panama, and com-

paring them with specimens from the Upper Amazon and

Bogota (which I take to be cayennensis), I can see no essential

points of difference.

This species seems to be widely distributed, but in Honduras

and Guatemala it is replaced by my A. albiventris.

498. Fulica Americana, Gm.

San Antonio (Dr. A. von Frantzius); J. Carmiol.

Sub class III. NATATORES.

(Section Lamellirostres.)

Order LAMELLIROSTRES.

Fam. ANATIDAE.

499. Dendrocygna autumnalis (Linn.).

“Gulf of Nicoya.” Collection of Mr. O. Salvin.

500. Dafila acuta (Linn.).

San José (Manuel L. Calleja).

501. Querquedula discors (Linn.).

San José (Manuel L. Calleja).

502. Fulix affinis (Forster).

San Antonio (Dr. A. von Frantzius).

(Section Simplicirostres.)

Order STEGANOPODES.

Fam. PLOTIDAE.

503. Plotus anhinga, Linn.

“Gulf of Nicoya” (E. Arcé).

144 A Catalogue of Birds found in Costa Rica.

Order PYGOPODES.

Fam. PODICIPIDAE.

504. Podilymbus dominicus (Linn.).

Dota (IF. Carmiol).

APPENDIX.

A few recent additions to the land birds of the Costa Rican

fauna are enumerated below:

Fam. TYRANNIDAE.

505. Pogonotriccus? zeledoni. sp. nov.

Male. Head above and hind neck dark plumbeous, back, rump,

and smaller wing-coverts yellowish-green ; tail light brown, with

edges the color of the back; quills, middle and larger wing-coverts

brownish-black, the primaries just edged with yellow ; the other

quills and the coverts more broadly bordered with light yellow ;

under-wing coverts and inner margins of quills light yellow ; throat

and a spot reaching from the eye to the bill, grayish-white ; breast,

abdomen, and under tail-coverts of a clear light yellow, the feathers

of the breast and sides have their centres pale olive ; upper mandi-

ble black, the under whitish ; tarsi and toes black.

The second quill is longest, the first shorter than the fifth ; the

bill is small and depressed.

Length (fresh) 43 in.; wing, 24; tail, 2; bill, $; tarsi, 9-16.

The female does not differ in plumage from the male ; the length

is marked as being five inches.

Habitat.—Dota and Barranea. Collected by F. Carmiol.

Types in Smithsonian collection. No. of , 47513.

Remarks.—From its style of coloring, I have included this

species in the genus Pogonotriccus, but the bill is wider and

flatter; it may be of the same genus as a species recently de-

scribed by Messrs. Sclater and Salvin (P. Z. S, 1868, p. 889),

from Veraguas, and referred by them to Leptotriccus (a form

I am not acquainted with), though with a larger and wider bill.

It is possible that the present species and the one from Veraguas

may be the same generically, and perhaps separable from both

Pogonotriceus and Leptotriceus.

A Catalogue of Birds found in Costa Rica. 145

I have named this species in compliment to Mr. J. Zeledon, an

intelligent and promising young naturalist and collector,

506. Lophornis helene (Delatt.).

A. R. Endrés.

507. Alas guimeti (Boure. et Muls.).

A. R. Endrés,

Fam. PSITTACIDAE.

508. Chrysotis auripalliata, Less.

San José (Dr. A. von Frantzius).

509. Chrysotis guatemale, Hartt.

Cervantes (J. Carmiol).

Fam. FALCONIDAE.

510. Harpyia destructor (Linn.).

San José (Manuel L. Calleja).

511. Leucopternis semiplumbea, Lawr.

“Valza (J. Carmiol).” Collection of Salvin and Godman,

Exotic Ornithology, 1868, Part viii., p. 121, pl. 61.

In the following notes are some observations on birds previ-

ously recorded, and changes of nomenclature made or ascertained

since the publication of the former part.

12. Turdus obsoletus.

A specimen of this species lately received at the Smithsonian

Institution from M. L. Calleja, marked as a female, does not

differ in plumage from the two specimens previously spoken of

as males.

152. Pyrgisoma kienert.

Messrs. Sclater and Salvin (P. Z S., 1868, p. 324) have de-

scribed the Costa Rica species under the name of P. cabanisi,

considering it not to be the kveneri of Bonap., the typical example

of which they lately had the opportunity of inspecting in the

Paris Museum.

181. Oxyrhynchus flammiceps.

The Costa Rican bird is separated from the Brazilian by

Messrs. Sclater and Salvin (P. Z S., 1868, p. 326), and is called

146 =A Catalogue of Birds found in Costa Rica.

O. frater, based mainly for its separation on the longer bill and

shorter wings and tail.

187. Dendyocolaptes multistrigatus.

The Central American bird has heretofore been considered

the same as Eyton’s species by Messrs. Sclater and Salvin (Jbis,

1860, p. 275); but recently having had the opportunity of com- .

paring it with the type, they determined it to be distinct and

have described it under the name of D. punceticollis (P. Z. 8,

1868, p. 54). The specimen above referred to in the /dis, came

from Guatemala; the example from Costa Rica is evidently the

same, and must therefore bear the name of puncticollis.

248. Rhynchocyclus sulphurescens.

Having occasion lately to examine the species of eynchocyclus,

I found the single specimen in the collection, which I referred

to sulphuréscens, Spix, to be cimereiceps, Scl.

306. Monasa peruana.

I noticed (antea p. 118) the large dimensions of the bird from

Costa Rica, on which character Messrs. Sclater and Salvin (P.

Z. S., 1868, p. 327) have described it as a new species, with the

name of DM. grandior.

321. Hutoxeres aquila.

In (Ann. and Mag. of N. H., June, 1868, p. 455) Mr. Gould

describes the bird from Veraguas and Costa Rica as distinct from

F. aquila, though previously he thought them identical, and has

conferred upon it the name of Z. salvini. No specimen of this

species has yet been received at the Smithsonian.

360. Hupherusa eximia.

Messrs. Sclater and Salvin (P. Z S, 1868, p. 889) have

separated the Costa Rica bird as distinct, calling it 2. egregia,

differing from eximia in the white mark on the outer two tail

feathers extending partly on the outer webs; in eximia, it is re-

stricted to the inner webs, though the part of the shaft adjoining

is white.

They describe the female as having the outer two tail feathers

wholly white.

A Catalogue of Birds found in Costa Rica. 147

With two specimens under examination, they say, “The male

is not quite adult, and would probably eventually lose all traces

of the irregular dark margins of the outer tail feathers, as in the

female no traces of these spots appear.” k

When I referred this species to eximza, there was but one

specimen in the collection, a male, and if I noticed the extension

of the white on the outer webs of the tail feathers, no doubt

attributed it to immaturity; it appears, however, to be fully

adult; the white mark occupies about two-thirds the width of

the outer web of the outer tail feather, and the dark outer mar-

gin is uninterrupted to the dark end of the feather.

Two other males have been received since; in one the white

extends on the outer web of the first lateral tail feather, as in the

specimen described above, but the end of the feather is white—

the inner web is white, with a dark blotch near the end; in the

other the outer web is without white, except at the tip, and the

white on the inner web extends to the end of the feather; these

two I consider to be not quite mature, though the plumage is

perfect in other respects.

In Z. eximia the white is confined to the inner webs, is more

cleariy defined, extending evenly across the feather, and does

not reach so near the end as in egregia ; in the latter the wings

and tail are somewhat longer.

I examined twenty or more specimens of eximia from Guate-

mala, and found none with white on the outer webs of the tail

feathers.

At first sight the two species would be supposed the same, yet

on examination they differ in the white markings on the tail as

above pointed out; the specific name of egregia must apply con-

sequently to the Costa Rican bird.

430. Asturina nitida. The Mexican and South American

birds of this form have generally been considered identical. In

recording it from Costa Rica, I overlooked the fact that Mr.

Schlegel (Mus. d’ Hist. Nat. des Lays Bas, 1862) gives the

Mexican bird: as distinct from the South American under the

148 =A Catalogue of Birds found in Costa Riea.

name of A. plagiata, Licht. (Nomencl. Mus. Berol., p. 3).

Distinguished by its stouter form, larger dimensions, and the

greater number of its tail bands.

I have no Costa Rica specimens at hand, but examples in my

collection from Panama, as well as from Mexico, agree quite

well with the measurements given by Mr. Schlegel.

Two adult specimens from Panama have their wings 93 and

10 inches, and their tails 7 and 74; an adult from Jalapa, Mexico,

had the wing 10 inches, the tail 63; another specimen in young

plumage, also from Mexico, has the wing 94 inches, the tail 72 ;

the tail of the last is light brownish-gray, crossed with seven dark

brown narrow bars on the central feathers, increasing to twelve

bars on the outer feather; this specimen agrees closely with Mr.

Schlegel’s description of A. plagiata, which was taken from

specimens in the Berlin Museum. These are in immature plum-

age, and were obtained near Vera Cruz, Mexico. Mr, Schlegel

says, ‘‘Queue avec douze bandes brunes,” &c. In my speci-

men, this number of bars exists only on the outer tail feather.

452. Geotrygon cwruleiceps.

When I described this bird as new, it apparently was so, with

the knowledge then possessed of the individual species in the

genus Geotrygon ; in other words, it differed from all that were

recorded as being members of that genus. At that time Mr.

Sclater considered his G. chiriquensis (described . Z. S., 1856,

p. 143) to be the same as the species well known to ornitholo-

gists as G. albifacies, although their supposed identity was only

discovered about the time of its announcement. See Avot. Op-

nith., Jan., 1868, Part v., p. 77, pl. xxxix.

Such being its position when my description of ewruleiceps

was written, there was no reason why I should consult the origi-

nal description of chiriquensis, for, of albifacies, which was

stated to be identical with it, I had many specimens before me.

Messrs. Sclater and Salvin subsequently found, on examination

of the type of @. chiriquensis in the gallery of the Jardin des

Plantes, that they had committed an error in considering it the

A Catalogue of Birds found in Costa Rica. 149

same as G. albifacies, and that it is really a distinct and valid

species, of which they give a figure and make the correction

(Exot. Ornith. Oct., 1868, Part vili., p. 123, pl. 1xii.).

Judging from the last plate and description, my species seems

to be G. chiriquensis, which name, of course, must have priority.

I was, in fact, misled in conferring a synonym on a species

since found to have a claim to a prior name, but the information

then available justified the course which I adopted.

In the Proc. of the Phil. Acad. of Sci., 1865, p. 108, I de-

scribed a Geotrygon from Panama, viz., G. albiventer.

A reviewer in the /bis, 1866, p. 120, notices it as follows:

“The close proximity of Panama to Chiriqui makes us suspect

it may ultimately prove identical with @. chiriquensis, though

there are discrepancies in the descriptions. Still, when such

delicate bronze colors have to be spoken of, it is hardly likely

that two writers should call the same tint by the same name.

The Chiriqui bird is somewhat larger (wings 5.9 inches instead

of 5.5 inches); but not having specimens of either before us, we

cannot decide the point.” With both species before me, I can

now state explicitly that they have but few points of resemblance ;

G. albiventer is very much smaller (about the size of G. mon-

tana), has no grayish-blue on tbe head, and although the colors

of the upper plumage are somewhat alike, yet they are of

quite different shades; below they are totally unlike, instead of

the breast being dark castaneous as in chiriquensis, in my species

it is pale lilac, and in the latter the belly and under tail-coverts

are pure white, which in the former are of a rather light dull

cinnamon.

When I first saw the suggestion of the probable identity of the

two species, it did not seem to me that the arguments advanced

to sustain it had much force, as they were based entirely on con-

jecture.

150 Note respecting the Eyes of Amblyopsis spelwus.

IV.—WNote respecting the Eyes of AMBLYOPSIS SPELZUS.

By Tueo. A. TeLtKAmMpr, M.D,

Read February Ist, 1869.

I wisn to offer some remarks in regard to the following

statements respecting the eyes of the <Amblyopsis speleus,

contained in a Report in the Proceedings of the Boston Soc.

of Nat. Hist. of 1851-54, p. 395, to which my attention was

called but recently:

‘“ Prof. Wyman exhibited under the microscope, specimens of

the eyes of the Amblyopsis spelwus, the so-called blind fish,

from the Mammoth Cave of Kentucky. In a dissection made

several years since, he had failed to detect any organ of vision.

Subsequently, Miiller Telkamph, of Berlin,* discovered minute

black points, visible, with the aid of a lens, through the

skin, but found no nerve or transparent media; Miiller compared

them to the eye dots of invertebrate animals . . . . . .

After careful examination, he found no trace of eye dots ex-

ternally, but in amass of areolar tissue, occupying the usual

position of the orbit, and deeply buried in this tissue, so as to

preclude contact with the skin, he detected two dark points, one

on each side, symmetrically placed. He traced the optic nerve

on both sides as far as the cranial walls, but its connection

with the optic lobes was not ascertained.”

According to the above statements it must appear singular

that J. Miiller and myself could see the minute black points—

the eyes—through the skin, with the aid of a lens. Yet not only

J. Miiller and myself, but others to whom they were pointed

out, did see them, indistinctly even without the aid of a lens, in

a specimen which I had bought at the Oave House, near the

Mammoth Cave. ‘That we were not mistaken as to the signifi-

cance of the minute black spots, symmetrically placed, that they

* An awkward contraction of the name of the late Johannes Miiller of Berlin,

the eminent physiologist, and of my own name, incorrectly spelt.

Note respecting the Eyes of Amblyopsis spelwus. 151

were really the eyes, was proved by a careful microscopical ex-

amination.

The specimen in which the eyes were visible externally had

‘been preserved in a fluid called whiskey ; it was much shrivelled

and of a yellowish hue. In another specimen which I had

brought from the Mammoth Cave, preserved in alcohol, the eye

dots were not visible externally. This fact was not stated in my

article on the blind fish (Miiller’s Archiv, 1844, p. 887, Berlin),

because no artificial means had been used on my part to render

the skin and the cellular tissue transparent, and also probably

because at that time, when the Ambl. sp. was considered eyeless,

and was called accordingly the eyeless fish, the questions which

engaged my attention particularly, were, whether this fish had

eyes.or not, and after they were discovered, what was the degree

of their development.

The question why the skin of one of the specimens examined

by me at that time was transparent to a certain degree, was, for

the reasons above stated, neither asked nor answered; but to

this question there can be but one answer, viz., that the fluid

in which one of the specimens had been preserved (the constitu-

ent parts of which are unknown) had rendered the skin sufli-

ciently translucent to cause the eyes to be visible externally.

Having made this explanation, which I deem proper under the

circumstances, I proceed to correct some of the statements above

quoted, reported to have been made by Prof. Wyman, namely,

“They (meaning Miller and myself) found no transparent

media.” That this statement is incorrect follows from the com-

parison made by J. Miiller of the rudimentary eyes of the

Amblyopsis speleus with the eyes of the invertebrate animals

which have transparent media; but as no histological examina-

tion was made, no details were given. The membranes were

sufficiently examined, however, to warrant the comparison, A

fact of special interest, that the eye had no lens, was stated.

No lens has since been found by other observers. Another

statement, that we found no nerve, is equally incorrect, for

152 Lepidopterological Miscellanies.

before the microscopical examination of the eye was made I had

already traced within the cranium the optic nerves from the

optic lobes to the orbits, and represented them on the plate accom-

panying my article (/. ¢.). I did not trace the optic nerve within

the orbit, because its existence between the optic nerve within

the cranium and the retina could not be doubtful.

V.—Lepidopterological Miscellanies.

By Coreman T. Rosryson.

Read March 1st, 1869.

BOMBYCIDAE.

Subfamily LIHOSIINAE, Stephens.

Evruanessa, Packard.

Eupthanessa mendica, Packard. (Plate 1, fig. 1.)

Nudaria mendica, Walker, B. M., Lists, Part IL, p. 576,

1854.

Eudule biseriata, Uerrich-Scheffer, Lep. Exot., p. 19, fig.

441, 1855.

Euphanessa mendica, Packard, Proce. Ent. Soc., Phil., IL,

p- 102, 1864.

Euphanessa mendica, Grote and Robinson, List Lep. N.

A., Part L, p. 7, 1868.

Antenne, head, and thorax pale ochreous; anterior wings,

paleétestaceous subhyaline, shaded with ochreous along costa

and external margin, with two irregular gray bands composed

of spots more or less interrupted by the veins, and a single

similar gray circular spot beyond, near the middle of external

margin.

Posterior wings very pale testaceons, margined with pale

ochreous. Abdomen, pale testaceous or whitish,

Lepidopterological Miscellanies. 153

Under surface like the upper.

Expanse. 25-30 millimetres.

Labitat.—N orthern United States. Common.

Euphanessa unicolor. sp. nov. (Plate 1, fig. 2.)

Antenne black. Head and thorax, above and beneath, bright

red. Legs, red externally, internally blackish.

Upper and under surfaces of both pairs of wings and fringes,

bright red, unicolorous. Abdomen, above and beneath, red.

Expanse. 23-25 millimetres.

Habitat—Texas. (‘Waco County, June 24th,” G. W, Bel-

frage.)

PYRALIDAE.

Subfamily HY DROCAMPIDAE.

Genus OLIGOSTIGMA. Guenée.

Oligostigma albalis. sp.nov. (Plate 1, fig. 3.)

Antenne, palpi, head, thorax and appendages, and abdo-

men, pure white.

Anterior wings, white. A dark brown line, commencing at

the base, runs along internal margin to before the middle, and

curving upwardly to the cell runs thence straightly outwardly

to beyond the middle, and curving upwardly joins the costa

before apical third, enclosing a subcostal dark-brown dot,

The space enclosed by this line is more or less finely dusted

with scattered brown scales ; beyond, asubterminal dark-brown

transverse line and a terminal yellow band, bordered ont-

wardly and inwardly by narrow dark-brown lines. Fringes

white.

Posterior wings white, with a transverse discal line and a

subterminal line dark-brown. <A terminal yellow band, limited

by dark-brown lines as in the anterior pair, Fringes white.

Under surface of both pairs pure white.

Expanse. 25 millimetres.

Habitat.—New York; Pennsylvania.

154 Lepidopterological Miscellanies.

Genus Caractysta. Hiibner.

Cataclysta bifascialis. sp.nov. (Plate 1, fig. 4.)

Head, thorax, palpi, and antenne white.

Anterior wings white, with two parallel, straight, pale ochre-

ous bands across the middle, the margins of which are irregu-

lar. There is a v-like ochreous mark just before the apex,

enclosed by a similar larger mark, the base of which rests on

the internal angle, the outer limb running along the margin to

the apex, the inner limb attaining the costa at apical third.

The wings are dusted with blackish scales, except the spaces

between the double markings, which are either pure white or

intermixed with silvery.

Posterior wings white, with an ochreous patch on the disk,

which appears like a broken continuation of the bands of the

anterior pair, except that it is filled in centrally with blackish

and metallic seales. Beyond, a short blackish streak above the

middle runs parallel with the outer margin, but does not reach

it. A small ochreous patch at anal angle, filled in with black

scales. The outer margin, from the middle to the tip, broadly

margined with black, filled in with five irregular aggregations

of shining metallic scales, Fringes of both pairs of wings

white.

Under surface of both pairs white, the anterior wings freely

dusted with fuscous scales. The black terminal band of the

upper surface of the posterior pair is reflected beneath ina

terminal row of rounded black spots, separated by aggregations

of metallic scales.

“xpanse. 15-17 millimetres,

Hlabitat.—Texas, July 7th. (Belfrage.)

Closely allied to C. opulentalis, Lederer (Wiener Ent. Monat-

schrift, vii., p. 486; Plate 18, fig. 7), in which species the v-like

mark on the anterior pair is single, and there is no subterminal

short black streak on the posterior wings.

_ a el

Lepidopterological M. iscellanies. 155

CRAMBIDAE.

Genus Eromenr. Hiibner.

Eromene texama. sp nov. (Plate 1, fig. 5.)

Head, thorax, and palpi, testaceons. _

Anterior wings dark testaceous, crossed beyond the middle

by two straight parallel ochreous bands narrowly separated by

a line of pale shining scales. Two narrow white bands sepa-

rated by a line of dark testaceous scales, commencing on the

costa at apical third, run obliquely outwardly to just before the

external margin at one-third below the apex, thence obliquely

inwardly parallel to external margin to before internal angle.

Below the angle formed by these lines there is a subterminal

row of black spots, eight in number, heavily margined ont-

wardly by aggregations of brilliant metallic scales, which,

counting from above, unite the first spot with the second; the

third with-the fourth; the fifth, sixth, and seventh, leaving

the eighth at internal angle single. The space beyond the

central bands is freely dusted with dark scales. Fringes

white.

Posterior wings pure shining white, except a narrow termi-

nal testaceous line. Fringes white.

Under surface of both pairs of wings whiite.

Expanse. 20 millimetres.

Habitat.—Texas. April 25th. (G. W. Belfrage.)

The hitherto described species of Hromene inhabit Italy and

other countries on either side of the Mediterranean. “£. fevana

is allied to &. ramburiella (Zeller), but the anterior wings of

our North American species are more elongate, the apices

acute, and the central transverse bands cross just before the

outer third, while in the European species they cross the

middle of the wing.

GELECHIDAE.,

Genus DepressartA. Haworth.

Depressaria cinereocostella, Clemens. (Plate 1, fig.

6.)

156 Lepidopterological Miscellanies.

Depressaria cinereocostella, Clemens. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil.,

IL., p. 422, 1864.

Head and thorax ashen gray. Palpi, whitish above, fuscous

beneath.

Anterior wings broadly gray along costa, brown, with a

reddish tinge below, the entire surface marked with numerous

longitudinal blackish streaks and dots. Hind wings fuscons,

paler at base.

Expanse. 17,920 millimetres.

TTabitat.—Massachusetts; New York.

Mr. Francis Walker has described in the British Museum

List, Part XXIX., p. 564, an American species of Depressaria,

under the name J. clausella, which agrees in many respects

with D. cinereocostella ; but the latter has not the subterminal

row of blackish streaks mentioned by the English entomolo-

gist. DD. clausella inhabits Georgia.

Depressaria atrodorsella, Clemens. (Plate 1, fig. 7.)

Depressaria atrodorsella, Clemens. Proc. Ent. Soe. Phil.,

IL. p. 124, 1863.

Palpi, pale ochreous beneath ; third joint ringed with black.

Thorax and head black.

Anterior wings pale ochreous, with several blackish costal

dots beyond the base, and an irregular subapical costal patch

of the same hue. Beneath the costa the wings are streaked

longitudinally with dark brown, and a suffused discal reddish

brown shade contains a black dot before the middle, and a

white dot in the darker portion of the shade beyond the

middle.

Posterior wings pale fuscous below, beneath whitish.

Under surface of anterior pair fuscous, centrally margined

with pale ochreous.

vepanse. 4 and 223 millimetres.

Habitat.—Massachusetts (Sanborn); Putnam Co., New York.

Lepidopterological Miscellanies. 157

Depressaria pulvipennella, Clemens. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil.,

Il, p. 421, 1864.

* Second joint of palpi red beneath, internally pale ochreous ;

third joint ochreous, ringed with dark brown. Head, red

above. Thorax, dark brown.

; Anterior wings dark ochreous, much clouded and spotted

with dark brown. A large dark brown shade in the dise con-

tains a central pale ochreous or white dot.

Posterior wings and under surface of both pairs pale fuscous.

Exepanse. 22 millimetres.

Halitat.—New York. (Coll. C. T. R.), Texas (Belfrage).

Depressaria lecontella, Clemens. (Plate 1, fig. 9.)

Depressaria lecontella, Clemens. Proc. Ac. N.S. Phila., p.

174, 1860.

Head and palpi ochreous, the third joint of the latter with

two brown rings.

Anterior wings reddish ochreous, or ochreous much dotted

and clouded with blackish brown. Two very prominent black

dots on the disc, just before and beyond the middle, and a

rounded dark spot above near the outer dot. A subterminal

row of black dots between the veins.

Hind wings fuscous, fringes pale.

Expanse. 24 millimetres.

Habitat—Pennsylvania (Theo. Bunte).

Depressaria grotella, sp. noy. (Plate 1, fig. 10.)

Palpi pale ochreous, second joint fuscous beneath. Head

and thorax pale ochreous.

Anterior wings pale ochreous, longitudinally streaked with

dark brown from the base to beyond the middle, with a simi-

larly colored prominent dot on the outer margin of the dise,

which is slightly tinged with reddish brown. A subterminal

row of dark dots nine in number.

Posterior wings shining, very pale fuscous. Fringes con-

————

colorous.

MARCH, 1869. gS Asx, Lyo. Nat. Hist., Vou. IX.

158 Note on Bulimus Ciliatus, Gould.

Under surface of both pairs pale fuscous.

Expanse. 25-28 millimetres.

Habitat.—New York; Pennsylvania.

I take pleasure in dedicating this species to my friend and

colaborer, Mr. A. R. Grote.

VI.— Note on Bulimus ciliatus, Gouxn:

By Mr. A. D. Brown, of Princeton, N. J.

Communicated by Ur. T. Bland, March 8th, 1869.

Goutp, in his description of this species (Exped. Shells, p.

32), has the words ‘“‘dabrum simplex,” and gives as habitat the

“ Organ Mountains, Brazil.”

His description was evidently taken from an immature

shell, as I have collected many specimens of it with a well

developed reflected lip. I found it not rare at “San Domingo,”

a suburb of Rio de Janeiro, but have never met with it in the

Organ Mountains, although I have collected extensively

among them.

In San Domingo, it is found upon the trunks of trees accom-

panied by B. auris-leporis, Brug.

VIL—On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid; its history, its modes

of separation from sesquiovyds, principally from Sesqui-

oxyd of Iron, and its estimation.

By Pact Scuweitzer.

Read March 29th, 1569.

One of the most important and interesting chapters of

natural science is the history of phosphorie acid. Not only

has the study of it given us a deeper insight into the secret

On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid. 159

laws of nature, but it has been a bearer of fruitful ideas,

which have arisen from the reflections of the most pene-

trating and ingenious chemists of all countries, who for

one hundred and fifty years have labored to remove the dif:

ficulties, to explain the anomalies, and to reduce to a fun-

damental law the enigmatic phenomena which surround the

knowledge of this acid and of its salts. The spirit of the

present century has not yet succeeded in finding this; and

whenever the facts become too complicated, we have recourse

to the assumption of modifications, which, however, leave

the causes unexplained. The defectiveness of such interpre-

tations we see all the more glaringly in the case of phosphoric

acid, as in this acid we have to assume many modifications,

and are obliged to express them with almost arbitrary consti-

tutional signs in order to make them comparable with each

other. I will, however, not dwell on the different phosphoric

acids, which in part seem to bear a semi-organic character,

but will give a brief historical review of the so-called tribasic

modification, and then enter upon the criticism of the modes

of separating it from bases.

Before doing this, however, I will tabulate the forty-two

phosphatic minerals according to the year of their discovery,

giving in the second number the time when the phosphoric

acid in them was first determined quantitatively.

77-1834. Turquois, Pliny (xxxvii., 33; Callais, Callaina).

Zellner (Isis 637).

M. John made, in 1811, the first anaes in which he over-

looked phosphoric acid (Al, O,=73 p.¢.) Descotils about

the same time mentioned the presence of a little PO® (Ann. d.

M. II. iii. 231).

Al, 0,2, PO*+5 HO.

77-1864. Callainite, Pliny (XXXVII., 33; Callais, Cal-

laina),

Damour (C. R. LIX. 936).

Damour made the first and only analysis according to the

160 On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid.

method with metallic tin (described by M. Aimé Girard,

Bull. Soc. Ch. de Paris, [. p. 20) by which he found 42.58

Cet.

SOs ee eo nO

1747-1831. ie Wallerius (Min. gr6n Bivepeuly

Kersten (Schw. J. LXI. 1)

may have been known before the edition of Wall. Mineralogy.

Klaproth discovered in the year 1784 that it contained phos-

phoric acid (Crell’s Ann. I. 394), and Kersten, who analyzed

nine different kinds, found 16.52 p. c. PO® ; one sample gave

him 11.05 p. c. CaO 3, PO®.

3 (PbO 3, PO*)+ PbCL.

1758-1821. Vivianite, Cronstedt (Bloa Jarnjord, 182 Na-

turligit Berlinerblatt).

Vogel, Laugier, Strohmeyer.

Klaproth, in the year 1784, found this mineral to contain

phosphoric acid.

FeO3, PO’+8 HO.

1770-1788. Apatite, Cronstedt (Mineralogy).

Proust (J. d. Ph. p. XXXII. 241, phosphate caleaire).

The name Apatite, which Werner in the year 1786 gave to

this mineral, was subsequently to Vauquelin’s analysis (Ann.

Chi. XX VI. 123), 1798, applied to the whole class.

CaO 3, PO*°+3 Ca (Cl; Fi).

This is, by the way, the first phosphatic mineral in which

phosphoric acid has been determined quantitatively ; and it

. seems significant that the most important phosphate, in fact

the most important mineral to agriculture, a science that touches

so nearly the welfare of nations, should have been first selected

for analysis. In these facts is visible the hidden instinet of

mankind that feels the important, the necessary, in nature.

1772-1823. Torbernite, Born (Lytophycacium Born. I. 42).

M. Richard Phillips (Ann. Phil. IL. 57).

M. Gregor made, in 1819, the first analysis of this mineral, in

which he found 74.4 U, O, (overlooking the PO’). Berzelius,

)

On Tribasie Phosphoric Acid. 161

in 1819, (Systeme minéralogique) found 72.15 U, O,. Phillips

obtained PO*=16, U, O,=60, CaO=9, by boiling the nitrie

acid solution with excess of Potassa, neutralizing with Ac and

precipitating with PbO Ac. The two oxydes were separated

py NEL...

U, O, 2, PO*+Cu0O, HO+7 HO.

1779-1840. Plumbogummite, De Lisle (Demeste Lettres sur

la minéralogie).

Damour (Ann. d. M. IIL. xvii. 191).

Phosphate of lead was known long ago. But Berzelins,

who made the first analysis of this mineral in the year 1820,

did not find phosphoric acid (Schw. J. XXVIL. 65). Du-

frenoy noticed a little in 1835 (An. Ch. Phys. LIX. 440).

Damour fuses with KO, CO’, and boils the filtrate with pure

SiO’. The filtrate from the residue is evaporated with hydro-

chloric acid (to separate SiO*) and ignited with a known

weight of sesquioxyd of iron.

3 (PbO3, PO*’)+6 (Al, O, 3 HO.)

1791-1818. Lazulite, Widenmann (Bergm. J. 346, April).

Fuchs (Schw. J. XXIV. 373).

Minerals of this character were known before, but as their

composition had not been previously investigated, a great dif-

ference of opinion prevailed among mineralogists as to placing

them. Trommsdorff made the first analysis, in which he found

66 p. c. Al, O,, Klaproth soon afterwards 71 p. ¢. Al, O,, both

overlooking the phosphoric acid. Fuchs boils the pulverized

mineral with caustic potassa, evaporates and fuses it. He pros

ceeds then as described under Plumbogumnmnite, but weighs PO’

as CaO3, PO’.

Al, O,, PO*+(MgO, FeO) HO.

Up to the end of the eighteenth century eight phosphatic

minerals only were known, and the composition of but one of

them had been ascertained, that of Apatite. From that time,

1788, the analysis of phosphates rested for sixty years, until after

Berzelius’ investigations ; we meet the next analysis of a phos-

162 On Tribasie Phosphoric Acid.

phate in the year 1818. We have to except, however, the Trip-

lite, a mineral that was analyzed in 1802, by Vauquelin.

1801-1846. Pseudomalachite, Karsten (Klaproth N. Schrift.

Ber. Ges. Nat. Freunde iii. 304).

Hermann (J. pr. Ch. XXX VIL).

Many minerals existed of this constitution which had been

analyzed before Hermann. He was, however, the first to

analyze them all and classify them. He heats to red heat, and

counting the loss as water, fuses with caustic soda. The residue

after washing is oxyd of copper. Atter testing the wash-

water for Al, O, and MnO, in their absence he calls the dif-

ference phosphoric acid.

1. Trombolithe, CuO 8, PO*® 24+6 HO, was first analyzed by

Plattner.

Hi: POS=41.00:

Cu0=39.20.

HO=16:80.

2, Libethenite, CuO 4, PO*+ HO.

(CuO 4, PO®+ HO)+ (CuO 4, PO®+2 HO).

CuO 4, PO'+2 HO

is mentioned 1812 by Leonhardt (Leonhardt and Selby’s

Mineral. Stud.). Kuhn analyzed it in 1844, also Berthier and

Hermann.

K. PO’=29.44

CuO =66.94

HO= 4.01

B. PO'=28.70

CuO =63.90

HO= 7.40

H. PO'=26.61

CuO =—65.89

HO= 5.50

8. Tagilithe, CuO 4, PO'+8 HO, analyzed first by Hermann.

On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid. 163

PO®=26.44

Cu0=61.29

HO=10.'77

1.50 Fe, O;

4. Dihydrite, CuO 5, PO®+2 HO, has been analyzed by

Arfvedson under the name of Phosphor-Kupfererz. Hermann

made the first analysis.

EE Or—95:80

Cu0=68.21

HO = 6.49

Afvs. PO®=24.70

: . Cu0=68.20

HO= 5.97

5. Phosphoro calcite (CuO 5, PO®+2 HO)+(CuO 5, PO®+3

HO) oceurs principally in Taigilsk, also (a) in Rheinbreiten-

bach; it has been analyzed by Klaproth, Kuhn, Lynn and Her-

mann.

(a)

H. PO®=23.75—23.47—24.55

Cu0=68.75—67.73—67.25

HO= 7.50— 8.80— 8.20

Klp. PO'= —

Cu0=68.13

HO= —

. K. PO'=21.52

CuO=—68.74

HO= 8.62

L. PO'=21.69

Cu0O=62.85

HO=15.45

6. Ehlite, CuO 5, PO®+3 HO, has been analyzed by Berg

mann.

162 On Tribasie Phosphoric Acid.

phate in the year 1818. We have to except, however, the Trip-

lite, a mineral that was analyzed in 1802, by Vauquelin.

1801-1846. Pseudomalachite, Karsten (Klaproth N. Schrift.

Ber. Ges. Nat. Freunde iii. 304).

Hermann (J. pr. Ch. XXXVIL).

Many minerals existed of this constitution which had been

analyzed before Hermann. He was, however, the first to

analyze them all and classify them. He heats to red heat, and

counting the loss as water, fuses with caustic soda. The residue

after washing is oxyd of copper. After testing the wash-

water for Al, O, and MnO, in their absence he calls the dif-

ference phosphoric acid.

1. Zrombolithe, CuO 3, PO* 24+6 HO, was first analyzed by

Plattner.

H. PO'=41.00.

Cu0=89.20.

HO=16.80.

2, Libethen ite, CuO 4, POS HO:

(CuO 4, PO®+ HO)+(CuO 4, PO®+2 HO).

CuO 4, PO'+2 HO

is mentioned 1812 by Leonhardt (Leonhardt and Selby’s

Mineral. Stud.), Kuhn analyzed it in 1844, also Berthier and

Hermann.

K. PO'=29,.44

CunO=66,094

HO= 4.01

B. PO'=28.70

CuO =63.90

HO = 7.40

H. PO’=26.61

CuO =65.89

HO= 5.50

8. Tagilithe, CuO 4, PO* 4-3 HO, analyzed first by Hermann.

On Tribasie Phosphoric Acid. 163

PO? =26.44

CuO=61.29

HOS=10:77

1.50 Fes Og

4. Dihydrite, CuO 5, PO®+2 HO, has been analyzed by

Arfvedson under the name of Phosphor-Kupfererz. Hermann

made the first analysis.

HA PO'=25:30

CuO =68.21

HO = 6.49

Afvs. PO®=24.70

CuO=68.20

HO 5:90

5. Phosphoro calcite (CuO 5, PO®+2 HO)+(CuO 5, PO?+3

HO) occurs principally in Taigilsk, also (a) in Rheinbreiten-

bach; it has been analyzed by Klaproth, Kuhn, Lynn and Her-

mann.

(a)

By PO 73 (op — 23. 4(-— 2455

CuO =68:o>—6f.(a—6 20

HO= 7%.50— 8.80— 8.20

Klp. eo ——

Cu0=—68.13

HO= —

Kk. PO®=21.52

CuO=68.74

HO=| 8.62

L. PO'=21.69

CuO0=62.85

HO=15.45

6. Ehlite, CuO 5, PO®+3 HO, has been analyzed by Berg

mann.

164 On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid.

B. PO'=24.93—25.70—26.22

Cu0=65.99—65.74—64.85

HO= 9.06— 8.56— 8.93

if Kup rdiaspor (Lynn), CuO d, PO*® +5 HO, was first

analyzed by Lynn.

L. PO®=24.22—24.13

Cu0=67.00—69.61

HO= 8.78—- 6.26

H. PO&=23.14

CuO=66.56

HO=10.00

1802-1802. Triplite, Vanquelin (J. d. M. XI. 295).

Vauquelin (I. ¢.)

This mineral was discovered at Limoges by Allnaud, from

whom Vauguelin obtained it; he fuses the substance for analysis

with caustic potassa, neutralizes the filtrate with nitric acid,

and precipitates the phosphoric acid with lime water. He

obtained 27 p. c. PO®. Berzelius, who analyzed it in 1819 by

the Sulphide of Ammonium Method, found 52.8 p. ¢. PO',

weighing it as CaO® PO*.

(4 Fe0+2 MnO) 3, PO®+ RFI. R=1 Ca+2 Mg+3 Fe.

1803-1825. Dufrenite, Jordan (Min. Reisebemerk, 243),

Vauquelin (Ann, Chem. Pharm, XXX, 202).

Vauquelin analyzed twenty-five years previously a similar

substance. He finds by loss 27.84 p. ¢. PO*, while in a direct

determination with PbO, Ac. he obtained 35.8 p.c., owing, no

doubt, to the formation of a compound of phosphate of lead

with some other lead salt.

Fe, O, 2, PO'+3 HO.

1805-1816. Wavellite, Babbington (Davy’s Mem. in Phil.

Trans. 162).

Fuchs (Schw. J. XVIII. 288—X XIV. 121).

This mineral was discovered by Wavel, and has been

often analyzed ; among others by Berzelius, Davy, Klaproth,

——————ai ee

On Tribasie Phosphoric Acid. 165

who all overlooked phosphoric acid. This mineral seems to

be the first one in the analysis of which the method with water

glass was used.

Al, O; PO®+4 Al, O;, 3 HO.

1817-1820. Amblygonite, Breithaupt (Hottm. Min. IV. 6,

159).

Berzelius (Gilb. Ann. LXV. 321).

(4 (LiO, NaO) 3+? Al, O,) 4, PO®.

1819-1819. Autunite, Berzelius (N. Syst. Min. 295).

Berzelius (1. c.)

It was known before as Uranite; Werner, who analyzed it,

found it to contain 72.15 U,O,;. Berzelius obtained 15.20 PO®.

U, O; 2, PO®+CaO. HO+7 HO.

-1821-1821. Wagnerite, Fuchs (Schw. J. xxxiii. 269).

Fuchs (I. ¢.)

MgO 3. PO®*.

1823-1852. Childrenite. Levy (Brande’s J. XVI. 274).

Rammelsberg (Pogg. Ann. LXXXY. 435).

2 (RO4, PO*)+(Al, O; 2, PO*®)+15 HO.

1824-1824. Xenotime, Berzelius (Ak. H. Stockh. ii. 334).

Berzelins (1. ¢.)

| YO 3, PO®*.

1825. Hopeite, Brewster (Trans. R. Soc. Edinb. X. 107).

Brewster, no analysis.

Is supposed to be an hydrous phosphate of zine with a little

Cadmium.

1825-1825. Cacovenite, J. Steinmann (Leonh. Oryctogn.

750).

J. Steinmann (I. c.)

Fe, O, 2, PO*+12 HO.

1825-1825. Hureaulite, Allnaud (Vang. Ann. Ch. Phy.

XXX. 302).

Vauguelin (1. c.)

| (MnO. Fe O, HO) 3, PO*+2 HO.

| 1826-1857. Beudantite, Levy (Ann. Phil. IL. ii. 194).

166 On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid.

Sandberger (Pogg. C. 611).

PbO, SO'+(PbO8, } AsO’ +8 Fe, 0,3 eS.) +24 HO.

1828. /Zerderite, Haidinger (Phil. Mag. IV. 1).

Turner and Plattner qualitative.

1829-1839. Monazite, Breithaupt (Schw. J. 55-301).

Kersten (Pogg. XLVII. 385).

(CeO, LaO, DiO, 4 ThO*) 3, PO’.

1850-1844. Peganite, Breithaupt (Schw. J. LX. 308).

Hermann (Erdm. XX XIII. 287).

Al, O, 2, PO*+6 HO.

1854-1834. TZriphylite, Fuchs (Erdm. III. 98).

Fuchs (I. ¢.)

(Fe O; MnO; LiO) 3, PO*.

1887. Diadochite, Breithaupt (Erdm. X. 508).

Plattner (Rambg. 1 Suppl. 45). 7

Fe, O, 3, PO 2+2 (Fe, O,, SO* 2)4+382 HO.

1844-1844. Fischerite, Hermann (Erdm. 33-285).

Hermann (I. ¢.)

Al, O, 2, PO*+8 HO.

1845-1851. Struvite, Ulex (Oefv. Ak. Stockh. iii. 32).

Ulex (Jahrbuch Min, 1851-51).

NH, O, MgO 2, PO*+12 HO.

1846-1546. Kryptolite, Woehler (Gel. Anz. Gott. 19).

Woehler (1. ¢.)

YeO 3, PO’.

1849-1849. Conichalcite, Breithaupt and Fritzsche Pogg.

LXXII. 139).

Fritzsche (I. ¢.)

(CuO, CaO) 3, (AsO*, PO*)+Cu0 HO+4 HO. 7

1849-1849. Stercorite, Herapath (Q. J. Ph. Soc.).

Herapath (1. ¢.)

NaO, N H,0, PO'+9 HO.

1854-1854. Borichite, v. Mauer (Jahrl. G. Reichs. 68).

v. Hauer (1. ¢.)

(Fe, O,, CaO) 8, PO’ 2+15 HO.

On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid. 167

1854-1854. Svanbergite, Igelstrém (Oefv. Ak. Stockh. 156).

Igelstr6ém (1. ¢.)

(4 Ca03+4 Al, O,) 2, PO*+2 (Al, O, SiO*)+6 HO.

1864-1864. Fvansite, D. Forbes (Phil. Mag. IV. 28-841).

D. Forbes (1. ¢.)

Al, O, 2, PO’+ Al, O, 3 HO+15 HO.

1864-1864. Brushite, G. E. Moore (Proce. Ac. Cal. 11. 176).

Moore (1. ce.)

(2 Ca0+ 4 HO) 3, PO’+4 HO.

1865-1865. Metabrushite, A. Julien (Am. J. Se. I. 40,371).

A. Julien (I. ¢.)

(2 Ca0+4 HO) 3, PO*+3 HO.

1865-1865. Churchite, A. H. Church (Ch. News XII. 121).

Church (1. ¢.)

(8 CeO +4 CaO) 3, PO*+4 HO.

1865-1865. Tavistockite, A. H. Church (J. Ch. Soe. II.

3-263). )

Church (1. ¢.)

(4 Ca03+4 Al, O,) 2, PO*+3 HO.

1866-1866. Amphithalite, Igelstrém (Oefv. Ak. Stockh. 98).

Igelstrém (I. ¢.)

BO sha © POs HO.*

1867-1867. Sphaerite, v. Zepharovich (Ber. Ak. Wien.

56-1867).

Boricki (1. ¢.)

Al, O, 5, PO® 2+16 HO.

1867-1867. Barrandite, v. Zepharovich (I. ¢.)

Boricki (1. ce.)

(¢ Fe, O,+3 Al, O,) PO’+4 HO.

1867-1867. Berlinite (C. W. Bloomstrand, Priv. Contr.

Lund).

Bloomstrand.

Al, O,, PO°+4 HO.

1867-1867. Trolleite, (C. W. Bl.)

* RO=CaO, MgO; R,O;=M,A,.

168 On Tribasie Phosphoric Acid.

Al, O, PO'+4 Al, 0, 3 HO.

1867-1867. Cirrolite, (C. W. Bl.)

Al, 0, 2, PO'+2 CaO 3, PO*+3 HO.

1867-1867. Attacolite, (C. W. Bl.)

Phosphoric acid seems to have been known as a peculiar

acid before the discovery of phosphorus. Angelus Sala, an

Italian, who came to Germany and settled there, prepared it

in 1602 from horns, which he treated with oil of vitriol, using

the product as a remedy against the plague of the middle

ages. This fact, however, remained unnoticed for over one

hundred and fifty years, which is all the more to be wondered

at, as the tendency of the age was to discover new substances,

and to design new modes of preparation. Even after phospho-

rus had been discovered in 1669 or 1670 by Brandt, and, inde-

pendently of him, perhaps by Boyle and Kunkel, this wonder-

fal substance, surrounded as it was with mystery and to which

the imagination attributed miraculous properties, attracted the

attention of the learned to such a degree as to divert them for a

time entirely from the study of its compounds. It was only at

the end of the next century, when the ideas concerning chem-

ical composition became clearer, that a number of chemists inter-

ested themselves in the study of phosphorie acid and of its

salts,

Markgraf (born 1709, died 1780) published in the year 1740

a treatise “ on the bearing of phosphorus on metals and half-

metals,” showing the preparation of phosphoric acid from phos-

phorus by burning it in atmospheric air, and also by treating

it with nitric acid, and he described also many crystallized

phosphates. In weighing the produced phosphoric acid he

found it in the former case to be 8 to 84 times heavier than

the phosphorus employed for its production, and, inquiring

into the cause of this phenomenon, he was very near becom-

ing the discoverer of oxygen. As it is, we assign to him the

honor of the discovery of phosphoric acid in the year 1740.

On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid. 169

I must mention here the names of several chemists, who about

this time rendered important services to their science, without,

however, coming to any definite and important results as to

phosphoric acid. They were:

H. Davy (born 1778, died 1829).

Cronstedt (born 1722, died 1765).

Bergmann (born 1735, died 1784), who in 1780, in a paper

“on the analysis of minerals in the wet way,’ made known

certain laws of combination, which, together with Proust’s

publications on the same subject, must be considered the fore-

runners of the great essay of Berzelius (born 1779, died 1848)

which was published in 1810, “ Essay to find the fired and sim-

ple proportions, according to which the constituents of inor-

ganic nature are supposed to enter into combination.”

Before speaking, however, of this great man and his works,

I have to meution—

Scheele (born 1742, died 1786), who, with a rare talent for

observation and acuteness of reasoning, an ornament of his

country and of his times, was remarkable in the highest degree

for the many and important discoveries which he made with

comparatively very few expedients. Scheele and Priestley

(born 1733, died 1801) must, together with Lavoisier (born

1748, died 1794), be considered the discoverers of oxygen, and

the founders of modern chemistry.

The discovery of oxygen, in 1771, introduced the balance into

the laboratory, and a new field was opened to the inquiring

student of nature. The importance of this step was, how-

ever, not immediately recognized, and the century passed

away before the chemists of that time understood the laws

that govern the combination of atoms. And although the

tendency of any age to some great result is felt by all,

there may be only one man living who understands it,

and is gifted with the power to achieve it and give it ex-

pression. I was actuated with feelings of the sort in read-

ing the journals published in those days, and which contained

170 On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid.

in the year 1810 (Gilbert’s Ann. vol. 37) the above-men-

tioned essay of Berzelius, in which, after a careful study

and comparison of many analyses, he found: that when two

oxydized substances combine, the oxygen of the electro-nega-

tive complex is always a multiple in a whole number of the

oxygen of the electro-positive complex. To arrive at this conelu-

sion a great number of reliable and good analyses were required,

and, in order to make them, difficulties were encountered that

ean only be appreciated when one considers the imperfect

inethods of separation and the few expedients then at hand.

derzelius undertook this task, and analyzed in the course of his

researches many compounds of phosphorie acid, especially with

oxyd of lead and baryta, in which phosphoric acid was deter-

mined by loss. He found the proportion of the oxygen in the

acid to that in the base to be as 2:1, taking the constitution of

phosphoric acid as it was taken at that time.

Phosphorus had been the first combustible body the capacity

of which for oxygen was determined by chemists, a thjng that

in this case appeared very easy, but in fact offered considerable

difficulties. .

Lampadius (in his hand-book of chemical analysis of min-

eral substances, 1798) had found the proportions of phospho-

rus to oxygen in phosphoric acid to be as

100; 150,

Lavoisier had found it to be as

100: 154.

Davy (in his miscellaneons researches concerning the com-

pounds of phosphorus, 1810) had found it to be as

100; 153,

(and taking in phosphoric acid twice as much oxygen as in

phosphorous acid).

Thénard (in his remarks on phosphorus, 1814) had found it to

be as

100 ; 110.39.

On Tribasie Phosphoric Acid. 171

Thomson.had found it to be as

100 : 163.4

while H. Rose had determined it as

100: 114

These figures, being used by different chemists of the time,

deviated far enough to make a new investigation desirable.

Dulong published in the year 1816 (Ann. Ch. et Phy. vol.

2) an essay in which he stated that the proportion of phos-

phorus to oxygen in phosphoric acid was as 100: 124.8, and

that the oxygen in the phosphoric acid was to the oxygen in the

phosphorous acid as 5:33 also that the atomic weight of phos-

phorus, reduced to our present figure of oxygen, was 82.048.

I will here give the figures, which since the discovery of

phosphorus have been used at different times by different

- chemists to represent its atomic weight :

po H=1=9 32 16 31.486 3.699

LET AST) SLA (8 fig.)

So O=1.100.1000=167.512 4 3.9308

39.30 P5OI LOCH PHLGE 55

46.155 196.143 19.62 196.153

392 196.0285 (18 fig.)

They are in all 23, varying from 1.5 to 392.3, and offer-

ing a variety, out of which almost any one might have

selected a number that would suit his particular views and

tastes.

Up to this year, 1816, only twelve phosphatic minerals were

known, two of which only were analyzed as to their amount

of phosphoric acid. In the same year occurs the publication of

Berzelius’ great and masterly essay (Ann. Ch. Phy. vol. 2)

“ On the composition of phosphoric and phosphorous acids,

and their combination with salifiable bases.” This essay fin-

ishes the first epoch in the knowledge of phosphoric acid, the

second reaching to Graham’s investigations, 1854, and the third

not having been yet concluded. Berzelius, to whom Dulong’s

investigations were not unknown, judged, from the results of

172 On Tribasie Phosphoric Acid.

certain analyses of phosphates of baryta and lead, that 100 phos-

phorus combined with 122.2 oxygen in phosphoric acid, and that

100 phosphoric acid, containing 55 parts of oxygen, saturated

exactly 4° parts of oxygen ina base, that therefore the compo-

sition of phosphoric acid was PO*, After many experiments

and a great deal of reflection, however, he came to the con-

clusion that the proportion was a different one. About this

time he was notified by Thomson (Ann. of Phil. 40-806) that

in contradiction to Dulong he had found 163.4 of O to 100 of P

in phosphoric acid, and that he had prepared six different

phosphates of lime containing to 5 eq. of phosphoric acid, 1,

2, 8, 4, 5 and 6 eq. of lime. As, however, certain of his

salts were prepared by evaporation and ignition of weighed

quantities of phosphoric acid and lime salt, and others cannot

be prepared according to his prescription, we will not go further

into the details he gives. He mentions, however, the fact, that

phosphate of lime ignited with chloride of calcium drives oft

chlorine, which Berzelius found to be true. Berzelius divides his

essay into six parts, and it being of a very important nature, I

may be allowed to enter at some length into its results :

1. On the composition of phosphates.

2. On the composition of phosphoric acid.

8. On the composition of phosphorous acid.

4, On the composition of phosphites.

5. On the condition in which phosphorus is contained in

metallic phosphides.

6. On the weight of a volume or molecule of phosphorus,

and other kindred subjects.

1. For those investigations the precipitates were produced

by phosphate of ammonia, which was prepared by supersatu-

rating pure phosphoric acid with pure ammonia, and evapo-

rating until litmus paper was only very slightly reddened. It

was found here, that salts of lead and baryta enter readily into

the composition of the precipitated phosphates, and only after

a great deal of inquiry Berzelins devised means to avoid this.

On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid. 173

Herntz, in working on the same subject (1847), found that

under ordinary conditions, phosphate of lead will always

take down a fixed part of the lead salt, and (in’ case chlorides

are present in the solution), chloride of lead. The lead

salt thus taken down seems to be always 4 of the phosphate of

lead. This tendency of the phosphate will also hold good

with other oxyds than oxyd of lead.

And in the formation of minerals of this order, as Apatite,

Pyromorphite and others, conditions must have prevailed that

were favorable to their formation and separation from the

surrounding rock. It is also apparent that the composition of

these minerals in connection with this tendency of the phos-

phate proper, will throw light on the probable state in which

their constituents existed in the moment of, and on the chemi-

eal and physical forces that were active in, their formation.

Berzelius then analyzed phosphates of baryta, lead, silver,

soda and ammonia, which, independently of the water con-

tained in them, represent to 100 of phosphoric acid, the fol-

lowing amounts of oxygen in the base:

BaO = 99.518 16.327 11.246

PbO =33.75 22.440 16.480

AgO =33.75

NaO = 22,320

NH,O=33.81 22.540 11.27

In all these experiments, which were made with the greatest

care, as might be expected from Berzelius, phosphoric acid was

_ determined by loss. He gave special attention to the compounds

of phosphoric acid with lime, gnd prepared and analyzed a

great number of them.

2. In comparing now the different conditions of saturation of

phosphoric¢ acid, the oxygen of the acid was 2, 3 and 6 times as

much as the oxygen of the base. Phosphoric acid would there-

fore contain 67.5 p.c. of oxygen, or more than 200 of oxygen

to 100 phosphorus, an amount which deviates so far from that

actually found by experiment, that the law as to the saturation

MAY, 1869. 12 Ann. Lyo, Nat. Hist., Vou. IX.

174 On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid.

of acids by bases was either to be regarded as false, or the com-

position of phosphoric acid was a different one.

3erzelius therefore again determined the oxygen in phos-

phoric acid, but in a way that had never as yet been tried,

namely, by the reduction of certain oxyds in solution with

phosphorus. After many and wonderfully invented experi-

ments, he found an excellent substance for this purpose in

chloride of gold, which gave him to 100 phosphorus 126.99, and

127. 04 of oxygen, the silver salt having given him the number

128.17. These determinations and the above-mentioned analy-

sis proved therefore the oxygen of the phosphoric acid to be 5,

3, } parts of the oxygen of the base, that therefore phosphoric

acid had a composition similar to that of nitric acid, and that

phosphorie acid probably contained § of the oxygen in phos-

phorous acid. In order to decide this point, he had to ascertain

the amount of oxygen in phosphoric acid, but before doing this

he determined once more the oxygen in phosphoric acid by de-

composing the highest chloride of phosphorus, and obtained as

a result 127.74, which then sustained him in this opinion.

3. As the highest chloride of phosphorus had given him so

good results, he used for this determination the lower chloride,

and obtained in two analyses 76.92 and 77.28: Davy had for-

merly found 76.5. The proportion of the oxygen of phosphorie

acid to the oxygen of phosphorous acid was also not as 2:1 (as

found by Davy) nor as 3:2 (as found by Gay Lussac), but as

5:3 (128.16: 76.9).

4. As the proportion of oxygen of phosphoric acid to that of

phosphorous acid is as 5: 3, phogphorous acid will have a compo-

sition analogous to sulphuric acid, and neutral phosphites ought

to contain 4 of oxygen in the base, compared with that of the

acid. Berzelius found, however, in analyzing the salts of lead

and baryta, the oxygen in the base equal to 2 of that of the acid,

5. As the behavior of these two acids presents anomalies and

exceptions to the rule, which may easily be explained in

case of the phosphorus containing oxygen, an investigation was

On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid. 175

made to decide this point. In such a case the oxygen surely

would be liberated by the phosphorus combining with metals,

and in oxydizing a phosphide more phosphoric acid would be

obtained from the same weight of combined phosphorus than

from phosphorus in its free state. Among all metals iron is

principally remarkable for the facility with which a constant

compound of it with phosphorus may be obtained. After ob-

taining such a compound, and analyzing it in a very ingenious

way, Berzelius obtained asa result 122.8 fi iv oxygen, which is so

near the one found with free phosphorus, as to decide this point

completely ; namely, that phosphorus does not contain oxygen,

and secondly, that PO* presents an exception to the rule. After

saying this Berzelius tries to show that phosphorus may still be a

compound body, as is very probably the case with nitrogen ; to

decide these difficult points, however, the utmost care and criti-

cism have to be used, and one must not be prejudiced in favor

of the one idea or the other. Chemists, who are not much ac-

customed to accurate working, have commenced enriching our

knowledge concerning proportions by analyses undertaken to

prove speculative views, and have correspondingly corrected

their results. ‘This is an easy but a dangerous course.

6. Berzelius determined the equivalent of phosphorus to be

31.21.

In the year 1819, Berzelins published an answer to a com-

munication of Davy’s, in which the latter tried to show that the

oxygen of the three acids of phosphorus is as 1: 2:4; stating

that his analyses are not accurate enough, and that by a great

number of analyses of this kind he has found that the best an-

alytical methods are those by which the unavoidable errors

are not more than thousandths. He never passed that limit,

unless accidentally. An analysis which varies less than >t,

is still good ; if, however, in spite of the usual care, the results

vary more than 54,, we can regard it only as an approxima-

tion.. These views are even now fundamental with regard to

the estimation of an analysis. After the year 1819 we find the

176 On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid.

composition of phosphoric and phosphorous acids, of phos-

phates and phosphites, established, as we consider them at

the present day. As the history of phosphoric acid subse-

quent to 1819 is simply that of analytical methods of separat-

ing and determining it, I will now present some figures

which will answer as a criticism of the different methods of

separating it from bases.

The investigation of the methods for separating tribasie phos-

phorie acid from sesquioxides, principally from sesquioxide of

iron, was undertaken with a view of finding a more perfect way

of analyzing iron ores, and has taken me nearly two years for

its completion. The analyses were not all commenced in the

order in which I give them, yet the object for which they were

undertaken was never lost sight of. In spite of much work,

and that very tedious, I must confess that I have not succeed-

ed in pointing out a course of analysis which will hold good

with all iron ores, the varied and manifold constituents of which

require very often a deviation from the rules laid down, I hope,

however, that the comparative analyses made may serve as an

addition to analytical chemistry.

In the course of this investigation, the necessity was felt of

comparing the different ways of deteririning iron, To this end,

pure crystals of twice crystallized green vitriol or sulphate of

iron were dissolved in water, and 50 cubie centimetres of this

solution were used each time for analysis. The particulars

of the manipulations I may well leave unmentioned, and only

give the results. In two instances 50 ¢. ¢. were oxydized with

pure nitric acid, and while hot, precipitated with ammonia ;

after washing out with boiling water, until no sulphuric

acid could be detected in the filtrate, the precipitates

were dried and weighed. I may mention here, that to wash

out a gramme of hydrated sesquioxide of iron, one gallon at

least of hot water is required, When the latter is washed ont,

it assumes a more sandy appearance, it runs very easily through

the filter, and when suspended in water will settle only after

On Tribasie Phosphoric Acid. 177

the expiration of weeks. It is a hydrate still, and probably

contains two equivalents of water, and by heating it with an

alkaline salt it can easily be brought back to the flocculent,

gelatinous condition of the terhydrate. I wiil say more of this

peculiarity of the sesquioxide of iron hereafter.

One of the two determinations of iron just mentioned was then

taken as representing the normal amount, and all the rest were

compared with it. Six other experiments were made in the

same way, differing only in this point, that before precipitating

with ammonia, to 3 and 4 was added one gramme of chloride of

sodium, to5 and 6 one gramme of chloride of potassium, and to

7 and 8 one gramme of sulphate of potassa. Again 50 eubie

centimetres (No. 9) were oxydized with hydrochloric acid and

chlorate of potassa—the solution precipitated by ammonia, the

precipitate washed out.and weighed. In four experiments, 50

c. c. were reduced by zine and sulphuric acid, and after adding to

12 and 13 a large amount of phosphate of soda, treated with a

standard solution of permanganate of potassa. In the two last

experiments, 50 ¢. ¢. were reduced by means of zine and hy-

drochlorie acid, and after adding a considerable amount of

phosphate of soda, treated with the same solution of perman-

ganate of potassa. ‘

As I have said bie I will omit particulars and give

the results, as follows

No. 1. 0.8938 gr. Fe, O, =100 p. ec.

2. 0.8940 Se ROOLO2 rae.

‘ (5 66 OO, 26 >

j LY OMSK a =| ) p.'c.

Na Cl. Pie +, 0: 9006 oY = 1 0076 he.

- ) eT OL9O06 2S ¢ —100.76 Du Gi,

K Cl. ai” 6} 0.9020. * “> =00282 pie:

, Le TO. BOH 1 6 OTOP: Soe

Pa ’ 3 ,) bs Jee |

ko SO } “ a O.8954 75 (74 —_— LOOLLS p. C,

HCl+KO,C1lO® “ 9, 0.8935 “ “ = 99.97 p.e.

f LOE OLE aa 4-68 == 99.05 pac.

hint 17 0. 8932 § “¢ = 99,93 p. e.

SO*-+ Zn. 4 “ 192. 0.8939 « <0 OR a Cc.

| 13. 0.89382 *§ cy =P Yue p. c.

\ “* 14. 0.9060 * “ 6101.86 p. ¢.

HCl; Zn. ) « 45, 0.9060 “ * =101.36p.c.

178 On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid.

It will be seen by these figures that in the ordinary course

of analysis, very satisfactory results may be obtained by redue-

ing the iron solution with zine and sulphuric acid. Hydro-

chloric acid, however, which is ordinarily used in the reduction

of iron in iron ores, will tead to errors, on account of its decom-

posing some of the permanganate of potassa, and this will take

place even in very dilute solutions, when the odor of chlorine is

not perceptible. In precipitating by ammonia, and weighing the

precipitate of sesquioxide of iron, traces at least of alkalies are

always retained, and these it does not seem possible to separate

trom the hydrated sesquioxide by washing. The same is the

case in regard to phosphoric¢ acid, the absolute separation of

which is connected with the greatest difticulties—so much so,

that I feel justified in saying that, so far, no iron las ever been

prepared by metallurgical process, or by the most minute and

rareful work of the accomplished chemist, which was perfectly

tree from phosphorus. The same has been proved with re-

gard to sulphur, and is also very probably true with regard to

‘carbon. We do not know as yet the properties of absolutely

pure iron,

This tenacity of the sesquioxide of iron to retain alkaline salts,

especially salts of potassa and ammonia, in connection with the

same degree of affinity that it has for phosphoric acid, seems to

me a matter of great moment in the process of nourishment of

plants. The hydrated sesquioxide of iron, which, to a greater

or less extent, is never wanting in any soil, is, like the humnue,

a holder of those mineral constituents on the presence of which:

in the soil is dependent the existence of vegetable life. I

may say that when you consider the powers of the ses-

@ in its

quioxide of iron (as well as alumina) of condensin

pores gases, such as carbonic acid and ammonia, which gases

are the daily food of plants, it is perhaps possible to demon-

strate that the fertility of a soil depends upon the presence of

a certain amount of sesquioxide of iron. It is certain that

the latter substance, changing continually as it does, converts

On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid. 179

by its own oxydation and reduction, the complicated car-

boniferous compounds with which nature and human fore-

sight supply the soil, into more simple forms that alone are

adapted to the maintenance of vegetable life; and after having

converted them into those compounds, retains them and dis-

poses of them to the plants under the influence of the stronger

living power of assimilation by means perhaps of the water of

hydration, which is always, even after the long-continued heat

of a hot summer, to be found in sesquioxide of iron, and

which, if I may say so, serves as a channel of transportation of

the inflexible, motionless, dead mineral into the living plant

and animal.

This tendency of the sesquioxide of iron to retain alkalies

seemed to me as bearing a part in the formation of compounds

like RO, Fe, O,. I therefore tried to produce a compound in

which the protoxide would be an alkali, To this end, I heated

a certain quantity of iron alum with carbonate of potassa for

over six hours in a porcelain crucible, which was inserted into

an ordinary Hessian crucible, at the strongest white heat I

could produce. After washing with water, I separated, as far

as I could, the black, heavy crystalline part from the red

deposit which after awhile was forming. Giving my experi-

ence, I must say that the black undecomposed substance was

KO, Fe, O,, which, by boiling with water, was decomposed, the

potassa becoming eliminated, and the iron converted into a

sandy red hydrate. The black powder, as I obtained it, was

after drying at 100°C. a little magnetic, dissolved to a beauti-

ful red color in hydrochloric acid, was free from sulphuric

and carbonic acids, and was composed of

70.80 Fe, O,

14.00 KO

15.20 HO

Part of it was here already decomposed, which may per-

haps be illustrated in the following way:

180 On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid.

Fe, O,, KO has the composition

62.99 Fe, O,

37.01 KO;

Fe, O,, KO+Fe, O,, 3 HO has the composition

68.38 Fe, O,

20.17 KO

11.45 HO; while

Fe, O,, KO+2 (Fe, O,, 3 HO) has the composition

70.39 Fe, O,

13.78 KO

15.83 HO,

approaching very nearly the composition of the substance I

analyzed,

After these deviations, I return to my subject proper.

For the following experiments a preparation was used which

was produced by pouring a solution of sesquichloride of iron

into a solution of phosphate of soda. After washing out com-

pletely, the precipitate was dried in the air, pulverized, and

then put through a fine sieve to seeure more perfect mix-

ture. In testing if as to its purity, it proved to be free from

sulphuric and hydrochloric acids, and no traces of alkaline

earths could be detected by the spectroscope. The latter ap-

paratus, however, showed a trace of soda.

I. Determination of Water.

For the determination of water in (a), the powder was dried

at 100° C. and weighed at different times, afterwards heated to

red-heat, and weighed again. The mass looked white after ig-

nition. In (b) and (c) the substance was simply heated to red-

heat and weighed. It looked blue. The results are as follows:

(a)—29.99 p. c. ignited,

(b)—29.99 p.c. “

(c)—29.93 p.e.

mean—29,97 p.c. *

On Tribasie Phosphoric Acid. 181

In heating (a), at 100° C.

For 2 hours=15.18 p. ec.

eee.) 15.51) pre

pemtboer? 26.85" p. Cc.

Part of the water, therefore, seems to be retained by a

stronger affinity than the rest.

Il. Determination of the iron with permanganate of potassa.

The reduction of the iron was effected in a wide-mouthed 8

oz. bottle, which was covered with a glass plate. The hydro-

gen acted on the sesquioxide from a piece of platinum, that

was in the acidulated fluid, touching a piece of amalgamated

zinc. The reduction was finished in about twelve hours, with-

out the slightest trouble or inconvenience.

Hydrochloric acid, in these experiments, giving me always

differing results, I dissolved the aforesaid powder in sulphuric

acid and then titered. Those differences, by the way, were the

cause of my trying the various methods of determining iron by

weight and measure. The permanganate solution indicated

in the cubic centimetre 0.0065 gr. metallic iron.

The results are as follows:

(a) 0.3886 gr.=13.90 c. c.=33.21 p.c. Fe, O,

(b) 0.8168 “ =11.40 cc. c.=33.41 p.c. “

mean=33.27 p. c¢.

The salt was therefore composed of

36.76 PO, (by loss).

33.27 Fe, O,

29.97 HO.

Corresponding to the formula:

Fe, O, 4, PO, 5+ HO 32,

or perhaps, as a part of the water is driven off more easily

than the rest, of

5 (Fe, O, 2, PO, 3+8 HO) +2 (Fe, O,, 3 HO)+50 HO.

182 On Tribasie Phosphoric Acid.

Corr esponding toa mae ag of

86 PO,

a Fo, O,

29.91 HO=15.58=50 eq.

14.53

I will, in the following experiments, describe the methods

with the same accuracy with which they were executed, though I

am well aware that] am giving nothing new. I will here re-

mark, that in precipitating phosphoric acid as ammonio-phos-

phate of magnesia, the fluid was always evaporated to about

150 ¢.¢., and the dissolved part never taken into consideration.

Of the magnesia mixture which was prepared in a most

careful manner, 50 c. c. sufficed to precipitate 1 gr. of phos-

phoric acid. The three analyses by the same method were

always commenced at the same time, continned under the

same circumstances, and finished with an accuracy and patience

necessary in researches of this kind. I will give the methods

in the order of their exactness.

I. Method with MO,.

The substance was dissolved in nitric acid, diluted with

water, and heated with a sufficient amount of molybdie acid

solution (Vide Fresenius, Qualitative Analysis). After cool-

ing, the yellow precipitate was filtered off, washed from the

filter and dissolved in ammonia. ‘This solution was again pre-

cipitated by dilute nitric acid, with the addition of a little

molybdie acid solution, and after washing out completely the

second precipitate, and dissolving it in ammonia, the solution

was filtered when necessary, evaporated, and then precipitated

with magnesia mixture. This precipitate of ammonio-phos-

On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid. 183

phate of magnesia was carefully washed, and, without dissoly-

ing a second time, dried and weighed.

The ignited mass in (b) was snow white, in (a) and (ce)

slightly tinged with yellow. ;

The fluid which was filtered off from the yellow precipitate

containing the phosphoric acid, was heated a second time with

more molybdie acid solution without coloring it in the least.

Ammonia was then added in excess and the precipitates washed

—(a) not quite as long as (b), and (b) not quite as long as (¢).

After drying and weighing, the residue was dissolved in

hydrochloric acid, and the Fe, O, separated from the molybdic

acid, by a twofold treatment with poly-sulphide of ammo-

nium. After washing the sulphide of iron, dissolving it in

HCl, oxidizing with NO,, filtering from separated sulphur,

and precipitating with NH,, this precipitate was, after careful

washing, dried and weighed. The results are as follows:

(a) 0.438 or. (b) 0.2750 gr. (c) 0.3195 gr.

PO, 36.74 Vv BB73 36.74

Fe, O, 33.58 (10.44MO,) 33.40 (9.51 MO,) 33.40(8.35MO,)

HO 29.68 29.87 29,86

Il. Method with SiO, (Berzelius’ by fusing).

I prepared for this method a mixture which I also think

useful in the analysis of iron ores, and which consisted of

1 er.—KO, NO,

5 gr.— SiO,

20 gr.—kKO, CO,

10 gr.—NaO, CO,

15 to 25 parts of this mixture are sufficient for 3 gr. of iren

ore.

The substance was fused with five parts of this mixture, and

184 On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid.

after cooling dissolved in water. The residue, after washing

out, was dark-green and crystalline like hornblende.

It was dissolved in hydrochloric acid, and after separating

silicic acid by evaporating to dryness three times, precipitated

by ammonia. The fluid containing the phosphoric acid was

also separated from silicic acid and then boiled for several

hours with concentrated sulphuric acid, in order to convert

the pyro-phosphorie acid into the tribasie modification. After

dilution to 150 ¢. ¢. phosphoric acid was precipitated by mag-

nesia mixture. This method is very clean, accurate, and,

under some conditions, preferable to the MO, method.

The results are as follows:

(a)—1.3567 = (b)—1.5683 (c)—1.577

PO, 36.63 36.71 36.59

Fe, O, 33.41 33.51 33.48

HO 29.96 29.78 29.93

mean=36.64—PO,

33.47-——Fe, O,

29.89—HO.

Il. Method with SiO, (Fuchs’ by boiling with water-glass).

As this method was and still is often used in the analysis of

alumina compounds, I tried to introduce it here and compare

its results. It isan exceedingly troublesome and disagreeable

method, especially when taking much silicic acid. The results

are good. Iam, however, able to report only two analyses,

the only ones that out of nine I could safely bring to an end.

The substance was dissolved in hydrochloric acid, precipitated

with caustic potassa, and then boiled for a considerable time

with a solution of water-glass, which in this case was prepared

from pure silica and pure potassa, the silica having been pre-

pared from soluble glass. The greatest care has to be

tuken not to add too much of the silicic acid solution, as, with

an excess of it, the mechanical difficulties of the analysis will

oes

On Tribasie Phosphoric Acid. 185

become very great. After long-continued boiling, the fluid must

be allowed to settle and become cold. It is then separated

from the residue by filtration and washing. After dissolving

the residue in hydrochloric acid, it, as well as the solution, is

freed from silica in the ordinary way. When silica is contained

in the fluid in large quantities, it may be preferable to separate

it by a current of HS in an ammoniacal solution. The process

of evaporation, in cases like these, has always to be repeated

at least twice,in order to get rid of all traces of silica; the iron

precipitate yielded on a second evaporation 1.9 p.c. SiO,, on a

third evaporation, 1.6 p.c. SiO,, and would, no doubt, have

yielded some SiO, a fourth time. The solution containing

phosphoric acid was then evaporated and precipitated with

magnesia mixture. The loss of phosphoric acid here was

owing to the formation of the ¢modification, which was

disregarded, and therefore lost. The results are as follows:

(a) 1.2399 (b) 1.4159

PO, 32.49 32.32

Fe, O, 33.70 33.97

HO 33.81 33.71

The 4 p. ec. which is in excess of the amount of water

actually contained in the substance, belongs to PO,, and would

have been precipitated here under precautions. Taking this

case into account, we have the mean

PO, =836.40

Fe, O,=33.83

HAO = 29.77F

IV. Method with NH, §,.

The substance was dissolved in hydrochloric acid, then am-

monia and poly-sulphide of ammonium added, and the whole

digested for about a day until the supernatant liquid was per-

fectly clear and of a yellow color.

After filtering and washing out with water containing some

186 On Tribasie Phosphoric Acid.

sulphide of ammonium, the operation was repeated in the

same manner, the sulphide of iron having been previously

dissolved in hydrochloric acid. The second filtrate contained

no trace of phosphoric acid, the sulphide of iron was then dis-

solved in HCl, oxydized with HO, NO,, filtered from the sepa-

rated S, precipitated by NH,, and carefully washed out. It

was weighed after drying and igniting. The filtrate contain-

ing the phosphoric acid was evaporated to a suitable volume,

slightly acidulated, filtered from separated sulphur, and pre-

cipitated by magnesia mixture, in the usual way. This

method will yield better results than the ordinary method of

fusing with carbonate and nitrate of soda. Yet all phosphoric

acid cannot even here be separated from the iron, and while in

the method by fusion about 1.3 p. ¢. (respectively 1 p. c.) of

phosphoric acid will remain with the iron, not to mention that

part of the phosphoric acid, which, in the latter case, is dis-

solved as ammonio-phosphate of magnesia in the alkaline salts,

here 0.7 p. e. will be found to be missing. This deficiency of

phosphoric acid we ought to find in an increase of the weight

of the iron, but instead of this, we have still less, owing, in

my opinion, to the sulphide of iron being soluble in_ poly-

sulphide of ammonium, under the influence perhaps of the

remaining phosphoric acid.

It is a well-known fact, that sulphide of iron will dissolve in

poly-sulphide of potassium and sodium to a larger extent in

hot than in cold solutions. And now we cannot but consider

this to be also the case with sulphide of ammonium, — It is lost

to the analysis probably in this way.

In evaporating the alkaline solution of sulphide of ammo-

nium containing the phosphoric acid, it separates in such a

form, and is covered with the separated sulphur in such a way

as to be not easily attacked by dilute hydrochloric acid. Asa

method it is nice and clean, the results being as follows: |

On Tribasie Phosphoric Acid. 187

(a)—1.1468 (b)—1.7613 (c)—0.8639

PO, 36.00 35.91 35.92

Fe, O, 33.00 33.09 33.04

HO 381.00 31.00 31.04

mean PO, .35.95

Fe, O, 33.04

HO: -3h.08

V. Method by Mercury. (Lo be used when it is desirable to

separate alkalies from alkaline earths.)

This method is exceedingly valuable in cases where

alkalies and alkaline earths have to be separated from

iron in phosphatic minerals. It might have been, there-

fore, superfluous to include it here, as this case will

probably never occur in iron ores; for the sake of com-

pleteness, however, I undertook to experiment with it in re-

gard to its facility and value as a method. The compound

has to be dissolved to this end, in a very little HO, NO,, as

a large amount renders it difficult to drive off the excess of

nitric acid, to wash out the alkalies and alkaline earths, and

to prevent the mass from coming over, in the subsequent fusion.

A large amount of nitric acid, besides all this, will cause a tur-

bulent reaction, which may easily give rise to losses by spat-

tering. I will state, in this connection, that I did not succeed

in any case in driving off all the nitric acid from the sesquioxide

of iron, as I found each time a little of it in solution, and in

two cases, also, traces of phosphoric acid. After heating the

mass with mercury on a water bath, (a wide dish being the

more suitable,) until no smell of nitric acid can be detected,

the insoluble part was completely separated by washing, the

filtrate (which will contain the alkalies, &c.), gave a slight

precipitate with ammonia and sulphide of ammonium, After

freeing it from the mercury, this was filtered off, dissolved in

HCl, oxydized with NO,, and precipitated with NII,.

188 On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid.

In the filtrate from the sulphide of iron, after proper treat-

ment, no indication of phosphoric acid was produced by mo-

lybdie acid solution. The residue was carefully dried, mixed

with carbonate of soda and potassa, and then fused.

The washing out of this latter residue of sesquioxide of iron

had to be repeated several times, as it ran very easily through

the filter. The residue and filter were then ignited, dissolved

in HCl, filtered and precipitated by NH,. I find that in

cases where it is difficult to separate the residue completely

from the filter paper it is better to ignite the paper than to

treat it directly with acid. The residue of sesquioxide of iron

obtained by fusion, as every one knows who has ever made an

analysis of iron ores, will not very easily dissolve in acid; by

digesting the filter with warm hydrochloric acid, some organic

substances will be introduced into the solution which will pre-

vent the complete precipitation of iron by ammonia. Sulphide

of ammonium will not effect a more complete separation. The

method itself is very difficult and troublesome, and requires

much care and circumspection.

The results are as follows:

(a)—1.1825 (b)--1.2911 (c)—1.5425 (d)—1.0429

PO, 35.98 35.85 35.88

Fe, 0, 34.53 °° 91+ — 34.97 (39.67) 84.51 (39.50)

1.52

HO 29.49 29.78 29.61

mean PO, 35.90

Fe, O, 34.47

HO 29.68

VI. Fusing Method.

The substance was heated with three parts of a mixture of

6—NaO, CO,

1—kO, NO,

for not longer than fifteen minutes over the flame of a single

Junsen burner. The agglutinated mass was triturated with

On Tribasie Phosphoric Acid. 189

water and washed out. The residue was dried, and together

with the filter-ash fused again with three parts of the above-

named mixture for one half-hour over the blast lamp. The

filtrate from the second fusion contained no phosphoric acid,

showing that the separation, or rather decomposition, as far as

it goes, will take place at a comparatively low temperature,

and in ashort time. In this case and in the other analyses of

iron ores, of which I made a great number, it was almost im-

possible to wash out the sesquioxide of iron so that it should

not run through the filter. The cause of this is the above-men-

tioned sandy hydrate (probably very pure). In evaporating

the filtrate however, the concentration of the solution will

predispose either the alkali or the water to combine with the

sesquioxide again, whereby it is rendered voluminous, and may

be washed out without trouble. Ihave already mentioned that

it is very difficult to separate the iron from the filter; the latter

has to be treated therefore with HCl, and sometimes even with a

little KO, ClO,. Filtering off the solution and boiling it for

hours with renewed addition of KO, ClO,, will not completely

destroy the organic matter, which will hold iron in solution, as

may be seen from the results of the analyses. The sesquioxide

of iron, precipitated from solutions containing organic matter,

looks black after ignition, and becomes heavier and of a lighter

color after long-continued heating in the air. The filtrate contain-

ing PO, was evaporated and acidulated ; ammonia was added,

and by these means it remained clear and was precipitated in

the usual way.

The water in these cases was determined directly. The

results are as follows :

(a)—1.7692 (b)—1.5066 (c)—1.5358

PO, 35.41 33.81 35.19

oF 2 9 9 974 6

ne wi ono aK g4 {30-20 + ox 19.04.90 +

Fe, O, 35.34= 031 35.24" 1) O4 35.10=" 4 59

HO 29.24 29.19 29.93

99.99 100.24 "100.22

MAY, 1869. 13 ANN. Lyc. NAT. Hist., Von. IX.

190 On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid.

mean PO, 35.47

Fe, O, 35.23

HO 29.45

100.15

We see that it is impossible by this method to separate all

the phosphoric acid from the iron, as I will hereafter show by

direct analysis.

VIL. Fusing Method. (In connection with MO,.)

The following analyses were made with a view of ascertain-

ing the influence which alkaline salts exert on the ammonio-

phosphate of magnesia. To this end, the analyses were

conducted in exactly the same way as heretofore described,

with the difference only -that the PO, after having acidu-

lated the tiltrate with nitric acid, was first precipitated by

molybdie acid solution. The residue of iron was dissolved in

HCl, and precipitated by NH, and NHS. After washing out,

the sulphide of iron was again dissolved, oxydized, and pre-

cipitated by ammonia. The results go to show that the

alkaline salts dissolve more of the ammonio-phosphate of mag-

nesia than ammoniacal water alone, and that sulphide of iron

is soluble, to some extent, in poly-sulphide of ammonium.

The results are as follows :

(a)—0.2951 (b)—0.271 (c)—0.4302

PO® 35.63 85.49 35.81

Fe, O, 34.29 34.35 34.22

HO 380.08 BO.16 29.97

mean PO, 35.64

Fe, O, 34.29

HO 30.07.

It is needless for me to state, that all the analyses just cited

were made with the greatest care. The results of each method

agree so well, that we have to look for the differences to errors

On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid. 191

in the methods. And as I gave my views concerning those

errors, in describing the way according to which I have con-

ducted the analyses, I have now only to give some figures that

will further illustrate the incorrectness of the figures that re-

present the phosphor'e acid, determined by the fusing method,

as generally conducted.

1.7715 gr. of substance was heated for one half-hour with 11

gr.*of carbonate and nitrate of soda, over a Bunsen burner, and

afterwards fused for one half-hour over a blast-lamp. After

complete washing out, the residue was dissolved in hydrochlo-

rie acid, reduced by bisulphite of soda, and the fluid boiled

till all sulphurous acid was driven off. Acetate of soda, and

then chlorine water, were added. The small red precipitate

was filtered out without washing, dissolved in HCl, and pre-

cipitated with NH,. This latter precipitate was washed seve-

ral times with hot water, then dissolved in nitric acid, and

heated with molybdie acid solution. It gave 1.029 p. ¢. PO,,

as was to be expected from comparison of the analyses. In

the same way were conducted many analyses of different ses-

quioxides of iron, which were obtained from iron ores by the

ordinary fusing method (as basic acetates), and which inva-

riably were found to contain phosphoric acid.

I will cite only two more instances, concerning the determina-

tion of phosphoric acid in sesquioxide of iron—which sesqui-

oxide was procured from Dr. Endemann.

Dr. Endemann found in one case 0.04 p. c. PO, in the ore,

while 0.31 p. c. was left in the sesquioxyd, as determined by

myself.

In the other he found a trace only of PO,, while 0.13 p. e¢.

was left.

After deciding this point, I proposed to prove that, by the

silica method, all the phosphoric acid can be separated from the

iron. A quantity of the material was fused to this end, with

the silicic acid mixture.

The residue was, after washing out, prepared for the treatment

192 On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid.

of molybdie acid solution, which, after heating, produced only a

slight yellow coloration, without any precipitate whatever.

This, therefore, is, besides the molybdic acid method, the only

one by which phosphoric acid can be separated from iron in

such a way that no appreciable amount will remain with the

latter. For better comparison, I give the averages of all the

analyses again.

Normal composition,

PO, 36.86 r

Fe, O, 33.23

HO 29,91

(2) 20), 36.76 Determination of iron

Fe, O, 33.27 (by permanganate)

HO 29.97 and water.

(2) PO, 36.7 MO, Method.

Fe, O, 33.46

HO 29.80

(3) PO, 36.64 SiO, “ (Berzelius.)

Fe, O, 33.47

HO 29.89

(4) PO, 3640 SiO, “ — (Fuehs’)

Fe, O, 33.88

HO 29.77

(5) PO, 35.95 NHS. «

Fe, O, 33.04

HO 31.01

(6) PO, 35.909 H

Fe, O, 34.47

HO 29.68

)

On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid. 193

Wp ho 35.64 Fusing Method (MO,) |

Fe, O, 34.29

HO 30.07

(8) PO, 35.47 “ “

Fe, O,. 35.23

HO . 29.45

As this finishes my actual work, as regards the separation

of phosphoric acid from iron, I may be allowed to give my

views as to the state in which this acid occurs in iron ores, and

to cal] attention tosome points which may finally lead us to sue-

ceed in preventing it from entering to a larger extent into the

composition of metallic iron.

Phosphorus is always contained in iron ores as phosphoric

acid. I believe this to be the case even in bog ores, the only

ores in connection with which we might question this state-

ment.

The oxides, and principally the sesquioxides of iron, have a

great aflinity for phosphoric acid, and will retain it with a

strong force. The substances, however, accompanying iron

ores, as alkalies, alkaline earths, and alumina, have a still great-

er affinity for phosphoric acid than even sesquioxide of iron,

and will have taken up in the process of formation of iron

ore beds, either by a dry or a wet process, most of the

phosphoric acid, so that the iron ore proper, it being consider-

ed as a mixture of pure compound of iron with some gangue,

or as the Germans term it, “ Begleiter,”’ will only contain a

very small amount of it. This amount of phosphoric acid,

which is necessarily contained in iron ores, is less in the mag-

netic than in the hematite varieties, inasmuch as the strong

combining power of the sesquioxide in the former has been sat-

isfied to some extent by the protoxide present, and we are

therefore able to obtain, under similar conditions, a better iron

from those than we can from hematites. This slight amount

194 On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid.

of phosphoric acid in the iron ore proper will enter into the

mass of metallic iron by the process of reduction and smelting,

and, in combination with other constituents, give it its distine-

tive character. This small percentage of phosphorus in metal-

lic iron I hold to be necessary to make a good article,

and Ido not doubt that the absence of it, as in the case of

iron made from some magnetic and titanic ores, will be sup-

plied by some other substance, say sulphur or carbon.

A difference in the relative proportions of carbon, sulphur,

and phosphorus, will change the properties of the metal in such a

way as to render it more or less adapted to certain particular

uses. As, however, very few exact analyses of metallic iron

exist, we have first to ascertain those proportions of carbon,

sulphur, and phosphorus, and their relations to the changes

they effect in the properties of pure iron, before we are able to

produce an iron of a certain character by the mixing of dif-

ferent ores, the composition of which we know.

We have also to make a distinction between the phosphoric

acid in the ore proper, and the phosphoric acid in the gangue.

This latter I believe to be comparatively easy to eliminate and

bring completely into the slag. The proof of this, as also the

results of an attempt to remove an excess of phosphoric acid,

that by some peculiarity of composition or form may have

entered into combination with the ore proper, will be the subject

of another series of experiments.

For the investigation of some of these methods for the

separation of phosphoric acid from alumina, a precipitate

similarly prepared and similarly treated was used, which, how-

‘eyer, was not as well washed out as the iron precipitate had

been. It had the same composition as the iron compound, with

the exception of the water, of which it contained a little more.

Al, O, 4,+ PO, 5,4 HO 58 (Al, O,=51.5).

BQ 5389.78

Al, 0,=19.02

HO =48.20

On Tribasie Phosphoric Acid. 19

I. Method with MO,.

The analyses, according to this method, were made in ex-

actly the same way as previously described; the acid flnid,

however, that was filtered off from the precipitate containing

the phosphoric acid, was super-saturated with ammonia, and a

current of sulphydric acid passed through it. The solution, of

a dark-red color, was washed out from the residue; the latter

dissolved in hydrochloric acid,and treated once more in the

same way, before finally dissolving in HCl, precipitating by

NH,, washing, drying, and weighing.

The results in this case, were as follows:

(a) (A) 0.698 (B) 0.7854 (C) 0.6375

PO, 32.31 32.39 32.36

Al, O, 19.19 19 VT 19.18

HO 48.50 48.44 48.46

mean PO, 32.35

Al, O, 19.18

HO ‘48.47

Il. Method with SiO, (Berzelius’ by fusing).

I have to remark on this method and on the following one,

that a small quantity of alumina will get into solution, depend-

ing probably on the amount of silica used, for more or less of it

_will change the character of the otherwise insoluble residue,

About 1 gr. of the substance was fused over a single Bunsen

burner, with 10 gr. of the above mentioned mixture containing

the silica. The mass looked crystalline and separated easily

from the platinum crucible; after digestion with hot water, the

soluble part was washed out and separated from silica by twice

evaporating to dryness. The filtrate was then supersaturated

with carbonate of soda, evaporated to dryness, and heated for

a few minutes to fusion. The fused mass dissolved clearly in

water. After acidulating with HCl the solution was boiled,

196 On Tribasic Phosphoric Acid.

and ammonia was added to alkaline reaction. A slight pre-

cipitate was filtered off, washed out, dissolved in nitrie

acid, and precipitated by molybdie acid solution. The small,

yellow precipitate was dissolved in ammonia after washing.

This solution was added to the main one, containing the

phosphoric acid. After evaporation to the required volume,

PO, was precipitated by magnesia mixture. The fluid fil-

tered from the yellow precipitate was treated in a proper

manner, and the slight amount of alumina weighed. The

insoluble residue that had “been freed from PO, by washing

was separated from SiO, in the usual way, and the Al, O, pre-

cipitated and weighed. Results are as follows :

(a) 1.027 (b) 1.082 » fc) 1:03

PO, 32.31 32.28 32.35°

q __19.04+ a 1¢_.19.04+ 4 tat

Al, O, 19.19=" 9/45 19.18=" 9 44 19.21 914

HO 48.50 48.54 48.44

mean PO, 32.3

Al, O, 19.19

HO 48.50

III. Method with SiO, (Fuchs’ water-glass).

The analyses were made in the manner heretofore described,

but the fluid containing the phosphoric acid, after having sepa-

‘rated SiO,, and boiled with alittle concentrated ILO, SO,, was

mixed with PbO, NO,, and then precipitated by NH, and NH,O,

CO,. The precipitate was filtered off and washed out; the fil-

trate contained no trace of PO,. The precipitate was dissolved

in a little HO, NO,, diluted with HO, and the lead separated

by HS. After completely washing out, evaporating and filter-

ing from separated sulphur, ammonia and (disregarding avery

slight precipitate) magnesia mixture was added,

The operation with lead was interpolated to get rid of the

large amount of alkaline salts, that exert a dissolving influence

On Tribasie Phosphoric Acid. 197

upon the ammonio-phosphate of magnesia. The results are as

follows :

(a)—1.038 (b)—1.051 (c)—1.0201

BOwai sO Tk 32.56 32.79

ALO 18:98 19.03 19.09

HO 48.31 48.49 48.12

mean PO, 32.69 :

- Al, O, 19.08

Ny HO 48.28

The averages of the analyses are as follows:

1. PO® =82.78 Normal composition.

AYO = 19:02

HO =48.20

2. PO’ =82.85 Method with MO*

AL ©: 19.18

HO =48.47

3. PO® =82.31 Method with SiO’ (Berz.)

Al, 0,=19.19

HO =48.50

4, PO® =32.69 Method with SiO’ (Fuchs.)

Al, 0,=19.03

HO =48.28

These analyses go to confirm what I have already expressed

regarding the value of the methods. I have nothing further

to add to this subject; and as the other sesquioxyds, that would

have to be separated from iron and phosphoric acid, rarely oc-

cur as such in iron ores, I make no mention of them, and will

only add a few words on the determination of phosphoric acid.

The main point in the case at issue is always to have the phpos-

phoric acid in the tribasic modification ; its determination is

then sufficiently easy, and is best effected in the form of am-

—— sO

monio-phosphate of magnesia.

198 List of a Collection of Birds

The precipitation by iron is not reliable; nor by a salt of

lead, dependent, as it is, on cireumstances over which we have

not always control. I should, therefore, in all ordinary cases,

recommend the use of magnesia mixture as a precipitant of

tribasic phosphoric acid, and it is hardly necessary to say that

the results will be good, if the mixture has been properly

prepared.

VUI.— List of a Collection of Birds from Northern Yucatan.

By Gero. N. Lawrence.

fead May 10th, 1869.

Durie the year 1865 Sefior Jose Salazar Ylarregui, then

governor of the province of Yucatan, began the important

enterprise of a complete survey of the country, in regard

both to its physical and natural history. As the Mexican

Commissioner of the United States and Mexican Boundary

Survey, Governor Salazar was well known in the United States

as an accomplished astronomer and geographer, and his experi-

ence in the former work was an earnest of success in his new

undertaking. Inviting Dr. Arthur Schott, of Washington, to

connect himself with the survey as naturalist, an arrangement

was made by Governor Salazar with Professor Henry, Secre-

tary of the Smithsonian Institution, to send all the collections

to his care for identification, and the ultimate preparation of a

report.

The survey was fully organized, and commenced its opera-

tions with great success, and continued until 1866, when the

change in the affairs of Mexico prevented all further proceed-

ings, and the work was broken off without any prospect of

speedy resumption. Many valuable collections were however

made during the progress of the work, and transmitted to

Washington; and having had those of the birds intrusted to me

From Northern Yucatan. 199

for examination by Professor Henry, I present herewith a list

of the species.

All the specimens are from Merida, unless otherwise noted.

Fam. Turpiar.

1. Turdus grayi, Bonap.

2. Mimus gracilis, Cab. ;

Fam. TroGLopyTmpar.

3. Campylorhynchus guttatus, Lafr.

Progress and Celestin.

There are several specimens of this species, but none were in

the Smithsonian collection at the time Prof. Baird had this

genus under examination to include in his * Review of Ameri-

can Birds.” In this he states (page 108) that it “belongs to

the same section as C. brunneicapillus, ete., with reddish-brown

head, and back striped longitudinally with white.”

It differs from C. brunneicapillus in its smaller size, and long-

er bill, the under mandible whitish ; the feathers of the head

are brownish-black, with light rusty-brown margins, the head

of brunneicapillus is of a uniform dark reddish-brown ; ‘the up-

per plumage of guttatus is less rufous, with the white shaft

stripes broader and more conspicuous, the spots on the chin

and throat are small and sparse, in the other species this part

has a dense agglomeration of black spots; the sides are barred,

not spotted, and the abdomen is without the rufous coloring of

C. brunneicapillus.

Length 7} in.; wing 3; tail 3; bill 1; tarsi 1.

4. Thryothorus albinucha (Cabot).

5. Troglodytes intermedius, Cab.

Fam. Syivipar.

6. Polioptila cerulea (Linn.).

00 List of a Collection of Birds

Fam. SyLvicoLipae.

7. Parula americana (Linn.).

8. Protonotaria citrea (Bodd.).

9. Helmitherus vermivor us (Gi.). |

10. Dendraca pennsylvanica (Linn.). |

11. ‘s cerulea ( Wits.).

12. - wstiva (Gm.).

13. a vieilloti, Cassin. ;

Sisal, Progress and Celestin.

14. Dendraca dominica (Linn.).

15. Seturus auricapillus (Linn.).

16. “ — noveboracensis (G'm.).

17. Geothlypis trichas (Linn.).

18. s poliocephala, Baird.

19. Lcteria virens (Linn.).

20. Myiodioctes mityatus (Gim.).

Fam. HtrrunpiniDAr.

21. Stelgidopteryx fulvipennis (Scl.).

A specimen in young plumage, apparently of this species.

fom)

“am. VIREONIDAE.

Cychloris faviventris, Lafr.

‘am. TANAGRIDAE.

23. Kuphonia affinis (Less.).

24. Saltator atriceps, Less.

25. “« grandis, Licht.

Fam. FRINGILLIDAR.

26. Hedymeles ludovicianus (Linn.).

27. Guiraca cwrulea (Linn.).

From Northern Yucatan. 201

28. Cardinalis virginianus (Linn.).

29. Volatinia jacarina (Linn.).

30. Phonipara pusilla (Sw.).

31. Cyanospiza cyanea (Linn.).

32. es ciris (Linn.).

33. Embernagra rufivirgata, Lawr.

Fam. CorviDar.

34. Cyanocitta crassirostris, Bunap.

35. Cyanocorax luctuosus (Less.).

Fam. DENDROCOLAPTIDAE.

36. Dendrornis eburneirostris (Less.).

Fam. FormicaArmDAk.

37. Thamnophilus affinis, Cab. & Hein.

Fam. TyRrANNIDAE.

38. Camptosoma imberbe, Sel.

This agrees well with Mr. Sclater’s description, except, in di-

mensions, it measures, length 41 in.; wing 24; tail 1%; he

gives, length 3.5 in.; wing 2.8; tail 1.3.

39. Elainea placens, Scl.

40. Myjiozetetes texensis (Giraud).

41. Rhynchocyclus cinereiceps, Sel.

42. Pitangus derbianus (Kaup).

43. Megarhynchus mexicanus (Lafr.).

44, Muscivora mexicana, Scl.

» 45. Pyrocephalus mexicanus, Scl.

46. Hmpidonax traillii (Aud.).

202 List of a Collzction of Birds

47. Contopus schottil, sp. nov.

Plumage above of a light olivaceous-brown with a wash of

dull rufous, rather darker on the head; tail liver-brown with

reddish-brown shafts ; wing coverts and quills dark liver-brown;

the middle and larger coverts, the secondaries and tertiaries

margined with dull grayish-white; under wing coverts dull

pale ochreous; chin and upper part of throat dull yellowish-

gray ; neck, breast and sides of a brownish ochreous, the mid-

dle of the abdomen and under tail coverts light ochreous yel-

low; upper mandible black, the lower yellowish white; feet

black.

Second and third quills equal and longest, fifth a little long-

er than the first.

Length (skin) 5§ in.; wing 24%; tail 28; bill 5 tarsi 4.

ITahitat.—Merida, collected by Dr. A. Schott, Feb. 21st, 1865.

Type in Museum Smithsonian Inst., No. 37,965.

This resembles my C. lugudris from Costa Riea, in its dull

dark coloring, but it is much smaller; the color above is quite

different, being reddish brown in place of dark olive-brown,

and the throat and breast are dull ochreous instead of olive-

brown; the bill is much smaller than that of /ugubris.

[have conferred upon this species the name of Dr. Arthur

Schott, the energetic naturalist of the Commission,

48. Myiarchus coopert (Kaup).

49, 6 mecicanus (Kaup).

The two specimens before me are quite distinet from my Jf,

cinerascens (Ann. Lyc., N. ¥., vol. v., p. 121), which is re-

ferred by Prot. Baird (Pacif. den ke. Rep. vol. ca., p. 179) to M.,

mecicanus, Kaup. * Kaup’s deseription (Proc. Zool. Soc., Lon-

don, 1851, p. 51) is short and unsatisfactory. He says: ‘* With

short wings; all the wing-feathers, except the first, with rufous

margins; breast light ash-gray ; above lighter.”

Kaup’s character of short wings, applies to the Yucatan spe-

From Northern Yucatan. 203

cies better than to Jf. cinerascens, which has rather longer

wings than any of its allies. “ I have examples of all the species

enumerated by Kaup, and subjoin a table of measurements of

the wings and tails, in the order given by him, adding those of

my J. cinerascens :

SWE ET PE ar 4 in. 34

CLS A ee 8 + B4

“valdus (gossvi; Bp.)......-- 34a4 33

Se APCLICO MAUS. «2.0 «~ «, «i xAakenin gid 33 33

P SHALUAQIS: Sn Seavey tha Rint era 34 34

SC CUNETASCENS....... shoves ae Bist 4adh 4),

It will thus be seen the wing measurements differ in the

order given by Kaup. JL mewicanus having the wings shorter

than any except J. stolidus, whereas in Jf. cinerascens the

wings and tail exceed all of them in length. This, I think,

clearly establishes the integrity of my species, and also the

probability of the name of mexicanus being applicable to the

Yucatan bird, which is further strengthened by locality.

The two species differ materially in other respects; the ru-

fous outer edgings to the quills in mexicanus are much darker ;

the abdomen and under tail coverts duller in color, more of a

tawny-yellow ; the rufous on the inner webs of the tail feathers

occupies but half the width of the web on the innermost feather,

becoming less on the outer ones, and existing only on the mar-

gin of the outermost ; in Jf. cinerascens this color covers the

whole inner webs of the tail feathers, except at their ends, the

outer one only having a narrow dark line next the shaft ; in my

species the under coloring is paler and more ashy on the neck

and breast, the outer tail feather edged with white, and the

wings more conspicuously margined with whitish,

In the species under examination the head is of a darker

brown, with a cast of rufous, and the bill broader than in

CiNeETUSCENS.

204 List of a Collection of Birds

50. Myiarchus lawrencii (Giraud).

5k. Galeoscoptes carolinensis (Linn.).

52. Tyrannus satrapa (Licht.).

Fam. Corrnamar.

53. Tityra personata (Sard. & Selb.),

54. Hadrostomus aglaie (Lafr.).

Fam. Momorrpar.

55. Momotus lessoni, Less.

56. Eumomota superciliaris (Sard. & Selb.).

Fam. ALcEepINIDAE.

57. Ceryle superciliosa (Linn.).

Sisal.

Fam. CaprrMuLGIDAr.

58. Chordeiles texensis, Lawr.

59. Nyctidromus albicollis (Gim.).

Fam. CypsreLimpar.

60. Chatura vauxii (Townsend).

One specimen, which agrees quite well with an example

from Puget Sound and others from Guatemala, but is a little

smaller.

Fam. Trocuimimar.

61, Pyrrhophana cinnamomea (Less.).

' There is but one example of this species, which agrees in

every respect with specimens from Honduras,

There are no specimens of 2. yucatanensis (Cabot), which is

rare in collections, though stated by Dr. Cabot to be abundant

in Yucatan. Mr. Gould was no doubt correct in referring the

bird sent him by Dr. Cabot as the female of this species, to P.

CUnNTLAMLOMNEE,.

From Northern Yucatan. 205

Fam. Cucunipar.

62. Crotophaga sulcirostris, Sw.

63. Piaya mehleri, Bonap..

64. Geococceyx mevicanus (Gm.).

Fam. Picipar.

65. Dryocopus scapularis ( Vigors).

66. Picus scalaris, Wagl.; (parvus, Cabot.)

67. Sphyropicus varius (Linn.).

68. Centurus albifrons (Sw.); (dubius, Cabot.)

In the collection are eight specimens which have the nasal

feathers and middle of abdomen bright scarlet, without an

exception; and in all, the two central rectrices are of an im-

maculate black. Prof. Sundeval (Cons. Av. Picinarum, 1866,

p- 52) places C. santacruzi, Bp. under albifrons as a variety ;

Dr. Cabanis (J. 7. 0, 1862, p. 324) is of the same opinion ; the

yellow of the belly being more or less tinged with red is

thought due to age. Malherbe, however, considers them dis-

tinct. I have seven specimens labelled C. santacruzi, from

Mexico and Guatemala; four Mexican examples from Jalapa

are in fine plumage, and have the nasal feathers and spot on

abdomen orange, some with a tinge of red; another, a female

from Orizaba, has these parts more red, but not so bright as

in the birds from Yucatan; of the two from Guatemala, one, a

male, has these parts the nearest in color to Yucatan specimens,

the other, a female, has them pale orange; this last has the

central tail feathers without spots or bars, whereas in all the

others called (. santacruzi, these feathers are more or less

barred with white on the inner webs.

In addition to the birds from Yucatan showing no orange

colors, they are whiter about the face and throat, and have the

white transverse strive of the upper plumage perceptibly finer

than the birds from Mexico.

Here are some very decided points of difference apparently,

JUNE, 1869. 14 Ann. Lyc, Nat. Hrst., Vou. LX.

206 List of a Collection of Birds

but I do not decide that they are distinct; yet if the different

colors are due to age, why should not some with orange colors

be among such a number of specimens from Yucatan 4

Another marked difference, is the uniformly black middle

rectrices of the birds from Yueatan.

C. radiolatus from Jamaica is very distinct, a fine adult male,

has the front to the bill, the sides of the head and throat nearly

pure white; the upper plumage blacker, with the narrow trans-

verse white lines further apart than in ©. albifrons; the rump is

black, conspicuously barred with broad white lines ; the cen-

tral tail feathers are black, crossed with widely separated fine

white lines on the inner webs; the under plumage is dark

brownish-olive, middle of abdomen orange-red.

69. Centurus rubriventris, Sw.

A single male specimen agrees closely with Swainson’s de-

scription; its validity, as a species, has been doubted by

many writers, and generally referred to (@. tricolor, though

adimitted to be distinct by Malherbe, and accurately figured

and described in his splendid Mon. of the 7?¢czd@. It seems to

be very rare, as Malherbe states that besides Swainson’s ex-

ample, he only knows of the male in his own collection. With

specimens before me of C. tricolor trom Bogota, St. Martha and

Panama, the distinctness of the two species does not admit of

a question, As stated by Malherbe, the bands on the upper

plumage of tricolor are twice the width of those of rubriven-

tris; in the last species the transverse white lines on the back

are similar to those of @. albifrons, while in tricolor they

are much as in C. aurifrons ; another marked difference is in

the central tail feathers; those of tricolor are deeply and

broadly indented with white on both webs, whereas in the ex-

ainple of rubriventris, these feathers are black, except for a

small space at the base on the outer web, where it is white,

this color extending higher up next the shaft. In size and

ycueral coloring the two species are much alike.

From Northern Yucatan. 207

The acquisition of this specimen is of much interest, as it

helps to set at rest any doubt of its claim as a distinct species,

and determines its locality, heretofore unknown, though sup-

posed to be some part of Mexico.

Fam. Psrrracipar.

70. Conurus aztec, Souan.

71. Chrysotis albifrons, Sparrm.

Fam. Srriqgmak.

72. Glaucidium infuscatum (Temm.). ‘

73. Bubo virginianus (Gm.). A nestling.

Fam. Fatconipak.

74. Polyborus auduboni, Cass.

75. Urubitinga zonura (Shaw).

76. Buteo borealis var. montanus, Nutt.

A specimen in young plumage, apparently of this species; it

is, however, more generally rufous than California examples,

and the tail much lighter in color (pale fulvous white) with

narrower bars.

77. Buteo erythronotus (King).

78. Asturina magnirostris (Gm.).

79. Tinnunculus sparverius (Linn.).

80. Hypotriorchis aurantius (Gm.).

Fam. CoLumMBiDAE.

) 81. Leptoptila albifrons, Bonap.; (brachyptera, Gray.)

82. Chamepelia passerina (Linn.).

83. - rufipennis, Gray.

84. Melopelia leucoptera (Linn.).

85. Zenaidura yucatanensis. sp. nov.

208 List of a Collection of Birds

Male. Front, sides of the head and throat of a brownish

fawn-color; chin whitish; crown tinged with blue; neck,

breast, abdomen and under tail coverts of a fine brownish

cinnamon, a slight purplish tinge on the breast, the abdomen

a little redder, and the under tail coverts rather lighter in

color; sides and under coloring of the wings clear grayish-blue ;

upper plumage brownish-olive, with an ochreous tinge, brighter

on the smaller wing coverts and rump; the metallic color on

the sides of the neck is reddish-violet; the auricular spot is

deep prussian-blue ; the central tail feathers are the same color

as the back, with an interrupted blackish bar about an inch

from the end; the other feathers are bluish cinereons at base,

sach with a black subterminal bar; the three pairs next the cen-

tral have their ends bluish cinerous ; in the three outer pairs, the

ends are white with a slight cinereous tinge; the primaries are

blackish-brown, narrowly margined with white ; the secondaries

and larger wing coverts blackish cinereous of a bluish east, the

former have their outer webs more or less black next the mar-

gins, and their ends conspicuously white; the tertiaries and

scapulars are blotched with black; bill black; tarsi and toes

yellowish flesh-color in the dried state.

Length (skin) 11} in.; wing, 6; tail, 4}; bill, $; tarsi, 3.

Habitat. Merida. Collected by Dr. A. Schott, April 3d, 1865.

Type in Mus. Smithsonian Institution, No, 39,325.

The distinctness of this species from Z. carolinensis is appar-

ent at first sight; in their upper coloring they are much alike,

but entirely different in the coloring of the under plumage,

which is uniform in the new species, with none of the pale

ochreous prevailing on the abdomen and under tail coverts of

carolinensis ; the auricular spot is dark blue instead of black,

and the metallic color on the neck without any tinge of gold-

en; the central tail feathers are not pointed, retaining their

width nearly to the end, and their coloring is similar to the

back, not darker as in carolinensis ; it also differs in the ends

of the secondaries being conspicuously white.

From Northern Yucatan. 209

The tail consists of fourteen feathers as in the allied species.

Fam. PrneELopipAk.

86. Ortalida maccalli (Baird).

Four specimens in the collection agree so well with Texan

examples, that I consider them the same; they differ from

Wagler’s description of QO. vetula,in the same manner as

pointed out by Prof. Baird. The skins measure from 19 to 20

in. in length (in a fresh state would be larger); wings from 74

to 8; tails, 6} to 7 inches; these exceed the dimensions given

by Wagler. I have never seen an authentic specimen of O.

vetula, or one answering accurately to Wagler’s description,

yet it is not improbable that it may be the species under con-

sideration.

My specimen from Texas is in very fine order, and some-

what larger than those from Yucatan.

Fam. PrrpicipAr.

87. Ortyx nigrogularis, Gould.

Fam. CHARADRIIDAE.

88. Aegialites vociferus (Linn.).

Sisal.

89. Aegialites nivosus, Cassin ?

Celestin.

One specimen marked as a maie; it differs from two speci-

mens (inspring and winter plumage) from California, in having

the back of a much lighter color, and the head of a paler

ochreous; the upper coloring is paler even than in A. melodus,

whereas in both my examples of vosus that part is darker ;

the wings are shorter, and the quills and tail feathers of a lighter

brown than in those from California, but as they agree in dis-

tribution of colors, size, and shape of the bill, I have placed it

provisionally as that species.

: .

210 List of a Collection of Birds.

90. Sguatarola helvetica (Linn.).

Fam. HarmMatopopiDAk.

91. Haematopus palliatus, Temm.

Fam. ScoLopactDAk.

92. Gambetta flavipes (Gm.).

Progress.

93. Calidris arenaria (Linn.).

94. Limosa fedoa (Linn.).

95. Symphemia semipalmata (Gm.).

Fam. ARDEIDAE.

96. Demiegretta rufa (Bodd.).

Progress.

97. Demiegretta ludoviciana ( Wils.).

Progress.

98. Garzetta candidissima (Gm.).

Progress.

99. Ardea herodias (Linn.).

100. Florida ceerulea (Linn.).

Fam. ANATIDAE.

101. Fuliz affinis (Forster).

Progress.

Fam. Larmar.

102. Sterna regia, Gambel. hs

103. “ acuflavida, Cabot.

Celestin.

Earth contained in the Zircons of North Carolina, 211

IX.—On the Earth contained in the Zircons of North

Carolina.

. By H. ENDEMANN AND O. LOEW.

Read March 29, 1869.

Tue Zircons that were analyzed by O. Loew came from Hen-

derson county, N. C. Zircons of the same and other American

localities have been examined before by Chandler*, Gibbst, and

Wetherillt, showing, when compared with analyses of European

chemists who worked on Zircons of other localities, very nearly

the same composition.

These authors found:

Chandler. Gibbs. Wetherill.

ZrO 65.30. + 63.33 63.50

Fe,O, 0.67 0.79 2.02

SiO, 33.70 35.26 34.07

PHO | 0.41 0.36 0.50

100.08 99.74 100.09

We found:

ZrO. 66.08

SiO, 33.92

100.00

The iron and water are included with the Zirconia,

With regard to the physical properties, however, a marked

difference was found to exist, as had been already mentioned

by Chandler, inasmuch as the Zircons from the above-men-

* Jahresbericht, 1856. + Pogg. Ann, LXXxt. 559.

t Sill. Am. Jr. [2] xv. 443.

212 Earth contained in the Zircons of North Carolina.

tioned locality did not emit the phosphorescent light, which the

erystals from other localities do.

The reactions of Zirconia, as described by Berzelius, Her-

mann, Rose, Scheerer and others, differ in some points from the

reactions of the earth contained in the Zircons of North Caro-

lina and Miask in Siberia, as described by Troost and Saint

Claire Deville, so as to suggest the idea of a difference between

those two earths.

3erzelius and many other chemists state that the solution of

Zirconia salts is precipitated by oxalic acid, and that this pre-

cipitate remains insoluble, when an excess of oxalic acid is

added. This reaction was so sure that several chemists even

founded on it a method of separating iron from Zirconia.*

The earth, however, contained in our Zircons was entirely and

easily soluble in oxalic acid.

In order to obtain a larger quantity of the earth, or of a solu-

ble compound to determine the properties of this earth, we

mixed Zircons finely pulverized with carbon and heated this

mixture in a current of chlorine gas. We obtained a inixture of

the chloride of the earth and that of iron, which was dissolved

in water and then precipitated with caustic potassa in excess.

The thoroughly washed. precipitate was redissolved with hy:

drochlorie acid in excess, the solution mixed with aleohol and

then with ether.

Small crystals were precipitated while the iron remained in

solution, and was then removed by further washing with ether,

The air-dried salt was carefully analyzed, and yielded in the

average of two analyses

21.62 Chlorine.

38.87 of the earth,

We were not able, with the equivalent of Zirconium, to

abstract a simple formula from these results.

According to our observations it appears to be probable that

Zircons of different localities may contain different earths,

* Those Zircons were probably from Ceylon,

On the Surface Geology of the Basin of the Great Lakes. 218

which assertion is supported by the fact that Sorby in England

has announced two new earths among the Zircons, and by the

opinion of Svanberg, who is an authority with regard to this

subject.

Svanberg announced, two years ago, that the so-called Zir-

conia is a mixture of two different earths.

Our investigation is merely in its beginning, and therefore

we can for the present only publish this short notice, but we

hope at a future occasion to present more definite results.

X.—On the Surface Geology of the Basin of the Great Lakes,

and the Valley of the Mississippi.

By J.S. Newserry. *

Read May 25th, 1869.

Tur area bounded on the north by the Eozoie highlands of

Canada, on the east by the Adirondacks and Alleghanies, and

on the west by the, Rocky Mountains, though now, and appa-

rently always, drained by two systems of watercourses, may

be properly considered as one topographical district; since °

much of the water-shed which separates its two river systems

is of insignificant height, is composed of unconsolidated “Drift ”

materials, has shifted its position hundreds of miles, as the

water level in the great lakes has varied, and was for a long

interval submerged beneath a water connection uniting both

drainage systems in one.

In this great hydrographic basin the surface geology pre-

sents a series of phenomena of which the details, carefully

studied in but few localities, still offer an interesting and almost

inexhaustible subject of investigation, but which, as it seems

to me, are already sufficiently well known to enable us to

write at least the generalities of the history which they record,

The most important facts which the study of the “ Drift

214 On the Surface Geology of the Basin of the

phenomena” of this region have brought to light are briefly

as follows:

Ist. In the northern half of this area, down to the paral-

lels of 38°—40°, we find, not everywhere, but in most localities

where the nature of the underlying rocks is such as to retain

inscriptions made upon them, the upper surface of these rocks

planed, furrowed or excavated in a peculiar and striking man-

ner, evidently by the action of one great denuding agent. No

one who has seen glaciers and noticed the effect they produce

on the rocks over which, they move, upon examining good

exposures of the markings to which I have referred, will fail

to pronounce them the tracks of glaciers.*

Though having a general north-south direction, locally the

glacial furrows have very different bearings, conforming in a

rude way to the present topography, and following the diree-

tions of the great lines of drainage.

On certain uplands, like those of the Wisconsin lead region,

no glacial furrows have been observed (Whitney), but on

most of the highlands, and in all the lowlands and great val-

leys, they are distinctly discernible if the underlying rock has

retained them, ,

2d. Some of the valleys and channels which bear the

marks of glacial action—evidently formed or moditied by ice,

and dating from the ice period or an earlier epoch—are exca-

rated far below the present lakes and water-courses which

occupy them,

These valleys form a connected system of drainage, at a

lower level than the present river system, and lower than could

be produced without a continental elevation of several hun-

* From my own observation on the action of glaciers on rock surfaces in

the Alps and in Oregon and Washington Territory, 1 do not hesitate to assert that

no other agent could have produced such effects. A different view is taken of

this subject, it is true, but only by those who either have never seen a glacier or

have never seen the markings in question. The track of a glacier is as unmistaka-

ble as that of a man or a bear.

Great Lakes, and the Valley of the Mississippi. — 215

dred feet. A few examples will suffice to show on what evi-

dence this assertion is based.

Lake Michigan, Lake Huron, Lake Erie, and Lake Ontario

are basins excavated in undisturbed sedimentary rocks. Of

these, Lake Michigan is 600 feet deep, with a surface level of

578 feet above tides; Lake Huron is 500 feet deep, with a sur-

face level of 574 feet; Lake Erie is 204 feet deep, with a sur-

face level of. 565 feet; Lake Ontario is 450 feet deep, with a

surface level of 234 feet above the sea.

An old, excavated, now-filled channel connects Lake Erie

and Lake Huron. At Detroit the rock surface is 130 feet be-

low the city. In the oil region of Bothwell, &c., from 50 to

200 feet of clay overlie the rock. What the greatest depth of

this channel is, is not known.

An excavated trough runs south from Lake Michigan—filled

with clay, sand, tree trunks, &c.—penetrated at Bloomington,

Ill., to the depth of 230 feet.

The rock bottoms of the troughs of the Mississippi and Mis-

souri, near their junction or below, have never been reached,

but they are many feet, perhaps some hundreds, beneath the

present stream-beds.

The borings for oil in the valleys of the Western rivers have

enabled me not only to demonstrate the existence of deeply

buried channels of excavation, but in many cases to map them

out. Oil Creek flows from 75 to 100 feet above its old chan-

nel, and that channel had sometimes vertical and even over-

hanging cliffs. The Beaver, at the junction of the Mahoning

and Shenango, runs 150 feet above the bottom of its old

trough.

The Ohio throughout its entire course runs in a valley which

has been cut nowhere less than 150 feet below the present river.

The Cuyahoga enters Lake Erie at Cleveland, more than

100 feet above the rock bottom of its excavated trough. The

Chagrin, Vermilion, and other streams running into Lake

Erie exhibit the same phenomena, and prove that the surface

216 On the Surface Geology of the Basin of the

level of the lake must have once been at least 100 feet lower

than now.

The bottom of the excavated channel in which Onon-

daga Lake is situated, and the Salina salt-wells bored, is at

least 414 feet below the surface level of the lake and 50 feet

below the sea level. (Geddes. Trans. New York State Agri-

cultural Society, 1859.)

The old channel of the Genesee River at Portage, described

by Prof. Hall in the Geology of the 4th District of New York;

the trough of the Hudson, traceable on the sea bottom nearly

100 miles from the present river mouth ; the deeply buried bed

of the Lower Mississippi, are additional examples of the same

kind; while the depth to which the Golden Gate, the Straits

of Carquinez, the channel of the lower Columbia, the Canal de

Haro, Hood’s Canal, Puget Sound, &c., have been excavated,

indicates a similar (perhaps simultaneous) elevation and erosion

of the Western coast of America.

The falls of the Ohio—formed by a rocky barrier across the

stream—though at first sight seeming to disprove the theory of

a deep continuous channel in our Western rivers, really afford

no argument against it, for here, as in many other instances,

the present river does not follow accurately the line of the old

channel below, but runs along one or the other side of, it. In

the case of the Louisville falls the Ohio rifms across a rocky

point which projects into the old valley from the north side,

while the deep channel passes under the lowland on the south

side, on part of which the city of Louisville is built,

The importance of a knowledge of these old channels in the

improvement of the navigation of our larger rivers is obvious,

and it is possible it would have led to the adoption of other

means than a rock canal for passing the Louisville falls, had it

been possessed by those concerned in this enterprise.

I ventured to predict to Gen. Warren that an old filled-wp

channel would be found passing around the Mississippi rapids,

and his examinations have confirmed the prophecy. I will

ae eee ss

Great Lakes, and the Valley of the Mississippi. 217

venture still further, and predict the discovery of buried chan-

nels of communication between Lake Superior and Lake Michi-

gan—probably somewhere near and east of the Grand Sable—

at least, between the Pictured Rocks and the St. Mary’s River—

between Lake Erie and Lake Ontario through Canada,—be-

tween Lake Ontario * and the Hudson by the valley of the Mo-

hawk,—between Lake Michigan and the Mississippi, somewhere

along the line I have before indicated. I also regard it prob-

able that a channel may be found connecting the upper and

lower portions of the Tennessee River, passing around the

Mussel Shoals. This locality lies outside of the area where the

Northern Drift deposits were laid down to fill and conceal

ancient channels, but the excavation and the filling up of the

channel of the Tennessee—like that of the Ohio—were deter-

mined by the relative altitude of the waters of the Gulf. The

channel of the Lower Tennessee must have been excavated

when the southern portion of the Mississippi valley was higher

above the Gulf level than now, and Prof. Hilgard has shown

that at a subsequent period, probably during the Champlain

epoch, the Gulf coast was depressed 500 feet below its present

relative level. This depression must have made the Lower

Mississippi an arm of the sea, by which the flow of the Ohio

and Tennessee was arrested, their channels filled, terraces

formed, &c. If the Upper Tennessee has, as appears, a channel

* When the water in the lake basin had subsided to near its present level, its

old avenues of escape being all silted up by the Drift clays and sands, the surplus

made its exit by the line of lowest levels wherever that chanced to run, As that

happened to lie over the rocky point that projected from the northern extremity

of the Alleghanies into the lake basin, there the line of drainage was established

in what is now known as Niagara river.

Though among the most recent of the events recorded in our surface geology,

this choice of the Niagara outlet by the lake waters was made so long ago that all

the erosion of the gorge below the falls has been accomplished since. The ex-

cavation of the basin into which the Niagara flows—the basin of Lake Ontario,

of which Queenstown Heights form part of the margin—belongs to an epoch long

anterior.

218 On the Surface Geology of the Basin of the

lower than the Mussel Shoals, it must be somewhere connected

with the deep channel of the lower river.

It should be said, however, that it by no means follows that

where an old earth-filled channel passes around the rocky bar-

rier by which the navigation of our rivers is impeded, it will

be most convenient and economical to follow it in making

a canal to pass the obstacle, as the course of the old channel

may be so long and circuitous that a short rock cutting is

cheaper and better. The question is, however, of sufticient

importance to deserve investigation, before millions of dollars

are expended in rock excavation.

If it is true that our great lakes can be connected with

each other and with the ocean, both by the Hudson and Mis-

sissippi, by ship canals,—in making which no elevated sum-

mits nor rock barriers need be cut through,—the future com-

merce created by the great population and immense resources

of the basin of the great lakes may require their construction.

3d. Upon the glacial surface we find a series of unconsoli-

dated materials generally stratified, called the “ Drift deposits.”

Of these, the first and lowest are blue and red clays (the

Erie clays of Sir Wm. Logan), generally regularly stratified in

thin layers, and containing no fossils, but drifted coniferous

wood and leaves. Over the southern and eastern part of the

lake basin, these clays contain no boulders, but towards the

North and West they include scattered stones, often of large

size; whilein places beds of boulders and gravelare found rest-

ing directly on the glacial surface.

In Ohio, the Erie clays are blue, nearly 200 feet in thickness,

and reach up the hill-sides more than 200 feet above the present

surface of Lake Erie. On the shores of Lake Michigan these

clays are in part of a red color, showing that they have been

derived from different rocks, and they there include great

numbers of stones.

On the peninsula between Lake Erie and Lake Huron the

Erie clays fill the old channel which formerly connected these

Great Lakes, and the Valley of the Mississippi. 219

lakes, having a thickness of over 200 feet, and containing a

few scattered stones.

4th. Above the Erie clays are sands of variable thickness

and less widely spread than the underlying clays. These

sands contain beds of gravel, and, near the surface, teeth of

elephant have been found, water-worn and rounded.

5th. Upon the stratified clays, sands, and gravel of the Drift

deposits are scattered boulders and blocks of all sizes, of granite,

greenstone (diorite and dolerite), silicious and mica slates, and

various other metamorphic and eruptive rocks, generally

traceable to some locality in the Eozoic area north of the lakes.

Among these boulders many balls of native copper have been

found, which could have come from nowhere else than the

copper district of Lake Superior.

Most of these masses are rounded by attrition, but the large

blocks of Corniferous limestone which are scattered over the

southern margin of the lake basin in Ohio show little marks

of wear. These masses, which are often 10 to 20 feet in diame-

ter, have been transported from 100 to 200 miles south-east-

ward from their places of origin, and deposited sometimes 300

feet above the position they once occupied.

6th. Above all these Drift deposits, and more recent than any

of them, are the “lake ridges,”—embankments of sand, gravel,

sticks, leaves, &c., which run imperfectly parallel with the

present outlines of the lake margins, where highlands lie in the

rear of such margins. Of these, the lowest on the South shore

of Lake Erie isa little less than 100 feet above the present lake

level; the highest, some 250 feet. In New York, Canada,

Michigan, and on Lake Superior, a similar series of ridges has

been discovered, and they have everywhere been accepted as

evidence that the waters of the lakes once reached the points

which they mark. That they are nothing else than ancient

lake beaches we shall hope to prove farther on,

In the southern half of the Mississippi valley the evidences of

glacial action are entirely wanting, and there is nothing cor-

220 On the Surface Geology of the Basin of the

responding to the wide-spread Drift deposits of the north. We

there find, however, proofs of erosion on a stupendous scale,

such as the valley of East Tennessee, which has been formed

by the washing out of all the broken strata between the ridges

of the Alleghanies and the massive tables of the Cumberland

Mountains,—the cafions of the Tennessee, 1,600 feet deep, &e.

Here also, as in the lake basin, the channels of excavation

pass far below the deep and quiet waters of the lower rivers ;

proving by their depth that they must have been cut when

the fall of these rivers was much greater than now.

The history which I derive from the facts cited above is

briefly this :

1st.—That in a period probably synchronous with the glacial

epoch of Europe,—at least corresponding to it in the sequence

of events,—the northern half of the continent of North Ameri-

ca had aclimate comparable with that of Greenland ; so cold,

that wherever there was a copious precipitation of moisture

from oceanic evaporation, that moisture was congealed and

formed glaciers which flowed by various routes toward the

sea.

2np.—That the courses of these ancient glaciers correspond-

ed ina general way with the presentchannels of drainage. The

direction of the glacial furrows proves that one of these ice rivers

flowed from Lake Huron, along a channel now filled with drift,

and known to be at least 150 feet deep, into Lake Erie, which was

then nota lake, but an excavated valley into which the streams of

Northern Ohio flowed, 100 feet or more below the present lake

level. Following the line of the major axis of Lake Erie to near

its eastern extremity, here turning north-east, this glacier passed

through some channel on the Canadian side, now filled up, into

Lake Ontario, and thence found its way to the sea either by the

St. Lawrence or by the Mohawk and Hudson. Another glacier

occupied the bed of Lake Michigan, having an outlet southward

through a channel—now concealed by the heavy beds of drift

which occupy the surface about the south end of the lake—

Great Lakes, and the Valley of the Mississippi. 221

passing near Bloomington, IIl., and by some route yet unknown

reaching the trough of the Mississippi, which was then much

deeper than at present.

3p,—At this period the continent must have been several

hundred feet higher than now, as is proved by the deeply ex-

eavated channels of the Columbia, Golden Gate, Mississippi,

Hudson, &c., which could never have been ent by the streams

that now occupy them, unless flowing with greater rapidity

and at a lower level than they now do.

The depth of the trough of the Hudson is not known, but it

is plainly a channel of erosion, now submerged and become an

arm of the sea. As has been before stated, this channel is

marked on the sea-bottom for a long distance from the coast

and far beyond a point where the present river could exert any

erosive action, and hence it is a record of a period when the

Atlantic coast was several hundred feet higher than now.

The lower Mississippi bears unmistakable evidence of being

—if one may be permitted the paradox—a half-drowned river ;

that is, its old channel is deeply submerged and silted up, so

that the “ father of waters,” lifted above the walls that former-

ly restrained him, now wanders, lawless and ungovernable,

whither he will in the broad valley.

The thickness of the delta deposits at New Orleans is vari-

ously reported from 1500 feet upwards, the discrepancies being

due to the difficulty of distinguishing the alluvial clays from

those of the underlying Cretaceous and Tertiary formations.

It is certain, however, that the bottom of the ancient channel

of the Mississippi has never been reached between New Or-

leans and Cairo; the instances cited by Humphreys and Abbot

in their splendid study of this river being but repetitions of

the phenomena exhibited at the falls of the Ohio—the river

running over one side of its ancient bed.

The trough of the Mississippi is not due to synclinal strue-

ture in the underlying rocks, butis a valley of erosion simply.

Ever since the elevation of the Alleghanies—z.e., the close of

JUNE, 1869" 15 Awx, Lyo. Nat. Hist., Vou. IX,

222 On the Surface Geology of the Basin of the

the Carboniferous period—it has been traversed by a river

which drained the area from which flow the upper Mississippi,

the Ohio, the Tennessee, &c. Since the Miocene period, the

Missouri, Arkansas, and Red rivers have made their contribu-

tions to the flood that flowed through it. The depth to which

this channel is cut in the rock proves that at times the river

must have flowed at a lower level and with a more rapid eur-

rent than now; while the Tertiary beds formed as high as lowa

and Indiana in this trough, and the more modern Drift clays

and boulders which partially fill the old rock cuttings, show

that the mouth and delta of the river have, in the alternations

of continental elevation, travelled up and down the trough

at least a thousand miles; and that not only is it true, as assert-

ed by Ellet, that every mile between Cairo and New Orleans

once held the river’s mouth, but that in the several advances

and recessions of the waters of the Gulf the mouth has been

more than twice at each point. The change of place of the

delta has been caused, however, for the most part, by oscilla-

tions of the sea level, and not, as Ellet supposed, by the filling

of the channel by the materials transported by the river itself.

Drirr Deposits.

The Drift deposits which cover the glacial surface, consisting

of fine clays below, sands and gravel above, large transported

boulders on the surface, and the series of lake ridges (beaches)

over all, form a sequence of phenomena of which the history

is easily read.

Evie Clays.

The lower series of blue or red clays—the “Erie clays” of

Sir William Logan—over a very large area, rest directly on the

planed and polished rock-surfaces. These clays are often ac-

curately stratified, were apparently deposited in deep and

generally quiet water, and mark a period when the glacial ice-

masses, melted by a change of climate, retreated northward,

= =~

Great Lakes, and the Valley of the Mississippi. 223

leaving large bodies of cold fresh water * about their south-

ern margins, in which the mud produced by their grinding

action on the paleozoic rocks of the Lake District was first sus-

pended and then deposited.

On the shores of Lake Erie these clays contain no boulders,

and very few pebbles, while farther North and West boulders

are more abundant. This is precisely what might be expected

from the known action of glacial masses on the surfaces over

which they pass. Their legitimate work is to grind to powder

the rock on which they rest: an effect largely due to the sand

which gathers under them, acting as emery on a lead wheel.

The water flowing from beneath glaciers is always milky and tur-

bid from this cause. Rocks and boulders are sometimes frozen

into glaciers, and thus transported by them, but nearly all

the boulders carried along by a glacier are such as have fallen

from above; and a moraine can hardly be formed by a glacier

except when there are cliffs and pinnacles along its course.

In a nearly level country, composed of sedimentary rocks

passed over by a glacier, we should have very little débris pro-

duced by it, except the mud flour which it grinds.

The Erie clays would necessarily receive any gravel or

stones which had been frozen into the ice, either as scattered

pebbles or stones, distributed to some distance from the glacial

mass by floating fragments of ice, or as masses of frozen gravel,

or larger and more numerous boulders near the glacier. In some

localities torrents would pour from the sides and from beneath

the glacier, so that here coarse material would alone resist the

rapid motion of the water, and the stratification of the sedi-

ments would be more or less confused.

In regard to the cause of the gradual amelioration of thie eli-

mate of the glacial epoch, by which the great glaciers of the

* Cold, because coming from the melting glacier, and depositing with its sedi-

ments no evidences of life ; fresh, because no marine shells are found in it—only

drift-wood—while the equivalent “‘ Champlain

marine Arctic shells.

” clays on the coast are full of

v4 On the Surface Geology of the Basin of the

lake basin were driven northward and finally altogether dis-

solved, we are not left entirely to conjecture.

Cosmical causes possibly and probably had the chief ageney

in producing this result, but we have unmistakable evidence

of at least the co-operation of another and perhaps no less potent

cause, viz., continental depression.

If a cosmical cause had simply increased the annual tem-

perature till the glaciers were all melted, without the action of

any other agent, we should never have had the accumulation

of drift deposits which now occupy all the glacial area; but the

drainage streams, changed in all their courses from ice to water,

would have flowed freely and rapidly away through their deep-

ly cut channels to deposit their abundant sediments only where

their transporting power was arrested, in the depths of the

ocean.

Instead of this, we everywhere find evidence that this flow

was checked, and a basin of quiet water formed by an advance

of the ocean consequent upon a subsidence of the land. Onthe

Atlantic and Gulf coasts this depression progressed until the

sea-level was more than 500 feet higher than now. The effect

of this depression was to deeply submerge the eastern margin

of the continent, and cover it with the “ Champlain” clays.

It is evident that at this period the drainage from the great

water-shed of the continent must have been met by the quiet

waters of the ocean almost at the sources of the present drain-

ing streams, and as the “ dead water” gradually crept up the

valleys, arresting the transporting power of their currents, their

old channels would be silted up and obliterated, and their val-

leys partially filled with materials for their subsequent terraces.

In the advance and subsequent recession of the line of “ dead

water” we have ample canse for all our terrace phenomena,

This continental depression accounts satisfactorily for the

filling of the old channels of the Mississippi and the Ohio, asa

depression of 500 feet would bring the ocean nearly to Pitts-

burgh on the Ohio, to St. Paul on the Mississippi.

Great Lakes, and the Valley of the Mississippi. 225

But I think we have evidence that the continent did not

sink uniformly in all its parts, but most at the North. Not to

cite any other proof of this,—northern coast fiords, &c.—the

altitude of the loess-like deposits of the upper Mississippi and

Missouri (the lacustrine non-glacial sediments of this period of

submergence), the upward reach of the Drift clays of the lake

basin, the filling of the valleys of the streams flowing into the

Ohio and Lake Erie, the old lake beaches marking the former

water-level in the lake basin—all indicate that the continental

subsidence was greatest towards the north. To this subsidence

we must, as I think, attribute the accumulation of water in the

lake basin and Mississippi valley to form the great inland sea

of fresh water, of which traces everywhere abound. It seems

to me scarcely necessary to suppose any other barriers by

which this sea was enclosed than the highlands that encircle

it—such as are roughly outlined by the light tint on Prof.

Guyot’s map of North America—and the sea-water which

filled the mouths of the two* straits by which it communica-

ted with the ocean.

Yellow Sands and Surface Boulders.

I have mentioned that on the Erie clays are beds of gravel,

sand, and clay, and over these again great numbers of trans-

ported boulders, often of large size and of northern and remote

origin.

These surface deposits have been frequently referred to as

the direct and normal product of glacial action, the materials

torn up and scraped off by the great ice ploughs in their long

journeys from the North; in fact, as some sort of huge termi-

* If there were two. That there was one in the course of the Mississippi we know,

and that so long that, though salt at one end, it must have been fresh at the other.

The eastern outlet of the lake waters may not have been by the St. Lawrence,

put as likely through the gap between the Adirondacks and the Alleghanies. The

shallow channels between the Thousand Islands and the Lachine Rapids seem

to indicate that the St. Lawrence is a comparatively new line of drainage for the

lakes.

226 On the Surface Geology of the Basin of the

nal and lateral moraines. I have, however, disproved, as ]

think, this theory of their transportation in a paper published

some years since (Notes on the Surface Geology of the Basin

of the Great Lakes. Proc. Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1863), in which

it is urged that the continuous sheet of the Erie clays upon

which they rest, and which forms an unbroken belt between

them and their place of origin, precludes the idea that they

have been transported by any ice-current or rush of. water

moving over the glacial surface; as either of these must have

torn up and scattered the soft clays below.

There is, indeed, no other conclusion deducible from the

facts than that these sands, gravels, granite and greenstone

boulders—masses of native copper, &e., which compose the

superficial Drift deposits—have been floated to their resting-

places, and that the floating agent has been ice, in the form of

icebergs ; in short, that these materials have been transported

and scattered over the bottom and along the south shore of our

ancient inland sea, just as similar materials are now being

scattered over the banks and shores of Newfoundland.

If we restore in imagination this inland sea, which we have

proved once filled the basin of the lakes, gradually displacing

the retreating glaciers, we are inevitably led to a time in the

history of this region when the southern shore of this sea was

formed by the highlands of Ohio, &c., the northern shore a

wall of ice resting on the hills of erystalline and trappean rocks

about Lake Superior and Lake Huron.

From this ice-wall masses must from time to time have

been detached,—just as they are now detached from the Hum-

boldt Glacier,—and floated off southward with the current,

bearing in their grasp sand, gravel, and boulders—whatever

composed the beach from which they sailed. Five hundred

miles south they grounded upon the southern shore; the high-

lands of now Western New York, Pennsylvania, and Ohio, or

the shallows of the prairie region of Indiana, Illinois, and Iowa ;

there melting away and depositing their entire loads,—as I

—.

Great Lakes, and the Valley of the Mississippi. 227

have sometimes seen them, a thousand or more boulders on a

few acres, resting on the Erie clays and looking in the distance

like flocks of sheep,—or dropping here and there a stone and

floating on east or west till wholly dissipated.

These boulders include representatives of nearly all the

rocks of the Lake Superior country, conspicuous among which

are granites with rose-colored orthoclase, gray gneiss, and dio-

rites, all characteristic of the Laurentian series ; hornblendic

rocks, massive or schistose, and dark greenish or bluish silicious

slates, probably from the Huronian ; dolorites and masses of

native copper, apparently from the Keweenaw Point copper

region.

In the Drift gravels I have found pebbles and small boul-

ders of nearly all the paleozoic rocks of the lake basin, con-

taining their characteristic fossils, viz.: The Calciferous Sand-

rock with Maclurea, Trenton and Hudson with Ambonychia

radiata, Cyrtolites ornatus, Medina with Pleurotomaria litorea,

Corniferous with Conocardium trigonale, Atrypa reticularis,

Fuwosites polymorpha, Hamilton with Spirifer mucronatus, &e.

The granite boulders are often of large size, sometimes six

feet and more in diameter, and generally rounded.

The largest transported blocks I have seen are the more or

less angular masses of corniferous limestone mentioned on a

preceding page.

Along the southern margin of the Drift area, especially on

the slopes of the highlands of Northern Ohio, the Drift sands

and gravels are of considerable thickness, forming hills of

100 feet or more in height, generally stratified, but often

without any visible arrangement. These deposits are very

unevenly distributed, with a rolling surface frequently forming

local basins, which hold the little lakelets or sphagnous marsh-

es so characteristic of the region referred to. These are the

beds to which I have alluded as constituting, in the opinion

of some geologists, a great glacial moraine, but from the fact

that they are locally stratified, and overlie the older blue clays,

228 On the Surface Geology of the Basin of the

I have regarded them as transported not by glaciers, but by

icebergs.

Possibly some part of this Drift material may have aceumn-

lated along the margin of the great glacier, moved by its

agency ; but in that case we should expect to find in it abun-

dant fragments of the rocks which outcrop in the region under

consideration, whereas I have rarely, if ever, seen in these Drift

gravels any representatives of the rocks underlying the south

margin of the lake basin. |

By whatever agency transported, the Drift gravels have, like

the boulders, for the most part come from some remote point

at the North, and were once spread broadcast along the south-

ern shore of the inland iceberg-bearing sea.

In the retreat of the shore line during the contraction of the

water surface down to its present area, every part of the slope

of the southern shore between the present water surface and

the highest lake level of former times, @. é., all within a verti-

cal height of 800 feet or more, must in turn have been submit-

ted to the action of the shore waves, rain, and rivers, by which

if, as is probable, the retrograde movement of the water line

was slow, these loose materials would be rolled, ground, sort-

ed, sifted, and shifted, so that comparatively little would be left

in its original bedding; the fine materials, clay and sand,

would be washed out and carried further and still further into

the lake basin, and spread over the bottom, to form, in short,

the upper sandy layers of the Drift.

At certain points in its descent the water level seems to have

been for a time stationary, and such points are marked by ter-

races and the long lines of ancient beaches which have been

* now borders the south

referred to. A similar “lake ridge’

shore of Lake Michigan, where it may be observed in the pro-

cess of formation ; and this seems to be the legitimate effect of

waves everywhere on a sloping shore composed of loose mate-

rial; storms driving up sand and gravel to form a ridge which

ultimately acts as a barrier to the waves that built it. Winds,

Great Lakes, and the Valley of the Mississippi. 229

also, often assist in building up, and sometimes alone form these

ridges, by transporting inland the beach sand.

In other localities, where hard rock masses formed the shore

of our inland sea, perpendicular wave-worn cliffs were pro-

duced; and many of these now stand as enduring and indis-

putable monuments of a sea whose waves, perhaps, for ages

beat against them. Such cliffs may be observed on Little

Mountain, in Lake county, in the valley of the Cuyahoga,

in Medina and Lorain county, Ohio, along the outcrops of the

Carboniferous conglomerate and Waverley sandstone.

In all the changes through which the valley of the Missis-

sippi passed during the “ Drift Period,” its general structure

and main topographical features remained the same. Yet the

character of its surface suffered very important modifications,

and such as deeply affected its fitness for human occupation.

As we have seen, the glacial epoch was marked by erosion

on a grand scale.

Then, our river valleys and some of our lakes—though

mapped out long before—were excavated to a much greater

depth than they now have.

During their subsequent submergence, these valleys and

lakes were partially or perfectly filled with the drift deposits

which covered all the surface like a deep fall of snow, rounded

its outlines and softened all its asperities.

When the waters were withdrawn, the rivers again began

clearing their obstructed channels; a work not yet accom-

plished, and in many instances not half done. Numbers of the

old channels were wholly filled and obliterated, and the streams

that once traversed them were compelled to find quarters else-

where. Examples of this kind have been already cited, and

they could be multiplied indefinitely.

ORIGIN OF THE GREAT LAKES.

The question of the origin of our lakes is one that requires

more observation and study than have yet been given to it be-

230 On the Surface Geology of the Basin of the

fore we can be said to have solved all the problems it involves.

There are, however, certain facts connected with the structure

of the lake basins, and some deductions from these facts, which

may be regarded as steps already taken toward the full under-

standing of the subject. These facts and deductions are briefly

as follows :—

Ist. Lake Superior lies in a synclinal trough, and its mode

of formation therefore hardly admits of question, though its

sides are deeply scored with ice-marks, and its form and area

may have been somewhat modified by this agent.

2d. Lake Huron, Lake Michigan, Lake Erie, and Lake

Ontario are excavated basins, wrought out of once continuous

sheets of sedimentary strata by a mechanical agent, and that

ice or water, or both.

That they have been filled with ice, and that this ice formed

great moving glaciers, we may consider proved. The west end

of Lake Erie may be said to be carved out of the Corniferous

limestone by ice action; as its bottom and sides and islands—

horizontal, vertical, and even overhanging surfaces—are all

furrowed by glacial grooves, which are parallel with the major

axis of the lake.

All our great lakes are probably very ancient, as since the

close of the Devonian period the area they occupy has never

been submerged beneath the ocean, and their formation may

have begun during the Coal Measure epoch,

The Laurentian belt, which stretches from Labrador to the

Lake of the Woods, and thence northward to the Arctic Sea,

forms the oldest known portion of the earth’s surface. The

shores of this ancient continent, then high and mountainous,

were washed by the Silurian sea, where the débris of the land

was deposited in strata that subsequently rose to the surface,

and formed a broad low margin to the eentral mountain belt,

just as the Cretaceous and Tertiary strata flank the Allegha-

nies in the Southern States.

In the lapse of countless ages, all the mountain peaks and

Great Lakes, and the Valley of the Mississippi. 231

chains of the Laurentian continent have been removed and

carried into the sea, and this has been done by rivers of water

and rivers of ice. That these mountains once existed there can

be no reasonable doubt, for their truneated bases remain as

witnesses, and it is scarcely less certain that glaciers have

flowed down their slopes of sufficient magnitude and reach to

deeply score the plain which encircled them.

It will-be noticed that all the great lakes of the continent

hold certain relations to the curving belt of Laurentian high-

lands.

Some of them are embraced in the foldings of the Eozoie

rocks, and fill synclinal troughs; but most of the series, from

Great Bear Lake to Lake Ontario, exhibit the same geological

and physical structure, are basins of excavation in the paleo-

zoic plain that flanks in a parallel belt the Laurentian area,

Few of us have any conception of the enormous general and

local erosion which that plain has suffered. Those who will

take the trouble to examine the section across Lake Ontario,

from the Alleghanies to the Laurentian hills of Canada, and

compare it with the other sections in the Lake Winnepeg dis-

trict, radial to the Laurentian arch, given by Mr. Hind in his

report on the Assiniboin country, will be sure to find the com-

parison interesting and suggestive ; suggestive especially of a

community of structure and history, and of an inseparable con-

nection between the lake phenomena and the topographical

features of the Laurentian hightands, flanked by the paleozoic

plain.

In estimating the influences that might have affected the

number and magnitude of glaciers on the sides of the Lauren-

tian mountains, it should not be forgotten that the Cretaceous

sea swept the western shore of the Paleozoic and Laurentian

continent, from the Gulf of Mexico to the Arctic Ocean ; and

whether ,we consider this sea as a broad expanse of water

simply dotted with islands, or a strait traversed by a tropical

current, we have in either case conditions peculiarly favorable

232 On the Surface Geology of the Basin of the

to the formation of great glacial masses of ice, z. e., a broad

evaporating surface of warm water swept by westerly winds

that carried all suspended moisture immediately on to a moun-

tain belt, which served as a sufficient condenser.

This, at least, may be positively asserted in regard to the

agency of ice in the excayation of the lake basins, that their

bottoms and sides, wherever exposed to observation, if com-

posed of resistant materials, bear indisputable evidence of

ice action, proving that these basins were filled by moving

glaciers in the last ice period if never before, and that part, at

least, of the erosion by which they were formed is due to

these glaciers.

No other agent than glacial ice, as it seems to me, is capable

of excavating broad, deep, boat-shaped basins, like those which

hold our lakes.

If the elevation of temperature and retreat northward of the

glaciers of the lake basins were not uniform and continuous,

but alternated with periods of repose, we should find these

periods marked by excavated basins, each of which would serve

to measure the reach of the glacier at the time of its formation,

the lowest basin being the oldest, the others formed in succes-

sion afterwards. Such a cause would be sufficient to account

for any local expansions of the troughs of the old ice rivers.

Where glaciers flow down from highlands on to a plain or

into the sea, the excavating action of the ice mass must termi-

nate somewhat abruptly in the formation of a basin-like cavity,

beyond which would be a rim of rock, with whatever of débris

the glacier has brought down to form a terminal moraine.

When glaciers reach the sea, the great weight of the ice

mass must plough up the sea bottom out to the point where

the greater gravity of water lifts the ice from its bed, and bears

it away as an iceberg.

If it is true, as the facts I have cited indicate, that our lakes

are but portions of great excavated channels locally filled with

drift material, the fiords of the northern Atlantic and Pacific

Great Lakes, and the Valley of the Mississippi. 233

coast present remarkable parallels to them; and I would sug-

gest Puget’s Sound, Hood’s Oanal, and other portions of that

wonderful system of navigable channels about Vancouver's

Island, as affording interesting and instructive subjects for

comparison. Like our lakes, their channels are for the most part

excavated from sedimentary strata which form a low and com-

paratively level margin to the bases of mountain chains and

peaks, They too have their depths and shallows, their basins

and bars, and probably all who have seen them will assent to

Prof. Dana’s view, that they are the “result of subaérial exea-

vation,” in which glaciers performed an important part.

THE ‘* LOESS” OF THE MISSISSIPPI VALLEY.

The “Bluff formation” of the West, sometimes called

Loess,” from its resemblance to the Loess of the Rhine, I

have on a preceding page designated as a lacustrine, non-gla-

cial Drift deposit. It seems to be the sediment precipitated

from the waters of our great inland sea in its shallow and more

quiet portions, to which icebergs, with their gravel and boul-

ders, had no access, and where the glacial mud was repre-

sented only by an impalpable powder, which mingled with the

wash of the adjacent land, land shells, &e.

It is evidently one of the most recent of the deposits which

come into the series of Drift phenomena, and was apparently

thrown down while the broad water surface which once stretch-

ed over the region where it is found was narrowing by drain-

age and evaporation, till, by its total disappearance, this sheet

of calcareous mud was left.

It underlies much of the prairie region, and once filled, often

to the brim, the troughs of the Mississippi and Missouri, so

deeply excavated during the glacial epoch. When the system

of drainage was re-established the new rivers began the exca-

vation of their ancient valleys in the Loess. When they had

cut into or through this stratum, so that it stood up in esearp-

ments on either side, man came and called it the Bla for-

234 Catalogue of Birds from Puna Island.

mation, because it composed or capped the bold bluffs of the

river-banks. It is often, however, only a facing to the rocky

cliffs, which are the true walls of these valleys, and which are

monuments of an age long anterior to the date of its deposi-

tion.

XI.— Catalogue of Birds from Puna Island, Gulf of Guayaquil,

in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution, collected by J. F.

Reeve, Esq.

By Gro. N. LAWRENCE,

Read May 10th, 1869.

Fam. TURDIDAE.

I. Turdus reevei. sp. noy.

Tuer upper plumage and wing coverts are of a dark bluish plumbeous,

with numerous darker narrow wavy lines, like water-marks, on the fea-

thers of the upper parts except the head; the front and sides of the

head are tinged with brownish ; the central tail feathers and outer webs

of the others are of a rather duller plumbeous than the back, the outer

feather having only an edging of that color, all the inner webs are

brownish-black ; primaries brownish-black, with plumbeous outer mar-

gins, the other quills have their exposed portions the color of the back,

the concealed parts brownish-black; throat and under tail coverts pale

whitish-fulvous, the former streaked with blackish on the upper part;

lower part of neck and upper part of breast light grayish-fulvous; all

the remaining under plumage and under wing coverts of a brownish-

fulyous, paler on the middle and lower parts of the abdomen; bill yellow,

clouded with brownish at the base ; tarsi and toes pale yellowish.

Third quill feather the longest, the first and sixth equal.

Length (skin) 94 inches; wing 4%; tail 4; bill 3; tarsi 1}.

Type in Mus. Smithsonian Institution, No. 54,102.

Remarks. 'This does not require comparison with any other

species ; it comes under the section Planesticus ; the sex of the

specimen is not given.

—— ee

Catalogue of Birds from Puna Island. 235

I have conferred upon this species the name of J. F. Reeve,

Esq., of Guayaquil, who (as I am informed by Prof. Jas. Orton)

is a gentleman of great energy of character and courage, which

latter quality is of importance in any explorations on Puna Isl-

and, where collections are made at great personal risk, from the

ferocious nature of the wild animals with which it abounds.

Fam. ‘TROGLODYTIDAE.

2. Fhryothorus superciliaris. sp. nov.

Feathers of the fore part of the head blackish, margined with dull

rufous, the entire upper plumage besides is of a light brownish rufous,

brighter on the rump; tail of a rather light rufous, crossed with eight

distinct bars of black; quills liver brown, the exposed portions barred

with light rufous, except at their ends; the smaller quills entirely banded

with light rufous and dark brown; a broad stripe running from the

bill over the eye, sides of the head, the chin and throat pure white ;

there is a short postocular stripe of blackish brown, which does not ex-

tend to the eye, or prevent the superciliary stripe from connecting with

the white of the side of the neck; on the breast is a mere suffusion of

dilute rufous, which color gradually becomes darker on the abdomen

and under tail coverts, but still is rather pale; under wing coverts

white, tinged like the breast ; upper mandible black, the under whitish

with the end dusky; tarsi and toes dark hazel brown.

Length (skin) 6 inches; wing 23; tail2; bill {; tarsi 1.

Type in Mus. Smithsonian Institution, No. 54,100. There

are three specimens in the collection.

Remarks. This species most resembles T. modestus, but is

larger and has a longer bill; the most marked difference in plum-

age is the broader superciliary stripe and the purer white of the

sides of the head and throat; in 7: modestus the head and hind

neck are browner, the tail duller in color, with the dark bars less

strongly defined, the white of the throat has a fulvous tinge, the

lores are dusky, and the dark postocular stripe extends from the

eye to the dark color of the hind neck.

236 Catalogue of Birds from Puna Island.

Fam. SYLVICOLIDAE.

8. Parula pitiayumi, ( Vieill.)

Fam. ‘TANAGRIDAE.

4. Tanagra cana, Sw.

Fam. FORMICARIDAE.

5. Thamnophilus albinuchalis, Scl.

Fam. TYRANNIDAE.

6. LEupsilostoma pusillum, Scl.

There are two specimens which agree quite well with Mr.

Sclater’s description (P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 68) except in the length

given, viz.: 2.5 inches, which is without doubt a typographical

error; the wing is also longer than as stated by him.

The dimensions are, length 44 inches; wing 2; tail 1§.

The bill is larger than that of £. obsoletum, but the wings and

tail are shorter.

7. Pyrocephalus nanus, Gould.

Several specimens; they are of the same size as examples of

P. rubineus from Bogota, and the apparent differences from that

species are as follows:—upper plumage of a darker brown,

more of a smoky cast; the quills and tail blacker, the red crest

not extending so far behind, and the bill longer and narrower.

&. Empidonax griseipectus. sp. nov.

Plumage above of a dull greenish olive, brownish on the head; a

grayish white line extends from the bill over the eye; tail light brown,

the outer web of the lateral feather grayish-white ; quills dark brown,

the larger ones narrowly margined with dull pale brown, and the others

with white; smaller wing coverts colored like the back, the middle

and larger coverts dark brown ending with white, forming two distinct

white bars across the wing; under wing coverts pale yellow, inner

margins of quills light buff; throat grayish white, upper part and sides

of the breast dark ashy gray; abdomen and under tail coverts clear

Catalogue of Birds from Puna Island. 237

pale yellow; upper mandible black, the under yellowish white ; tarsi

and toes blackish brown.

Length (skin) 53 inches; wing 23; tail 23; bill <4; tarsi 5%.

Type in the Smithsonian Institution, No. 50,709.

9. Contopus punensis. sp. nov. .

Front and top of head olivaceous brown; hind neck and back green-

ish olive; rump pale ochreous ; upper tail coverts the color of the back

tipped with pale ochreous; tail feathers hair brown with margins the

color of the back, except the lateral feather, which has the entire outer

web pale ochreous white ; wing coverts and quills blackish brown, the

coverts and the smaller quills bordered with pale ochreous white ;

under covering of wings light buff; lores gray, chin and throat grayish

white, breast and abdomen pale yellow, duller on the former and

clearer on the latter; under tail coverts pale yellowish white; sides

dusky ; upper mandible dark brown, the under yellow, with the edges

orange ; tarsi and toes black. ,

Third quill longest, first shorter than sixth; bill large and broad,

comparatively.

Length (skin) 53 inches; wing 23; tail 23; bill 4; tarsi 4.

Type in Mus. Smithsonian Institution, No. 54,105.

Remarks. This differs from other members of the genus, in

the breast being free from the clouded coloring which exists on

that part, to a greater or less extent, in all of them.

The colors of the under plumage of this species are more like

those of Hmpidonaz, but its very large bill and short tarsi show

its affinity to Contopus; the bill exceeds in size that of C. rich-

ardsoni.

10. Myiarchus pheocephalus, Sct.

11. Tyrannus melancholicus, Vievll.

Fam. 'TROCHILIDAE.

12. Lesbia amaryllis (Boure. et Muls.).

13. Metallura quitensis, Gould.

14. Petasophora anais (Less.).

15. Amazilia dumerili (Less.).

JUNE, 1869. 16 Ann. Lyo. Nat. Hist., Vor. IX

238 Additional Notes on the Geographical

Fam. CUCULIDAE.

16. Crotophaga sulcirostris, Sw.

Fam. PIcrpar.

17. Chloronerpes callonotus ( Waterh.).

Fam. FALconipar.

18. Urubitinga anthracina ( Nitzsch.).

19. $f unicincta (Temm.).

Fam. CHARADRIIDAE.

20. <Aegialitis semipalmatus (Bonap.).

Fam. +¢ RALLIDAE.

21. Parra intermedia, Bonap.

One specimen in immature plumage, with the back and wing

coverts brownish olive, the sides, under wing coverts and

shoulders, deep chestnut.

In a collection from Venezuela, made by W. B. Gilbert, Esq.,

sent me for examination by Prof. Henry, are three adult speci-

mens. It is I think distinct from P. jacana from Brazil (which

has been questioned by some writers), being smaller in all its

dimensions; the chestnut coloring is much darker, more of a

brownish maroon color, and the black coloring has a greenish

lustre, which in P. jacana is of a deep purple cast.

XII.—Additional Notes on the Geographical Distribution of Land

Shells in the West Indies.

By THOMAS BLAND.

Read May 10, 1869.

In various papers (Annals VII., 1861, with Catalogue of Species

and Amer. Jour. of Conch, IT., 1866, and IV., 1868) 1 have dis-

cussed the subject of the Geographical Distribution of the West

Indian terrestrial Mollusca, and shown that the Islands, consider-

——

Distribution of Land Shells in the West Indies. 239

ing the facts of such distribution, may be divided into five sub-

provinces, the whole group, in a general sense, being treated as

one zoological province. For the sake of brevity, I may refer

to the sub-provinces as those of Cuba, Jamaica, Haiti, Porto

Rico, and Guadeloupe; with respect to several .of which I now

offer some additional information.

Cusa.-—This sub-province includes the Isle of Pines, the Ba-

hamas, Turk’s Island and Bermudas. An amazing number of

species have been discovered in Cuba since 1861, and also in the

Bahamas. From the latter, including Turk’s Island, 22 species

only were enumerated in my Catalogue (1861), while between 70

and 80 arenow known. The Bahamas species will be the subject of

a separate paper, but I may mention that the islands on the Little

and Great Bahama Banks are closely connected by their land

shell faunas with Cuba, but those to windward of the latter

Bank, Inagua especially, have evident relations with Haiti, to

which geographically they are nearer.

Haitt.—The Island of Navassa, situate 83 miles S.W. from

Haiti and 72 E. from Jamaica, belongs to this sub-province. We

are indebted to Mr. Eugene Gaussoin for three species described

by Tryon (Amer. Jour. Conch. II., 1866) viz. :—Helix Gaussoini,

Chrondropoma Navassense, and [Telicina circumlineata,

Porto Rico.—In this section Viéque and small islands adja-

cent are included, and also the Virgin Islands, with Anguilla,

St. Martin, and St. Bartholomew. I am now enabled to enlarge

and correct the lists of species from several of the islands. The

Anegada and St. Bartholomew lists are from facts communicated

by Mr. R. Swift, on the authority of Dr. P. T. Cleve of the Uni-

versity of Upsala, Sweden, who lately visited those islands,

ANEGADA.

Succinea. sp. indet.

Helix euclasta Shuttl.: also in Cuba.

notabilis Shuttl.: not found by Dr. Cleve.

240 Additional Notes on the Geographical

Bulimus elongatus Bolt.

tenuissimus Fer. : also in Trinidad.

Pupa striatella Fer.: very abundant.

Macroceramus microdon Pfr.

—— signatus Guild. : var. in Haiti.

Chrondropoma Tortolense Pfr.

ANGUILLA.

Bulimus Anguillensis Pfr.

elongatus Bolt.

Lehmanni Pfr.

Pineria Schrammi Fisch.: also in Guadeloupe.

Macroceramus signatus Guild.

Cylindrella costata Guild.: also in Barbados.

Tudora pupeeformis Sowb.: referred by Pfeiffer, I think erroneously,

to Haiti.

Cistula lugubris Pfr. : attributed to Jamaica, from which it is not

known, by Pfeiffer, who mentions the Anguilla shell, with doubt, as a

variety.

Sr. BARTHOLOMEW.

Succinea. sp. indet.

Helix subaquila Shuttl.

notabilis Shuttl.: not found by Dr. Cleve,

Bulimus elongatus Bolt.

—— exilis Gmel.

fraterculus Fer.

marginatus Say.

Stenogyra octona Chem,

Pineria Schrammi Fisch,

Choanopoma sulculosum Fer, : also sub-fossil,

The following, not in my Catalogue, belong to the different

Islands named.

Helix castrensis Pfr. Porto Rico. (var.? of H. lima.)

Chrondropoma terebra Pfr, “

Distribution of Land Shells in the West Indies. 241

Macroceramus microdon Pfr. Viéque, Lillienskjold !

Helix marginella Gmel. Culabre, e

’

Bulimus elongatus Bolt. & ‘ unusually fine

specimens ; color of interior of aperture and columella very dark,

Choanopoma senticosum? Shuttl. “

Oleacina subtilis Shuttl. in litt., St. Thomas; allied to

O. sulculosa Ptr. of Porto Rico.

Bulimus marginatus Say, St. Croix,

Pupa pellucida Pfr., i also Cuba and Jamaica,

Bulimus elongatus Bolt. Tortola.

Megalomastoma Antillarum Sowb. “

Chrondopoma Julieni Pfr. Sombrero,

It may be remarked that the land shell fauna of the Porto

Rico sub-province is distinct and its limits well defined, so much

so, indeed, as to warrant the inference, that the islands com-

prised in it were, at a former period, more closely connected, if

not united.

In connection with the Geology of Anguilla, the remarks

of Professor Cope (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1868, p. 313), on

the bones and teeth of a large Rodent from the cave deposits of

that island, are very interesting. He thinks, “ That its discovery

on so small an island, with others of like character, indicated that

the Caribbean continent had not been submerged prior to the

close of the Post-pleiocene, and that its connection was with the

other Antilles, while a wide strait separated it from the then com-

paratively remote shores of North America.”

Mr. Julien (Annals VIII., 251, 1866) mentions the occurrence

at Sombrero of the fossil remains of land-turtles, which were re-

ferred by Prof. Jeffries Wyman to three new extinct and gigan-

tic species similar to those of the Gallapagos Islands. (See Cope

in Proc. Acad. N.S. Phila., 1868, p. 180.)

— —

242 Note on Lovén’s Article on “ Leskia mirabilis, Gray.”

XII1.—Note on Lovén’s Article on ** Leskia mirabilis, GRaY.”

By ALEXANDER AGASSIZ.

Read June 7th, 1869.

LovEN has recently, in an article on Leskia mirabilis, GRAY, in

the Proceedings of the Swedish Academy, taken the opportunity

to suggest some views on the homologies of certain openings in

Cystideans, tending to corroborate the explanation given by

Billings, in the Decades of the Canada Geological Survey, of

the functions of these apertures. Liitken has in the Geologist

given the main points of Lovén’s arguments, and at the same

time, to a certain extent, criticized the explanations there given ;

his article has been reprinted in the Canadian Naturalist for

December, 1868. to which Billings has added some notes and

objections to the criticisms of Liitken.

I do not intend to pass in review the many theories which have

been advanced at various times concerning the probable nature

of the ovarian openings, and the openings called mouth or anus,

or mouth-anus, by various paleontologists, but simply to point

out a few features in the anatomy of recent Echinoderms which

seem to have escaped paleontologists when discussing these ques-

tions.

In the first place there is nothing contrary to the homology of

living Echinoderms in the fact that one and the same opening

should perform at the same time the functions of mouth and

anus. But the opening which performs this double function is

always the mouth; it is the opening which in the embryo Echi-

noderms is the first formed; when there exists an anus in addition

to the mouth, theanal opening is always formed later, and then the

mouth performs only its proper functions. As to genital open-

ings covered by plates, we find nowhere in recent Echinoderms

any Openings so constructed; the only structure to which we

might homologize such genital openings is the genital slit of

Note on Lovén's Article on “ Leskia mirabilis, Gray.” ‘248

Ophiurans, which is however usually but a single slit, never

closed by a system of regularly arranged plates, as is the case

with the opening to which the name of genital opening has fre-

quently been given among Crinoids. In all other Echinoderms,

the genital openings are mere pores in special plates; and in the

Starfishes, for instance, it would puzzle any one to point out the

position of the genital openings, or of the anus, even in a speci-

men prepared to show simply the calcareous parts, such parts as

would be preserved ina fossil. We find in almost all sea-urchins

a system of plates arranged, more or less regularly, upon the

buccal membrane, but they are usually numerous and small, ex-

cept in Leskia, where they are limited to five; so that it is the

exception among living Echinoids to find the mouth protected

by a system consisting of a small number of plates. If we ex-

amine the anal opening we find, on the contrary, as Dr. Liitken

justly remarks, a number of genera in which the anal opening is

covered by asmall number of plates. This is the case in Leskia

itself, in Arbacza, in Echinocidaris, in Parasalenia, in several spe-

cies of Echinometra, and it is a feature which is common to all the

young Echini which I have as yet had the opportunity of examin-

ing. In young Zoxopneustes, Lytechinus, Toreumatica, Temno-

trema, Sphaerechinus, Opechinus, we find the anal system covered

at first in the early stages by a single plate, as in Salenia, after-

wards by three, and then fora considerable period of their growth

by five plates, one of which is slightly Jarger than the others, but

presenting in all essential features the same arrangement as the

plates covering what I would still consider, in the face of the

arguments of Billings, reaffirmed by Lovén, the anal opening in

Cystideans. If we were to take a fossil Comatula, of the type of

our common Antedon and Actinometra, what proof would we

have that in one case the ambulacra radiate pentagonally from a

centre to each of the arms, the anal proboscis being eccentric,

while in the other case the ambulacra form an open horseshoe-

shaped curve, from which the five branches are sent into the

arms, the anal proboscis being situated in the open space be-

244 Note on Lovén’s Article on “ Leskia mirabilis, Gray.”

b e

tween the two extremities of the horseshoe-shaped ambulacral

furrows, in the centre of the disc. In one case the mouth (a

very minute opening in both instances) being central, while in

the other the mouth is eccentric at the point of confluence of the

ambulacral furrows, but in the middle of the horseshoe-shaped

curve the anus being central.

It seems to me that Lovén’s figures of the ambulacral fur-

rows of Spwhronites show that, as far as we can trace the fur-

rows, they formed, as in Actinometra, an open horseshoe-shaped

curve, and that the mouth must have been placed in the

middle of this curve, at a point corresponding with its position

in Actinometra, opposite the base of the arm placed near the

middle of this curve. That is, I suppose, that in this genus,

as in Comatula, and as in all recent Crinoids known, there

was a leathery actinal membrane extending along the arms,

covering the central part of the disc, and in this were the ambu-

lacral tubes, the soft parts forming a portion of the anal proboscis,

and the minute mouth itself having a structure similar to that of

our recent Antedon and Actinometra, while the opening covered by

plates is nothing but the anal opening, we find in these Crinoids

an embryonic feature of all young Comatule retained by the pre-

sence of one or more anal plates. ‘Ibis would give us an ex-

planation of the structure of Spheronites and of other Cystideans

perfectly in accordance with the anatomical features of living

Crinoids, and Prof. Lovén’s figures of the curved horseshoe-sha-

ped ambulacral furrows seem to me the strongest possible proof

of the complete accordance with recent Crinoids of this appa-

rently aberrant type.

It is certainly somewhere along the ambulacral furrows that

we must look for the mouth, but we could hardly expect to find

any trace of it, if, as I cannot help conjecturing from what we

have in all our recent Crinoids, there was a leathery membrane

which would form the mouth, covering these furrows, it has of

course left no trace of its existence, any more than any of our

recent Crinoids would show the presence of either; a mouth or

Note on Lovén’s Article on “ Leskia mirabilis, Gray.” 245

anus, if the calyx and arms alone were found fossil. Thisseems

so natural an explanation, so entirely in accordance with all we

know of the anatomy of Echinoderms, that the mouth should be

somewhere along the ambulacral furrows, at their junction,

where the annular ambulacral tube is placed, but that june-

tion need not necessarily be a central point of the disc, that I

give it for what it may be worth, loath as Iam to assume the

correctness of a theory which would place the mouth outside

of all connection with the ambulacral furrows, a supposition

totally unsupported by all homological inferences to be drawn

from living Echinoderms. Nor can we suppose that this connec-

tion between the mouth and the ambulacra can have been sepa-

rated in Crinoids, because we find one opening performing some-

times the functions of both mouth and anus. In the recent

Kchinoderms in which this is the case, we find that the opening

performing this double function is invariably the mouth, which

is placed at the point of confluence of the ambulacra.

The whole history of the embryological development of Cri-

noids, which is sufficiently well known for our purposes, shows

us that such a separation between the mouth and ambulacra

never exists in any of the earlier stages, and any theory which at-

tempts to explain the homology of Crinoids on the assumption

_of the separation of the ambulacral system from the mouth, must

explain away all we know of the anatomy of Echinoderms, and

all we know of their development ; it is contrary to everything

we find in the living types, which after all must be our guides,

and a theory against which such a sweeping assertion can be

substantiated must be based upon an incorrect interpretation of

the facts observed in their old fossil representatives, which cer-

tainly have not been built upon a type differing from that of

their representatives of the present day.

246 Observations on a Collection of

XIV.— Observations on a Collection of Chalchihuitls from

Central America.

By E. G. SQuieErR.

Read April 5th, 1869,

Amone the articles of ornament used by the aboriginal

inhabitants of Mexico and Central America, those worked

from some variety of green stone resembling emerald, and

called by the Nahuatl or Mexican name chalchiuitl, chalchi-

huitl, or chalchiuite,* were most highly esteemed, and are

oftenest mentioned by the early explorers and chroniclers.

The word chalchiuitl is defined by Molina, in his Vocabulario

Mewicano (1571), to signify esmeralda baja, or an inferior kind

of emerald. The precious ‘emerald, or emerald proper, was

called guetzalitztli, from the quetzal, the bird known to science

as the trogan resplendens (the splendid plumes of which, of bril-

liant metallic green, were worn by the kings of Mexico and

Central America as regal insignia), and 2¢z/z, stone; i. e. the

stone of the quetzal.

The value attached to the chalchihuitl by the ancient Mexi-

cans will appear from the testimony of the chronicler Bernal

Diaz, which is supported by that of all the historians of the

Discovery and Conquest. The first messengers that Monte-

zuma sent to Cortez, on his landing at San Juan de Ulua,

brought, among other presents, “four chalchihwitls, a species

of green stone of uncommon value, which is held in higher

estimation with them than the smaragdus.” (Lockhart’s

Translation of Bernal Diaz, vol. i. p.93.) Subsequently, after

having firmly established himself in Mexico, Cortez required

of the Emperor Montezuma that he should collect tribute from

* I have followed the orthography of the word throughout, as given by the

various authors quoted.

Chalchihuitls from Central America. 247

all his vassals for the Spanish crown, which he proceeded at

once to do; and, at the end of twenty days, handed over to

Cortez all the treasures he had got together, amounting in value

to 600,000 pesos. Bernal Diaz reports that Montezuma apolo-

gized for the smallness of the amount, on the score that his

time for collecting the tribute bad been too short; but that he

would make it worthy of the acceptance of the Spanish king

by adding to it the treasures of his father, and also “a few

chalehihuis of such enormous value that I would not consent

to give them to any one save such a powerful emperor as

yours ; each of these stones is worth two loads of gold.” (1b

vol. i. p. 278.)

Sahagun mentions four of the Mexican gods who were the

especial patrons of the lapidaries, and honored as the inven-

tors of the art “of working stones and chalchiuites, and of

drilling and polishing them.” He does not, however, describe

the process made use of by the Indians in cutting precious

stones, ‘¢ because,” he says, “it is so common and well under-

stood ;” an omission which his editor, Bustamente, regrets,

“since the art is now entirely lost.”

Quetzalcoatl, the lawgiver, high-priest, and instructor of the

Mexicans in the arts, is said to have tanght not only the work-

ing of metals, but “particularly the art of cutting precious

stones, such as chalchiuites, which are green stones, much

esteemed, and of great value.” (Zorguemada, lib. vi. cap.

xxiv.) Quetzalcoatl himself, according to certain traditions,

was begotten by one of these stones, which the goddess Chz-

malma lad placed in her bosom. Indeed, both among the

Mexicans and the nations farther to the southward, the chalchi-

huitl seems to have represented everything that was excellent

in its kind. Its name was used in compounding designations of

distinction and honor, and was applied both to heroes and

divinities. The goddess of water bore the name of Chal-

chivitleuye, the woman of the chalchiuites ; and the name of

Chalchiuhapan was often applied to the city of Tlaxcalla, from

248 Observations on a Collection of

a beautiful fountain of water near it, the color of which, aceord-

ing to Torquemada, “was between blue and green.” Cortez,

according to the same authority, was often called “ Chal-

chiuitl, which is the same as captain of great valor, because

chalchiuitl is the color of emerald, and the emeralds are held

in high estimation among the nations.” (Monarchia Indiana,

vol. i. p. 435.) When a great dignitary died, his corpse was

richly decorated for burial with gold and plumes of feathers,

and “they put in his mouth a fine stone resembling emerald,

which they call chalchihuitl, and which, they say, they place

as a heart.” (Zd., vol. ii. p. 521.)

Sahagun, in one place, describes the chalchihuitl as “a jas-

per of very green color, or a common emerald.” Elsewhere

he goes into a very full description of the various kinds of

green stones which the Mexicans held in esteem, and as his

account may materially aid in identifying the chalchihwitl, it

is subjoined entire :

“ The emerald which the Mexicans eall quetzalitetli is pre-

cious, of great value, and is so called, because by the word

quetzalli they mean to say a very green plume, and by ¢tzéle,

flint. It is smooth, without spot; and these peculiarities

belong to the good emerald ; namely, it is deep green with a

polished surface, without stain, transparent, and at the same

time lustrous. There is another kind of stone which is called -

quetzalchalchiviti, so called because it is very green and resem-

bles the chalchiwitl ; the best of these are of deep green, trans-

parent, and without spot; those which are of inferior quality

have veins and spots intermingled. The Mexicans work these

stones into various shapes; some are round and pierced, others

long, cylindrical, and pierced; others triangular, hexagonal,

or square. There are still other stones called chalchivites,

which are green (but not transparent), mixed with white;

they are much used by the chiefs, who wear them fastened to

their wrists by cords, as a sign of rank. The lower orders

macequales) ave not allowed to wear them. . . . There

Chalchihuitls from Central America. 249

is yet another stone called ¢/aiotic, a kind of chalehuite, in

color black and green mixed. . . . Andamong the jaspers

is a variety in color white mixed with green, and for this reason

called zztacchalchiwitl.* Another variety has veins of clear

green or blue, with other colors interspersed with the white.

And there is yet another kind of green stone which

resembles the chalchiuities, and called wowouhquitecpatl.+ It

is known to the lapidaries as ¢ecelic, for the reason that it is

very easy to work, and has spots of clear blue. The wrought

and curious stones which the natives wear attached to their

wrists, whether of crystal or other precious stones, they e¢all

chopiloti—a designation that is given to any stone enriously

worked or very beautiful.” (//istoria de Nueva Expaiia, lib.

xi. cap. viii.) The same author, describing the ornaments

which the Mexican lords used in their festivals, speaks of a

“ head-dress called quetzalalpitoaz, consisting of two tassels of

rich plumes, set in gold, and worn suspended from the hair at

the crown of the head, and hanging down on each side towards

the shoulders. They also wear rings of gold around the arms

and in their ears, and round their wrists a broad band of

black leather, and suspended to this a large bead of chal-

chiuitl or other precious stone. They also wear a chin orna-

ment (barbote) of chalchiwitl set in gold, fixed in the beard.

Some of these barbotes are large crystals, with blue feathers

put in them, which give them the appearance of sapphires,

There are many other varieties of precious stones which they

use for barbotes. They have their lower lips slit, and wear

these ornaments in the openings, where they appear as if com-

ing out of the flesh; and they wear in the same way semi-

Innes of gold. The noses of the great lords are also pierced,

and in the openings they wear fine turquoises or other pre-

cious stones, one on each side. They wear strings of precious

* Tztac signifies white; i. e. white-chalchihuitl.

+ From xvxouhqui, cosa verde, something green, and tecpatl, stone; i.e. green-

stone.

250 Observations on a Collection of

stones around their necks, sustaining a gold medal set round

with pearls, and having in its centre a smooth precious stone.”

(7d., lib. viii. cap. ix.)

And here, as confirming the definition of chalchihuitl as given

by Molina, I quote the exact words of Montolina, in his letter

of 1555, to which Sefior Icazbalceta has given the first place in

his “ Coleccion de Documentos para la Historia de Mexico.” I

quote from page 189, on which, enumerating the riches of

Mexico, he says: “‘ Hay mucho oro y plata, y todos los metales

y piedras, en especial turquesos, y otras que acd se dicen chal-

chiuitl ; las finas de estas son esmeraldas.”

The chronicler Fuentes, in his unpublished history of the

old kingdom of Guatemala, speaks of the Indians of Quiché as

wearing “head-dresses of rich feathers and brilliant stones,

chalchiguites, which were very large and of great weight, un-

der which they danced without wearying.” The Licenciado

Palacio, in his account of the Pipil Indians of San Salvador,

also makes mention of these stones, which were worn on the

wrists and ankles, and also supposed, like the dezoar stone, to

be a specific against certain diseases. (Carta al Rey de Es-

paiia, Squier’s “ Coleccion de Documentos Originales, etc.,” vol.

1, p. 72.)

In these descriptions, it will be seen that the chalchihuitls

are spoken of as ornaments, round or oblong beads, which

conforms with the representations in the paintings. But these

or similar green stones were used for other purposes. The

chronicler Villagutierre, in his account of the conquest of the

Itzaes of Yucatan, speaks of idols in their temples “ of precious

jasper, green, red, and of other colors;” and, in describing

the great temple of Tayasal, mentions particularly an idol

which was found in it, “a span long, of rough emerald (es-

meralda bruta), which the infidels called the god of Battles,”

and which the conquering general, Ursua, took as part of his

share of the spoil.

It appears that when the Spaniards first landed in Tabasco,

Chalchihuitls from Central America. 251

they mistook some of these chalchihuitles for true emeralds ; at

any rate the Indians were eager to obtain the glass beads of the

Spaniards, not knowing them to be artificial. If, however, the

Spaniards really fell into any mistake as to these stones, they

were not long in finding it out, as appears from an anecdote re-

lated by Torquemada, describing how Don Pedro Alvarado

often played with Montezuma at a game called bodoque, in

which, while the latter paid his losses in gold, the former paid

his in chalchiuites, ‘que son piedras entre los Indios estimada,

y entre los Castellanos, no.” (Jon. Ind., vol. i. p. 462.)

The Mexicans nevertheless had true emeralds, of which we

have left to us the most glowing descriptions. Gomara de-

scribes particularly five large ones which Cortez took with him

from Mexico to Spain at the time of his first visit, and which

were regarded as among the finest in the world. They were

valued at 100,000 ducats, and for one of them the Genoese

merchants offered 40,000 ducats, with the view of selling it to

the Grand Turk. Cortez had also the emerald vases, which

the padre Mariana assures us, in the supplement of his History

of Spain, were worth 300,000 ducats. They are reported to

have been lost at sea. All these emeralds were cut in Mexico

by Indian lapidaries under the orders of Cortez, and were most

elaborately worked. One was wrought in the form of a little

bell, with a fine pearl for a clapper, and had on its lip this

inscription in Spanish, Bendito quien te crié ! Blessed he who

made thee! The one valued most highly was in the shape of

a cup, with a foot of gold. All of them were presented by

Cortez to his second wife, who thus, says Gomara, became

possessed of finer jewels than any other woman in Spain.

Remarkable as were these emeralds, Peter Martyr mentions

one, of which Cortez was robbed by the French pirates, that

must have surpassed any of them in size and value. “ But

what shall wee speake of Iewelles and precious stones? Omit-

ting the rest, there was an Hmerodce like a Pyramis, the lowest

part or bottome whereof was almost as broad as the palme of

252 Observations on a Collection of

a mans hande, such a one (as was reported to Cesar, and to us

in the Kinges Senate) as never any human Eye behelde. The

French Admirall is said to have gotten it of the Pyrattes at

an incredible price.” (Decade viii. ¢. 4.)

Coming down to later times, we find Prof. P. Blake, in the

American Journal of Science and Arts for March, 1858, in an

interesting article on “ The Chalchihuitil of the Mexicans,” in-

forming us that the Navajo Indians in the northern and western

portions of New Mexico wear small ornaments and trinkets of

a hard, green stone, which they eall by the Mexican name, and

which they regard as of great value; “a string of fragments

large enough for an ear-ring being worth as much as a mule.”

Mr. Blake, suspecting this stone to be turquoise, and learning

that it was yet procured in small quantity by the Indians

among the mountains about twenty miles from Santa Fé,

visited the spot, where he found an immense pit excavated in

granular porphyry, “200 feet in depth and 800 or more in

width,” besides some smaller excavations. He obtained many

fragments of the so-called chalehihuitil “ of apple-green and

peagreen, passing into bluish-green, capable of a fine polish,

and of a hardness little less than that of feldspar.” The frag-

ments found were small, not exceeding three-quarters of an

inch in length and one-quarter of an inch in thickness, and

the material ‘appeared to have formed crusts upon the sur-

faces of cavities or fissures in the rock, or to have extended

through it in veins.”

Mr. Blake’s description applies to the specimens exhibited

to the Lyceum not long ago by Prof. Newberry, and there is

no doubt that the material was, or rather is, a variety of the

turquoise. But I doubt if it be the true chalchihuitl of the

Mexicans and Central Americans. That they used the stone

described by Mr. Blake for certain purposes, I know ; for there

exists in the museum of the late Mr. Henry Christy, in Lon-

don, a human skull completely encrusted with a mosaic of

precisely this stone, and a flint knife with its handle elaborately

Chalchihuitls from Central America. 253

inlaid with it, in small fragments. Of the first of these relics

I present a drawing made by Waldeck and published by the

French Government. See Fic. 1.*

Fig. 1.

Human Skull, Ancient Mexican, inlaid with turquoise and obsidian.

-The weight of evidence, in my opinion, goes to show that

the stone properly called chalchihwitl is that which Molina

defines to be “baja esmeralda,” or possibly nephrite, “a jas-

per of very green color,” as Sahagun, already quoted, avers.

I should therefore object, on strictly critical and historical

grounds, to the suggestion of Mr. Blake, that the variety of

turquoise found by him should be “ known among mineralo-

gists as chalehihwitl.”

* In Mr. Christy’s museum is also a wooden mask encrusted in like manner,

with turquoises, malachite, and white and red shells. The predominant stone

in all is the turquoise. The back of the skull in the specimen engraved is cut

away, so as to admit the face to be hung by leathern thongs (which still remain)

over the face of an idol, as was the custom in Mexico. The transverse black

bands in the cut are of obsidian in the original. The eyeballs are nodules of iron

pyrites, cut hemispherically, and highly polished.

AUGUST, 1869. Ui Axn. Lyo, Nar. Hier., Vor. IX.

254 Observations on a Collection of

But apart from any speculations on the subject, I have to

lay before the Lyceum a most interesting series of green stones,

unrivalled, in their way, in the world, which were found

among the ruins of Ocosingo, in the department of Quesalte-

nango, Guatemala, on the borders of Chiapas, and not remote

from the more famous but hardly less imposing monuments of

Palenque. I must not omit to say that, in common with simi-

lar stones, they were designated by the people of the region

where they were found as chalchichuites.

Fic. 2.—The first and most interesting of these is precisely

Fia, 2,

Chalehibuitl, or engraved precious stone, from Ocosingo, Central America, Full size.

four inches long by two and three-tenths broad, and about half

an inch in average thickness. The face is sculptured in low re-

Chalchihuitls from Central America. 255

lief, with the figure of a divinity seated, cross-legged, on a kind

of carved seat, with his left hand resting on his thigh, and his

right raised to his breast, as if in the act of giving benediction.

Around his loins is an ornamental girdle, and depending from

his neck and resting on his breast is an oblong rectangular plate

or charm, not unlike that said to have been worn by the Jewish

high-priests. The face is in profile, showing the salient nose and

B pp. “LLL ZEA

Basso-Relievo of the god Cuculcan, from Palenque.

conventional receding forehead that characterize most Central

American sculptures. Ornaments are inserted in the lobes of

the ears, and the head is surmounted with the characteristic and

elaborate plumed head-dress that we observe on the Palenque

monuments and in the paintings. The whole is almost an exact

256 Observations on a Collection of

miniature copy of the large bas-relief found by Mr. Stephens

in an inner chamber of one of the ruined structures of Palenque

(Fie. 8). At about one-third of the length of the carved chalchi-

huitl, measuring from the top, it is drilled through from edge to

edge, the hole being a little less than two-tenths of an inch in

diameter; the drilling having been made from each side to the

centre, where the two drillings run one into the other, with a

slightly diminished bore. The purpose of this seems to have

been to suspend the object from the neck or other part of the

person; but the back edges of the plate are also pierced

diagonally, as if to afford means of fastening it to cloth or other

material, without those means showing in front.

Fic. 4.—The next relic in importance is of a similar but

Chalchibuitl from Ocosingo, Two-thirds actual size.

more opaque material, which, were it not fora strip of clear

quartz on one edge, might be mistaken for enamel. It is a

semi-disk in shape, four and a half inches in length by two

and seven-tenths in greatest width. It shows a human face in

full front, surmounted by a kind of heraldie shield, and gur-

rounded by a profusion of feather ornaments, with huge

ear-rings and other ornaments below the chin. It, too, is

piereed near its upper edge, longitudinally from side to side.

The back shows that it was sawn from a solid block of the

same material, both from above and below, until the cuttings

Chalchihuitls from Central America. 257

reached each other within half an inch, when the intermediate

core, if I may so call it, was broken off. The swerve of the

saw is distinctly visible from the top as well as the bottom,

although the striw are nearly polished out. This was clearly

intended to be suspended, as there are no means by which to

fasten it to robes of any kind. It must have served as a gorget

or breast-plate.

Fre. 5.—This is a most interesting, although a very irregular,

Fie. 5.

Chalchihuitl from Ocosingo. Two-thirds actual size.

and comparatively rude specimen, four inches and two-tenths

long by two and a half inches wide at its widest part. The

back shows a compact greenish stone, with the same evidences

of having been sawn from a solid block, to which I have al-

luded in deseribing Fra. 4. The front appears as if of a bril-

liant green enamel, exhibiting a full human face with a large

and elaborate feather helmet or crown, huge ear and neck

ornaments impossible to describe, and only to be understood

by inspection of the original. This, too, is pierced, like that

last described, from edge to edge, near its upper end.

258 Observations on a Collection of

Fic. 6.—This is a comparatively small fragment of identical:

material with Fre. 2, an irregular triangle in shape, somewhat

concave on the face, where is earved in profile a human head,

surmounted also with elaborate plumes, but with eyes closed

Fie. 6.

Chalchihuitl from Ocosingo. Full size.

as if in death. This is drilled through vertically and horizon-

tally, and there are small diagonal holes, designed to afford

means of attachment by threads to some portion of the dress

of the wearer. It is polished back and face, and measures

two and three-tenths inches by one and nine-tenths. It has

its almost exact counterpart in the Christy, formerly Mayer

Museum, of London.

Fic. 7.—This specimen is peculiar and very interesting. It

is a slightly irregular globe, two and six-tenths inches in diam-

eter, pierced from top to bottom by a perfectly circular hole

one and three-tenths of an inch in diameter. On three sides,

if | may use the expression in respect of a sphere, are as many

engraved hieroglyphies, using that term in the popular sense,

but which I conceive to be syllabo-phonetic or phono-syllabie

Chalchihuitls from Central America. 259

signs, of which, of course, only engravings can give any ade-

quate notion. (Fras. 8, 9, 10.) As I shall have something

Fie. 7.

Chalchihuitl globe, pierced. One-fourt size.

to say about this specimen further on, I proceed to notice a

simple potished perfect globe, of the same material with that

Fies. 8, 9, 10.

** Hieroglyphics ” on Chalchihuitl globe. Full size.

last alluded to, and which may be sufficiently described as a

large bead, an inch and a tenth in diameter, pierced through

its exact centre by a hole sufficiently large to admit a stout

thread.

Rif if

HM? |

CO i i ie

Fias. 11, 12.

Chalchihuitl ornaments. Half size.

Fics. 11 and 12 are types of a large class of what may be

ealled chalchihuitl ornaments, with no special significance.

260 Observations on a Collection of

Fics. 13 and 14, however, may have a hieroglyphical signifi-

eance. The latter (Ic. 14) is a fragment of a thin plate, of the

Fres. 13, 14.

Chalchihuitl engraved plates.

saine stone with the objects already described, two inches and

eight-tenths in length by two inches and three-tenths broad

and two-tenths of an inch thick, engraved on both surfaces

and cut through with ornamental devices.

Kia. 15 is an engraving of one of a number of hat-shaped ob-

jects of the stone under notice, pierced through, so as to leave

avery thin rim and walls, and obviously designed to hold

those penachos or clusters of feathers which the Spanish con-

querors so often describe, and which are so conspicuous in the

head ornaments represented on the monuments and in the abo-

riginal paintings of Mexico, Central America, and Peru,

They are each two inches and two-tenths in diameter over the

rim, one inch and one-tenth high, with a bore of eight-tenths

of an inch in diameter.

The relics above described are fair types of the chalchihuitls

found at Ocosingo; but IT possess some other worked and en-

graved green stones, worth mentioning, perhaps, in this con-

nection. The first of these, .

Observations on a Collection of 261

Fic. 16 has some resemblance to the engraved Assyrian

seals, or, as they are sometimes called, ‘‘ Chaldean ” cylinders.

It is a perforated cylindrical piece of heavy, opaque stone, of

a dark sea-green color (nephrite ?), two inches long by an inch

and one-tenth in diameter. In akind of oval, or what Egyptian

scholars would call a cartouche, is presented the profile of some

ml TTS

Sr il Ny

Fie. 16.

Engraved stone cylinder from Yucatan.

divinity (the Maya god of Death ?), with the eye closed and

the tongue depending from the corner of the mouth. Some-

thing like claws, engraved on a projection of the cylinder,

start out from the cartouche on the left side. The whole is

boldly and sharply cut, and highly polished. This relic was

obtained from the island of Flores, the ancient Tayasal, in the

lake of Itza or Peten, in Yucatan. Among the things found

by the conqueror of the Itzaes, Ursua, in the temples which he

destroyed in the island in 1697, he mentions “an idol of eme-

rald a span long, which,” says the chronicler, “ he appropriated

to himself.”

It may be observed of the figure engraved on this stone, that

to speak, among American nations, was the verbal as well as

symbolical expression of life or being, as is to see or to breathe,

or to eat, among other nations in various parts of the world.

The projecting tongue in the sculptured and painted American

idols and figures denotes the living god or man; he who can

262 Chalchihuitls from Central America.

talk, and therefore lives. In this instance, the lax and droop-

b b)

ing tongue heightens the idea of death which the closed eye in

part conveys.

Fic. 17 is an engraving of a stone hatchet or adze of hard

green stone, resembling quartz, five inches long. It is highly

polished on the face, but the reverse has marks which show

that it too was sawn from a block of the same material.

brat

Huuhtn neg

XY i :

ji [ te

i qh) | Wi

Fig. 17.

Hatchet of green stone from Costa Riea.

Where the notches occur in the sides there are holes drilled

entirely through the stone, parallel with its face. The lower

or cutting edge is slightly curved outward, implying that, if

intended for practical service, it was as an adze. But it is to be

presumed that it was worn symbolically, in the way of distine-

tion or ornament. It was found in an ancient grave in Costa

Rica. The ruling Inca of Peru carried an axe instead of a

sceptre as one of his insignia of dominion.*

* In Greece stone weapons of jade or nephrite are sometimes found, which the

common people call “thunderbolis,” and hold in high estimation. A correspon-

dent of the London Atheneum found a similar object, called by the same name, in

Nassau, New Providence, in the Bahamas. He describes it as polished and flat-

tened, pointed at one end, with a broad cutting edge at the other, and regarded by

the natives as a preventive against lightning. Another correspondent of the

Observations on a Collection of 263

Fig. 18 (full size of original) is the easily recognizable figure

of a frog, in a kind of malachite, from the island of Omotepec,

Lake Nicaragua.

Hl y

y led I FAH

Uy, |

Fie. 18.

Sculptured frog, Nicaragua.

Fic. 19 is of still another and harder variety of green stone,

from a mound near Natchez, and appears to be a strange com-

bination of the head of the siren of our western waters, or of

Fie. 19.

Carved green stone found near Natchez.

the frog, with the human body. It is also pierced laterally,

like those already described, doubtless for suspension.

I do not present Fies. 16, 17, 18, and 19 as specimens of the

chalchihwitl, but as showing the regard paid to green stones

generally. It is one that pervades both continents and many

same publication states that he found a similar object in Jamaica forty years ago,

also called a thunderbolt. It was kept in an earthen jar filled with water, and

was supposed to keep the water cool.

264 Chalchihuitls from Central America.

nations, from the advanced Chinese, to whom the green jade is

sacred, to the savage dwellers on the banks of the Orinoco,

among whom Humboldt found cylinders of hard green stones,

the most highly prized objects of the several tribes, and some

of which it must have required a lifetime to work into shape.

Of the carved chalchihuitls, like those described from Fia. 1

to Fie. 15, I have seen but three specimens outside of my own

collection: one already alluded to in the Christy Museum of

London, another in the late Uhde Museum near Heidelberg,

and a third in the Waldeck collection in Paris.

The question how these obdurate stones were engraved,

drilled, and sawn apart, or from the blocks of which they once

formed a portion, is one likely to arise in most minds. It is

one that has puzzled many inquirers; nor do I pretend to give

an answer, except that the drilling was probably performed by

a vibratory drill, composed of a thin shaft of cane or bamboo, the

silica of which was re-enforced by very fine sand, or the dust of

the very article under treatment. The s¢r7@ shown in the ori-

fices are proof of something of the kind, and the esteem at-

tached to these stones by the aborigines proves that their value,

Like that of the main-spring of a watch, was due mainly to the

amount of labor expended in their production,

As regards the sawing, of which the backs of Fras. 4, 5, and 17

afford striking examples, we may find a clue in the accounts of

the early chroniclers, who relate that they saw, in Santo Do-

mingo and elsewhere, the natives use a thread of the cabuya

(or agave), with a little sand, not only in cutting stone, but

iron itself. The thread was held in both hands, and drawn

right and left until worn out by attrition, and then changed for

a new one, fine sand and water being constantly supplied.

Not a few inquirers entertain the hypothesis that most of

the raised and sunken figures on various stones in Mexico,

Central America, and the mounds of the United States, were

produced by persistent rubbing or abrasion—a general hypothe-

sie Which I shall not dispute. But in objects from the mounds,

Characters of some New South American Birds. 265

as well as from other points on the continent, we have distinct

evidence of the use of graving or incisive tools of some kind—

as for instance in the hieroglyphics in Fre. 7, which are cut in

a stone so hard that the blade of a knife produces scarcely any

impression on its polished surface.

X V.—Characters of some New South American Birds, with

Notes on other rare or little known Species.

By GeorGr N. LAWRENCE.

Read May 8ist, 1869.

1. Turdus hauxwelli.

Male. The upper plumage is of quite an uniform deep cinnamon-

brown, brightest on the rump; the coloring below is lighter and less

cinnamomeous; the middie of the abdomen and under tail coverts are

whitish, with the feathers more or less marked with the same color as

the breast ; the throat is without any white, and has a striated appear-

ance, in consequence of the edges of the feathers being paler than their

centres, where they are of the same color, and scarcely darker than the

breast ; the tail is of a dark liver-brown, the feathers edged the color

of the back; the quill feathers have the inner webs dark liver-brown;

the outer webs are colored like the rump ; under wing coverts clear pale

cinnamon ; the inner margins of the quills have only a mere trace of

this color; “iris brown”; bill blackish-brown, the under mandible

lighter in color; tarsi and toes yellowish-brown.

First primary very short, fourth and fifth longest and equal, the sec-

ond and eighth are of equal length. ~

Length (skin) 9 in.; wing 42; tail 4; bill 2; tarsi 144.

Habitat. Pebas, Peru. Type in Vassar College Museum.

It was obtained by Mr. J. Hauxwell, Oct. 38d, 1868, and sent in

a collection to Prof. Jas. Orton.

IT have named this species in compliment to Mr. John Haux-

well, the well-known collector on the Upper Amazon and its

tributaries.

Remarks. The only thrush with which this species needs

comparison is 7’ /eucomelas, Vicill. This inhabits the same local-

266 Characters of some New South American Birds,

ity—a specimen being in the collection sent Prof. Orton ; above

they differ materially in color, that part of lewcomelas is of a de-

cided olive, whereas the new species is reddish-brown, with no

olive shades, and is uniformly darker.

From the absence of white on the throat, it should perhaps be

properly grouped with 7. grayit and 7. obsoletus.

2. Ochthoéca rufomarginatus.

Entire upper plumage of a dull rufous-brown, darker on the crown ;

a narrow line of grayish-white extends from the bill over the eye; tail

blackish-brown, margined the color of the back; the ends of all the

feathers and the outer web of the lateral feather paler; primaries and

secondaries blackish-brown, narrowly edged with dull rufous; tertiaries

and the middle and larger wing coverts black—the former with rufous

margins, and the latter brcadly ending with rather bright rufous; under

wing coverts pale yellowish-white; inner edges of quills pale salmon

color; throat grayish-white; a band across the upper part of the breast,

and the sides under the wings light ashy brown; lower part of breast

and abdomen pale yellowish-white; upper mandible black, the under

dark brown ; tarsi and toes black.

Length (skin) 5} in.; wing 22; tail 24; bill 5 tarsi 13.

Habitat. Quito Valley, Ecuador. 'Typein my collection.

Remarks. This is allied to O. lessonz, and much like it in the

coloring above, but is without the rufous throat and breast, and

the conspicuous white band encircling the crown of that species.

It differs also in having the middle and larger wing coverts end-

ing with rufous—the latter only being so in lessont,

2. Weeocerculus uropygialis,

Plumage above of a dull olivaceous-brown, darker on the head ; there

is a faint line of grayish-white extending from the bill over the eye;

rump pale ferruginous; tail of a dull liver-brown, the feathers at the’

base edged with dull rufous; middle and larger wing coverts blackish-

brown, ending in white tinged with rufous; quills blackish-brown ;

under wing coverts pale yellow; inner margins of quills very pale

salmon color; chin and upper part of throat gray ; neck in front clouded

with light olive-brown ; breast, abdomen, and under tail coverts pale

yellow; upper mandible black, the under light brown, darker at the

end; legs dark brown,

Length 4} in.; wing 24; tail 2; bill 4; tarsi 42.

with Notes on other rare or little known Species. 267

_ Habitat. South America. Supposed to be Ecuador. Type

in my collection.

Remarks. This species somewhat resembles Jf leucophrys,

but it is of a paler yellow on the under plumage, with a much

smaller and weaker bill. Its rufous uropygium will readily dis-

tinguish it from that species.

4. Pogonotriccus plumbeiceps.

Head above and hind neck dark plumbeous; a line of grayish-white

between ‘the bill and the eye; upper plumage bright yellowish-green ;

tail light umber-brown, with the outer margins of the feathers the color

of the back; wing coverts black, conspicuously edged with clear pale

yellow ; beds “Seri. black, edged with yeliow ; chin grayish-white ;

under pier yellow, clear and bright on the abdomen, with the read

greenish ; bil! black; feet brown.

Length 4} in.; nee 23; tail 24 tarsi =.

Habitat. Bogota. Type in Mus. Smithsonian Institution,

No. 47105,

Two specimens are in the collection presented to that Institu-

tion by the Hon. A. A. Burton.

o. Myrozetetes rufipennis.

The plumage above is of an olivaceous-brown, with the margins of

the feathers light dull rufous ; the top of the head is black, with a con-

spicuous crown spot of bright orange; the crown is encircled with a

rather narrow band of white, connecting on the hind head, and just

meeting in front at the base of the upper mandible; lores and sides of

the head, including the eyes, brownish-black; tail feathers umber-

brown, all of them have both webs bordered with cinnamon-red; the

primary and secondary quills are bright cinnamon-red on both webs,

except on a small portion of their ends, where they are umber-brown,

of which color are the tertiaries and the middle and larger wing coverts,

and all of them are conspicuously margined with cinnamon-red ; throat

white, with a very slight yellowish tinge; under plumage and under tail

eoverts bright clear yellow ; there is a brownish spot on each side of

the breast; bill and legs black.

Length (skin) 64 in.; wing 3;%,; tail 2%; bill =; tarsi 3.

Habitat. Valencia, Venezuela. Type in my collection.

268 Characters of some New South American Birds,

This specimen is from one of the collections made on the re-

cent expedition to South America for scientific explorations, of

which Prof. Jas. Orton was the head, and by whom it was pre-

sented to me. The collections in Venezuela were made by

Messrs. W. B. Gilbert and R. H. Forbes, of Williams College.

The above bird was obtained by the latter gentleman.

Remarks. The character which most distinguishes this species

from all others is the greater extent of rufous coloring on the

wings and tail ; besides, the bill is much larger and stouter.

M. erythropterus, Lafr., the type of which is inthe Mus. of the

Boston Soe. of N. H. (and which seems to be a valid species,

though I believe it is not generally recognized as such), comes

nearest to the present bird in the rufous character of the quill

feathers, but that has the wing coverts olivaceous, with very

narrow, paler edges, not at all red; the tail is olive-brown, with-

out any red; the edges very narrowly paler or light greenish-

olive. The locality given is ‘ Brazil.”

6. Mviozetetes inornatus.

Upper plumage light-brown, scarcely olive; crown, sides of the head,

and lower part of the hind neck, of a fine deep brown; the feathers of

the crown are much elongated; there is no bright crown spot; a broad

and conspicuous white band occupies the front, the sides of the crown

and the hind head; the wings and the tail are of a rather light umber

brown, with no indications of rufous margins; the wing coverts are

colored like the back, and are also of an uniform color; the throat is

white; under plumage and under wing coverts bright yellow; inner

margins of quills very pale yellowish; bill black, the under mandible

brownish at base ; tarsi and toes brownish flesh-color,

Length (skin) 6 in.; wing 3}; tail 343 bill ,%-; tarsi 2.

Habitat. Valencia, Venezuela. Type in Museum of Vassar

College. Collected by W. B. Gilbert, Ang. 1867.

Temarks. This appears to be an adult bird, but with no

brightly colored crown spot, but has a lengthened crest, and is

broadly white on the sides of the crown; the color below is not

so bright as in the preceding species, and the bill is narrower.

—_——

with Notes on other rare or little known Species. 269

7. Lesbia ortoni.

F Male. Entire upper plumage and wing coverts of a rich glossy pur-

ple; the concealed bases of the feathers are green; upper tail coverts

similar in color to the back, but marked centrally between the purple

and green with crimson; the tail feathers are brownish black, except

the two central, which are green; the ends of the eight middle feathers

are largely marked with a deep vinous bronzy crimson, most in extent

on the short central feathers; the long outer feather on each side ends

with obscure bronzy green; the outer edge of the lateral feather is buff

for three-quarters its length from the base—this color occupying only

about one-third the width of the web; the under surface of the tail is

steel blue, bronzy at the ends of the feathers; the shafts of the two

long lateral feathers are whitish at base for about half their length ;

wings brownish purple; the throat gorget is of a brilliant metallic pale

green ; the sides of the neck, breast, upper part of abdomen and sides

are of a shining green ; lower part of abdomen ashy buff; bill and feet

black.

Length (skin) 53 in.; wing 2}; tail, lateral feathers, 3,4; short

central feathers 1,4; bill 4.

Habitat. Quito Valley, Ecuador. Type in Museum of Vassar

College, Poughkeepsie, N. Y.

It is very gratifying to me to introduce this remarkably fine

species, bearing the name of my friend Prof. Jas. Orton, of Vas-

sar College, whose large collections in various branches of Nat-

ural History, made in Keuador and on the Upper Amazon, have

proved of great scientific value.

Remarks. The single specimen above described was sent to

Prof. Orton (since his return from Ecuador) from the Quito Val-

ley, where it is said to be rare. It is of the same form and

dimensions as Leshia glyceria, Bonap., as illustrated by Mr. Gould

in his plate of that species (Mon. of Trochilidze), except that the

outer tail feather is narrower—being apparently about two-thirds

the width given in his figure. They are clearly allies, and should

be classed together. Mr. Gould puts g/ycerta in Cometes, as hav-

ing more affinity to that genus, on account of its broad tail

feathers, which are narrow in Leslia. The outer tail feather of

the bird before me is about intermediate in width between gly-

DECEMBER, 1869. 18 ANN. Lyc. Nat. Hist., Vou. IX.

270 = Characters of some New South American Birds,

ceria and Leshia amaryllis. In both glyceria and ortoni the tail

is shorter than in members of Cometes or Lesbia. The bill is not

so strong as in Cymetes, but is like that of Lesbia. Perhaps the

two species should be placed in a new genus. The upper color-

ing of ortont is somewhat like that of Ldamphomicron microrhyn-

chus, but is of a lighter shade and less shining. In the under

plumage it resembles LZ. amaryllis, but the breast is of a darker

green—more uniform in color, as the buff bases and edges of the

feathers are less apparent. “The gorgets of amaryllis and ortont

are much alike in color and extent.

Ss. Accipi(fer nigroplumbeus,

The entire upper plumage, with that of the neck, breast, and sides,

are blackish-plumbeous, the color on the under surface scarcely lighter ;

chin and upper part of throat of a dull ashy plumbeous; abdomen

dark brownish cinnamon; thighs and under tail coverts plumbeous

like the breast, but with an intermixture of dull cinnamon; tail above

pale umber brown, crossed with four broad black bars; underneath it

is of a clear gray, with dark brown bars; the ends of the feathers are

white ; wing coverts and tertiaries the color of the back, the latter

marked with concealed spots of white ; the larger quills are dark brown

above, with darker indistinct bars; the quills underneath are marked

with blackish bars, alternating with white ones at their bases, and gray

ones towards their ends; the under wing coverts are of a dull rust color,

with obseure narrow blackish bars; bill blackish horn color, the tooth

edged with white ; tarsi and toes pale yellow.

Fourth quill longest, second and seventh equal, the first one and a

quarter inches shorter than the second ; tarsi very slender.

Length (skin) 104 in.; wing 6}; tail 6; tarsi 1}; middle toe and

claw 18.

Habitat, Quito Valley, Ecuador. Type in Museum of Vassar

College.

It came in a small collection sent to Prof. Orton (together with

the preceding species), and submitted to me for examination. It

was marked “ rare.”

Ieemarks. 1 have endeavored faithfully to identify this with

some described species, but without success. Its dimensions are

about the same as those of the male A. ventralis (P. Z. S., 1866,

with Notes on other rare or little known Species. 271

p- 303), since figured (Exotic Orn., Part II, Jan. 1867), but the

coloring below is very different. Of this last species I have a

female from Bogota, which agrees quite well with the descrip-

tion of the specimen, mentioned by Scl. and Salw. (Exot. Orn.)

as being in the British Museum. The feathers of the sides and

thighs are of a clear rufous; the breast is paler and duller, on

which there are whitish transverse markings. The under tail

coverts are nearly white.

It measures, length 12 in.; wing 8; tail 64; tarsi 25.

Notes on rare or little known Species.

1. Teterus auratus, Bonap.

Since the completion of my “ List of a Collection of Birds

from Northern Yucatan,” Prof. Baird sent me two specimens of

an Icterus belonging to that collection, which had been overlook-

ed. They were also submitted to Mr. Cassin after he had finished

his monograph of the Icrerrp#. He considered the species to

be undescribed; but I am of the opinion that, had he carefully

examined it, at the time of investigating for his Monograph, his

conclusion would have been different, and its true position would

have been assigned it. It is without question, I think, /eterus

auratus, Bonap., Consp. Av. 1, p. 485, as it agrees with the de-

scription of that species, and for which the same locality is given,

viz., Y ucatan.

The bird to which Mr. Cassin has applied this name, is a spe-

cies that has generally been confounded with Z xanthornus, and

does not answer Bonaparte’s description in Consp. Av., as I will

presently point out.

I think Mr. Cassin was misled, in part, by taking it for granted

that the specimen which Bonap. states (Compt. Rend., 1853, p.

835) is in the Brussels Museum, when speaking of the species

contounded with zanthornus, is one and the same as /. auratus of

his Consp. Av., a specimen of which he also says is in the Brus-

sels Museum. [I infer that he means two distinct birds, as he

272. = Characters of some New South American Birds,

makes no allusion in Comptes Rendus to his previous description

in Consp. Ay. of 7. auratus, which he surely would have done

had he considered them identical.

Bonaparte’s description is as follows :—

“Teterus auratus, Du Bus, Mus. Brux. ex Yucatan.

“ Flavo-aurantius: gula late, alis, caudaque nigris; tectricibus alarum

minoribus flavissimis; mediis, remigibusque albo-marginatus; rostro

brevi, crassiculo, recto.”

The following description is that of the Smithsonian specimen

from Merida, Yucatan, No. 36,835:

Male. General color reddish orange; the feathers of the neck and

back have their ends dusky ; lores, feathers at base of under mandible,

chin and throat black; tail and wings black; bend of the wing and

smaller wing coverts orange yellow, the feathers edged with black; the

middle coverts are largely marked with white, greater coverts with

white on their outer webs at the end; quill feathers margined with

white; under wing coverts yellow; bill black, the under mandible

plumbeous at base; tarsi and toes black.

Length 8 in.; wing 38; tail 335 tarsi {.

It will be seen that it has essentially the characters of the

orange coloring, and the white middle wing coverts which apply

to /. auratus.

Its deeper orange-yellow, the middle wing coverts conspicu-

ously ending in white, and its more restricted throat patch, are

marked points of difference between this and the bird considered

to be auratus by Mr. Cassin, which is of a lighter, less orange-

yellow, with the black of the throat continuing on the breast,

and with no white on the middle wing coverts, but it has a rather

narrow edging of white on the greater coverts. This agrees with

Bonaparte in Compt. Rend. of “ailes d’un noir de jais, et presque

pas de blanc.”

The Smithsonian specimen, marked “J. auratus” by Mr.

Cassin, is from Ed. Verreaux, and labelled ‘“ Jcterus wanthornus ;

I. Mexicanus, Bp. M. 8. plus grand,” and from “ Meaique.”

The locality of Mexico, I think, is questionable. I have

specimens from Trinidad and St. Martha, and doubt its inhabit-

ing north of the Isthmus of Darien.

with Notes on other rare or little known Species. 273

According to Bonaparte (Compt. Rend. as above) this species

should be called Z negrogularis, Hahn, V. t. 1.

Mr. Cassin doubted this being the bird described by Hahn, as

he places his name as a synonym of J. zanthornus with a ?

The length (7 in. 4 lines) given by Hahn agrees best with J.

xanthornus. The other measures fully 84 inches, and is larger

in all its other proportions. Hahn says in his description: “The

upper and lower part of the back, &c., brilliantly yellow.” It

then would seem the middle of the back was not so. In this it

also agrees with L. xanthornus, which has that part tinged with

green; besides, he states it to be Orolus xranthornus, Gm. From

his plate but little can be judged. It is, to be sure, of an uni-

form yellow on the back, but that may be the fault of the color-

ist. The description and dimensions, I think, are all that need.

be considered.

After a due consideration of all the facts, [think Hahn’s name

should not be adopted for the larger bird, but as Bonaparte in

Comptes Rendus points out very clearly the differences between

the two species, in my opinion its proper designation is

Icterus nigrogularis, Bonap.

The name of Mexicanus, aside from being inappropriate, seems

to have no special claim for its adoption.

Hahn’s figure and description were taken from a specimen in

the Munich Academy of Science, an inspection of which would

surely determine whether it is the larger or smaller species.

2. Todirostrum plumbeum. (Gm.)S. N.1, p. 444.

The plumage above is grayish plumbeous, the lores, front, and crown,

as far as on a line with the back part of the eye, black; tail black; the

outer web of the lateral feather with its tip and also that of the next

white; smaller wing coverts colored like the back, the middle and

larger coverts black, edged with white; quills brownish black, the

secondaries narrowly and the tertiaries more widely bordered with

white; entire under plumage creamy white; under wing coverts and

inner edges of quills white; bill black, the under mandible whitish

horn-color below ; tarsi and toes brownish black,

274 = =Characters of some New South American Birds,

The tail is graduated, the first outer feather about three-quarters the

length of the longest, the next intermediate.

Length (skin) 35 in.: wing 12; tail 1}; bill 5%; tarsi 2.

Habitat. “ Guasipati, Guayana, Venezuela.”

Specimen in my collection.

It was kindly presented to me by Dr. R. P. Stevens, our fel-

Jow-member, who brought a collection of birds from near the

locality above given, where he was superintending an important

gold-mining enterprise.

Remarks. This is without doubt the Plumbheous Tody of

Latham, from whom Gmelin compiled his description, and it

would seem to have escaped observation since that time. The

only recent notice I find of it is in Bonaparte’s Consp. Av. under

Todirostrum, where he has “ quid Zodus plumbeus, Gm. ; Todi-

rostrum plumbeum, Gray ;” it was therefore unknown to him.

As will be seen, it agrees closely with Latham’s description.

Ile also says: “ Bill like Cinereous Tody.” On comparing the

bills of the two species they are strikingly alike.

The specimen came in spirits, to which is possibly due the

creamy coloring of the under parts.

The locality given by Latham is Surinam.

3. Brachygatba lugubris. (Sw.)

In the collection made in Venezuela (on Prof. Orton’s expedi-

tion) by Mr. W. B. Gilbert, I find a specimen of Brachygalba

obtained at Valencia, which I think is Gal/bula lugubris, Sw. (An.

in Men., p. 829). No specimen of it appears to have come

under the notice of any naturalist since he described it in 1888.

In Jardine’s Contributions to Ornithology, 1852, Mr. Sclater

describes Galbula inornata (afterwards placed in Brachygalba),

which has been thought by some ornithologis‘s to be the same as

Swainson’s species.

In Mr. Sclater’s synopsis of Galbulide, published in 1858,

under @. inornata, he says: ‘Is this the species Swainson in-

tended to describe under the name of G@. lugubris, An. in Men.

p. 829? There are two very noticeable points in which his de-

with Notes on other rare or little known Species. 275

scription does not agree with the present bird. First, he states

that it is a three-toed species; secondly, that the ‘lower part of

the body and vent are white. Now here we have four toes and a

black vent. Cabanis, in the third volume of Schomburgk’s

Reisen in British Guiana, identifies the present bird with Swain-

son’s; but the examples in the Berlin Museum do not appear to

have been of Sir R. Schomburgk’s collecting, but to have been

received from Venezuela. I cannot help fancying that Swain-

son’s bird is different from the present, and remains still to be

re-discovered,”

The bird now before me seems to verify Mr. Sclater’s conclu-

sion that Swainson’s bird was to be re-discovered. It has the

essential requisite of a white vent, and agrees so well with

Swainson’s description in all other particulars, that I think their

identity hardly admits of a doubt. The only discrepancy to

reconcile is that of its having four toes, instead of three; the

hind toe is quite small, and in a hasty examination might be

overlooked, or possibly have been wanting in Swainson’s speci-

men from some organic cause.

The specimen before me has the head, upper part of the back,

the breast, and sides of a rather light brown; the lower part of

the back, the wings, and central tail feathers are of a glossy light

green, with a purplish tinge; the throat, middle of breast and

abdomen, vent, bend of the wing, and bases of quills are white;

the abdomen is blotched with deep bright rufous; there is a

postocular stripe of pale ashy rufous, which connects with an

imperfect collar of the same color over the hind neck; bill black.

It measures, length 64 in. ; wing 22; tail 25; bill 12

This specimen is now in the Museum of Vassar College.

Its lighter brown coloring, the decided green of the back from

the junction of the wings downwards, as well as of the wings

and tail, the white under tail coverts, and its longer and narrower

bill, show its distinctness from inornata.,

I have specimens of inornata from the Napo, and it was also

brought by Dr. Stevens from Venezuela.

-~1

On the Names Applied to Pisidium,

XVI—On the Names Applied to Pisidium,a Genus of Corbicu-

lade.

By TEMPLE PRIME.

Read September 8th, 1869.

Tur genus Pisidiwm was characterized by C. Pfeiffer* in 1821.

Until the year 1801 the species belonging to this genus were

placed as follows: By Miller+ (1774) under Zellina, by Sco-

polit (1777) under Spherium, by Poli§ (1791) under Cardium,

and by Draparnaud || (1801) under Cyclas (Spherium).

I shall now review what has been done since that time.

Physemoda,

In 1820 Rafinesque § divides the Corbiculade into four subge-

nera, and places the species of Pistdiwm under the head of the

subgenus Physemoda, which he characterizes thus :—

“One intermediary tooth in one valve; shell somewhat trans-

versal.”

Rafinesque’s arrangement has never been adopted; the charac-

ters are insufficiently expressed, and are based solely upon the

hard parts of the animal. Moreover, he is unfortunate in the

selection of one of the two species which he,gives as types of his

subgenus, namely, Cyclas lacustris, which is a Spherium.

Gialileja.

There seems to be much uncertainty concerning this name.

Deshayes ** (1854) places it under the synonomy of Pisum (Pis-

idium), and refers to it as having been described (1889) in the

Corrispondenza Zoologica.tt He also quotes Philippi.t¢ Des-

hayes $§ further places under the synonymy of Piswm (Pisidium)

“Pf; System, Anord. J Ann. Gen. Sci. Phys. et Nat., v., 319.

+ Miller, Verm. ** Brit, Mus. Cat. Conchif., 274.

t Bcop., Introduct. tt Corrispondenza Zoologica, ete., Oronzo Costa, 1839.

§ Poli, Test. Sicil. $} Philippi, Knum., Moll. Sicil, IL, 214, 1844.

| Drap., Tabl. Moll. §§ Brit. Mus. Cat, Conchif., 279,

a Genus of Corbiculade. 277

pulchellum, a certain Galileja tenebrosa (da)? Costa, which, on the

authority of Philippi, is supposed to have been described in the

Corrispondenza Zoologica. On consulting Philippi I find only the

following reference ; it isin the addenda: ‘‘Synonymis Pisidzi

JFontinalis, Galileja tenebrosa, Costa, Corrisp. Zool., ete.”

Gray * (1847) places Galileja under the synonymy of Pzsum

(Pisidium), but refers to it as having been described in 1846,

without, however, quoting any authority.

Pisum.

Gray + (1847) is the first who applies this name to Pisidium,

on the supposition that the genus characterized as Pisum by

Megerle ¢ von Miihlfeldt (1811) was identical with it, and must

consequently, by virtue of the laws of priority, supersede it.

An examination of Megerle’s description, and of the author-

ities referred to by him, sets this question at rest, and shows,

without a doubt, that the authors who have adopted the name

of Pisum for Pisidium have been in error.

Megerle, in his description of Piswm, says: “The hinge has

(keine Seitenziihne) no lateral teeth.” To any one at all familiar

with the characters of Pisidium this remark is conclusive.

Megerle further quotes two authorities, as describing the type of

his genus (Pisum Gallicwm), Linneeus and d’Argenville. On an

examination of the reference in Linnzeus,§ we find Zellina Callica.

The description of this species throws no new light on the question

further than that it isstated as having “ dente solitario.” We are,

however, referred to another authority, which is the same as

quoted by Megerle, namely, d’Argenville. D’Argenville | gives

the following description and figure of the shell referred to by

* Proc. Zool., Lond., xv., 185.

+ Proc. Zool., Lond., xv., 184.

t Mag. Gesell. Naturf., Berlin, v., 57.

§ Gml. Syst. Nat. 305, spec. 88.

| D’Argenv. Conchyl. 285, pl. xxvii., f. xi., 1772 and ’92.

278 On the Names Applied to Pisidium,

Megerle and Linnzus: “Hine etwas ungestallte Kammuschel,

ohne Ohren von beiden Seiten abgezeichnet.

egy Sie ist urspriinglich aus der Marne und

ail <~ sehr gemein. Doch kénnte sie wohl] aus

dem Fluss nicht eigentlich, sondern aus

dem Meer hineingefiihret worden seyn.”

With these facts * before us it is not pos-

sible to suppose that Megerle in describing

Pisum proposed establishing a genus similar to Pisidium.

Deshayes+ and H. and A. Adams +t both adopt Pisum for

Pisidium.

Musculium.

During the years 1806-8, H. F. Link published a series of

catalogues of the collections of the University of Rostock, to wit:

Beschreibung § der Naturalien ; Sammlung der Universitat zu Ros-

tock, von Dr. H. F. Link. Rostock. Gedruckt by Adlers Erben.

Erste Abtheilung; zum Weihnachtsfest, d. 25 Dec. 1806 (p, 1-48).

Zweite Abth.; zum Osterfest, d. 29 Marz 1807 (p. 49-98).

Dritte Abth.; zum Pfingsfest, d. 17 Mai 1807 (p. 99-165).

Vierte Abth.; zum Weihnachtsfest, d. 25 Dec. 1807 (p. 1-30).

Fiinfte Abth. ; zum Osterfest, d. 7 April 1808 (p. 1-38).

Sechste Abth.; zum Pfingsfest, d. 5 Tuni 1808 (p. 1-38).

Comparatively few copies of this work were distributed. The

greater part seem to have remained in the stores of the Univer-

sity. Oken is the only naturalist who seems to have had any

acquaintance with these publications, until they are mentioned

by Herrmannsen. ||

In the third of these catalogues, May, 1807, page 152, Link

* It is not in my province to determine what d’Argenville’s shell actually is—it

being merely my intention to show that it does not belong to the genus Pisidium.

Were I, however, to venture an opinion, I should say it was a fossil. As for its

being a marine living shell, as is hinted, it is hardly possible, when we reflect that

the Marne flows into the Seine at Paris,—a point more than one hundred miles

from the sea.

+ Brit. Mus. Cat. Conchif., 220, 1854.

¢ H. and A, Ad., Gen. Rec, Moll,, IL, 660, 1858.

§ For further information see Proc. Zool. Lond., xix., 228, 1851; and the Vol. for

1862, page 226,

| Herrm. Index, Gen. Mal. Primord., 1846-1,

a Genus of Corbiculade. 279

establishes the genus Musculiwm, under the following description :

“Sumpfershale. Die Schalen gleich, rund, schliessen iiberall.

Das Schloss mit zwei kleinen Zihnen, ohne Seitensiihnen ; Vor-

der-und Hinterspalte ziemlich gleich ; das Band auswendig. J.

lacustre (Tellina), Gm. p. 3242; Ch. vi., f. 13, f. 135.”

The species referred to by Link as typical of his genus (Sphe-

rium lacustre) places Museulium under Spherium, and not under

Pisidium, as stated by Herrmannsen.*

Link, in his description of Musculium, commits a grave mis-

take in asserting the want of lateral teeth—a character existing

in no European fresh-water bivalve. Prof. Mérch attributes this

error to a misprint.

H. and A. Adams + adopt Musculiwm in the early part of their

work, but eventually it is changed to Piswm.

Euglesa, Pera, Cordula.

These three genera were published for the first time in +1852,

though Leach established them 1818-20, on specimens in the

British Museum.

In the description of Huglesa, Leach says: ‘‘The umbones are

central, or situated a very little behind the middle of the shells; ”

and that “The tracheal tubes are exserted.” Pisidium being

inequilateral and having but one tracheal tube, the species of

Fuglesa cannot be referred to it, but must be classed under

Spherium.

Jenyns,$ Bourguignat | and Deshayes | differ with me, and

have placed the single species of this genus, 4. Henslowiana

under Pisidiwm.

Pera and Cordula, from the descriptions given, are simply

synonyms of Pisidium.

* Proc. Zool. Lond., xix., 232, 1851. In several of my papers on the Corbicu-

lade I have made the mistake of mentioning Gray’s name in connection with Mus-

culium instead of Herrmannsen’s.

+ H. and A. Ad. Gen., Rec. Moll., II., 1858.

¢ Leach, Moll. Brit. Synop., edit. Gray, 291, 292.

§ Trans. Phil. Soc. Cambr., vi., 1832..

| Rev. Mag. Zool., 1854.

{| Brit. Mus. Cat. Conchif., 274, 1854.3

280 List of the Species of Mollusca found in the

XVIL.— List of the Species of Motiusca found in the Vicinity of

North Conway, New Hampshire.

By TEMPLE PRIME.

Read December 6th, 1869.

I am induced to give the following to the public, from the

fact that I have not been able to discover any account of the

Mollusca of New Hampshire, and in order, moreover, to con-

tribute to our knowledge of the distribution of our Mollusca.

In the enumeration of the land shells, the system I have fol-

lowed is the one recently adopted by Messrs. Binney and

Bland,* though I have retained the old generic names.

Family HELIcip#.

1. Helix arborea, Say. Common.

2. Helix viridula, Menke (electrina, Gould). Pfeiffer (Mon.

v. 147) has both the above specific names in the synonymy of

H. pura, Alder. Moderately abundant.

8. Helix indentata, Say. Moderately abundant.

4, Helix minuscula, Say. Common in woods.

5. Helix exigua, Stimpson. Common in woods.

6. Helix fulva, Drap. (chersina, Say.). The specimens are of

a depressed, rather than of the elevated form from Alabama,

which I have seen in Mr. Bland’s cabinet.

7. Helix lineata, Say. Common.

8, Limax campestris, Binney. Common,

9. Helix alternata, Say. Rather rare.

10. //elin striatella, Anthony. Common in woods,

11. /elix labyrinthica, Say. Common in woods.

12. Helix monodon, Rackett. In woods, rare.

18. /elix albolabris, Say. An unusually depressed form. Not

common.

* Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, 194.—Land and Fresh Water Shells of

North America, Part I.: Pulmonata Geophila. By W. G. Binney and T, Bland.

Washington. 1869.

Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusca. 281

14. Helix thyroides, Say. Not common.

15. Bulimus lubricus, Drap. Very rare; but one specimen

found.

16. Pupa muscorum, Linn. (badia, C. B. Adams). Not un-

common.

17. Succinea obliqua, Say. Quite common.

Family PHILOMYCID&.

18. Tebennophorus Carolinensis, Bose. | Very common in

woods.

Family CoRBICULAD.

19. Pisidium abditum, Hald. Common everywhere.

I call attention to the fact that though I examined a great

number of localities, [ was not able to find one of our most com-

mon species of Helix, H. pulchella, Miller. I have no doubt,

however, that in time it will be discovered in New Hampshire,

as it is put down by Bland and Binney as ranging from Canada

East to Nebraska.

XVIII.—Wotes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusca.

By W. G. Binney AND THOMAS BLAND.

No, L

Read November 15th, 1869.

TuE illustrations given in this paper are from figures obtained

by the use of photographic negatives in a magic iantern, and

reduced by photography. The negatives were taken by our

friend Mr. Sam. Powel, of Newport, R. I., to whom we are in-

debted for valuable aid in the study of lingnal dentition.

Succinea Nuttalliana, Lea.

The specimen from which was taken the lingual membrane

here figured was labelled by Mr. Lea. It was received from the

Smithsonian Institution. No locality is given for the specimen,

FEBRUARY, 1870. 19 ANN. Lyc. NAT. HIsT., Vou. IX.

YS Note S on Lingual In ntition of Mollusea.

but it was preserved in the same bottle as Ancylus Newberryi,

Pomph lux effusa. KF] tininicola Nuttalliana, and other species of

Lingual dentition of Succinea Nuttalliana, Lea.

Lingual membrane broad. Teeth 19.1.19, in almost straight

transverse rows. Centrals short, stout, obtusely tricuspid, the

‘entral cusp with a long acute point, attached to a quadrate plate,

ie upper edge of which has a central quadrangular spot of thinner

texture, easily mistaken for a complete cutting away of a portion

of the plate. Laterals on somewhat oblong plates which bear on

their outer upper corner a small quadrangular expansion, stoutly

and obtusely bicuspid, the larger cusp surmounted by a long

acute point; base rounded. Uneini on plates with rounded bases

an | attenuated and serrated apices, irregularly denticulated.

Fig. 1, a shows two centrals and two laterals, with a third

lateral detached: / and ¢ show uncini from the left of the median

line; d the eighth lateral, partly in profile.

The jaw of Succinea Nuttalliana has a perfectly smooth an-

rior surface.

Edcclismeates pablidior, Sowerby,

Lingual membrane broad, with numerous nearly straight trans-

erse rows of 40.1.40. teeth. Centrals with one long blunt

Lingual dentition of Bulimulus pallidior, Sowb,

dian, and two obsolete, small side cusps; plate subquadrate,

inded at base, excavated at its upper margin, and witb small

Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusca. 283

square, lateral expansions. Laterals much like centrals in shape,

unsymmetrical, the inner side cusp being still more obsolete ;

base and inner side of plate forming one regular outward curve;

upper edge of plate horizontal, with one lateral expansion only

at its outer corner. Uncini on long, narrow, low, subquadrate

plates, with one long, curving, blunt denticle, and one short

blunt denticle at its outer side.

Fig. 2, a shows two incomplete rows of centrals and laterals;

6 one of the uncini, near the extreme lateral edge of the mem-

brane.

The jaw has already been described (Land and Fresh-water

Shells of North America, Part 1., p. 196).

This species is from Lower California.

Helix tumida, Peiffer.

The specimen which furnished the lingual membrane here

described was received from Messrs. Gloyne and Vendryes, of

Kingston, Jamaica, to which Island the species belongs.

H. tumida is placed by v. Martens (Die Heliceen, 2d ed., 145)

with several other Jamaica species, and H. pemphigodes, Pfr., of

Cuba, in the subgenus Cysticopsis of Morch.

Fie. 3.

Lingual dentition of Helix tumida, Pfr,

Lingual membrane with numerous straight rows of 22.1.22

teeth. Centrals with three stout cusps,,the middle one very

large, on a subquadrate plate which has square lateral expan-

sions above. Laterals of same form as centrals, but lacking the

inner side cusp and inner lateral expansion. Uncini with one

large and several smaller blunt cusps, attached to a long, sub-

quadrate plate.

The figure presents one-half of one central, the first lateral, and

284 Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusca,

several uncini (the fourth, fifth, and twelfth) to show variations

in their form; also the thirteenth tooth in profile.

The jaw is long, narrow, slightly arched, blunt at ends, with a

slight, broad, median projection. There is a long, narrow, coni-

eal projection springing upwards from about the centre of the

anterior surface of the jaw, of the same color, material, and con-

sistency as the jaw itself. This is not the muscular attachment

which often adheres to the jaw after it has been extracted. Jaw

with delicate distant longitudinal striae.

Zonites lwevigata, Ptr.

(See Land and Fresh-water Shells of North America, Part I, p.

287.) The wood-cut here given was engraved from a drawing

Fie. 4.

cat CCCI)

Lingual dentition of Zonites levigata, Pfr.

by Dr. Leidy, prepared for, but not published in, the “ Terres-

trial Mollusks of the United States.”

recognized on our recently obtaining the lingual membrane of

The drawing was at once

the species,

Teeth 17.1.17, arranged in curving transverse rows. Centrals

short, stout, rounded at sides,square at base, apex with threeshort

and pointed cusps, the middle one longest. Laterals long, narrow,

tricuspid, the outer cusp very short and sharp, the central cusp

extremely long, bulging at sides, tapering to an ‘acute point;

inner cusp almost as long as central cusp, narrow, pointed ; third

and fourth laterals merging into the uncini, which are aculeate,

as common to the genera Zonites and J/yalina, The centrals are

on a long, narrow plate, whose four sides curve rapidly inwards.

The laterals are on plates long, narrow, curving outwards in

an arcuate manner.

Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusca. 285

An extremely instructive lingual, showing the merging of

laterals into uncini more completely than in any we have previ-

ously examined.

Veronicella Floridama, Binney.

(Terr. Moll. U. S., IL, p.17.) On p. 806 of Land and Fresh-

water Shells of North America, Part I., we figured the lingual

AES

Lingual dentition of Veronicella Floridana, Bin.

dentition of this species, ‘as drawn by Mr. Morse. We now give

a figure drawn by Dr. Leidy for the “ Terrestrial Mollusks of the

United States,” but not included in that work. The details of

the separate teeth are much more accurately shown in the new

figure. It will be noticed that Dr. Leidy gives 58.1.58 teeth,

Mr. Morse 41.1.41, and our text (p. 804) 48.1.48.

Limax flavus, Linn.

A figure of the lingual dentition of this species, drawn by Dr.

Leidy, is also given, for comparison with that of Mr. Morse, on

Fia. 6.

AN ASN

Lingual dentition of Limax flavus, L.

p. 63 of Land and Fresh-water Shells, Part I. Here also the num-

ber of teeth varies, as in Veronicella Floridana, described above.

IS6 Not son Lingual Ih ntition of Mollusca.

Melampus bidentatus, Say.

The specimen which furnished the lingual membrane figured

was collected at Newport, R. I., by Mr. Sam. Powel.

Lingual dentition of Melampus bidentatus, Say.

Lingual membrane broad. Teeth 383.1.33. Centrals small,

upright, with rounding base and bulging sides, reminding one

somewhat of the ace of clubs, its apex elongated, terminating in

a distinct, acute denticle; this central is attached to a very large

triangular plate, greatly expanded above. Laterals umform,

larger than the centrals, of the same shape, but less symmetrical,

and with a much more extended and narrower basal projection ;

these laterals are perpendicular, but are attached to obliquely

curving plates, long and narrow, each plate being detached.

There are about thirteen of these laterals, in almost straight hori-

zontal lines, on both sides of the median line. The uncini change

abruptly from the laterals, are in oblique rows, are attached to

upright, oblong plates, square at top and base, diminishing as they

pass off laterally ; the unciniare rather square, their broad, simple

apices are armed with three strong denticles, the inner denticle

being the largest.

The figure represents two rows of centrals with the laterals to

the right of the median line and a few uncini. The upper line of

igures gives the central, the first two laterals, one of the uncini,

and one of the laterals in profile, all detached.

The teeth of this membrane are so nearly on a plane as to allow

one photograph to bring out all the details.

-~I

loa}

Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusca.

Helicina occulta, Say.

Lingual membrane long and semen Teeth 00.5.1.5.00, in

transverse, arching rows. Centrals upright, longer than wide,

widest at the horizontal base, slightly narrowing towards the

apex, which is nearly as wide as the base, broadly recurved and

Fie. 8.

Lingual dentition of Helicina occulta, Say.

denticulated at its cutting edge. First lateral oblong, shorter

than the central, rounded at base, narrowed towards the apex,

which is broadly recurved and denticulated; this lateral is in-

clined obliquely from the central, its apex being reflexed in the

same direction. The second lateral resembles the first lateral in

every particular, but is much less wide. Third lateral perpendi-

cular, longer than broad, triangular, its apex small, reflexed and

denticulated. Fourth lateral very long, irregular, jaw shuped,

its lower edge for one-half its length furnished with four strong,

large, acute, beak like denticles; the left end of this lateral is

produced in a horizontal direction, at right angles to the direction

of the balance of the tooth, is excavated above and below, and in

some instances appeared to have a wing-like expansion behind

theuncini. Fifth lateral quite small, subcircular, its apex broadly

reflected and denticulated, the whole tooth fitting into the upper

excavation of the horizontal portion of the fourth tooth. The

uncini, more than twenty-five in number, are long, slender,

crowded, the apex reflexed and continued in three fringe like

denticles.

There seems to be great uniformity in the teeth of the different

288 Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusca.

transverse rows, but there are in some instances five beak-like

denticles on the fourth lateral. It is difficult to follow this tooth

behind the crowded uncini, but we are confident that in some

instances it is very much more expanded than shown in the

figure, resembling a gull’s wing. The first beak-like denticle

seems to be on the same plane as the upper portion of the

tooth; the other three are on the same plane as the’ lower por-

tion; this is shown in the figure by the line running parallel to

the upper edge of the tooth. The apex of the first denticle

seems often to be recurved.

The fifth lateral is with much difficulty found under the

microscope. It is on a different plane from the other teeth, and

is crowded into the excavation in the fourth lateral. It seems

often wholly filled up with foreign matter, not being as readily

cleaned as the other teeth, even in a solution of potash.

The whole lingual is a very difficult study, and requires

numerous views to bring out the details of its structure by photo-

graphy. It is owing only to the untiring perseverance of Mr.

Powel that we are able to illustrate it satisfactorily.

Fig. 8, b, shows the central and one-half of one transverse row

of the laterals, with two uncini only. The balance of the uncini

curve rapidly outwards and downwards, giving to the entire

transverse section of the lingual membrane the usual strongly

arched outline. (See Land and Fresh-water Shells of North

America, Part IIT., fig. 216.)

Fig. 8, a, represents the third lateral, which is not well shown

in its crowded position, as in b,

On p. 108 of Land and Fresh-water Shells of North America,

Part ILIL., a fac-simile is given of Troschel’s figure of the lingual

dentition of the other species of the United States, //elieina orbi-

culata, A comparison of the two figures will show that the

species differ in their lingual dentition as widely as in their shells.

The specimen from which the membrane was extracted was

found living by Mr. KE. R. Leland, who gives the following notes

of its station :—

Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusca. 289

“The locality in which I found the Helicina occulta is a fishing

station known as Whitefish Bay, six miles north of this city

(Milwaukee, Wisconsin), on the slope of the lake bluff, which at

that point is somewhat wet and bogey, with a growth of pines,

tamaracks, juniper, and some deciduous trees. They were under

dead leaves beside logs; on the 30th of May and 6th of June,

1869, they were in considerable numbers, though they could

hardly be said to be abundant. I have not visited that place

since the latter date. On the 19th inst., however, I found a few

Specimens in a ravine near the lake, about two miles and a half

north of the city—making in all some twenty-five specimens

found, among which are two young ones with an acute carina.”

The locality is an interesting one, showing the possibility of a

tropical genus existing in a cold latitude. The discovery of Mr.

Leland is of far greater importance, however, in proving beyond

doubt the fact of //elicina occulta actually existing at the present

time. ‘The species is found very plentifully in a fossil state in

the post-pleiocene of the Western States, and is generally supposed

to be extinct. Dr. Binney has (Terr. Moll. L, 183, 184) argued

at length against this opinion, and figured specimens apparently

recent (Ibid. III., pl. lxxiv., fig. 1); he also referred to this species

the shell found living in Western Pennsylvania by Dr. Green,

and described by him as //elicina rubel’a. Specimens in an

apparently recent state have also been received by us from

Sheboygan, Wisconsin, and through the Smithsonian Institute

from Lexington, Virginia, collected in the latter locality by Mr.

McDonald. Fresh specimens were, however, so rare that belief

in the extinction of the species prevailed generally. Dr. Gould

referred (Terr. Moll. U.S., IL, 852) Helicina rubella to Helicina

orbiculata, 2 recent species found as far north as Tennessee, and

finally in the Land and Fresh-water Shells of North America,

Part IIL., Helicina occulta is removed from the catalogue of recent

species and quoted only among the fossils.

Mr. Leland has now reversed this decision by finding the

animal actually living. It is in consequence fair to presume that

990 Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusea.

the Sheboygan specimens are also recent, as well as those from

Lexington, Virginia, and that the species, though, perhaps, rarer

than formerly, is still to be found in the Western States.

Those persons not having access to Doughty’s Cabinet of

Natural History will be interested to know that //elicina rubella

was found on hills not far from Pittsburg, Pa., on the old post

road from that place to Wheeling. Dr. Green received it from

a friend, and immediately questioned its origin, but was assured

that it had been actually found living on more than one occasion.

We presume that Prof. Kirtland (Ohio Report) refers to the

same individuals as received by Dr. Green, when he speaks of a

species of //elicina being found on the hills adjacent to the Ohio

river.

Mr. Say described /7elicina occulta from fossil specimens from

a bluff near New Harmony, Ind. He did not notice it living,

nor has any author done so. The name occurs, indeed, in sev-

eral catalogues of Recent Species, but we have never known it to

be found with the living animal until now.

Pompholvx effusa, Lea.

The shell from which was extracted the lingual membrane

Lingual dentition of Pompholyx effusa, Lea,

here described is one of the original lot received from Cali-

fornia, from which the species was described. It was labelled

by Mr. Lea.

Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusca. 291

A figure of the shell, with descriptions of the external charac-

ters of the animal, will be found in Land and Fresh-water Shells

of North America, Part IL, p. 73-74. As there has been some

discussion in regard to this species having two pairs of eyes, we

will here repeat that the eyes are situated in the place usual in

the Limneeide.

Lingual membrane broad; with 22.1.22 teeth. Central teeth

upright, narrow, widening and knobby at the base; apex re-

curved, and produced into an obtuse beak. Laterals nine on

each side of the central line, in a straight transverse row, wide,

quadrate, apex recurved, prolonged beyond the base of the tooth

in a more or Jess broad blunt beak. Uncini about thirteen on

each side of the median line, in oblique transverse rows, not

attached to a plate, simple and not recurved; the first eight from

the extreme lateral edge of the membrane long, narrow, arm-

shaped, terminating in a wrist-like contraction and hand-like

expansion, strongly digitate. The remaining uncini gradually

changing into the shape of the laterals, but still not merging into

them, the line of demarcation being strongly marked.

There is great variation in the beak-like projection of the re-

curved apex of the laterals, and still more in the digitation of

the uncini.

The jaw is long, narrow, slightly arcuate, with blunt ends;

anterior surface smooth.

By the characters of its lingual dentition, and its horny jaw,

Pompholyx appears nearly related to Planorbis.

Fig. 9, a, represents the central and two laterals to the right of

the median line; } gives one full series of uncini to the left of the

median line; and ¢ one of the uncini in profile.

Planorbis trivolvis, Say.

The specimen from which was extracted the lingual mem-

brane here figured was collected at Newport, Rhode Island, by

Mr. Sam. Powel.

Lingual membrane broad, with slightly curving rows of teeth.

ZI Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusea.

Teeth 19.1.19. Centrals sub-oval, rounded at base, narrowing

toward the top, which is squarely truncated; apex broadly re-

curved into an obtuse beak, beyond which are two long, narrow,

tusk-like projections. First seven laterals uniform, in an almost

straight transverse series, detached, inclining obliquely toward

the median line, large, square, broadly reflexed, extending

beyond the base in a wide, blunt beak, at each side of which are

Lingual dentition’ of Planorbis trivolvis, Say.

usually one or more small denticles. ‘These laterals pass gradually

into the unecini, which are in curving rows, long, narrow, widely

recurved, with variable, strong, beak-like digitations on their

apie ‘s and outer sides.

There is great variation in the digitations on the uncini, no two

of which appear alike. The laterals also vary somewhat in the

breadth of their recurved beaks.

Fig. 10, a, represents two central teeth with two of the first

laterals on the left of the median line ; } the merging of the laterals

into the uncini: and c extreme uncini. & and ¢ are taken from

the right of the median line.

Tulotoma magnifica, Conrad.

Throuch the kindness of Dr. E. R. Schowalter, of Uniontown,

Alabama. we are able to describe the lingual dentition of Zulo-

ma maqnifica, Conrad. The specimens received from Dr.

Schowalter were taken in the Coosa river, Alabama.

It will be seen that in its lingual dentition Zulotoma is more

closely allied to Vivipara (as suggested by Gill, Proc. Acad. N.

Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusca. 293

Sc., Phila., 1863) than to Melantho and Lioplax. (See Land and

Fresh-water Shells of North America, Part III., pp. 16, 35, 55,

etc.)

Lingual membrane long, with the arrangement of teeth usual

to the family. Teeth 8.1.3. The centrals are subcircular, with

a truncated, irregularly horizontal base; the apex recurved,

channelled, and obtusely knobbed ordenticulated. The first lateral

is about as wide as the central, oblong, bulging at the sides, trun-

cated and horizortal at base, its apex deeply digitated or fringed,

some of the denticles being recurved at their apices. The second

Fig. 11.

Lingual dentition of Tulotoma magnifica, Conrad.

lateral is laminar, narrowing slightly towards the truncated base,

curving outward from the central tooth, its apex with long

fringe-like denticles, some of which are recurved, others obtusely

knobby. The third lateral resembles in shape and size the

second, but is somewhat less curved, and has shorter, less delicate

denticles.

There is considerable variation in the number, length, delicacy

and arrangement of the denticles on the different teeth. In some

vases they are very broad, with simple recurved edges. In others

they are long, narrow, and bifurcate. Again on many teeth the

denticles are not absolutely separated one from the other, but the

end of the tooth is rather deeply channelled.

The variations occur in the laterals, the centrals being more

uniform. The side edge of the Jaterals is sometimes recurved for

a considerable length.

294 Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusea.

In figure 11 outlines are given of one central tooth and the

three Jaterals of one side of the lingual membrane, with (@ and b)

the apices of two separate laterals, to show variation in the den-

ticulations.

The generic characters of the animal of Zulotoma never having

been given, we add them here. Foot moderate, not produced

beyond the snout. Color dark blue. Head and snout small.

Lingual teeth as described above. Right tentacle broad. Left

cervical lappet small; right larger, trough-shaped. Branchial

laminse numerous, long, narrow, crowded in a double row.

Mesodon leucodon of Rafinesque.

The name Mesodon leucodon, Raf., has found its way into the

books as asynonym of felix thyroides. As no description of any

Fia. 12. such species wasever published by Rafinesque,

we have expressed the opinion that it was ori-

ginally a manuscript name sent by Rafinesque

to Ferussac. (Terr. Moll. U. S, IV., 54.)

Since that time we have seen a manuscript

work by Rafinesque, entitled ‘“ Conchologia

Qhioensis,” given by Prof. Haldeman to the

Smithsonian Institution. In this there occurs

not only a description, but a figure of Aesodon

leucodon. These are here copied as concho-

logical curiosities. They have, of course, no

scientific value.

Mesodon leucodonthyroide, — “ Mesodon Leucodon. Roussatre, varié de

petites taches brunes, irreguliéres, provenantes de l’animal; tres

finement strié entravers ; levre bordi aigu, réfléchi; dent blanche,

oblique au milieu de la bouche; forme bombée, convexe, obtuse ;

opercule collé, membraneux.”

The operculum referred to is no doubt the epiphragm.

In the same manuscript are other figures scarcely recognizable,

but one of Mesodon labiatum, a species not described in any

oe ihe

Note on Vivipara lineata, Val. 295

printed work, seems to represent the carinated form of /Zelix pal-

Fie. 13.

Mesodon labiatum.

liata. A copy of this figure is here given.

Note on Vivipara limeata, Valenciennes.

By W. G. BINNEY.

WHEN studying the Viviparidz of North America in preparing

the Smithsonian “ Landand Fresh-water Shells of North America,

Part IIL,” I found in use, both in published works and in col-

lections, the name Paludina lineata of Valenciennes for a species

of Vivipara of the United States. From the work of Humboldt

and Bonpland I obtained the description of Valenciennes, of

which an English translation is here given :—

Paludina lineata.—This species resembles that of the Seine. It is

equally ventricose, but has a thinner shell. Shell ventricose-ovate, thin,

diaphanous, with delicate transverse strize; greenish horn-color, with

numerous transverse greener vittee. Whirls five, last one large, ventri-

cose, and equalling in height one-half the entire length of the shell.

Besides the striz of growth, there are numerous transverse, very fine

lines. The whirls are not flattened towards the moderate suture.

Apex acute. Color green, sometimes somewhat corneous ground, on

which are a large number of bands of a deeper green and variable width,

sometimes merely linear. On the upper whirls the bands are obsolete.

Apex not eroded in any of a large number of individuals.

Operculum brown, thin, horny, covered with numerous concentric,

not spiral lines. Found in Lake Erie by M. A. Michaud, who found one

shell full of young, as in the case of our species, which proves the species

to be viviparous. There is reason to believe the other species also are

so, though in the most natural genera species vary in being both ovi-

parous and viviparous. The genera of colubers and vipers among the

reptiles are an example of this, while the Mollusca furnish more nume-

rous ones.

Length 1 inch 3 lines.

296 Note on Vivipara lineata, Val.

It needed but a glance at this description to convince me that:

it was never drawn from a specimen of the species to which the

name lineata has been applied by American authors. It was

equally clear to me that the description was not applicable to any

species known to inhabit the region indicated by Valenciennes.

I was obliged, therefore, in the work referred to (p. 31), to leave

it a doubtful species, with the hope of its eventually being redis-

covered,

Here the matter rested, until an opportunity occurred of clear-

ing up all doubt regarding the identity of Paludina lineata,

Valenciennes. While in Paris, in 1867, it occurred to me to

look among the shells at the Garden of Plants for the original

specimen of Valenciennes. Through the kindness of Prof.

Lacaze-Duthiers every facility for the search was given me. I

very soon found the desired type, glued to a card tablet and

labelled, in the handwriting of Valenciennes, “ Paludina lineata,

Val., dans Humboldt et Bonpland, tome II. Du lac Erie,

) Renae du Nord, par M. Michaud;” but below was written

in the same hand “ C’est faux, elle vient de l’Inde.”* Here then

was a simple solution of the difficulty. The species is not

American. It is the well-known Eastern anal figured by Kiister

as Paludina Bengalensis (Chemn., ed. 2, figs. 15, 16). Other

specimens from Delhi, Bengal, Xc., are jabetled P. lineata, also

in Valenciennes’ bandwriting; on one tablet Pad. fusciata, Gray,

is given as a synonym,

A few days after this interesting discovery at the Garden of

Plants I was looking at a copy of Humboldt and Bonpland’s

“ Recueil d’Observations, &e:” at the house of M. Crosse. Turning

to the deseription of /aludina lineata, I found a marginal note

referring the species to Bengal instead of Lake Erie. Recogniz-

ing the handwriting of Valenciennes, I called the attention of M.

Crosse to it, and learnt that the book bad actually belonged to

Valenciennes, at the sale of whose itorety. it was bought by M.

* Paludina lineata, Val, in Humboldt and Bonpland, vol. 2. From Lake Erie,

North America, by Mr. Michaud. This is a mistake, the shell comes from India.

Note on Vivapara lineata, Val. 297

Crosse. Here, then, was an additional proof of the erroneous

habitat originally given by Valenciennes.

I should add that the shell found by me labelled as the type

of Paludina lineata in the Garden of Plants answers well to

the description of Valenciennes.

The facts given above remove Paludina lineata from the

catalogue of American Viviparide. Unfortunately, however,

the name J¢neata remains to burden and confuse our synonymy.

Haldeman, surely without critical examination, referred Valen-

ciennes’ description of Pal. lineata to the North American species

described by Say as Paludina vivipara. Haldeman has been

blindly followed by most American authors, and by Kiister, who

further adds to the confusion by a typographical error, using

linearis instead of lineata in a single instance, a name which

some have tried to perpetuate.

This confusion would have been avoided by a reference to the

original description of Valenciennes, instead of accepting the

name from correspondents or books. It is one of the greatest

faults of American writers on Conchology thus to accept names,

without reference to original descriptions.* Until this fault is

corrected, the disgraceful confusion of our synonymy will be worse

confounded.

* An instance of the mistakes thus arising is to be found in reference to this

very species of Valenciennes. A writer in the Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc, Phila. (1862), 451,

notes the fact of a certain species of North American Vivipara being characterized

by four spiral red bands, and further insists on the permanency (invariability?) of

the characteristic as a guide in distinguishing it from an allied European form

which has but three bands. Yet this author refers this strictly four-banded species

to Paludina lineata, Valenciennes, a species described not as having four red spiral

bands, but as having a /arge number of bands of a deeper green and variable width,

sometimes merely linear. Surely, if the specics invariably has four bands, such a

description as the last cannot apply to it.

MARCH, 1870. 20 ANN. Lyc. NAT. HIST., VOL. IX.

298 Notes on Species of the Family Corbieulade.

XIX. Notes on Species of the Family cCORBICULAD&, with Figures.

By TEMPLE PRIME.

(Continued from Vol. viii. page 418.)

Read November 22d, 1869.

Genus CORBICULA.

o3. Corbicula ammiralis, nov. spec.

C. testa trigona, subtriangulari, equilaterali, compressiuscula,

Fie. 70. solidiuscula; latere antico rotundato, postico brevi,

subtruncato, margine inferiore arcuato; umboni-

bus parvulis, obtusis; pagina interna violacea;

sulcis irregularibus, quantummodo obsoletis ; epi-

dermide olivaceo-lutescente vestita; cardine in-

Corbicula ammiralis. erassato.

Long. 14; lat. 13; diam. 7 mill.

Hab,—Saigon, Cambodize. Collect. Morelet et Prime.

Closely allied to species from the same region, Corb. Lydigiana,

erosa and castanea, though smaller than either of them. Com-

pared with Corb. castanea, it is more triangular, the hinge-margin

is more angular, and the hinge itself is stronger. It differs from

Corb. Lydigiana in being less solid, less triangular, less inflated,

less heavily sulcated, and in having an epidermis of a different

color and which is not glossy. E

54. Corbicula gubernatoria, nov. spec.

C. testa ovato-transversa, compressiuscula, sequilaterali ; ex-

Fig. 71. tremitatibus subrotundatis; umbonibus parvulis,

rotundatis; sulcis obsoletis; epidermide pallide

viridi-flavescente, subnitente, vestita; pagina in-

terna candida; dentibus violaceis.

Long. 16; lat. 13; Diam. 8 mill.

Corbicula gubernatoria. J7qbh,—Saigon, Cambodize. Collect. Morelet.

In outline and size this species presents some similarity to

Corb. oecidens,

Notes on Species of the Family Corbiculade, 299

oo. Corbicula Delessertiana, nov. spec.

C. testa ovato-transversa, equilaterali; extremitatibus rotun-

datis ; regulariter striata; umbonibus tumidis, prominentibus,

colore violaceo sabradiatis; epidermide nitente viridescente

vestita ; valvis intus violaceis.

Long. 20; lat. 17; diam. 11 mill.

Hab.—Smyrna, Asiz Minoris et Egypta. Collect. Morelet

et Prime.

The specimens of this species in the cabinet of M. Morelet éame

from Smyrna, and those in mine from the Pyramids, but I have

been unable to detect any material difference between them.

Named in memory of Baron Delessert, of Paris, who was in

possession of the original Lamarck collection.

06. Corbicula imperialis, noy. spec.

C. testa ovato-transversa, compressiuscula, zequilaterali ; latere

antico rotundato, postico subtruncato; umbonibus brevibus;

margarita violacea; regulariter et dense striata; epidermide

subnigra, nitente vestita.

Long. 27; lat. 23; diam. 14 mill.

Hab.—Pondicherry, Indize. Collect. Prime.

O67. Corbicula Amazonica, Antuony, nov. spec.

C. testa ovato-trigona, obliqua, compressiuscula, subinzequila-

terali; latere antico breviore, rotundato, postico elongato, sub-

angulato; umbonibus prominentibus, obliquis; regulariter et

densé striata; epidermide olivacea vestita; valvis intus violaceis ;

sinu pallii brevi.

Long. 18; lat. 16; diam. 10 mill.

Hab.—F lumen Amazonicum, Americe Meridionalis. Collect.

loco Cambridge dicto, Mass., et Prime.

This species was found in the stomach of a fish collected by

Professor Agassiz’s expedition to Brazil, in the Amazon river.

Very closely allied to Corb. obsoleta from Uruguay ; it is, how-

ever, smaller and less heavy ; it may possibly prove to be the

young of that species.

300 Notes on Species of the Family Corbiculade.

61. Corbicula baronialis, nov. spec.

C. testa ovato-transversa, compressiuscula, subsequilaterali; la-

tere antico rotundato, postico subtruncato; umbonibus brevibus ;

epidermide flavescente vestita; sulcis irregularibus, quantum-

modo obsoletis; valvis tenuibus, intus albidis.

Long. 17; lat. 14; diam. 9 mill.

Hab.—Portum Mortoni, Australie. Collect. Prime.

62. Corbicula consularis, nov. spec.

C. testa ovata, solidiuscula, tumidula, sequilaterali; latere

antico rotundato, postico subtruncato; umbonibus tumidulis;

striis regularibus, distantibus; epidermide flavescente, maculis

subnigris plus minusve notata, nitente, vestita; valvis intus

albidis.

Long. 17; lat. 14; diam. 10 mill.

Hab.—Malacea. Collect. Prime.

63. Corbicula episcopalis, poy. spec.

©. testa subtrigona, ineequilaterali, compressiuscula; latere

Fic. 72. antico dilatato, postico quantummodo abrupto;

umbonibus tumidulis; regulariter sulcata; epi-

dermide pallide viridi-flavyescente, maculis sub-

nigris plus minusve notata, nitente, vestita; valvis

solidis, intus pallide violaceis ; cardine incrassato.

Long. 16; lat. 14; diam. 9 mill.

Corbicula episoopalis. — F1qh,—Cambodia. Collect. Morelet.

Compared with Corb. Larnaudieri, from Siam, it is larger,

heavier, and less transverse.

Genus CYRENA.

13. Cyrena tribunalis, noy. spec.

C. testa trigona, ineequilaterali, tumida; latere antico rotun-

dato, postico angulato, longiori; dense et regulariter striata ;

Review of the Fish of Cuba. 301

epidermide olivacea vestita; valvis solidis, intus albidis, ad

margines violaceis; sinu pallii cuneiformi.

Long. 55; lat. 45; diam. 33 mill.

Hab.—Ecuador, Americe Meridionalis.

XX.— Review of the Fish of Cuba belonging to the Genus

Trisorropis, with an Introductory Note by J. Carson Bre-

voort.

By Fewire Poey.

Read December 8th, 1869.

INTRODUCTORY NOTE.

THE genus Serranus, as established by Cuvier, brought to-

gether a number of fish which had been scattered in at least

twelve other genera by various authors. Cuvier divided it into

three groups, which, however, are not well defined. In the ‘ His-

toire des Poissons,” vol. ii., 1828, one hundred and seven species

are described, collected from all the tropical-and subtropical seas.

Dr. Albert Giinther, in his Catalogue, vol. 1., 1859, describes one

hundred and thirty-five species, and enumerates many others

which he had not seen or identified. He proposes groups without

generic names, founded in part on characters that vary with age,

and which bring together species that inhabit widely remote seas.

Mr. Th. Gill, in the Proceedings of the Academy of Sciences of

Philadelphia, 1862, p. 236, and in 1865, p. 104, separates the

West Indian and Atlantic American species into distinct genera

that appear well founded. Professor Poey, of Havana, who has

done so much for the natural history of Cuba, and who is par-

ticularly well acquainted with the ichthyological fauna of that

island, has adopted Mr. Gill’s genera in his Synopsis Piscium

Cubensium. In this catalogue he enumerates forty-nine species

of West Indian Serranini. Three are found on the Atlantic

coast of the U. S., as far northas New York. No ichthyological

302 Review of the Fish of Cuba

fauna of our coast south of Charleston has been published, but

no doubt many Servanini will be found there which are on Pro-

fessor Poey’s lists. J.C. B.

Characters of the genus. The genus Z7isotropis was well es-

tablished by Mr. Gill in the Proceedings of the Academy of

Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1865, p. 104, in order to in-

elude a group of fish of the subfamily of Serranin?, family Per-

cide. It may at once be distinguished by the very projecting

‘lower jaw; the mouth opening beyond the eyes, which last are

high up; the fin-ray formula, D. XI. 16—17, A. III. 11; the

squarely truncated caudal with two short points; the small and

numerous scales covering all the head to the end of the snout,

even on the maxillaries, where they are very small, and on the

base of the membrane supporting the vertical fins. The jaws,

besides the external row, have card-like and movable ones;

the skull is broad and flattened above, with very low occipital

ridges. Other details may be found in Mr. Gill’s article above

quoted. I will add that the canines are short and robust, the

nostrils close together, the anus a little advanced. The teeth of

the vomer form a half circle. The last spiny ray of the dorsal is

longer than the one in front of it; the anal spines are small, fee-

ble, and covered by the skin; the scales, hardly ciliated, are al-

most always covered by the epidermis; very small scales mixed

with the large ones are sometimes found, looking like small glands

under the epidermis. The color in all the Cuban species is of

# brown violet, with spots or wavy bands of dark brown, some-

times accompanied with reddish spaces. The upright fins often

have a narrow white border; the intestine is small, with the usual

circumvolutions, sometimes a little gathered into a ball behind ;

the ca#scums very long, about twelve in number; the air-bladder

is narrow; the suborbital bones are five in number, and there is

also a small bone strongly imbedded in the post-frontal, besides

the ordinary supra-temporal bones. Hach maxillary has a labial.

Vertebrw 10—14, the six first without transverse apophyse.

belonging to the Genus Trisotropis. 303

These fish are common, and almost all of them become very

large ; they are good to eat, though sometimes suspected of being

noxious when of large size. They are known in Havana under

the names of Bonact or Aguayt, and also Abadeja ; this last one im-

properly applied, for in Spain it is applied to a kind of cod.

The ones called Abadejo differ from the others by their lips

being green towards the corners of the mouth, by the whitened

margin of the pectoral, as also by a projecting spur on the angle

of the preopercle.

The genus Epinephelus of Bloch, as limited by Mr. Gill, ap-

proaches Zrisotropis, but differs by the form of the skull, the

rounded caudal, and the small number of articulated rays in the

anal, generally 9, and sometimes 8. I would, however, observe

that the Epinephelus morio, Val. (erythrogaster, DeKay), has a cau-

dal like T’risotropis.

The object of this review is not to give a complete description

of each species, but to give some of their distinctive characters,

and to correct some errors of synonymy. Besides, the species

being well known, I will refer to the preceding general charac-

ters, and for fuller details to the authors quoted. I here quote

my Memorias Sobra la Historia Natural de la Isla de Cuba, tome

ii. 1860, and my Repertorio Fisico-Natural de la Isla de Cuba,

1867, 1868, in which my Synopsis Piscium Cubensium forms the

last half of the second volume.

Trisotropis cardinals.

Serranus cardinalis, VaAtL., in C. V. Poiss. ii., 378.

‘f rupestris, WAL., ff f ix., 437.

Bonaci cardenal. Parra, tab. 16, fig. 1.

Johnius guttatus. Scun., in Bloch, Syst. 77.

The back is red, the lower parts of the body violet, the trunk covered

with blackish quadrilateral spots ; the lower parts of the head and stom-

ach with rounded reddish spots, which cover also a great part of the

fins. In the adults the black spots are smaller and rounded, and the

red ground color not so marked; but it is found on some parts at all

304 Review of the Fish of Cuba

ages. The pectorals have an orange border, not distinct in the young

ones. The extent and intensity of the red color is proportioned to the

depth of the waters it frequents. The preopercle is rounded and finely

denticulated.

It attains a weight of 25 pounds. Is found, according to M.

Valenciennes, at St. Domingo and St. Bartholomew. Popular

name in Havana, Bonaci cardenal.

Schneider knew this species only through the text and figure

of Parra; and although the name of guttatus has the priority, it

cannot be preserved because at the time Valenciennes was writing

there was another Serranus which Linnzeus, and also Bloch, had

named Perea guttata, which is now the Pet rometopon guttatus,

same as Serranus coronatus, Val., of which the S. n7griculus is

only adarker variety. There was also the Bodianus guttatus,

Bloch, from the East Indies, which is the Epinephelus argus,

B)., Syst., and the Cephalopholis arqus, Schneider, the same, ac-

cording to Dr. Giinther, as the Serranus myriaster, Val. There

was, besides, the Serranus guttatus, Val. (nee. Bl.), also from the

Kast Indies, which according to Giinther is the eyanostigmatoides

of Dr. Bleeker.

Valenciennes gives the S. cardinalis, from Parra, without

having seen a specimen of it; and itis not surprising, therefore,

that he afterwards should have made it the S. rupestris, when he

received it from St. Domingo.

Trisotropis petrosus.

Serranus petrosus, Pory, Mem. ii., 1363; Repert. ii. 55,

Ground color of the body a rather light: brownish violet, covered

with pretty close-set round spots of a reddish brown, of about the size

of the pupil of the eye; besides which large quadrilateral spaces may

be indistinctly traced along the trunk, There is no red on the body or

fins, which are of a dark brown, except the pectoral, which are black

with a broad, bright orange border, distinctly marked, at least in the

large specimens, the only ones that I could observe, The preopercle is

rounded. It reaches a weight of 25 pounds, I sent, at the request of

M. Agassiz, a specimen 720™™ Jong to the Museum of Comparative

Anatomy, at Cambridge, Mass, In Havana it is called Bonact de

piedra,

belonging to the Genus Trisotropis. 305

After describing this species in my Memorias, I made it, in my

Synopsis, p. 282, a variety of the. Zrisotropis cardinalis, be-

cause I believed that the round spots were peculiar to the adults,

and that at the same time the red color disappeared ; but I now

believe that our fishermen are right in considering it a distinct

species. ’

Trisotropis brunneus.

Serranus brunneus, Pory, Mem. ii. 131; Rep. ii. 156; Syn. 284.

“ — arara, POEY (nec VAL.), Mem. ii. 182.

decimalis, Pory, Mem. ii. 138 (aculets erroneis).

“ —_ eyclopomatus, Pory, Mem. ii. 353.

‘“ latepictus, PoEY, Mem. ii. 358.

The whole body covered with large irregularly quadrilateral

spots of a violet brown, separated by pale rivulations which run

together under the stomach. The fins are brown, and the mar-

gin of the pectorals, not at all or else a little bordered with

orange, without definite limits. In this the species chiefly dif-

fers from 7. petrosus. I sent a specimen to the Cambridge

Museum, 1250™- long, weighing 66 pounds. In the young

specimens the form and size of the spots vary greatly, which

caused me to mistake varieties for species. The preopercle is

rounded. - Its popular name is aguaji.

See for comparison the notes on my fifth species, the Bonaci

arara of Parra.

I at first believed that the Serranus undulosus, Val., Poiss. ii.

295, from Brazil, might be the same as the Cuban species; but

having received it from Paris through M. Aug. Duméril, 8

inches long, I saw that the caudal was slightly rounded, which

is not a difference due to age, as I found on comparing it with

young specimens observed in Havana. ‘The brown undulations,

oblique on the cheeks, horizontal on the body, the yellow base

of the anal and of the soft dorsal, would bring the Brazilian

specimen near to my Trisotropis aguaji. It is probable that the

Serranus undulosus, attributed to Valenciennes by Dr, Giinther,

306 Review of the Fish of Cuba

Cat. i. 143, does not belong to the original type, as it has yellow

pectorals.

There is a Serranus brunneus, which is the Epinephelus

brunneus of Bloch, tab. 828; but from its rounded caudal and

its anal noted as III. 8, it belongs to the genus where Bloch

placed it.

Trisotropis aguaji.

Trisotropis aguaji, PoEY, Repert. ii. 229; Synopsis, 284.

It is well distinguished from the preceding species by the color

of the vertical fins, in having the caudal, the anal, and soft

dorsal half yellow, which covers the base, and half dark brown

which covers the broad border. I sent a very large stuffed

specimen to the Cambridge Museum, about 1110": long,

which is figured in my MS. portfolio, as well as one other of

1120™"- The popular name is aguaji.

Trisotropis bonaci.

Serranus bonaci, Porky, Mem. ii. 129, Rep. ii. 155 ; Syn. 283.

Bonaci arara, PARRA, tab. 16, fig. 2.

Johnius guttatus, var. SCHN., in Bl. Syst. 77.

I only once met with a large specimen, 425™™ long; and

would have liked to find several, in order to confirm more com-

pletely the specific characters shown in my drawing and in my

Memorias ; namely, the whole body covered with rounded spots

of a light reddish brown, on a darker violet-brown ground. It

had, however, no large flexuous quadrilateral spots. The fins

are of a more or less brownish green. The preopercle is

rounded.

I believed, though with some doubt, when I wrote in my

Memorias, ii, 180, “that the Serranus arara of Val., Poiss. ii,

377, was the same as the Bonaci arara of Parra,” to which he

joins it; but I have since seen that it is the same fish as the one

figured by M. Desmarets, Déct. Class., which is no other than

the Epinephelus lunvatus of Bloch.

belonging to the Genus Trisotropis. 307

Trisotropis camelopardalis.

Serranus camelopardalis, Pory, Mem. ii. 182; Syn. 283.

This species, like the 7. cardinalis in shallow water, has the

upper parts of the body of a more or less bright red, according

to the depth it inhabits. It has been observed that, contrary to

the usual rule in the seas of Cuba, the deeper this fish is found,

the brighter are its colors. The lower parts are duller. Hight

pale brownish violet bands fall from the back towards the mid-

dle of the body; one on the nape, four under the spiny dorsal,

and three under the soft dorsal. The sides and the abdomen

have round spots of a brownish red on a violet ground. Pecto-

rals dirty red.

Preopercle rounded. This fish becomes large; the one de-

scribed is 510™™ long, and its fin ray formula is D, XI. 16,

A. III. 10, according to my drawing; which, however, would be

exceptional, as regards the anal, for the normal number in the

genus is IIT. 10.

Trisotropis tigris.

Serranus tigris, V Au., Poiss. 1x. 440.

« felinus, Pory, Mem. ii. 134.

“ — rivulatus, Pory, Mem, ii. 135.

‘* — repandus, PoEy, Mem. ii. 135.

Vide Pory, Repert. 11. 155; Synopsis, 283.

This fish differs chiefly from the preceding one by the total

absence of the red color, but it has the vertical bands and the

ventral spots, which is the reason that it is also commonly known

as Bonaci gato. The violet brown is therefore the general

ground color of the body. Pectorals reddish brown, with an

orange border. I have seen several a foot long, the one

described being a foot and a half. Valenciennes’ specimen was

from St. Domingo.

Trisotropis calliurus.

Mycteroperca calliurus (lege calliura), Poey, Repert. i. 181,

409; Syn. 286.

308 Review of the Fish of Cuba.

This and the following species form a group to which the

vulgar name of Abadejo is applied, having greenish lips and a

salient angle on the preopercle. This species is easily recognized

by its closely-set nostrils and by the caudal, each ray of which

ends in a point. Pectorals bordered with white. Body brown,

with a violet tinge, covered with round yellowish spots, which

disappear on the dried skin. I have had them 500™™: long.

Trisotropis interstitialis,

Serranus interstitialis, POEY, Mem. ii. 127; Syn. 286.

Also an Abadejo, distinguished by its nostrils and caudal as

before. The general color brown, shaded into violet; all the

body except the head crossed in every direction by lighter lines,

to such a degree that it appears to be covered with square spots

of the size of the pupil, separated by narrow intervals, which

may be seen to a certain extent on the dried skin also. Pecto-

rals brown, with a black border ending in white; lips greenish ;

preopercle angular.. Length 380™"-

Trisotropis chlorostomus.

Trisotropis chlorostomus, Porky, Rep. ii. 231; Syn. 285.

Distinguished from the preceding species by the spots being

rounded, smaller, and wider apart. Length 330™™- I have

several eight inches long, which have a caudal like the earlier

ones of this genus. Vulgar name, Abadejo.

Trisotropis dimidiatus,

Serranus dimidiatus, Porky, Mem. ii. 129; Syn. 285.

The body is dark brown, tinged with violet above, and light

brown, tinged with pink, below; a black spot on each side of

the caudal peduncle; front of the dorsal greenish yellow. I

have seen none over a foot long. It has the characters of the

Abadejos.

Note on the Hermaphroditism of Fish. 309

Trisotropis falcatus.

Serranus falcatus, Pory, Mem. ii. 188; Syn. 285.

This Abadejo has only been seen once as long as 870™. ‘The

body is brown, covered with darker brown spots; the caudal

appears forked, on account of the long outer rays. The fifth

and sixth soft rays of the anal are prolonged in a point; edge of

the pectorals orange.

XXI.— Note on the Hermaphroditism of Fish.

By Feuer Poey.

Read December 20, 1869.

THE indications given by Cavolini, and the judgment passed

upon them by Cuvier and Valenciennes, may have led us to sus-

pect the existence of normal hermaphroditism in certain fish,

but Dufossé alone has the credit of having proved the existence

of it, in 1856, on three ACANTHOPTERYGIANS of the PERCOID

family, belonging to the genus Serranus, namely, S. scriba, S.

cabrilla, and S. hepatus. ach individual of these three species

produces eggs which it impregnates as soon as they are ejected.

These facts are all the more remarkable as Miiller* has said:

“The separation of the sexes is so constituted, that the VERTE-

BRATA and the ARTICULATA exhibit no signs of normal herma-

phroditism.”

I have since called attention to a similar occurrence in Jeso-

prion ambiguus,t which I described and figured, showing the

organs of generation. Having been able to examine but one

specimen, I am ignorant as to whether the hermaphroditism be

normal or accidental.

I will now add that I have discovered hermaphroditism in two

other species of the PErcorp family, namely, in Lutjanus Ca-

* See paper by Dufossé, Ann. des. Scie’s, Nat., 4me sér., vol. v., p. 295,

pl. viii.

+ Mem. sobre la Hist. Nat. de la Isla de Cuba. vol. ii. p. 152, pl. xii.

310 Lepidopterological Miscellanies.

ballerote, which species is placed by Bloch* under the genus

Anthias, and was confounded by Cuvier with his MMesoprion

cynodon ; the specimen measuring fifteen inches in length; and

also in Ocyurus chrysurus, which is placed by Bloch under his

genus Sparus, and by Cuvier among the Mesoprions. I found

this to be the case in the latter several times, and more especially

so in a specimen of twenty-one inches. I have forwarded one

of eighteen inches to Professor Agassiz, Director of the Museum

of Comparative Anatomy of Cambridge.

In the three species above named the male genital organ and

the female organ present themselves as closely joined one to the

other. They are readily distinguished by means of their color and

the granulation. In all instances the milt is in a greater state

of advancement than the ovaries.

X XII.—Lepidopterological Miscellanies. No. 2.

By Corieman T. Rosrnson.

Read December 20, 1869.

NOCTUID.

Hypena baltimoralis.

Hypena baltimoralis. Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 34, 1854.

Hypena baltimoralis, Walker, List Lep. B, M., Part xvi. p. 31,

1858.

Hypena benignalis. Walker, List Lep. B. M., Part xvi. p. 32, 1858,

Expanse, 32-35 mm,

Habitat.—Pennsylvania, New York.

This species is closely allied to the European //. erassalis, and

varies in a similar manner. In some specimens the large black-

ish brown patch attains the internal margin of the anterior

wings.

* Bloch, Systeme, etc., p. 310.

Lepidopterological Miscellanies. 311

Hypena bijugalis.

Hypena bijugalis. Walker, List Lep. B. M., Part xvi. p. 32, 1858.

Expanse, 27-31 mm.

Habitat—New York.

Hypena manalis.

Hypena manalis, Walker, List Lep. B. M., Part xvi. p. 33, 1858.

Expanse, 20-23 mm.

Habitat—New York.

fHvpena internalis. 1n.s.

Palpi long, laterally compressed, blackish, except the naked white

tips of the third joint. Head and thorax very dark brown or blackish.

Abdomen fuscous above with blackish tufts on the segments; beneath

paler, except at the tip.

Anterior wings blackish brown, with a median, a subterminal, and a

terminal line of indistinct pale yellow or whitish dots. The median

line of dots ends on internal margin in a large, circular, pale yellow spot

which is the prominent distinctive mark of the species. A small, dis-

tinct tuft of black scales on the disc. Fringes blackish.

Posterior wings and fringes very dark fuscous, the latter interrupted

with paler scales. Under surface of both pairs fuscous, with impromi-

nent, cellular dark dots,

Expanse, 29-31 mm.

Habitat—Pennsylvania.

Hypena evanidalis. n.s.

Palpi long, laterally compressed, dull brownish ochreous ; third joint

minute, almost enclosed by the scales of the second joint. Frontal

tuft prominent, pale ashen brown, as are also the head, thorax, and

abdomen above.

Anterior wings dull pale ashen brown, shaded terminally with fus-

cous. A broad, dark brown or blackish patch on the costa extending

from the base to the middle is indistinctly limited on the dise, and

contains in its lower portion two pairs of small distinct raised tufts of

black scales, the first pair in the centre, the second nearer the costa at

the end of the dise. A subterminal and a terminal line of dark dots.

Fringes pale interrupted with fuscous,

312 Lepidopterological Miscellanies.

Posterior wings pale fuscous; fringes paler. Beneath, the posterior

wings have a distinct fuscous celiular spot, and a central band which

extends indistinctly across the anterior pair.

Expanse, 30 mm.

Habitat—Pennsylvania.

CRAMBIDA.

Schonobius sordidellus, Zeller.

Chilo sordidellus. Zincken, Mag. Ent. iv. p. 247, 1821.

Schenobius sordidellus. Zeller, Chilo, et Cramb., p. 4, 1863.

Not having seen specimens of this species I translate the

original description from Germar and Zincken’s Magazin der

Entomologie. Professor P. C. Zeller remarks in his monograph

that he had scen a single specimen from Zincken’s collection.

“Agrees in size and form with Chilo gigantellus, dirty ashen gray

with a silky lustre. The ashen gray palpi are as long as the thorax ;

the antenne ashen gray, black beneath, with two rows of fine, short

lateral hairs. The anterior wings are more obtuse than pointed, of a

uniform dirty ashen gray color above and beneath, with a row of 8-9

black points before the fringes, and a single similar point in the middle

of the upper surface. The posterior wings are hardly paler than the

anterior pair, and have on both sides before the fringes a row of black

points, which are prominent and distinct near the apices, becoming

fainter and nearly obsolete towards the anal angle. Head, thorax, abdo-

men, and the very long legs ashen gray. This specimen is a male, and

the female probably has pointed wings. Found near Savannah,

Georgia.”

The European species (Sch. gigantellus), with which this spe-

cies is compared above, is much larger than any others before

me, and measures 31-385 millimetres,

Schoenobius longirostrellus, Zeller.

Chilo longirostrellus. Clemens, Proc. Ac, N, 8. Phil., p. 205, 1860.

Palpi pale yellow, white beneath ; head and thorax pale yellow. An-

terior wings pale yellow, tinged with a darker shade along the costa,

There is a dark dot on the centre of the wing beyond the disk, and a

distinet, oblique, fuscous line from the apex passes just without this

Lepidopterological Miscellanies. 313

spot to the middle of internal margin. A row of indistinct terminal

points. Fringes pale yellow. Posterior wings and fringes very pale

yellow. The under surface of both pairs very pale shining yellow.

Efxpanse, 4 23, 9 27 mm.

Habitat.—Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, New York.

Allied to the European forficellus, but differs from it in its

smaller size, the less acute apices of the male, its paler color, and

less prominent markings.

Scheenobius melinellus.

Chilo melinellus. Clemens, Proc. Ac. N. 8. Phil., p. 205, 1860.

Palpi, head, and thorax ochreous, the palpi pale internally. Anterior

wings varying from pale to dark ochreous, shaded more or less promi-

nently with fuscous above the middle from the base to apex. A dark

fuscous dot, sometimes obsolete, at the end of the cell, and a more or

less prominent oblique streak from the apex to the middle of the wing

There are no terminal dark dots before the ochreous fringes. Posterior

wings and fringes white or pale yellowish white.

Expanse, 2 24-28 mm.

Habitat.—Pennsylvania, New York.

This species agrees most nearly of any in my collection with

Dr. Clemens’ brief description.

Schonobius clemensellus.

Chilo aquilellus. Clemens, Proc. Ac. N. 8. Phil., p. 205, 1860.

The name given this species having already been used by

Treitschke ‘and other authors for a European species, I have

thought it best to make the above change. Not having recog-

nized the insect, I append the original description.

“Dark fuscous. Fore wings with an ochreous streak along the sub-

median nervure and its nervules, and those beneath likewise touched

with the same hue. Hind wings yellowish fuscous.”

Schoenobius dispersellus, n. s.

Palpi, head and thorax dull tawny. Anterior wings dull testaceous

clouded with fuscous. A broad fuscous shade extends from near the

base through the middle of the wing to below the apices, which are much

MARCH, 1870 21 ANN. Lyc. NAT. Hist., Vou. IX.

314 Lepidopterological Miscellanies.

clouded with the same hue. There is a blackish dot at the end of the

dise, and an improminent oblique fuscous line running from the apex

parallel with external margin half across the wing. Terminal points

minute, blackish. Fringes dull testaceous. Posterior wings and fringes

glossy white. Abdomen and anal tuft white.

Expanse, 30-35 mm.

Habitat.—New York (Putnam Co.), Texas.

This is our largest species, and appears to be less common than

any of the preceding.

Schoenobius unipunctellus, »n. s.

Palpi, head and thorax fuscous. Anterior wings uniform dark fus-

cous with a large, prominent black dot at the end of the cell on the

middle. Posterior wings and fringes pure white. Abdomen and anal

tuft white or very pale fuscous.

Expanse, 20 mm.

Habitat.—Texas.

The uniform dark color and prominent black discal dot readily

distinguish this species.

Schonobius tripunctellus, n. s.

Palpi, head and thorax whitish cinereous, the former white beneath.

Anterior wings whitish cinereous, finely powdered with pale fuscous

scales. On the fold at basal third an improminent dark dot, a similar

more prominent dot on the middle at the end of the disc, and a third

below it near internal margin. Terminal dots dark fuscous, minute,

Posterior wings, fringes, and under surface of both pairs glossy white.

Abdomen and anal tuft white, "aa

Expanse, 22 mm.

Habitat.—Texas.

Prionopteryx nebulifera, Stephens.

Prionopteryx nebulifera, Stephens, Hl. Haust., iv. p. 817, 1834.

Prionopteryx nebulifera, Zeller, Chilo. et Cramb., p. 18, 1863.

Prionopteryx nebulifera, Wood, Index Ent., p. 214, Pl. 47, fig.

1484, 1854.

Prionopteryx achatina, Zeller.

Prionopteryx achatina, Zeller, Chilo. et Cramb., p. 13, 1863.

Lepidopterological Miscellanies. 315

Prionopteryx incertella, Zeller.

Chilo incertellus. Zincken, Germat’s Mag., iv. p. 253, 1821.

Prionopteryx incertella, Zeller, Chilo. et Cramb., p. 14, 1863.

Paucity of material prevents a detailed description of this

curious genus at present. There are specimens in the collections

of Mr. Charles A. Blake and the American Entomological

Society in Philadelphia, as well as of a Texan species in my own.

Genus CRAMBUS. Fabricius.

Crambus minimellus, n. s.

Palpi whitish beneath, above and laterally shining dark fuscous.

Head and thorax dark fuscous. Anterior wings glossy fuscous, with

a broad whitish or ashen stripe from the base above the middle, ending

acutely at apical third. This stripe is limited beneath by a line of dark

brownish fuscous scales, and an oblique similar line from the middle of

costa limits it outwardly. The costa is narrowly shaded with fuscous

above the stripe and the latter contains one or two fuscous streaks in

its upper portion. A dark brown subterminal line runs obliquely out-

wardly from costa at apical third, and forming an obtuse angle, runs

thence parallel with external margin to internal angle. This line is

thickened inwardly just below the middle of the wing. A distinct

white apical stripe extends obliquely inwardly enclosing the apex of

the broad longitudinal stripe. Terminal line dark brown. Fringes

dark fuscous.

Posterior wings and fringes and under surface of both pairs glossy

pale slate color.

Expanse, 13-15 mm,

Habitat—Pennsylvania (Theo, Bunte).

The acute apices, small size, and white longitudinal stripe on

the fore wings are distinguishing marks of this species. Some

worn specimens are very pale, but the brownish fuscous lines

appear to be constant and always distinct.

Crambus satrapellus, Zeller.

Chilo satrapellus. Zincken, Germ. Mag., iv. p. 247-8, 1821.

Crambus satrapellus. Zeller, Chilo, et Cramb., p. 16, 1863.

Having no specimens from the Southern States, I give a trans-

lation of the original description.

316 Lepidopterological Miscellanies.

** Appears on a casual examination very much like Chilo pascuellus,

but is essentially different, and, especially the female, much larger.

Palpi and head yellowish gray ; antenne yellow above, gray beneath ;

thorax golden yellow. The anterior wings have the same form as

pascuellus, except the apices, which are more prominent; they are

golden yellow, ferruginous on costa and around the silvery stripes. A

broad silvery stripe bordered with ferruginous extends from the base

through the middle of the wing, ending in a sharp point near external

margin. This stripe throws out an awl-shaped branch from the middle

of its inner margin towards internal angle, but does not reach it. Im-

mediately above the point of the silvery stripe and parallel with it a

small spindle-shaped silvery spot bordered with ferruginous, with its

outer point in the angle of a once bent dull silvery line which crosses

the wing before the outer margin. Beyond this line four black short

streaks in the lower half of the wing, between the nervules. Costal

portion of the apex ferruginous, the outer half silvery white. Poste-

rior wings uniform glossy white. Under surface of fore wings yellow-

ish gray, of the hind wings white with a yellowish-gray front margin.

Abdomen and legs grayish white.”

““ Expanse of the male 134 lines, of the female 17 lines. The male

occurs of a smaller size, sometimes not larger than C. pascuellus.”

“ This species inhabits the vicinity of Savannah, Georgia.”

Crambus bipunctellus,

Crambus bipunctellus. Zeller, Chilo, et Cramb., p. 23, 1865.

Palpi, head and thorax pure white. Abdomen and anal tuft white.

Anterior wings white, with two prominent blackish dots, the first

on the fold just beyond the middle of the wing, the second beyond and

above the first, near the costa at apical third, There is a pale ochreous

subterminal line which curves boldly outwardly below the costa, and is

somewhat thickened into dots between the nervules, A terminal row

of black dots. Fringes white.

Posterior wings above and beneath white, broadly tated centrally

with pale fuscous. Under surface of anterior wings fuscous to outer

third, which latter portion with the fringes is pure white.

Expanse, 22-24 mm.

Habitat, —Ohio, Ilinois, Pennsylvania, and Virginia.

New Species of Cuban Fish. 317

XXUT—WNew Species of Cuban Fish.

By Feuirpe Poery.

Read January 17, 1870.

Mesoprion rosaceus, Poey.

I must doubtless have often seen this fish in Havana, taking

it to be a variety of the J/. analis. It was not until 1869 that,

noticing the different size of the eye, I examined it more closely,

comparing it with the above species and with the J. Campe-

chanus, which last had better be named Campechianus.

Length of specimen 700 mm., or 27.56 inches. Height of

body almost equal to length of head, and three and a half times

in total length. Hye about one-sixth of head, placed rather high,

and half way from snout to membranous tip of opercle. Pos-

terior nasal opening elongated, and one diameter from eye. An-

terior opening small, round, nearer to the other than to the end

of the snout above the premaxillary. With the mouth artly

open, the end of the maxillary is on a perpendicular, passing a

little back of the posterior nostril. Preopercle a little emargin-

ate, with its denticulations ireegular and not very prominent.

The tuberosity of the interopercle hardly visible. No spines

on the opercle.

The premaxillary teeth strong and short, their base being half

the height. The three or four first ones on each side are double

the size of the next ones, which are twelve in number. <A broad

band inside these of small card-like teeth, rather larger in front,

and quite immovable. The lower maxillary teeth resemble the

upper ones, but the anterior ones are not so large. There are a

few small inner teeth in front. The vomer has a small triangu-

lar patch, without any prolongation behind. ‘The palatine teeth

are very small. The tongue rather obtuse and completely

smooth.

D. 10,14; A. 3,8.—The dorsal, equally divided into a

318 New Species of Cuban Fish.

spinous and a soft portion. The spines increase in length from

the first to the fifth ; the last being the shortest. The anal has

a point formed by the fourth and fifth branched ray. The

caudal is crescent-shaped. The pectoral is three-quarters the

height of the body, and the ventral two-thirds of the pectoral.

The lateral line is parallel to the back. I neglected counting

its scales, but there are about fifty-five. There are eight rows of

scales above and fifteen below the lateral line. The exposed

margin is finely ciliated ; the base cut square and with thirty-

six parallel flutings, not reaching the centre. Scales of the

opercles rather large; none on the limb of the preopercle, and

the rest of the head naked, excepting two double rows, of which

one covers the temples near the great surscapular scale, and the

other less distinct behind the eye.

The general color is pink, with silvery reflections on the mar-

gin of the scales. An indistinct blue line above the eye, which

has a red iris. A carmine red spot above the axilla. The fins

have a pale reddish tinge. The caudal yellowish towards the

margin. When young, it probably has a lateral spot, as in

others of the same group.

The skull is narrow, owing to the near approach of the pa-

rietal ridges. The occipital ridge is high and truncated behind.

The articular apophyse of the prefrontal are long and oblique.

Orbit rounded ; its longitudinal diameter three and a half times

in the basal length of the skull.

The flesh is hard to cook; it swells, twists, and remains hard,

though its flavor is not bad; and this may serve to distinguish it

fron’ the two species which I compare with it.

At the first glance it might be taken for the M/. Caumpechianus,

which has also a pink color and large eye; but which has two

rough plates on the tongue, the preopercular angle well den-

ticulated, a shorter snout, the orbit more oval, the teeth on the

jaws thinner, particularly the anterior ones of the premaxillary ;

the band of inside teeth narrower, and almost obsolete on the

lower maxillary; the patch of vomerine teeth prolonged in a

New Species of Cuban Fish. 319

“long point behind, which last character, together with the asperi-

ties on the tongue, are strong distinctive marks.

The JL analis has the same teeth as the rosaceus, the smooth

tongue, and the pointed snout; but the general color inclines to

violet, though some are met with of a mahogany color; in the

young the body is streaked with longitudinal blue lines, which

do not disappear on the head ; the vertical soft fins are of a fine

carmine, the anal particularly so. The eye is much smaller, for

a specimen as large as the rosaceus above described has the eye

eight and a half times in the length of the head, which makes

the snout more pointed; the mouth is smaller, the tuberosity of

the interopercle more prominent.

This large and fine fish is sold in the market under the name

of Pargo, like the previous one. It bears the number 3821 in

my manuscript atlas.

Ocvurus lutjanoides, Pocy.

This fish, if not undoubtedly belonging to the genus Ocyurus

of Prof. Gill, of which the Jesoprion chrysurus is the type,

comes nearer to it than to any other genus, by the bifurcation of

its caudal, deeper than in Lutjanus jocu, caxis, caballerote, ete.

The pointed snout and the long canines would bring it among

these last. From its colors, the fishermen are led to consider it

a hybrid between the MM. chrysurus and the LZ. caxis. They

often thus dispose of a new fish, as in the case of the Oxyurus

ambiguus and aurovittatus. But as such hybrids are rare

among fish, and especially so among these genera, it is, I believe,

right to consider the present species as a good one.

Total length 290 mm., or 11.45 inches. The height of the

body, equal to the length of the head, is‘contained three and

two-third times in the total length. The eye is rather high up,

and half way from snout to tip of opercle. The nostrils are on

the middle of the snout, rather wide apart, the posterior one

oblong. The mouth is small, for the ends of the maxillaries

are under the posterior nostril. The preopercle is only slightly

32/1 New Species of Cuban Fish.

notched, finely denticulated; the opercle without a spinous

point. The teeth are on one row, the canines rather long, and

behind them there are asperities; the palatine arch has teeth,

and the tongue is rough. ‘The lateral line has about fifty-five

scales, six rows above and fifteen below it; there are scales on

the opercles and temples, the rest of the head naked. The

scapular bones show outside. There are very small scales on

the interstitial base of the soft rays of the vertical fins. D. 10,

14; A. 3, 8.

The posterior borders of the dorsal and anal are rounded ;

the caudal lobes are elongated, but less so than in the J/.

chrysurus ; the pectoral is pointed, contained four and a half

times in the total length. The three first spiny rays of the

dorsal gradually increase in length, the last, or tenth one, not

longer than the preceding ones. The soft rays of the dorsal

and anal are all branched and flattened.

The color is a brownish green, the abdomen paler. Six

brown bands fall vertically from the back over the sides; abroad

and interrupted stripe, of a greenish color, extends from the

upper part of the opercle to the base of the caudal, resembling

the Ocyurus chrysurus and aurovittatus. °

I have seen this fish but once, and I sent the specimen to the

United States, either to Prof. Agassiz or to Mr. Brevoort. It

bears my No. 163.

Gymnothorax obscuratus, Pocy.

I found this fish but once in Havana, and sent the specimen

to Prof. Agassiz, to add to the rich ichthyological collections

which be bas gathered in Cambridge. It is one of the same

group to which belong the species ¢n/fernalis, erebus, rostratus,

ete., in my Synopsis.

It is 618 mm., or 24.33 inches long; the anterior portion of

the body forming the trunk being to the caudal portion as one

to one and a third (270 + 348), which last is gradually more and

more compressed, The length of the head to the branchial

New Species of Cuban Fish. 321

opening is equal to the difference between the trunk and tail,

viz.: 73 mm. The mouth, deeply cleft, is to the head as 8 to

17; the eye being over the middle of the upper jaw, and its

diameter is one-sixth of its length. The posterior nostril is

in front of the eye; the anterior one is tubular, and at the

tip of the snout. The mouth is bordered by three pores above

and below.

The teeth of the nasal plates are long, vertical, sharp, three

in number on the middle line, and six on the outside, not so

long, with shorter ones between these last; the vomerines are

short, and on one row. The palatines are small, excepting a few

longer ones in front. On the lower jaw they are small, re-

curved, with two longer ones on each side in front.

The body is marbled with brown on a greenish ground, which

is dark enough to almost obscure the marblings, which are com-

, posed of close-set spots, as large as the pupil of the eye, often

bordered on one side with a white edging; the spot sometimes

being all white, especially on the front of the body. The indi-

viduals of the same age of allied species do not show this color-

ing. The abdomen and throat are paler, without marblings,

but with some spots of a dirty white. The head has, on each

side near the head, six lines or longitudinal folds, the longest

prolonged under the lower jaw. On the dorsal, which begins

near the middle of the head, there are some oblique folds. The

rays of the fins are very slight and very numerous. The dorsal

has a blackish border, sometimes interrupted by white; its

height, over the anus, is one-quarter that of the body, and in-

creases gradually on the tail. The anal is one-third the height

of the dorsal; all black, with a white border. The iris is yel-

low. It bears No. 736 in my Atlas.

Peristedion micronemus, Pocy.

It is the same as the one described by me as the 1. dmberbe,

in the Memorias, II., p. 367; Repert. II, pp. 158, 804, 462.

With the lens, a very small tentacle is seen near the angle of

322 New Product obtained by the

the mouth on each side. On this account TI have to change the

specific name. The original was sent to Cambridge, Mass.

Rhinogobius contractus, Poey.

This species is to be added to my Synopsis in the Repert. II.,

p. 895. I described it under the genus Chonophorus, in my

Memorias, II., p. 424. The transverse diameter of the head is

a third smaller than in the 22. buceulentus.

Acanthurus chirurgus, 5.

The couple of lines of description, which are given in my

Synopsis (Repert. IL, 855), belong to the phlebotomus, as may

be seen repeated farther on. This species has a prolonged body,

vertical Jines on the trunk, and oblique ones on the upright

fins; the caudal a little forked.

Echelus caudilimbatus, Poey. °

This species appears in my Synopsis (Repert. IL, p. 424)

under the genus Ophisoma, because the printer omitted to insert

the name of the genus Ze/elus (Raf.), to which it belongs.

XXIV.—On a New Product obtained by the Decomposition

of Trichlormethylsulphonbromide.

By 0. Lorw.

Read May 31, 1869,

[ry Trichlormethylsulphonbromide* be heated in a sealed

glass tube in an alcoholic solution for several hours at 100° C.,

decomposition takes place. The contents of the tube will then

show a considerable amount of sulphurous acid, and when mixed

with water a heavy oil will be deposited; this being washed and

* I described the preparation of this body in the Am. J. Sci, for May, 1869. |

Decomposition of Trichlormethylsulphonbromide. 323

ignited, 0.392 grm. ignited with caustic lime yielded 1.244. grm.

AgCl + AgBr; this mixture was reduced by means of a piece

of chemically pure zine and hydrochloric acid; the weight of

silver obtained was 0.853 germ. *

This shows 53.06 proc. Cl. and 41.33 proc. Br. which corre-

sponds to the formula CCI,Br. The theory requires 53.65 proc.

Cl., 42.28 proce. Br., and 4.07 proe. C. 5

This combination must therefore be considered as Carbon-

trichlorbromide, and its formation takes place according to the

following equation :—

(CCl,) [SO,] Br = SO, + CCI,Br.

aos

— ee

Trichlormethylsulphonbromide. Carbontrichlorbromide.

» ¢

In smell and solubility Carbontrichlorbromide bears great

resemblance to tetrachloride of carbon; it boils at 98° C. and

possesses great stability; it is not affected at ordinary tempera-

ture by nitric acid, potassa, and ammonia, but on boiling it

with an alcoholic solution of caustic potassa, decomposition

takes place, KBr, KCl, and K,CO, being formed. On passing

it through a red-hot glass tube it is decomposed into sesqui-

chloride of carbon and bromine.

I made several attempts to obtain the unknown Trichlorme-

thylsulphoniodide and — cyanide, but without success.

If Trichlormethy!sulphonchloride be treated with an alcoholic

solution of iodide of potassium, iodine will always be set free

and trichlormethylsulphite of potassium formed. |

Other experiments to obtain a respective derivative of urea

* When G=amount of AgCl + AgBr; g = weight of silver, x = un-

known quantity of chlorine, y = unknown quantity of bromine, x and y

are found by the following equations :

Ix+y=G-g

II 108x + 108y = g

35.5 80

324 Decomposition of Trichlormethylsulphonbromide.

gave none of the results expected. Derivatives of urea, in

which one atom of hydrogen is substituted by an organic sul-

pho-acid radical, are not known as yet; I tried, consequently,

to cause Trichlormethylsulphonbromide to act on urea at about

120° C.; a double reaction took place: on the one hand the

bromide was split up into sulphurous acid and Carbontrichlor-

bromide, and on the other hand the rest of the bromide was

converted into Trichlormethylsulphurous acid.

I made several attempts to obtain the predicted, but yet un-

known combination (CCI,) [SO,], Dichlormethylensulphon.

I first treated an alcoholic solution of Trichlormethylsulphon-

chloride with metallic zine. The mixture became boiling hot

by itself, and Trichlormethylsulphite of zine was formed :—

(CCl,) [SO,] Cl +Zn, = (CCI,) [SO] OZn + ZnCl.

This Trichlormethylsulphite of zine was dissolved in alcohol

and the solution heated in asealed tube to 150° C., but no change

took place: the expected Dichlormethylensulphon was not

formed. 1 then subjected the sodium and lead salt of Trichlor-

methylsulphurous acid to dry distillation, when I obtained a

small amountof acrystalline body of a penetrating smell, which

is the expected combination. On heating it sublimes, but the

greater part of it is always decomposed into sulphurous acid

and Perchlorethylene, which are the chief products of the dry

distillation of a Trichlormethylsulphite; we obtain the following

equations :—

(CCI,) [SO] ONa

= NaCl + (CCl,) [SO,]

— ; iat

Trichlormethylsulphite of Sodium, Dichlormethylensulphon,

and

9 (OOL)..[80.1, =a.010h4 wlan oeOs

) (80, |

Dichlormethylensulphon, Perchlorethylene,

—-—- --- ——_— - +

Number of Lsomeric Bodies. 325

XXV.— On the Number of Isomeric Bodies.

Br O. Loew.

Read May 31, 1869,

THE rational formulz of organic combinations differ so much

among themselves at the present time, and are occasionally so

incomprehensible, and on no reasonable ground, that it is of the

greatest importance to Organic Chemistry when a man_ of

Kolbe’s learning undertakes to reconstruct the rational formulze

on as natural a basis as possible, and in correspondence with the

true characters of bodies.

The chief feature in Kolbe’s theory is Substitution, whereas

other chemists, under the lead of Kekulé, follow that of Ag-

glomeration, and of the so-called binding and linking of the

atoms.

Taking an unprejudiced view of Kolbe’s formule, it will be

observed that they express all the decompositions which the body

under consideration undergoes by means of different reagents,

and that no other formule can explain the nature and the num-

ber of the isomeries, which are at times very numerous.

Considering by way of example the so-called ether radicals :

H (H1,C) .

Methyl = H } C and Ethyl H ‘\C have

H bc!

no monocarbolic isomeries ; but when we take the next highest

radical, ‘‘ Propyl,” we find two isomeries, which are represented

by the following rational formule :

He) H,C )

ove ia aA eae 2) Hcle

UL | LC IL)

H |

No. 1 is the true homologue of Methyl; No. 2 is the so-called

isopropyl, a secondary radical, yielding no respective aldehyde.

Passing now to Butyl C,H,, when we define it as a derivative

326 Number of Isomeric Bodies.

of Methyl, in which hydrogen is substituted for Methyl, Ethyl,

or Propyl, we find already four isomeries.

HC) g H,C

A CG ir Oy eee

1.) H, BR) aT

H, | st

ar True SPL at Reet primary vadleat >

H,C | C | H,C

cp ee "a aa - 4.) H.C ko

H.C f H.C

"pacailiaiy erate Tertiary radical

The next highest radical is Amyl C,H,,, in which we find

already eight isomeric monocarbolic radicals, namely, four

primary, three secondary, and one tertiary. Adding all these

monocarbolic and bicarbolic radicals, which are isomeric to Amy],

we obtain a much higher number (vide table).

The monocarbolic radicals of the formula of Capryl show

seventeen isomeries. In this manner we obtain :

for Septyl, C,H,, = 39 Isomeries,

for Octyl, C,H,, = 89 ¥

for Nonyl, C,H,, = 221 ¢ and

for Decyl, C,,H,, = 619, ete.

The general rule from Capryl up is expressed thus: that for a

body of the general formula CxH,,,,, there exist more than

2°") isomeric monocarbolic combinations, and less than 2°»,

If we apply this law upon Stearic acid = (C,,H,,) [CO] OH, we

find that there exist more than 2° = more than 181072 iso-

meries. |

The different Stearic acids are probably very difticult to dis-

tinguish, even by means of polarized light, or by the melting

point, but we cannot deny the possibility that at some future

time we may be able to construct more delicate and subtle instru-

ments to separate bodies, which, although only isomeric, do not

show a striking chemical difference. An example illustrating

Number of Isomeric Bodies. ; 327

these remarks very satisfactorily is shown by the Oil of Turpen-

tine C,,H.,.

We know a great number of hydrocarbons which have this

formula, for instance Oil of Lemons, of Cubebs, of Juniper, ete.

The great difference in the smell leads us to the conclusion that

there must be a difference in their chemical constitution. There

are several other hydrocarbons of: the formula O,,H,, which

show no difference in smell, although they differ from Oil of

Turpentine in the power of turning the plane of polarization.

Which is the fact that shows us that these bodies are not iden-

tical but are isomeric. |

Kolbe considers the Oil of Turpentine as a dicarbol. Dicar-

bols are hydrocarbons in which two atoms of the same hydro-

carbon are connected by a diatomic radical. According to

Kolbe, Benzol is a tricarbol.

Kolbe * in his theory points out the analogy between diamins

and triamins, the latter of which are known as bodies of a well-

defined constitution. The ingenious theory of Kolbe has con-

sequently a true and positive foundation, which is not the case

with the so-called Aetten theory of Kekulé, which is founded

- on fancies and hypotheses.

We will now calculate how many isomeries exist in the deriva-

tives of Ammonia; ina manner similar to the above we find for:

1.) Ethylamin, 2 isomeries. (1 primary, 1 secondary.)

2.) Propylamin, 4 ve (2 prim., 1 second., 1 tert.)

3.) Butylamin, 8 oe (4 prim., 3 second., 1 tert.)

4.) Amylamin, 17 (8 prim., 6 second., 3 tert.)

5.) Caprylamin, 89 ee (17 prim., 15 second., 7 tert.)

These numbers are only calculated for the monocarbols con-

tained in these bases. The general law is thus:

. for a base of the general formula: C,H,,..,) N

there exist more than 2” and less than 2* isomeries.

* I take this opportunity of calling attention to Kolbe’s interesting work :

Ueber die Constitution der Kohlenwasserstoffe.”

328 ¢ Number of Isomeric Bodies.

If now we wisli to see how many isomeries exist in the non-

saturated hydrocarbons, in the oxy-amido-nitro products, we

would be obliged to calculate an immense number of bodies.

This example shows sufficiently how fruitful Kolbe’s theory is,

how the numerous isomeries may be explained, and what a

prospect Kolbe opens for the existence of an immense number

of bodies. |

Tsomeries of Amyl. CL,

I. Monocarbolie radicals.

a, primary. a

H.C} ¢ ) HC ) BSG | H.C) )

Hi, | olg| HC +C lo ss eee Clo

3 ae H, | ie i, |

H, J H,| H, |

True Homologon to Methyl.

b, secondary. (3.)

ILC ) H,C H.C

Hidiv HG H) +0 BOVG He

H.C H.C H, |

H i i

¢, tertiary. (1.)

HC} o

i, ( Lo

H,C |

HC}

Tsomeries of Amyl. C,H,

Il. Dicarbolic radicals,

a, primary. (2.)

HO) A; ILO | 4 _

wer’) | ( H{° lo °)

H, +0, H 6

H, | Herder

i : H,

Examination of Sand from an Artesian Well. 829

b, secondary. (8.)

FLO) gy” (H,C)” (H,cy”

Cai C) iLO | H,C.H.C

Cee, O,

H. H.C}, Hy, { H,

H, d H

H H

Secondary dicarbol of the first order, SREY TR. dicarbol of the second ie

III. Tricarbolic radicals.

(H,C.Cy” (HICy’””

H, H,.H,C

pO in, ©:

Hy LE

IV. Tetracarbolic radical.

(Okees |

Byte

XXVI.— Results of a Microscopical Examination of Specimens

of Sand obtained from an Artesian Well.

By Artuur Meap Epwarps,

Read January 10th, 1870.

THE specimens, five in number, were brought up from an

artesian well or boring made at New Orleans, La., in the month

of February, of 1868. The opening was not a true boring, as

no boring instrument had been made use of, but was effected

by means of driving down a sharp-pointed iron tube, for the pur-

pose, if possible, of obtaining water; but, at the depth of thirty-

two feet, gas of an inflammable character had been struck, which

escaped in large quantities, so much so that it was for some time

used for the purposes of illumination in a building near by,

Each specimen, as labelled, and the results of the examination,

are as follows :—

APRIL, 1870. 22 ANN. Lyc. NAT. Hist., Vou. LX.

330 Microscopical Examination of Specimens of

A. “Sand from depth of 32 feet, in which gas was struck,

Feb. 15, 1868.” :

This is a sand of an extremely fine texture, light grayish in

color, and when viewed with the unassisted eye is seen to have

scattered through it small black particles of matter. On account

of the occurrence of the inflammable gas at this point, and the re-

port that, from a similar well near by, fragments of blackened,

wood-like material had been ejected, I was persuaded to ex-

amine these small dark-colored specks otherwise than micro-

scopically, especially as that instrument had revealed no trace

of organic structure of any kind in them. On heating one of

them on a strip of platinum foil over a spirit-lamp, the black

tint was burned off, leaving a white ash. This appeared to in-

dicate the presence of organic matter, and a further examination

proved it beyond doubt. A drop of pure oil of vitriol was

heated in a watch-glass and a small fragment of potassium di-

chromate dissolved therein. ‘To a minute portion of this liquid

one of the black grains was added and heat applied; imme-

diately the black particle was attacked, a gas given off, which

was, without doubt, carbon dioxide, and the orange color of the

liquid changed to a green, which was made apparent by pla-

cing the glass slip upon which the reaction took place over a

sheet of white paper, showing that the dichromium trioxide set

free by the action of the oil of vitriol had been converted into

tetrachromium trioxide by the organic matter. This proves

the small black particles to be carbonaceous, and I have de-

tailed the process used to arrive at this result, as it is one which,

familiar as it is to chemists, is not sufficiently well known to nat-

uralists generally, and it can, at the same time, be very con-

veniently employed when examining small quantities of matter,

even under the microscope. No other trace of organic remains

of any kind was detected in this specimen,

B. “First sharp sand struck at a depth of 49 feet,”

This specimen consists almost entirely of a clean, transparent,

and colorless quartz sand, of which the particles are several

Sand obtained from an Artesian Well. 331

times larger than those of the last specimen. It also contains

numerous grains of the black, coal-like material found in the

other, but in this case they are much larger, and yet reveal no

organic structure, as they are opaque. Besides these, in this

specimen I found a fragment of a molluscous shell, the genus of

which I have been unable to satisfactorily determine, but I

should judge it to have been a lamellibranchiate.

C. “524 feet.”

This is also a coarse sand, of a darker color than the last, finer

in texture, and containing also black grains of organic origin.

It also contains several fragments of the shells of mollusca, but

no other remains of organized beings that I can detect.

D! “71 feet.”

This specimen is by far the most interesting of the series, as

it is evident to even the casual observer, unassisted by the

microscope, that it is from a sea-bottom, having been formed

where the water was in acomparatively quiescent state; that is to

say, the particles of which it is made up are for the most part

very fine, having scattered through them fragments of mollusca

of several species, but in so fractured a condition that it would

be somewhat difficult to determine even the genera. On acting

upon a portion of this specimen with hydrogen nitrate, a violent

effervescence took place, resulting, of course, from the solution

of the molluscous shells present. Heat being now applied,

most of the organic matter in the specimen was rendered solu-

ble, and washed off with carefully filtered water, which was em-

ployed so that there might be no danger of introducing extra-

neous microscopic forms. [By stirring up the sediment of mat-

ter unaffected by the hydrogen nitrate, after thorough washing,

and permitting it to stand for a few seconds, all the coarser par-

ticles, consisting for the most part of sand, settled, while the

supernatant water was cloudy from suspended particles. This

was poured off, permitted to settle, and examined by means of

the microscope. Besides fine particles of sand, there were found

in it, as might have been supposed, scattered fragments, and in

332 Sand obtained from an Artesian Well.

some cases perfect specimens of the silicious lorica of diato-

maces. All of the forms detected, with a single exception, are

marine in habit, and identical with those found living at the

present day on the coast of Florida, South Carolina, and else-

where. They are, for the most part, much broken, and often

but one or two individuals have been seen; in fact, the number

of specimens is very small, but still sufficient for identification.

They are as follows :—

Actinoptychus senarvus.

—=

Amphora

Auliscus pruinosus.

“ — padiatus.

Biddulphia rhombus.

Cocconeis scutellum.

Coscinodiscus eccentricus.

my radiatus.

fy subtilis.

Cyclotella Dallasiana.

Diploneis ——— ?

Epithemia sorex.

Eupodiscus radiatus.

Gomphonema acuminatum.

3 marinum.

Grammatophora marina.

Navicula ——— ?

Orthosira sulcata,

Plagiogramma Gregorianum.

i. pygmaum.

Stauroptera aspera.

Synedra ——— ?

Terpsinw musica.

Triceratium favus.

Se punctatum.

Tryblionella punctata.

Sponge spicules.

Doubtless these remains of marine organisms are accompanied

by partially decomposed organic matter, resulting from the de-

posited animals and plants, and it is from these as well as the

diatomacew that the inflammable gas is derived, and there are

chances at the same time that oi] may be obtained from the same

locality, as it has been demonstrated that the bitumen and oil of

the Pacific coast is largely, if not wholly, derived from the enor-

mous stratum made up for the most part of diatomacez with a

few radiolaria, and extending from San Francisco to the jower-

most portion of California on the slopes of the coast range of

mountains. In this conneetion the examination by means of the

microscope of such specimens as these becomes of interest, while,

On the genus Pompholyx and its Allies. 333

at the same time, they present opportunities of ascertaining the

variation which species are liable to, if any, intime. In the pre-

sent case there has been no variation since the deposition of

this stratum, now 71 feet below the surface, but the accumula-

tion of subjacent strata may have been very rapid, so that these

forms may be extremely recent. At all events the examination

is of interest, and it is to be hoped that similar collections will be

examined in the same manner, as, if no other immediate result is

arrived at, yet, at least, contributions to a knowledge of the local

distribution of these minute organisms will be obtained, and this

is a point upon which it is desirable to obtain data, from its

bearing upon geology, in which branch of science the diatoma-

ceze have already made their mark.

XXVIIL.—On the genus Pomenotyx and its allies, with a re-

vision of the Limnaips of authors.

By Wiuuram H. Dat.

Read March 14, 1870.

Tue receipt, through the kindness of Mr. Harford, of a num-

ber of specimens of Pompholyx enables me to correct an error

into which I had been led, and to add something to our knowl-

edge of this singular mollusk.

In 1866, Mr. William M. Gabb furnished me with drawings

and descriptions of the soft parts of the animal of 2. effusa,

Lea, taken from life. In both, it was represented as possessing

two pair of eyes; one pair at the inner basis of the tentacles

(as in Physa) and one at the tips of the tentacles (as in

Vertigo).

On this point Mr. Gabb was positive, and, relying on his

accuracy, I separated this mollusk from the other fresh water

pulmonates, provisionally, in a sub-family by itself.

334 On the genus Pompholyx and its Allies,

The assertion was soon called in question by Dr. J. E. Gray,

Mr. Binney, and other eminent malacologists, but, from its ex-

treme rarity, up to a very recent period, 1 have been unable

to obtain specimens of the soft parts to confirm or disprove the

accuracy of the statement.

Genus Pompholyx, Lea.

Proc. Phil. Acad. Sci. 1856.

Testa rotundo-gibbosa, subtus retrorsa, superne planulata, non um-

bilicata ; spira depressa, apertura amplissima, subrotundata, effusa ;

labro acuto ; labio incrassato planulato ; operculum nullum.

The species of Pompholyx at present known are as follows :

Pompholyx effusa, Lea.

P. effusa, Lea, Proc. Phil. Acad. Sciences, 1876, vol.

vill. p. 80.

Journ. de Conchyl. 2d series, ii. p. 208, 1857. H. &

A. Ads. Gen. Rec. Moll. ii. p. 645, pl. 138, fig. 11.

Binney, L. & F. W. Shells of N. A. part ii. page 74, fig.

119. Dall, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. 1866, p. 266, fig. 28.

TestA parva, striata, rotundo-gibbosd, subtenui, effusa, luteo-cornea,

anfractibus trinis; superné planulatis, inferné convexis; apertura

sub-rotundaé, dilatatAé intus albida, maculata.

Hab. Sacramento River, Cal. Collection Smithsonian Institution,

&e. :

The figure in H. & A. Adams, Gen. Ree. Moll. pl. 138, fig. 11,

represents this species much more characteristically than that in Bin-

ney, L. & F. W. Sh. of N. Am.

Pompholyx Leama, HI. & A. Adams.

P.leana, HW. & A. Ads. Proc. Zool, Soe. of London,

1863, p. 434.

P. test helicoidea, depressé, tenui, epidermide viride obtecta, spira

parva; anfr. 24; convexis, rapide accrescentibus, ultimo permagno ;

apertura patula ; labio planiusculo, arcuato ; labro simplici, acuto,

Alt. 14 lines. Lat. 2) lines. Hab, West Columbia. Coll. H.

Adams.

with a revision of the Limnewide of Authors. 335

The authors state that this differs from the last species, in

being thinner and smaller, in the spire being more elevated and

the aperture being less produced in front. It has not been

figured, and no specimens have as yet reached this country.

Pompholyx, var. solida, Dall.

The specimens received from Clear Lake through Mr, Har-

ford differ essentially from authentic specimens of P. effusa.

The shells, when compared with the last mentioned species,

differ in the following particulars :

The most noticeable difference is in the spire. In P. effusa

it is nearly flat, so that the shell may be laid down upon the

apex without falling to one side. In the species under con-

sideration, the spire is elevated, the whorls are rounded below

and slightly appressed against the suture, while in P. effusa

they are not appressed. The apex of my specimens is more

prominent than that of P. effusa, the shells are much more solid

and strong. The last whorl of P. effusa is much larger, pro-

portionally, than that of this species. In P. effusa the colu-

mella is prominent and the whorl falls away from it. In this

species there is a prominent rounded ridge outside of the colu-

‘mella, and the latter is, so to speak, inside of the aperture of the

shell, which is smaller proportionally, much less produced above,

and less patulous than in P. ¢fusa. A comparison of the dentition

shows that the outer laterals of P. effusa are more denticulated,

having from three to five dentations, while in this species there

are normally only three denticles in the outer laterals. The

inner portions of both ribbons are, of course, similar, I have

examined a radula taken by Mr. Binney from an authentic

specimen of ¢ffusa, and can testify to this.

The specimens in question are clearly not P. effusa, yet in

the absence of typical specimens of P./eana it still remains

doubtful whether they belong to the latter species. Messrs.

Adams’ description answers pretty well, except that my speci-

mens, instead of being thinner, are much more solid than the

336 On the genus Pompholyx and its Allies,

effusa. I propose, therefore, to indicate the species as Pompholyx

Leana, var. solida, until more definite information be ob-

tainable.

There can be no doubt that the anatomy of two such closely

allied forms must be nearly identical, and there are probably no

differences in the soft parts alone (except in the dentition of the

outer laterals) by which the two species might be separated.

A careful examination of some 380 specimens from among

those sent by Mr. Harford from Clear Lake have afforded the

following notes.

External parts.. The general accuracy of outline of the

figure given (in the Proe. Cal. Acad. 1866, p. 268) is fully con-

firmed. No tentacular eyes are present. The foot is short,

(about twice as long as broad), posterior extremity bluntly

rounded as in Planorbis. The veil, or lips, are broad and

semilunar. The mouth is minute and rounded-transverse.

The tentacles are rather short, stout and slightly larger at the

tips than more posteriorly. They are marked by a central line

of pigment cells which accompany the tentacular nerve, and in

some individuals, near the tips,an aggregation of these pigment

cells, forming a black patch or dot, was observed, This is un-

questionably what was taken for a second pair of eyea by Mr.

Gabb. In other individuals, however, the pigmentary deposit

was nearly or entirely absent, and the tips of the tentacles were

of a pale yellowish color, The colors, as far as could be deter-

mined from the specimens in glycerine, were as represented in

the paper alluded to. The true eyes are sessile on the front of

the head, near, but not on, the inner bases of the tentacles.

Nervous system. The msophagus is surrounded by a ner-

vous collar, with one large and one small ganglion, the latter

above and the former below the throat. These ganglia are

really composed of pairs, very closely united to each other.

From the lower one the tentacular and the optic nerves are

given out. Nervous branches radiate from the ganglia, but were

too minute to be satisfactorily traced to their terminations.

-——_-- —"” ~~

with a revision of the Limneide of Authors. 337

Two branches extend from the upper ganglion to the vicinity

of the heart, where another minute pair of ganglia was detected.

From each of these a single nerve, which afterward divides,

proceeds in a posterior direction.

Alimentary system. The cesophagus leaves the buecal mass

with two sudden flexures ; it then becomes slightly dilated and

proceeds, curving with the shell, to the first half of the apical

whorl. Here it turns sharply on itself, the reflected portion

passing underneath the other, and, passing the posterior end,

enters the anterior end of the stomach. The latter,is ovoid,

strongly muscular, and recalls in appearance the gizzard of a

fowl. It is divided) apparently, into three indistinct regions,

of which the two outer are really muscular fibre and the inner

region is the cavity of the stomach. | found it full of commi-

nuted vegetable matter, among which were many small grains

of sand. Whether these are merely accidental, or serve the pur-

pose of triturating the food, there are no means of determining.

The intestine leaves the stomach at the posterior end, and

passes beneath it, forward, without any marked flexure, follow-

ing the curve of the spire and opening on the left side of the

neck, just within the mantle cavity and close to the opening

of the vagina.

A gland of a yellowish color, emptied by a duet which passes

into the throat, was supposed to be a salivary gland.

The liver is of a greenish brown hue, and extends nearly to

the apex of the spire. It is of no definite shape, but fills the

cavities between the lobes of the ovary and those in the region

of the stomach ; and is bounded, anteriorly, by the wall of the

pulmonary chamber. It is well supplied with blood-vessels

which ramify in every direction. The buecal plate is some-

what cordiform or rounded triangular. It is smooth and of a

yellowish horn-color, but the entting edge is slightly thicker

than the rest. A blunted rounded point forms the centre of the

cutting edge, which is simple and without notches or strie.

There are no actessory plates.

338 On the genus Pompholyx and its Allies,

The odontophore is about four times as long as it is wide.

It is broadly reflexed at its anterior extremity, and the sur-

face is moderately convex.

The teeth are transverse in a line almost straight. The for-

mula is 22—1—22, or forty-five teeth in a row, and there are

about one hundred and fifty rows. |

The central tooth is nearly twice as long as it is broad. The

cusp is half as long as the base, and bifid or furnished with two

minute pointed teeth at the posterior extremity, and occasion-

ally two prominent tubercles on, the base. The inner laterals

are much wider than the central tooth, and the cusps are nearly

twice as long as the bases. They are rounded-rhomboidal

and slightly indented, having a trilobate appearance.

The decrease in width and the lobed appearance become

more evident toward the margin of the odontophore. The cusps

of the outer five rows are very much compressed, and hence

have a tridentate rather than a trilobed appearance.

While the teeth appear to be of a purely chitinous consis-

tency, and are quite insoluble in caustic potash, the buccal

plate is liable to destruction from continued boiling in a con-

centrated solution.

Circulatory system. The heart is small and occupies a posi-

tion midway between the buccal mass and the stomach, and

laterally is between the @sophagus and the descending intes-

tine. One principal blood-vessel supplies the liver and adja-

cent viscera, and another the buccal region, the tentacles, and

the head. A small branch accompanies the ovarian duct and

accompanying glands, while another supplies the stomach,

Reproductive system. The ovarian duct, or vagina, opens

into the pulmonary chamber, close by the anus and just within

the mantle margin. A small sac, the ‘ genital bladder” of

Leidy, is situated near the end of the vagina, Behind this, the

oviduct is dilated, forming a fossa corresponding to the uterus,

Farther back a gland opens into the oviduct, beyond which the

latter is again somewhat lobed and dilated.* The ovary is

with a revision of the Limneide of Authors. 339

formed of a number of lobes or tubes which are placed on the

inner side of the liver and extend a short distance beyond it,

into the apex of the spire. These are filled with a greenish

substance consisting of nucleolated cells and ova in all stages

of development which obtain previous to their extrusion.

The penis is contained in a sac (preputium) which opens on

the side of the neck on a line with the tentacle and midway

between the left tentacle and the mantle margin. The organ

is short and stout, the retractor muscles were quite perceptible,

and a triangular appendage, perhaps equivalent to the #lagel-

dum, was observed at the posterior end. The was deferens is

slender and is nearly enclosed by the prostatie gland, which

is small and of an amber color. The epididymis is much con-

voluted and nearly as long as the vas deferens. The testicle is

long, and composed of numerous minute tubes with innumera-

ble ramifications.

Respiratory system. The opening of the pulmonary cham-

ber is closed by a lobe of the mantle. The margin of the lat-

ter in some individuals is tuberculate (under a high power),

while in others nothing of the kind was observed.

There was no perceptible cellular structure to the lung, but

the walls of the chamber are highly vascular, and it occupies,

when dilated, nefrly half the last whorl. Myriads of a species

of cercaria were observed in the chamber, in some individuals.

Special organs. The eyes are well developed. The choroid

was thickly covered with black pigment. A well marked wit

reous humor was observed, and there appeared to be a erystal-

line lens, ‘The sclerotic coat is tough, and traversed by nume-

rous blood-vessels.° The eyeball is of an oval shape, and the

axes of the two eyes appeared to be somewhat divergent.

The blind sac, described by Leidy, and which he suggests

may be the seat of the sense of smell, is quite evident.* It is

a minute linguiform sac, reflected beneath the buccal mass,

The auditory vesicle is close behind it, and is of an oval

340 On the genus Pompholyx and its Allies,

shape, containing four or five otoconites. The tentacles are re-

tractile at the bases, but only slightly so near the extremities.

The ova. These are laid on stones, shells, or the leaves of

plants. They are covered by a round, flattened, slightly tuber-

culate capsule of leathery consistence, quite insoluble in water,

alcohol, or glycerine. It is thin, brownish, and nearly transpa-

rent. These capsules are disk-like, and cover from five to ten

ova, placed in a single layer embedded in a brownish jelly.

Each ovum is contained in a transparent, tough, oval envelope.

Those which I have examined contain all stages, from the sim-

ple ovum to the embryo mollusk encased in a shell of a single

whorl, and with the eyes, tentacles, and viscera well advanced.

The first indication of organization is the separation of the vis-

ceral mass from the embryonic foot. The mantle, eyes, and

shell are developed early, but the tentacles only much later.

The ova are deposited in the months of May and June.

Notwithstanding the wide distribution and individual abun-

dance of the Pulmonata Limnophila, there are so few figures

of the lingual dentition that it is difficult to arrive at a decision

in regard to the relations of this singular form. The following

are the characters of the principal genera which have been de-

finitely eliminated :

Limnwa (stagnalis, palustris).

Succal plate arcuate, apex anterior, nearly smooth. Two smooth

accessory lateral plates.

Tentucles triangular flattened; eyes sessile on their inner bases,

Genitalia on the right side. Foot bluntly rounded behind.

Mantle margin simple, not extending beyond the orifice of the shell.

Ova deposited in elongate cylindrical masses of jelly, without

perceptible envelope.

Cusp of central tooth simply pointed, base bilobate. Inner late-

rals bicuspid, outer ones with more or less numerous notches,

Shell spiral, turreted, dextral or rarely sinistral.

Acella (gracilis). °

with a revision of the Limneide of Authors. 341

Buccal plate arcuate, smooth, dark reddish brown. Lateral plates

bluntly pointed.

Animal resembling Limnea, with a more slender foot, posteriorly

rounded,

Cusp of central tooth trilobed, the central lobe most prominent.

Base strongly bilobed behind. First three laterals have the cusps

strongly bidentate, the inner lobe having a notch on the inner side,

This side is more strongly notched twice, in the next three laterals.

In all, the cusps are longer than the base. Seventh and eighth late-

rals have four denticles on the cusp, two larger than the others. The

ninth and tenth have five denticles, and the cusp of the eleventh is

prolonged with six denticles. The two remaining pleurals are similar,

The two inner uncini have an oval base, produced anteriorly, and five

or six denticles on the rhachidian side. The next is bidentate at the

tip and shorter, and the outermost is quite short and simple. The

formula is 4.13.1.13.4. There are about sixty rows.

The ribbon is narrower than in Limnaa, and the shape of the

rhachidian tooth differs slightly.. These, with the characters of the

shell, are hardly sufficient to constitute it as a distinct genus.

Amphipeplea (glutinosa).

Buccal plate arcuate, smooth. Two lateral accessory plates.

Tentacles triangular, moderately elongate ; eyes sessile on their in-

ner bases. Genitalia on the right side.

Mantle much produced, nearly enveloping the shell. Foot bluntly

rounded behind.

Ova deposited in kidney-shaped or cylindrical masses of jelly.

Teeth. Laterals; first eight, quadrilobate, broad, with cusps very

long in proportion to the base. The remainder with rhomboidal cusps,

with from two to five denticles on the end, and one somewhat poste-

rior to the rest, on the outer side of the cusp. Central tooth apparent-

ly simple. Formula, 24.1.24.

Shell few whorled, dextral, with a short spire, and the last whorl

much inflated.

Planorbis (corneus, lentus).

Buccal plate arcuate, crenulate. Two narrow, delicate accessory

plates.

342 On the genus Pompholyx and its Allies,

Tentacles long, filiform ; eyes on a tubercular expansion of the inner

bases.

Genitalia on the left side. Foot very short, bluntly rounded.

Mantle margin simple, not extending beyond the shell.

Cusp of central tooth bidentate.

Laterals broad; inner tridentate, outer with more or less nume-

rous notches.

Ova capsules rounded, in a delicate envelope.

Shell depressed, spiral or discoidal ; dextral.

Gray figures the lateral jaws of P,corneus. I have obtained them

from P. lentus ; yet, as far as I know, they have not been noticed in

the smaller species, although they probably exist, but of extreme deli-

cacy, and cartilaginous consistency.

Camptoceras (terebra).

Buccal plate ?

Tentacles filiform, blunt. Eyes large, situated between the ten-

tacles. :

Genitalia on the left side? Foot shorter than the aperture.

Mantle margin simple, not extending beyond the shell. The an-

terior part of the head moderately produced.

Teeth ? Ova?

Shell sinistral, turreted, loosely coiled.

The only information which we have of this singular form is

the description of Mr. Benson, who places it near Ancylus,

Acrolowus (lacustris).

Buccal plate strongly arched, papillose. ‘Two lateral accessory

plates, not continuous as in Ancylus.

Tentacles distant, stout, cylindrical, pointed ; bases expanded ; eyes

near the inner sides.

Genitalia on the right side. Foot rounded behind.

Mantle margin simple.

Teeth ?

Ova capsules discoidal, covered with a minutely tubercnlose tough

envelope.

with a revision of the Limneide of Authors. 343

Shell patelliform, apex dextral, margin simple.

Ancylus (parallelus, fluviatilis).

Buccal plate horseshoe shaped (in all the species?); (equivalent

to the three plates of Limnea, fused) smooth or papillose.

Tentacles short, blunt, cylindrical, dilated at the bases, widely

separated. Eyes sessile on the inner bases.

Genitalia on the left side. Foot short, bluntly rounded behind.

Mantle margin simple.

Central tooth simple; inner laterals strongly bidentate; outer

ones notched, much as in Limnea.

Ova as in Acroloxus.

Shell patelliform, apex sinistral, margin simple.

These animals are moncecious, but cannot reciprocally im-

pregnate one another at the same time.

They copulate only in pairs.

Gundlachia (californica, Meekiana).

Buccal plate ? -

“The soft parts agree so closely with the true Ancyli that I have

not succeeded in finding any differences of importance—except the

form of the visceral sac.” Stimpson.

Genitalia on the left side ?

Cusp of the central tooth bifid. Laterals with three or more

oblique denticles.

Shell ancyliform, apex inclined to the right. In the adult shell a

lamina closes two-thirds of the. apex from the rest of the shell. In the

cavity thus formed, some of the viscera are enclosed. Margin simple.

Ova?

Latia (aneyliformis).

Dr. Gray gives the following description, which he says is

imperfect, being taken from a dried specimen which had been

soaked in weak potash and water :

Head with a short broad snout, rounded in front. Tentacula short,

triangular. The eyes on the outer edge of their base. (?) Body

344. = On the genus Pompholyx and its Allies,

subspiral, mantle submarginal continuous, simple. Pulmonary aper-

ture on the hinder part of the right side, protected on the inner side

by the process of the lamina. Foot oblong rounded at each end.

Shell crepiduliform, with a free lamina projecting from the septum

on the right side; minute, spirally striated, apex spiral, epidermis

thin, brown. - The statement in regard to the eyes demands further

confirmation.

Fia. I.

Raduwla of Pompholyx solida.—A. Jaw. B. Section of central tooth. C,

Section of first lateral tooth. 1 to 18, lateral teeth.

Pompholyx (var, solida).

Buccal plate flat, ovate-cordiform, apex anterior. No accessory

jaws.

Tentacles moderate, stout, rounded and slightly expanded at the

ends,

Eyes on the front of the head, near but not on the inner bases of

the tentacles,

Genitalia on the left side. Foot bluntly rounded behind.

Mantle margin simple, not extending beyond the shell.

Central tooth small, bifid. Cusps of laterals broad, larger than the

bases, trilobed ; the outer more compressed slender tridentate.

Ova in a tough, flattened, and rounded capsule, few in number.

Shell of few whorls, dextro-spiral.

( ‘arinife we it Newlh rvryt).

Animal unknown, Mr. Lea had some alcoholic specimens,

procured by Dr. Newberry, which cannot now be found.

From a cursory examination the animal appeared to resem-

ble that of Planorbis, but the tentacles were shorter, as in

Pompholyx. One shell, out of many dry specimens, alone con-

with a revision of the Limnewide of Authors. 345

tained the remains of the animal. By boiling these in potash,

the odontophore was obtained. The jaw appeared to resemble

that of Pompholyx, but was so injured by the process that its

outline could not be made out.

Fig. II.

Radula of Carinifex Newberryit.—r.r. Central Teeth (deformed?). A. Jaw

(imperfect ?). The remainder of the figure is reliable.

The rhachidian tooth, in this specimen, was apparently mal-

formed throughout the entire length of the ribbon. It was one-

sided and unsymmetrical—not an uncommon malformation

among pulmonates. A few more normal than the rest ap-

peared to resemble the same tooth in Pompholyw, but possessed

only one denticle instead of two. The entire odontophore re-

sembled that of Pompholyx, except in its greater breadth and

more numerous uncini ; and in the greater lateral prolongation

of the bases of the teeth; while the cusps were somewhat

smaller in proportion to the bases than in that genus.

The first lateral is broad trilobed and resembles the same

tooth in Pompholyx, except in the wider base and siightly

shorter cusp.

The same may be said of the next nine laterals. The

eleventh and succeeding laterals, which, for distinction, I will

eall uncini, exhibit some difference of form. Their bases are

much prolonged laterally, the shafts are slender, and the short

rounded cusps carry from three to five denticles. These ex-

hibit some irregularity, as is usual in this part of the ribbon.

The extreme outer uncini have shorter shafts and bases, and the

cusps are almost, if not quite simple. The line in which the

teeth are set is more curved than in Pompholyx. The formula

is 36.1.36, and there are about one hundred and fifty rows. The

MAY, 1870, 23 ANN. Lyc. NAT. Hist. Vou. IX.

346 On the genus Pompholyx and its Allies,

relations with Pompholyx are very close. Many small embry-

onic shells were found in the dried remains of the animal.

Physa ( fontinalis, heterostropha).

Buecal plate chevron-shaped or triangular with the sides excavated ;

strongly striate, apex posterior ; occasionally membranous or absent.

No accessory plates.

Tentacula filiform, long, with a small basal auricle. Eyes at the

front of the head, near or on the inner bases of the tentacles.

Genitalia on the left side. Foot acutely pointed behind.

Mantle edge digitate or lobed, extending partly over the shell.

Teeth (Physa humerosa Gld. Arizona) alternate, differing widely

from those of Limnewa. Central tooth wide. Base with projecting

processes before and behind. Cusp consolidated with the base, quin-

quedentate. Laterals alternate. Principals strong, obliquely bent,

comb-like, 96 in a row on each side. Secondaries, narrow, oblong,

anteriorly depressed with a simple rounded cusp. Insertion between

the principals. From their extreme tenuity these secondary teeth

are liable to be overlooked. They are omitted in all the figures of

the teeth of Physa, accessible to me.

Ova deposited in flattened oval masses, without perceptible covering

except of jelly-like mucus,

Shell sinistral, turreted, edge continuous.

Bulinus (hypnorum).

Jaw strongly arcuated, thin, cartilaginous. No accessory plates.

Tentacles slender, long, filiform. Eyes sessile on a slight expansion

of their inner bases.

Genitalia on the left side. Foot acutely pointed behind,

Mantle edge simple, not extending beyond the shell.

*Teeth strongly resemble those of Physa; centrals broad, base bifid

before and behind. Shell elongate, sinistrally spiral, margin entire.

Ova capsules ovate cylindrical, without membranous envelope.

* Bulinus nitens, Phil., Lake Nicaragua.

with a revision of the Limneide of Authors. 347

Physopsis (Africana). ;

Animal unknown.

Shell sinistrally spiral, ovate. Columella truncate, plicate, involute.

Outer lip simple.

The truncation of the columella would seem to indicate important

differences in the mantle edge.

Fig. III.

Radula of Chilina ovalis.—1, Central Tooth. 1-48, Laterals. 14X. Section

of 14th lateral.

Chilina (ovalis Sby).

Teeth comb-like (see Fig. 3). Central quinquedentate, broad ante-

riorly. Laterals with the base prolonged anteriorly, beyond the

insertion of the cusps; inner edges smooth, arcuated; outer edges

denticulated. Jaw none. Formula 48.1.48.

Tentacles biangulate, rhombiform. Eyes sessile between the angles.

Genitalia on the right side. Penis short, stout, opening on the neck

behind the right tentacle. Testicle, etc., closely bound up in a mus-

cular sheath which covers the male genitalia, as in Siphonaria. Va-

gina large, ovate, opening on the neck below the mantle edge. Pos-

terior end recurved, oviduct long, slender; ovaries in the extremity

of the spire. Genital bladder spherical, pedunculated on a very

long tubular canal. Salivary gland spherical, enormous ; of a yellow

color. Buccal mass small; cesophagus slender, crop or stomach very

small; descending intestine wound around the salivary gland and

opening through the mantle lobe, as in Siphonaria, on the might side.

Liver moderate, brown. Foot sharply pointed behind. Mantle

edge provided with a prominent flattened lobe, covering the opening

of the pulmonary cavity, otherwise not extending beyond the shell.

Labia produced. Shell dextro-spiral. Columella involute, plicate

or dentate. Outer lip acute.

348 On the genus Pompholyx and its Allies,

These shells form the passage from Physa to Siphonaria.

They somewhat resemble the former in their dentition and the

latter in their internal anatomy, tentacles, and mantle-lobe.

Dr. Gray placed them among the Awriculide, to which there

is a superticial resemblance.

From the data above given, and information too lengthy to

insert here, I have drawn the following generalizations in regard

to the arrangement of these mollusks. The form of the tenta-

cula is a character of minor importance, as is also the position

of the genitalia. From the form of the foot and the buceal

plates, with the characters of the dentition assisted by those of

the anatomy and the shell, more satisfactory results have been

obtained.

I would propose the following arrangement :

ORDER PULMONATA.

Sus-orDER BassoMATOPHORA.

Group Lrrwacera,

Family LIMN AID Brod. 1839.

Air-breathing, but usually fluviatile.

Foot rounded behind. Mouth furnished with a transverse bue-

cal plate, and usually with two lateral accessory plates. Denti-

tion consisting of a broad radula furnished with an inconspicuous

rhachidian tooth, simple in form ; and numerous nearly uniform

lateral teeth which are furnished with recurved cusps, more or

less denticulated ; the denticulations being more numerous and

the teeth more compressed toward the outer edge of the radula,

Sub-family Loman. Dall.

Lateral jaws present.

Rhachidian tooth simply pointed; laterals provided with nu-

merous denticles.

Tentacles flattened. Genitalia on the right side.

with a revision of the Limneide of Authors. 349

Genus Limnea. Lam. 1801.

Mantle not exterior to the shell. Shell turrited, usually dex-

tral.

Sub-genus Radix. Mont. 1810.

Shell with the last whorl ventricose, aperture expanded,

spire less than half the length of the shell.

Type Radix auricularia, = L. auricularia, Lin.

Sub-genus Bulimnea. Hald. 1841.

Shell ventricose, spire short, aperture not expanded.

Type Bulimnea megasoma = Lymnea megasoma. Say.

Sub-genus Limnophysa. Fitz. 1833.

Shell ovate-elongate. Spire as long or longer than the

aperture, which is not expanded.*

Type Limnophysa palustris = Limnea palustris, Linn.

Sub-genus Acella. Hald. 1841.

Central tooth trilobed.

Shell very slender. Aperture without folds, produced anteri-

orly, expanded.

Type, Acella gracilis = Limnea gracilis. Jay.

Sub-genus Plewrolimnea. Meek. 1866.

Shell like Acella, with slender, distant, longitudinal cost ;

aperture narrowed instead of rounded anteriorly.

Type Pleurolimnea tenwicostata = Linnea tenuicostata.

M. & H.

Fossil in the Eocene of Dakota.

* T cannot draw the line between this group and Leptolimnea, Swains. Lim-

nophysa has priority (1833). The greater proportion of the species which

have been referred by various authors to Puwlimnea, also seem to belong to

this section. I regard these sub-genera as for convenience only, and really

expressing very slight characters.

350 On the genus Pompholyx and its Allies,

Sub-genus Limnea. Lam. 1801.

Spire produced, slender. Last whorl expanded, with a fold

on the columella.

Type Limnea stagnalis, Linn.

Genus Amphipeplea. Nils. 1822.

Mantle produced over the outside of the shell. Shell few

whorled, dextral.

Type Amphipeplea glutinosa, Mill.

Genus Frinna. H. & A. Adams. 1858.

Animal yet undescribed. Shell ovate-globose, spire short,

last whorl much the largest, spire obtuse. Columella straight,

excavated, and with a curved elevated external ridge continued

in front into the outer lip, which is simple and acute. Shell

horny, striate longitudinally, dextral.

Type Erinna Newcombi. H. & A, Ad.

Genus Strebelia. Crosse and Fischer. 1868.

Shell involute; spire short, hardly perceptible; dextral.

Animal unknown. (‘ Much larger than the shell,” Berendt.)

Type Strebelia berendtii = Physella berendti. Ptr.

The fact that some species of Limnaa, proper, are dextral

and some sinistral, is insufticient cause tor placing the latter

in a group by themselves, unless other characters are present,

of which at present we have no information.

Sub-family Pranorpine. H. & A. Ad.

Lateral jaws present.

Tentacles filiform. Foot short. Genitalia on the left side.*

Genus Planorbis. Guett. 1756.

Shell dextral, depressed.

liarity of having the genitalia as in most sinistral shells, Pompholya pre-

sents the same conditions, and is certainly dextral.

with a revision of the Limneide of Authors. 351

Sub-genus Zaphius. H. & A. Ad. 1855.

Shell excavated beneath. Whorls rounded, columella recti-

linear.

Type Zaphius andecola. H. & A. Adams.

Sub-genus /Helisoma. Swains. 1840.

Shell ventricose, whorls angulated. Spire sunk below the

body whorl.

Type Helisoma bicarinata = Planorbis bicarinatus. Sby.

Sub-genus Planorbis. (Guett.) 1756.

Central tooth bilobed.

Spire depressed, whorls rounded, last whorl ventricose, aper-

ture crescentic.

Type Planorbis corneus. Linn.

Sub-genus Planorbella. Wald. 1844.

Shell few whorled, aperture campanulate.

Type Planorbella campanulata = Planorbis campanula-

tus. Say.

Sub-genus Adula. H. Ad. 1861.

Whorls rounded and numerous. Deeply umbilicate on

the upper and convex on the under side, aperture campanu-

late.

Type Adula multivolvis = Planorbis multivolvis, Case.

Sub-genus Menetus. H. & A. Ad. 1855.

Shell depressed, whorls rapidly increasing. Periphery angu-

lated.

Type Menetus opercularis = Planorbis opercularis. Gld.

Sub-genus Gyraulus. Agassiz. 1837.

Shell rounded above, flat beneath, whorls few, rapidly in-

creasing.

Type Gyraulus albus = Planorbis albus. Mill.

352 On the genus Pompholyzx and its Allies,

Sub-genus Bathyomphalus. Agassiz. 1837.

Shell depressed, many whorled, periphery simple.

Type Bathyomphalus contortus = Planorbis contortus. Linn.

Sub-genus Anzsus. Fitz. 1833.

Shell greatly depressed, whorls very numerous, keeled.

Type Anisus vortex = Planorbis vortex. Linn.

Genus Segmentina. Flem. 1828.

Shell furnished with internal transverse laminge or teeth ; de-

pressed.

Sub-genus Planorbula. Hald. 1844.

Laminee, except the last, absorbed in the adult.

Type Planorbula armigera = Planorbis armigerus. Say.

Sub-genus Segmentina. Flem. 1828.

Lamine persistent.

Type Segmentina lacustris = Planorbis lacustris. Lightfoot.

(?) Sub-family Camprocertn®. Dall.

Jaws?

Shell sinistral. Foot short. Tentacles cylindrical, obtuse.

Mantle not passing beyond the shell. Teeth ?

Genus Camptoceras. Bens. 1834.*

Shell with the whorls disunited, sub-angulate. Aperture en-

tire, produced and reflexed anteriorly.

Type Camptoceras terebra. Benson.

Sub-family Pompnonioina. Dall.

(= Pompnotine. Dall, 1866. olim.)

Bueeal plate subcordiform. Laterals absent. Genitalia on the

left side. Shell dextral, depressed, few-whorled.

* This genus may eventually prove to be more closely connected with Pom-

pholyx than is evident from our present knowledge of it.

with a revision of the Limneide of Authors. 353

Genus Pompholyx. Lea. 1856.

Tentacles medium, stout, cylindrical, slightly globose at the

tips. Genitalia on the left side. Teeth (See figure I.).

Shell few-whorled, last whorl ventricose. Aperture oblique,

obtusely angulate below, entire.

Type Pompholyx effusa. Lea.

Genus Choanomphalus. Gerstfeldt.* 1860.

Animal unknown.

Shell deeply umbilicate, resembling Zropidina.

Type Choanomphalus Maachii. Gerst.

Genus Carinifer. W. G. Binney.t .1863.

Soft parts resembling Planorbis. Tentacles apparently

shorter. (Lea.)

Teeth (See figure II.).

Shell with angulated whorls and a wide funnel-shaped um-

bilicus.

Type Carinifex Newberryi = Planorbis Newberryi. Vea.

Sub-genus Vorticifex. Meek.

Whorls rounded above. Adult shell smooth or marked by

lines of growth. Young shell provided with strong transverse

coste.

Type Vorticifea Tryoni, = Carinifex Tryon. Meek.

Fossil in the Tertiaries of Nevada.

The above name is proposed by Mr. Meek for the remark-

able form above indicated, which was obtained by the U.S.

Geol. Survey, of the 40th parallel, under Clarence King.

* Mem. St. Petersburg Acad. Sci., ix. p. 527, 1860. See also Revue et Magas.

de Zool. 1860, p. 527. Pl. 23. The typical species bears no little resemblance

to Carinifex, and, though smaller, may be congeneric. It has several years’

priority.

+ Megasystropha. Lea, Neither genus was characterized by the author, and

the former is in general use and has priority.

354 On the genus Pompholyx and its Allies,

Family ANCYLIDZ. Menke. 1828.

Lateral jaws present. Teeth resembling Limnaa. Shell

patelliform, Hermaphrodite, but not capable of simultaneous

reciprocal impregnation, as are the Limneeans.

Group A. Shell simple.

Genus Acrolorus. Beck. 1837.

Lateral plates not continuous with the jaw. Mantle margin

simple, the pulmonary orifice closed by a small lobe. Tenta-

cles subulate, stout, short. Genitalia on the right side. Shell

with the apex inclined to the right.

Type Acrolocus lacustris = Patella lacustris, Linn.

Genus Ancylus. Geoffr. 1776.

Lateral plates fused with the jaw. Tentacles and mantle

margin as in Acroloxus, Genitalia on the left side. Apex in-

clined to the left.

Type Ancylus fluviatilis. Mill.

Genus Brondelia, Bourg. 1862.*

Soft parts unknown.

Shell shining, with an undulated margin, caused by rounded

ribs which radiate from the summit. Apex mammillated,

slightly inclined to the left.

Type Brondelia Drouetiana = Ancylus Drouetianus. Bourg.

+ Genus Valenciennius. Rousseau, 1842 (= Valencien-

nensis Rouss. 1842, et Valenciennia, Bourg. 1855.)

Shell large (125 mill. long, 72 broad, 77 high), thin, fragile,

* This genus inhabits the forests of Algiers, where two species are found on

damp rocks away from the water.

+ This remarkable genus is admitted here in deference to the opinions of

MM. Deshayes and Bourguignat. It somewhat resembles Camptonya, which

Fischer has united with it, perhaps without sufficient cause, under the fourth

generic name Valenciennesia /

with a revision of the Limneide of Authors. 355

with a capuliform apex, from which concentric undulations ex-

tend to the margin.

At the short, or posterior extremity, two

internal gutters or grooves (one on each side, the right hand one

i i ro Vv ee —

the margin ; somewhat resem-

iphonaria in appearance. By

e is emarginated, especially on

us. Fousseau.

Crimea, with Limnea, Planor-

HYSACEA.

SIDA. Dall.

al plate (when present) without

‘th with comb-like, alternating

‘entral tooth broad, bifid; cusp

y Puysinz.

Drap. 1801.

1. Buccal plate chevron-shaped,

long. Shell sinistral.

a. Drap. 1801.

ovate, outer lip and columella

‘rap.

ella. Hald. 1842.

aperture very wide, with a well-

ald.

ostatella. Dall.

’ rse undulations or coste.

Physa costata. Newcomb.

354 On the genus Pompholyx and its Allies,

Family ANCYLID. Menke. 1828.

Lateral jaws present. Teeth resembling Zimnea. Shell

patelliform, a ae a,

reciprocal impregnation, as are t!

Group A. §

Genus Acroloru:

Lateral plates not continuous \

simple, the pulmonary orifice ch

cles subulate, stout, short.

with the apex inclined to the rig

Type Acrolocus lacustris = P

Genus Ancylus.

ribs which radiate from the s

slightly inclined to the left.

Type Brondelia Drouetiana =

Geni —

! gz our ‘epg a0¥Bq

Hermaphrodite, br* >-*

‘sapropisau myw/yT addy,

“UMOTYUN 490} | papunos JOOY

‘ajdmis ulSivu opuRa * BpNsawiy “404s

“RUIMIB] PoIStA\}

‘gay ‘aapuays ‘Bunoafoad wv yim opts 4qSIT eq) UO paysiainy ‘uinjdas

‘ zoraaqysod ‘[eatds xaduv ‘maojtapidaso [jaqg

‘smsofytioun myonjpunyy adXy,

AS =

oS zh

° " S 5

- . S 2 sh oP)

margin as in Acrolowus. Genita 3 = = S

. f i=

clined to the left. S$ 2 a

3. © &

Type Ancylus fwviatilis. Mil “ * 5 S °

¢ & = Pte

g 2

. a = m eS

Genus Brondelia. = 2 s, Qs

§ 2B : Le

Soft parts unknown. S. <

oi ; = tn x

Shell shining, with an undulat * 5. ®

z e

+ Genus Valenciennius. Rous

nensis Rouss. 1842, et Vale

Shell large (125 mill. long, 72

* This genus inhabits the forests of Als

damp rocks away from the water.

+ This remarkable genus is admitted '

MM. Deshayes and Bourguignat. It sor

Fischer has united with it, perhaps witho

generic name Valenciennesia /

‘apis 331 aq] uo amnjiade Arvuomyjnd

#[noB} Ua,

}RY MATOS

aeunimas solaysod ¥ qT oMpJade

‘snjioup Suarpqmasad

sjavd qjos ‘ainqaady ayia yo aunjd oy} qui jayjvavd vuimey yey Be Aq pasopo sparyy

-OMJ apis [seq ‘pautjout Lp10119}80d ‘[wirds-uog ‘anbiqo xadv ‘ maosipsoue [[aqg

“‘piyopjpuny) SNUay)

“Yd

“6FSI

‘HUIUR] [PUIAIU OB WIL []IYS

“gq dnoiry

‘ggg “d

! moj aga dn Suryeur Ul poyimo Alpe Ueplooy

_‘pgonsiug dnoixy,, 910Joq jlasul

with a revision of the Limnewide of Authors. 355

with a capuliform apex, from which concentric undulations ex-

tend to the margin. At the short, or posterior extremity, two

internal gutters or grooves (one on each side, the right hand one

being most prominent) extend to the margin ; somewhat resem-

bling the siphonal groove of Siphonaria in appearance. By

their terminations the peristome is emarginated, especially on

the right side.

Type Valenciennius annulatus. Rousseau.

Fossil in the Tertiaries of the Crimea, with Zimnea, Planor-

bis, and other fresh-water shells.

Group Puysacra.

Family PHYSID. Dall.

Foot pointed behind. Buccal plate (when present) without

accessory laterals. Lateral teeth with comb-like, alternating

with simple, cusps. Base of central tooth broad, bifid; cusp

with several denticles.

Sub-family Puysty 2.

Genitalia on the left side.

Genus Physa. Drap. 1801.

Mantle edge digitate or lobed. Buccal plate chevron-shaped,

or absent. Tentacles filiform, long. Shell sinistral.

Sub-genus Physa. Drap. 1801.

Shell moderately elevated, ovate, outer lip and columella

simple.

Type Physa fontinalis. Drap.

Sub-genus Physella. Hald. 1842.

Shell globose, spire short, aperture very wide, with a well-

marked fold on the columella,

Type Physella globosa, Wald.

Sub-genus Costatella, Dall.

Shell rounded, with transverse undulations or coste.

Type Costatella costata = Physa costata, Newcomb.

356 On the genus Pompholyx and its Allies,

Sub-genus /sidora. Ehr. 1831.

Shell with the whorls inflated, columella destitute of a fold,

semi-umbilicated.

Type /sidora contorta = Physa contorta. Mich.

Sub-genus Ameria. H. Adams. 1861.

Spire short; whorls appressed, flattened, tabulate or carinate

posteriorly. Last whorl much the largest.

Example, Ameria scalaris = Paludina scalaris. Jay.*

Tampa Bay, Fla.

Sub-genus Physodon. Hald. 1853.

Shell solid, smooth, columella toothed, outer lip thickened.

Type Physodon microstoma. Hald.

Genus Macrophysa. Meek. 1865.

Spire very much elongated, whorls numerous, nearly equal ;

body whorl short; aperture less than one-fourth the length of

the slender, cylindriform shell ; apex obtuse.

Type Macrophysa columnaris = Physa columnaris. Desh.

Fossil in the Eocene of the Paris Basin.

Genus Bulinus. Adans. 1757. (Aplexa, Flem.)

Mantle edge simple. Buccal plate cartilaginous. Tentacles

long, filiform.

Shell sinistral, elongate ; margin of aperture entire.

Type Bulinus hypnorum. Linn.

Genus Physopsis. Krauss. 1848.

Shell ovate, thin; outer lip acute, columella plicate, invo-

lute. Soft parts unknown.

Type Physopsis africana, Krauss.

* A careful examination of a number of specimens of this singular form

shows that it is distinct, and not a young Planorbis, as has been suspected.

Most of the species of this group are from the Southern Hemisphere.

with a revision of the Limnewide of Authors. 357

Family CHILINIDA. Dall.

Tentacles flattened. Mantle with a rhombiform lobe cover-

ing the opening of the pulmonic chamber. Shell dextral,

columella plicate. Genitalia on the right side. Lateral teeth

uniformly comb-like, with the bases prolonged before the inser-

tion of the cusps. No accessory simple teeth. No jaw. Cen-

tral tooth as in Physa.

Genus Chilina. Gray. 1840.

Type C. fluctuosa.

Sub-genus Chilina.

Shell with a short blunt spire, smooth epidermis, usually

marked with bands of color and of more or less solid structure.

Type Chilina ampullacea. Sby.

Sub-genus Pseudochilina. Dall.

Shell thin, covered with a rough fibrous epidermis; spire

elevated, acute.

Type Pseudochilina limneformis n. s.

Testa acuto-conica, subtenuis ; spira elevata, ad apicem acu-

minata; suturis subimpressis, anfr. VI. ; apertura elongata ;

labro acuto ; columella lata, plica valde munita, dente incon-

spicuo armata ; epidermide aspera, semifibrosa, fusca.

Lon. 0.67, lat. 0.35. in. Defi. 58°.

Smithsonian Cabinet No. 5,908. Chili. Commodore Aulick,

coll.

The curious epidermis and broad plicate columella alone

distinguish this singular shell from a Limnwa.

NOTES.

The figures given by H. & A. Adams, of Amphipeplea are

not good. Those of Moquin Tandon are much better.

Most of the figures of dentition of the fresh-water species

given by Binney in the Land and Fr, Water Shells of N. Am.

Part I., are far from good.

Some authors state that the lateral jaws of Ancylus are not

continuous with the buccal plate. I have followed Moquin

358 On the genus Pompholyzx and its Allies,

Tandon, and Gray, who figure them as continuous. The great-

est care and experience in observation is required to make reli-

able notes on the dentition.

Limneria, H. & A. Adams, belongs to the Otinida. *

Choanomphalus, Gerstfeldt, in the present state of our knowl-

edge, cannot be positively placed; but, if not a Zvropidina, is

closely allied to Pompholyx and Carinifex.

Brondelia, Bourg., from its peculiar habitat, the impressed

radiations and rounded ribs of the shell, as well as the polished

periostraca, differs, in my opinion, sufticiently from the Aneyli

to take rank as a genus. The type, which is from Algerian

forests, is figured by Binney, L. and F. W. Shells of N. A.,

Part IL. p. 146.

It is with great hesitation that I have followed Menke and

Troschel in separating the Ancylidw as a tamily. The differ-

ence in the mode of coition seems to be chiefly mechanical,

caused by the form of the shell. This patelloid shape is the

strongest character.

On the other hand, the form of the foot, the jaws, and den-

tition agree closely with the typical Limnwide. At any rate,

the characters which separate them are far less valuable than

those which distinguish the Physide trom the Limnaide.

The sub-family Camptocerinw seems necessary, from the

very distinct characters which separate it from the other

groups. I feel justified in separating it provisionally until

more is known.

No one who has read the account of the growth of Gund-

lachia, by Wr. Stimpson (in Proce, B.S. N. H. 1863), can have

much doubt that the genus Poeyia, Bourg., is a young Gund-

lachia, and there is much probability that Aneylus Cumin-

gianus, of the same author, from Tasmania, is an immature

Latia, There is a possibility that the latter genns (if the posi-

tion of the eyes be correctly reported) may belong to the group,

characterized by a rudimentary operculum, of which Vavicella

with a revision of the Limneide of Authors. 359

is the type. In so small an animal it might readily be over-

looked or even be entirely absent.

It is to be hoped that the numerous observers who are fur-

nished with microscopes will avail themselves of the riches

which lie hidden in every brook and pool. The dentition and

anatomy of our native species of Physa, Limnea, Planorbis,

as well as the Viviparide and the Strepomatidw are almost

entirely unknown.

The ribbon may be most easily obtained by boiling the ani-

mal in a test tube over a spirit lamp, in a solution of caustic

potash. It can easily be found by pouring the contents of the

tube into a smooth white saucer, or a deep watch-glass. The

shell from which the animal was extracted should always be

preserved, and the ribbon mounted, when practicable.

Great care is needed when inexperienced in such work, par-

ticularly when working witha low power, not to mistake the

outline of the base of insertion of the tooth for its cusp. The

latter is almost always transparent, and nearly invisible when

compared with the base, which is usually dark yellow.

A good plan is, when specimens are plenty, to break up the

ribbon after a close examination of it in the entire state. In

this way the outlines of the edges of the cusps are more easily

made out. Drawings, no matter how rude, should be made on

the instant, and repeated until the entire accuracy of the out-

lines is beyond dispute. Some assistance may be obtained in

such work from photography, which, uncorrected by a trained

eye, is, however, very liable to mislead. The extreme ante-

rior teeth are usually much worn and broken by use, and the

extreme posterior ones are immature and not fully shaped.

The middle of the odontophore affords the best examples.

The jaws are destructible in potash and should be examined

im situ, by placing the animal on a needle stuck into a cork,

which should be fixed on the stand of the microscope, and light

should be condensed by a bull’s-eye lens on the part of the

animal which it is desired to observe; but not too strongly, or

it will be burned or dried up.

Several specimens should always be examined when possible,

as a certain range of variation is possible, and in this way a bet-

ter general idea of the ribbon is obtained.

Much of the anatomy may be made out by crushing the fresh

animal gradually under the cover of the live-box.

The viscera are liable to be misplaced by this process, and

other specimens should be dissected with needles or fine scissors.

For works of reference, Leidy on the anatomy of the Terr.

Gasteropoda of the U.S. (in A. Binney’s Mon. Hel.) may be

consulted for the land species ;—while Bronn, and Moquin

Tandon are almost the only ones who have given much in-

formation in regard to the anatomy of the fresh-water forms.

Cuvier, Vogt, and Baudelot have added much information in

detached papers in regard to a few species.

While authors may disagree as to the value of the lingual

dentition as a basis for classification, yet all must admit that

every reliable addition to our knowledge of the subject is of

great importance, and the details of the anatomy much more so.

Huxley has recently classified the air-breathing Mollusca by

the flexure of the intestine. While his generalizations have a

very slender basis of fact, and are rejected by almost every ma-

lacologist, yet, until dissections on a more extended scale have

been made, no one has the right to consider them as utterly ab-

surd, nor yet to accept them as proven.

REFERENCES TO THE PLATE.

Fig. 1.—Dissection of Pompholye var. solida, Dall ; showing

the digestive and female generative system, with the organs

about the mouth, as if transparent.

a, Anus. b, Buccal plate. ¢, Crop. d, Auxiliary mucus

gland. e, Outlet of stomach into intestine. f, Male aperture.

i, descending intestine. k, Stomach. m, Buceal mass. n, Mus-

cular band of stomach. o, Gsophagus. ov, Oviduet. p, Pul-

monary cavity. r, Lingual ribbon. re, Rectum. s, Organ of

smell surrounded by the salivary gland. t, Ovary. u, Uterus.

x, Liver. z, Edges of mantle laid back.

with a revision of the Limneide of Authors. 361

fig. 2.—Female reproductive system. b, Genital bladder.

a, Uterus. s, auxiliary gland. v, Oviduct. 0, Ovary.

fig. 3.—Male generative system, a, Foramen. b, Penis

ec, Retractor muscle. d, Vas deferens. e, Prostate. f, Epidi-

dymis. h, Testicle.

fig. 4.—Nervous system.

fig. 5.—Cireulation. h, Heart.

fig. 6.—a, Top view of ova capsule of Pompholyx solida.

b, Section of the same.

fig. T.—a, Shell of Pompholyx var. solida. b, Side view of

the eye.

Fig. 8.—Teeth of Physa humerosa slightly separated. a,

Uncinal teeth. b, Pleurals.

Fig. 9.—Teeth of Pompholyx var. solida, a, WRhachidian

tooth. b, Sideview. 1, First pleural. c¢, Side view. 5, Fifth

pleural. 8, Eighth pleural. 10, Tenth do. 11, Eleventh do.

18, Eighteenth lateral or first uncinal.*

Fig. 10.—z, Rhachidian tooth of Limnwa stagnalis. x, ditto

of Planorbis lentus. o, Rhachidian tooth of Physa humerosa.,

Fig. 11.—a, Buccal plate of Pompholyz var. solida. ), ditto

of Physa acuta (from Moquin Tandon.)

Fig. 12.—Buceal plate of Limnwa stagnalis(Mogquin Tandon).

1, 1, Accessory lateral plates.

Fig. 13.—Rhachidian tooth of Acella gracilis, Jay.

Fig. 14.—Rhachidian tooth of Carinifex Newberry?.

* As comparisons may be instituted between this and other published figures

of the dentition of Pompholyz, it may be well to state that some twenty-five

specimens of the radula have been critically examined and compared, and

their agreement with the present figure is indubitable. The specimens were

examined by the writer, and also by Prof. Theodore Gill of the Smithsonian In-

stitution, Mr. W. G. Binney, and Mr. Thomas Pland,

To Mr. Binney I am under great obligations for his kindness in assisting

me to obtain for examination his original specimens of the radula of the

typical Pompholyx effusa, and for opportunities of looking at his original pho-

tographs, taken from the same by Mr. Samuel Powel.

JUNE, 1870. 24 ANN. Lyc. NAT. Hist, VOL. IX.

362 Index to the Literature

XXVIL—ZJ/ndex to the Literature of Uranium.

By H. CaRRINGTON BOLTON,

Read February 14, 1870.

= | AUTHOR REMARKS, REFERENCES. *

A |

metal ws

1789 Klaproth..........) Original discovery... . . \Klapr. Beitr., II, 197;

Crell’s Ann., 1789, IL,

3887; Ann. Ch. Phys. [1],

IV., 162.

1°789)| Grell 25. OES o% sch oleae c.0 tise ek aise sie’s cee | ds GO EAVN eeRGReROV en Oeile

1790|Hecht............ lockers i weleloneed sc dosed J. de Phys., XXXVI, 53.

179 3 HG. titnaehs oi. tl scien se tlc chinin e eee \Ueber Richter’s Darst. d.

Urans. Erfurt, 173.

1798) Tychsen BETES tis Re Willecs me eicte ee are ok chee |Trommsd, J. de Pharm., V.,

121.

TPDIAS Bis. selhsets 2 UINOLO Si ci ciaeiovc pete SERIE Phil. Mag. , 1799, 112.

Too Ribterssst. esa k Magnetic properties. ...|Gilbert Ann., IV., 24.

1808) Prost.) ic). 2 Silene” 2 eesti be S| Gilbert Ann., VII., 127.

1805) Richter. <i; . 0... a: Researches...........- N. Gegenst. d. Ch., I.,1; TX,

36; Gehlen’s J., IV., 402.

1805|Bucholz........... |Researches............ Gehlen’s J., IV., 17 and 134;

| Ann, Ch. Phys. [1], LVI.,

142.

1807|Thomson.......... U. in sand from river Dee/Trans. Roy. Soc., Edinb.,

1807; Phil. Mag., 1810,

98.

ABISIVOUN) «251155 +5 ds OOLOMIALC: .\y.-505 2's oelshe Schweigg. J., II., 382.

1813 Schonberg nS ey mo) (Estim. of At. Wt.......| Schweigg. J., XV., 284.

181'7|Chevreul........<. ‘Carbonate of K. and U. J. de Phys., LXXXV., 472.

1818/Berzelius.......... ISelenAte 5. 0.035.225 Schweigg. J., XXIITI., 457.

1819} Clarkes. tei. ..5% Reduction of U. oxide. . Gilbert Ann., LXIL, 353.

1820 Gahn............../Blowpipe reactions..... Schweigg. J., XXTX., 307.

1828/Brande...........- Hxtraation }. yi; siae et. Quart. J. Sci, XIV., 86;

| Schweigg. J., XLIV., 1.

1823) Arfvedson......... IRGSBATONBE: «9500 0% ox Abh. d. K. Schw. Akad.,

1822; Pogg. Ann., 1,

| 245 ; Schweigg. J., XLIV.,

8; Ann. Ch. Phys. [2],

| XXIX., 148; Ann. Phil,

N. 8., VIL, 258; Ann, d.

M., X., 130; Berz. Jah-

resb., II.: 120.

1823)/Lecanu & Serbat. .|/Extraction...........+ J. d. Pharm., TX., 141 and

279; - Schweigg. a XLIV.,

35.

1828)Laugier & Boudet.|.......0..scccaeneeees J. d, Pharm,, IX., 145, XI,

286 ; Schweigg. y ; ee Vie

40; Ann. Ch. Phys. [2].

XXIV., 230.

182; 3 H. Rose ee en Sulphide dis id wb iaja io nnioe Gilb. Ann., LXXIIL., 139.

* For explanation of abbreviations, see introduction to Dana’s Mineralogy, 5th edition.

of Uranium. 263

= AUTHOR. REMARKS. REFERENCES

1823 Berzelius.......... Researchesyeavsys cen <2 Pogg. Ann., I., 359; Ann.

Ga Mee esa Lois eunicl

299 ; Schweigg. J., XLIV.,

191 ; Berz. Jahresb., IV.,

abil.

1824 Berzelius.......... Ur. soluble in aq....... Pogg. Ann., II., 149.

1825)Berthier........... (Ope CCAR eRe case va, |Ann. d. M. [1], X., 141.

1825)Pleischl. .. 2.0.02... WTodate: rvs Jrieeriees Schweigg., XLV.,. 23.

1826\Berzelius.......... Sulph-arsenate........ Pogg. Ann., VII., 28 & 148.

1826 Berzelius.......... Sulpho-carbonate...... Pogg. Ann., VI., 456.

1826 Berzelius.......... ‘Sulpho-molybdate ..... Pogg. Ann., VII., 276.

1827\Fischer............ Reduct. by metals..... Pogg. Ann., IX., 264; J. pr

Ch. XXIV., 227

1829 Fischer............ Reduct. by metals..... Pogg. Ann., XVI., 125.

1829) Quesneville........ IES DEACHION fue -jere sree! J. d. Pharm.; XV., '493 ;

| > Dingl (JL, XXXIV.) 145

Berz. Jahresb.. x. me

Schweigg. J., LVIL, 127.

1830|Berthemot.........|Bromide.............. Ann. Ch. Phys. (2), XLIV.,

| 387.

SSL Davises 9 2. eee SIs Use as mordant........ Repert. Pat. Inv, March,

1831, 174; Dingl. J., XL.,

152.

1831 Berzelius.......... (Wanadate..... SiGe: Pogg. Ann., XXII., 63.

1832|Herschel.......... Separation from iron by

PP Ru WeC ys, Cscceckien de: |Ann. Ch. Phys., XLIX., 310;

| Pogg. Ann., XXV., 627;

Berz. Jahresb. , XITL., 120.

EGS4) Perso0Z, .. No.3... 6 3 a8 Separation by acetate

Wtlead 3:3). co eimai Ann. Ch. Phys. [2], LVI.,

333; J. pr. Ch., 1834,

| III.,. 216; L’Instit., No.

| 70, 299; Berz. Jahresb.,

XV., 195; Pogg: Anni:

| XXXIIT., 248

Me PECLE OZ» lots 2 otc,«. tees Separation by CuO and

LES Ct ae ne i Ann. Ch. Phys. [2], LVIII.,

| 9()2.

1834 \Berzelius.......... BRGMIT ALO tas sors ve ote iPogg. Ann., XXXII., 596

| and 608,

1835|Berzelius.......... \Pyroracemate..,....... \Pogg. Ann., XXXVI, 24.

ipereeller. 223... 422. ‘Croconate and rhodizo-

AAEUOC ea heat as sy Aieles eg a iJ. pr. Ch., XII. , 228 and 239.

1837|Marchand......... Sulphethylate......... J. pr. Ch., XII., 264; Pogg

| Ann., XLI., 629.-

1838|Wemer........-... HZUraction).% .Jeeteataes ‘Ann. Ch. Pharm., XXVIII.,

| 240; J. pr.Ch., XIL., 381;

| Dingl. Ov LXVUL, 465.

1841|Regnault.......... Specific heat... ....... Ann. Ch, Pharm. ; XXXVI,

| es Berz. Jahresb., yo.

1841|Plantamour........ ‘Attempt to reduce Sie

WIXI Gra 5 /pan 0,4 ai AC J. pr. Ch., XXIII., 230;

| Pharm. Centr. , 92.

1841,

364 Index to the Literature

ee - ——_———— —

: |

> AUTHOR. REMARKS. REFERENCES.

= |

1841 Rammelsberg......|‘‘ Sulphantimoniate” ,,/Ann. Ch. Pharm., XL., 286.

1841)/Marchand......... Atomic Wt sncns os eae ee J. pr. Ch., XXIIL, 497.

seni Wohlers! ous sik of Vd. in Uranpecherz.... Pogg. Ann., LIV., 600.

1841

to ( Péligot.....204"..3! Metallic U. and general

1842 researches, ....... 005 iC. R., April, 1841, p. 735;

| J. pr. Ch., XXIII, 494;

| XXIV., 442; J. d. Pharm.,

XXVII., 525; Ann. Ch.

| PPhysi{8)]5) ¥.) 43am

1841 ) | Ch. Pharm., XLI., 141.

to |} Péligot.;........ |Metallic U. and general

1842 ) | yxesearches........... Ann. Ch. Pharm., XLIIL.,

| 255; Pharm. Centr., 1842,

| $21 and 847; Berz. Jah-

| resb., XXII, 113; XXIIL;

| Pogg. Ann., LIV., 122.

1842;Ebelmen.........../Researches............ Ann. Ch. Pharm., XLIIL,

286; Ann. Ch. Phys. [8],

V., 189; Pharm. Centr.,

1842, 863; J. pr. Ch.,

XXVIT., 385; Berz. Jah-

resb,, XXIII.

1842) Wittstein..........|Extraction........... Buchner's Repert., LXIII.,

231.

AAO Dalia 4.0i2t oo: Carbonate, &c......... Pogg. Ann., LV., 229 ; Berz.

Jahresb., XXIII. , 201.

1642)/Wohler............ Preparation of cryst. UO)Ann. Ch. Pharm., XLI., 345;

Berz. Jahresb., XXIII.

ISA KGhH 25. BG Criticism on Péligot.... Ann, Ch. Pharm., XLL., 337 ;

| Pharm. Centr., 1842, 324.

1842 Fresenius.......... ig a ee ee Ann. Ch. Pharm., XLIIL,

} | 185.

1842|Wertheim.......... Acetates ......0055 «» Monatsb. d. Berl. Akad.,

| 1842; J. pr. Ch., XXIX,

| 209; Ann. Ch, Pharm.,

| XLIV., 274; Amn. Ch,

| Phys. [8], XI., 49 ; Pharm.

Centr., 1843, 585 ; Pogg.

| | Ann., LVI, 481.

1843 Rammelsberg...... Bromate fF. Pees iJ. pr. Ch., XXTV., 285; Berz.

1843 Berthier......

1843 Kéhnke........

1843 Malaguti

.... Technical uses

Valerianate.........

‘Hydrated sesquioxide.,, Ann, Ch. Pharm., XLVIIT.,

| Jahresb., XXII, 140.

..... Sulphite and separation Ann. Ch. Pharm., XLVL, 184;

| Pharm. Centr., 18438, 382.

J, apr.) Oh,). x vas

| Pharm. Centr., 1843, 949.

| Wiener Polyt. J., 1848, 1117.

236; Ann, Ch. Phys., IX.,

468; J. pr. Ch., XXIX.,

281 ...0,. Ry Vi eons

Pharm. Centr., 1843, 590 ;

rip Jahresb,, XXIV.,

18.

of Uranium. 365

i | |

S AUTHOR. REMARKS, REFERENCES.

AQ | |

1844 Rammelsberg...... ‘Protosalts......+...+++ Ann. Ch. Pharm,., XLVIIL.,

| 234; Pogg. Ann., LV.,

$18; LVI., 125; LIX., 10;

Berz. Jahresb., XXIII.

1844 Rammelsberg...... PATOMIC Wisin «.ct- ete \Pogg. Ann., LIX., 1; J. pr.

| Ch., XXIX., 234; Berz.

| Jahresb., XXIV., 117;

| Pharm. Centr., 1843, 577.

1844 Muspratt.......... [Sul phites scissor acheter Ann. Ch. Pharm., LV., 290.

1844 De la Provostaye .. Crystallographic proper-

MCS: 3 ocsuewees ae Ann. Ch. Phys, V., 47;

| VI., 165; Berz, Jahresb.,

XXTIL., 213.

TOME CHOU) 5 ke S. Tartrates; Wess cee cee Ann, Ch. Phys., XII., 549 ;

Ann. Ch. Pharm., LVI.,

230; Pharm. ‘Centr. , 1845,

193.

1844 Bottinger.......... Separation ..........-<. Ann, Ch. Pharm., LI., 407;

| | Pharm. Centr., 1845, 107.

MeEEeADES ECACC Pash a) YE oh 5) cs wine! serie Ua ele Berz. Jahresb., XXV., 162.

ABAGIPCEEIS: G2 .:. 4, ice ood HIxtracoloniey erasiere a eles Arch. d. Pharm., XLVIT.,146 ;

! Pharm. Centr., 1846, 831.

Tks 74.60) oY a UEyrotartrateusccs-ce <0 Inaug. Diss., Helsingf.,

1847; Ann. Ch. Pharm.,

| LXVI., 73.

1848|Werther........... Phosphates & arsenates J. pr. Ch., XLIII., 321 ;

| ELV.) 12 Amn) Ch:

Pharm,, LXVIII., 312;

Pharm. Centr., 1848, 433;

Instit., 1848, 393; J. d.

Pharm. [3], XIV., 57;

Phil. Mag. [3], XXXIIL.,

244; Jahresb., 1849, 418

| and 1218.

1MAS|PEligot: . 2%. 5. 5 od: ATOMIC. Wits dove asss Pee ‘Ann. Ch. Pharm., LX , 183;

| Ann. Ch. Phys. [8], X<X.,

329; J. pr. Ch., XLI,

J; pr Oh. SeeevViil

152; Jahresb., 1848, 418,

1849) Patera. .... 00.00%. Extraction on large scale Wien. Acad. Ber., 1849,

3535; Wien. Ber. Freund.

d. Wiss., IV; J. pr. Ch.,

XLVI., 182; Jahresb.,

1849, 274, 584,

1850|Patera....... .cic86 Red sulphide.......... J. pr. Ch., LL, 122; Ann.

| Ch. Pharm., LXXXVI.,

| 254; Pharm. Centr. , 1851,

402; Jahresb., 1850, 313.

IBS2IStokessy a3. 20 cic Fluorescence of uranium

PIAA hs cn acta oidia% 0 ais Phil. Mag. [4], IV., 388;

Pogg. Ann., LXXXVIL.,

| 488; Am. J. Sci. [2], XV.,

| 270; Jahresb., 1853, 140.

1852

1893,

1855

1856

AUTHOR.

SULADUG at «aka

Pa beraess set aoc

Werther: ........

Patera: dade sls ash

EDD, pn arenls 6 rh bro

Index to the Literature

REMARKS, REFERENCES.

~¢| Mxtraction <2. csa5 ce he Arch. Pharm. [2], LXIX.,

150; J. pr. Ch, LV..

445; Dingl. J., CXXIV.,

855 ; Pharm. Centr.. ae!

232: Jahresb., 1852, 77

..|Detection U........... Instit.. 1852, 392 . dalkrest)

1854, 125.

Ae Strphite,..»,..0.sieiieme s 8 ois C. R., XXXIV., 22; Ann.

Ch. Ph., LXXXI., 366;

Pharm. Centr., 1852, 100.

. Crystallographic. ....... Jahresb., 1852, 433.

. {Extraction on large scale/ Wien. Acad. Ber., XI., 842;

J. pre Oh Guxd aula

| Pharm. Centr., 1854, 236;

Dingl. J., CXXXIIL., 36;

Chem. Gaz., 1854, 178 ;

Jahresb., 1853. 740.

.-|Fluorescence.......... J -pr... Chi, LAV sao

Pharm, Centr. , 1855, 605 ;

Phil. Mag. [4], X, 390;

Jahresb., 1855, 133.

Oxychloride and organic

DBROB cx zine cla ee booted Chem. Gaz., 1855, 450;

Pharm. Centr., 1856, 47.

. -|Purification of U. yellow|Dingl. J., CXLI, 372;

Pharm, Centr., 1856, 843 ;

Polyt. Centr.,- 1857, 75;

J. pr Oh. Dx

Oestr. Zeits. Berg u. Hiit.,

1856, 31. *

se iestimation.......6.... lJ. pr. Ch., LXIX., 401;

| Pharm.Centr.,1856,788 and

803; Jahresb., 1856, 728.

1856)\Scheibler.......... Acetate of U,O; and LiO/ Phi wm. Centr., 185 6, T17.

1856

Keferstein.......

..\Orystallographic....... \Pogg. Ann., XCIX., 275 ;

| Jahresb., 1856, 380 7

pr. Chem., LXIX., 308.

1856/Péligot............ iMotallo ian sssicsb eek iC. R., XLIL, 73; Instit.,

1857

BAY! Go df Gene

| 1856, 29; J. d. Pharm.

[3], cau a 203; Ann,

Ch, Pharm., XOVIL. , 256 ;

| Pogg. Ann., XCVITI., 630;

Pharm. Centr., 1856, 2 23:

Jahresb., 1856, 380; Phil.

Mag. , 1857, 123.

av» | MEXtRACHION.. 6; sen eswKae J. oh Pharm. (3), XXXT.,

182; 0. R., XLVL , 580:

Ding. wis ‘CXLIX., "7:

Pharm. Centr, 1858, 336:

Polyt. Centr., ‘1858, 1513 3

Jahresb. , 1857, 199; Verh.

d, Niederdstr. Gewer-

bevereins, 1858, 293.

of Uranium.

367

AUTHOR.

1857 Arendt and Knop..

Manbach Yo. . foo.

Weseidiye gsc. nee,

Brianchon

1859 Hallwachs & Scha-

ig rhul ge Dahan) aad

1859

1860

1861|Drenkmann........

1861.

1861

1861,

1861 Pisani

ee?

Graham

ti a

REMARKS.

[Extraction

Optical examination. ...

Acetates wala merece ia toha atone

Technical uses

Action of U. on iodide

ethyle

Estimat’n of phosphoric

acid with acetate of U.

Extraction on large scale

OCC

Historical résumé and

researches

REFERENCES.

Pharm. Centr. , 1857, 162; J.

pr. Ch., LXXI., 68; Jah-

resb., 1857, 200.

Pogg. Ann., CIV., 422.

Chem. Gaz., 1858, 390; J.

pre? + Ch: 3 axe ob:

Pharm, Centr., 1858, 610.

Génie Indust., 1858, 147;

Technologiste, 1858, 521 ;

Polyt. Centr., 1858, 1242;

Ding]. J., CXLVIIL, 172;

Chem. Centr., 1858, 698 ;

Polyt. Centralhalle, 1858,

670.

Centr., 1859, 163.

J. pr. Ch., LXXVI., 104.

Oest. Zeitschr. Berg. Hiit.,

1859 ; Dingl. J., CLY.,

305; Pharm. Centr., 1860,

327; Polyt. Centr., 1860,

139 ; Jahresb., 1860, 698.

'Dingl. J., CLVI., 207 and

288; Zeitschr. Ch. Pharm.,

1860, 412; Rep. Chim.

Appl., II., 281; Pharm.

Centr., 1860, 549 and 591 ;

Polyt. Centr., 1860, 1115

and 1274.

Naturw..

Zeitschr. ges.

Jahresb.,

XVII., 113;

1861, 255.

Researches. ..........-. ‘Inaug. Dissert. Gott., 1861 ;

Jahresb., 1861, 258.

SGIMAGION «35 oo os 00 05 J. pr. Ch., LXXXIL, 257;

_ Chem. News, 1861, 150.

\Saccharate...... .. Ann, Ch. Pharm., CXXI.,

52; Jahresb., 1851, 77.

Estimat’n and min. anal. C. R., LIL, 72 and 817;

Rep. Chim. Pur., IT. , 222

and 639; Zeitschr. Ch.

Pharm., 1861, 123; J.

pr. Ch., LXXXV., 186;

Pharm. Centr., 1861, 221;

Chem. News, III, 211;

Jahresb., 1861, 1030 and

824.

Preuss. Zeitschr. Berg. H. ii.

Salin., X., 168.

368 Index to the Literature

B AUTHOR. REMARKS. REFERENCES.

= ——EE,

HIE. HOBOS cin'nid ss void Eatimation.....4 6 sas Pogg. Ann., CXVI., 352;

9 galanin GX., 141; Zeitechr. Anal’

| 8) eee 411; Rep. Chim.

Pur., v., 27: ’ Chem. News,

| VIL. 159 and 99,

1862 Hs Rose..... 7. ..°.>|Estimation.......2..... Pharm. Centr., 1862, 863 ;

Jahresb., 1862, 601.

1862)Brachet. ........." Use of U,., glass. sag chia iC. R., LV., 409.

1862 Parkmann......... \Carbonate.....-....555 Am. J. Sei. [2], XXXIV.,

ay 321; Chem. News, 1863,

| 122: Pharm. Centr., 1864,

465.

1868/Guyard.... 0... 25. |Volumetric estimation.. Bull. Soc. Chim., 1864, L,

94; Jahresb., 1863, 692;

Chem. News, 1864, 13:

Zeitschr. anal. Ch., IIl..

376.

1864 |Stolba Fl Sew fb Rast Estimat’n, silico-fluoride. feces Anal. Ch., IIL,

; Pharm. Centr., 1864,

| iO 5B Jahresb., 1864,

718

} ¢10.

lb Se thats Oxysulphide .......... C.. R.,. LYVILL 76 seal:

cs, ace toe Soc. Chim. [2], L, 36;

N. Arch. Ph. Nat., XX.,

52; Ann. Ch. Pharm.

Suppl, IIL, 196; Pogg.

Ann., OXXIV,,) 114% 3g:

pr. Ch., XCIIT., 316;

Pharm, Centr. , 1864, 596 ;

Chem. News, X., 123

and 158; Jahresb., 1864,

234.

1865|Von Hauer... .... BGTANO ecw onde Pogg. Ann., CXXV., 149;

Pharm. Centr., 1865, 735.

TBESIRMOD. fs 5 sis s 8S ee Sesh iEstimation............ Pharm, Centr., 1865, 161;

Jahresb., 1865, 223.

1865|Remelé,........... Oxvenlphide'sxi 0. sacs |\Pogg. Ann., CXXV., 209;

Zeitschr. Anal. Ch., Iv.

871; Zeitschr. Ch., "1865,

548; 1866, 471; J. pr.

Ch., XCVILI., 193 and 210 ;

Jahresb., 1865, 221 and

726; Pharm. Centr., 1866,

628,

1BGSNE bes, oa. Cheeses \Separation............ Sill. Am. J. Sci. [2], XXXTX.,

58; Pharm, Centr, , 1865,

407 ; Jahresb., 1865,

nor.’

1866|Elaner,.........++: Volatility of U.O;...... J. pr. Chem., XCIX., 260.

1866 Bunsen........ .|Flame reactions ....... al Ch. Ph. , CXXXVIIL,

IPROOLT . ois seach lua sand woe One bee ee Ore Oestr. Zeit. Berg. Hiit.,

Be pie | 1866; Polyt. Centr., 1866,

1601.

of Uranium.

369

AUTHOR. | REMARKS.

DATE.

Volumetric estimation. .

Belohoubek

| |

1866 Patera

| |

1866 Patera SBatination

1866

eee we ww ww wee SIDUITAULOLL Lg ee ee ee

1866

eer wee eee eee SAMUI ge eee ewww ene

Bolton

ser Skey.c. 60... Sulphocyanide.........

1867 Souchay

wee ewww ee RIDUVALIAULIUIL, £6 ee ee ee eee

1867|Scheller...........|Sulphites.............

cece sssleecec rere ee sereoeeseessee

1867

eee wesc ee cee SAUUAIILY Yen eee en ne vne

wee ewe se cee tUMUSVPUAUS, ce eer ee eee eee

\Berl. Akad. Ber., 1866,

REFERENCES.

den prs Che. XOX 231":

Zeitschr. Anal. Ch., VI.,

120; Zeitschr. Ch., 1867,

121; Pharm. Centr., 1867,

656; Bull. Soc. Chim.

[2], VIL, 494; Jahresb.,

1866, 809.

Dingl. J., CLXXX., 242;

Zeitschr. Anal. Ch., V.,

228; Bull. Soc. Chim. [2],

V., 442.

Chem. News, XIII.,

Polyt. Centr., 1866,

Jahresb., 1866, 809.

291;

831;

299 ;

Inaug. Diss., Gottingen,

1866; Bull. Soe. Chim.

[2], VI., 450; Zeitschr.

Ch. [2], IL, 853; J. pr.

Ch., XCIX., 269; Pharm.

Centr. , 1866, 977; N. Arch.

Ph. Nat., XXVI., 3838;

Jahresb., 1866, 209.

Chem. News, XVI., 201;

Zeitschr. Chem. [2], IV.,

128.

Zeitschr. Chem. [2], IV.,

527; Zeitschr. anal.Chem.,

VI., 400.

Ann. Ch. Pharm., CXLIV.,

238 ; J. pr. Chem., CIV.,

56; Zeitschr. Chem., 1867,

522; Bull. Soc. Chim. [2],

VIIL, 417.

Etudes Chim. sur quelq.

Métaux, chez Hachette,

Paris, 1867.

C. R., LXVIIL, 507; Ann.

Ch. Pharm. , CXLIX., 128.

‘Ann. Ch. Pharm., CLI., 216.

\Zeitschr, anal. Chem.,VIIL.,

116.

of Zr and U

‘Spectrum of compounds,

Chem. News, April, 1870.

370

Index to the Literature

ACTION OF LIGHT.—PHOTOGRAPHY.

AUTHOR.

1805/Bucholz.'....,...3%

Gellen. citi. cs

1841) Ebelmen...........

1842 Bonaparte.........

1857/Burnett. ..........

1858 Niepce de St. Victor

1859

1858 Crespon and Gode-

froy

1858 Hagen

tee ee eww eeene

1859 N. de St. Victor and

Corvisart

ce ee et

1859 Corvisart

1860|De Luynes.........

1860 Burnett

1860 Wothly

1860,

1862 Burghess

nitrate and ether.....

Oxychloride) Weare

‘Oxalate, sulphate

‘Photogr. prints.........|

Absorption of light and

| use in printing

Photographic printing. .

Sulphate and alcohol,”

|Valerianate............ J

O<BIRBisne ps Kiy.x.se ce/n

PYINTIND Ess sipieriah ee

Actinometry...........

Original announcement.

Us with Pp Oleic veins ass

Toning bath

‘REFERENCES.

> See previous section.

Liverpool J. Phot., 1857 and

1858 ; Humphrey’s J.,

1857,'81; 1858, 44.

C. R., XLVI., 449; Instit.,

1858, 73; Dingl. J.,

CXLVIMLE, 126) deeper

Ch., LXXIV., 233.

C.R., XLVII., 866; Humph-

rey’s J., 1858, 10; Dingl.

J., CLI., 180; Jahresb.,

1858, 20.

C. R., XLIX., 815; Dingl.

J., CLV., 456; Jahresb.,

1859, 33.

Cosmos, XIV., 568; .Polyt.

Centr., 1809, S89 and

10382.

Polyt. Centr., 1858, 1509 ;

Humphrey’s J., 1858, 172.

Ber. Akad, Wiss. Berl., 1858,

290; Brit. J. Phot., V.,

75 ; Humphrey’s J., 1858,

262; J. pr. Ch., LXXIV.,

67; Dingl. J., CXLIX.,

437; Pharm. Centr. , 1858,

764; Institut., 1858, 268.

C. R., XLIX., 368; Insti-

tut., 1859, 287; Ann,

Ch. Pharm., CXIIT., 112;

Dingl. J., CLVI., 88;

Jahresb., 1859, 33.

Jahresb., 1859, 33; Bull.

Soc. Chim., 1862, 62.

Photogr. J., 1860; Polyt.

Centr., 1860.

Phil. Mag. [4], XX., 50 and

406

Horn’s Photog. J., XVI,

104,

Polyt. Centr., 1860.

Polyt. Centr., 1862, 1590 ;

Am. J. Photog., 1862.

of Uranium. 371

REMARKS, REFERENCES.

Ea Rrccata) dic sic 3 Souctstetateetere Seely’s Am. J. Photog.,

| VII, 295.

ot CEG CIEE SOOSE Dio Bae Brit. J. Photog., II. , 241.

SP ratte eionora: wrcrateyk hey eoks Bull. Belge Photog., 1864 ;

| Seely’s Am. J. Photog.,

VII. , 1865.

‘Specification of patent. Polyt. Centr., 1865, 943;

| Photog. Archives. 1865.

Ammonio citrate....... Chem. News, 1865, 103;

| Pharm. Centr., 1865,

1151.

Oxy HWOVIdG = ose See page—.

Historical and general, ..Am. J. Sci., 1869, Sept.

ABBREVIATIONS.—U.. Uraninite; T., Torbernite; A., Antnnite.

Index to the Literature

MINERALS. *

See Dana, Min.

AUTHOR.

1789 + See

1789|Werner..........;

1789 a

1790) Kaproth

ees eee eae

MINERAL.

27\Briickmann,......

71 Wadlerius, sic. cis

58/Cronstedt..........

De Born. dhe «vite

‘* Schwarz Beckerz”’. ...

““Beckblande”...«,. 405

‘*Swartblende”........

** Pechblende”’.........

‘* Mica viridis eryst.”...

‘“Griimer Glimmer”’.....

REFERENCES.

‘Magn. Dei, 204.

Wall. Min., 249.

Cr. Min., 198.

Lithophyl. Born., 133.

[Ueb. Cronst., 217.

‘*Uranerz”.........:..|Mem. Akad. Berl., 1787,

| 160.

‘““Uranit Spath”......./Schr. Ges. N. Berl. IX,

| 273

ATI YRS U)< arse rie cpoieee

** Chalcolith ”

bah (ithe Obes Si Selene ise

1792|Anonymous........|Analysis U .5..........

A793) Kersten 1i-k-.<i2 32 ced ae cect care sm oss

A800 9S ite he ‘555..8 Ww Pecherzi aii eset

1800|\Champeaux........

1801

1802/Sage

1802|Ekeberg..........

1803) Ludwig

ots 2 ee. es epee

‘* Uranglimmer”.......

Klap. Beitr., IL, 221.

‘Berg. J.

J. de Phys., XXXVI., 248.

J. de Phys., XLII., 241.

Ueb. Wern. Verbess., 43.

Karst. Min. Tabell., 56.

Phil. Mag., 1800, 185.

Haiiy Traite.

Phil. Mag. 1802; J. de Phys.,

LY., 314

Ann. Ch. Phys. [1], XLII.,

233.

‘Ludwig. Min., L., 55.

1805 ; | Ann.

1805iGregor. .........0% BMBLVSIs yD ee ee Phil. Trans., 5

Phil. V., 281.

Stes Y MITEL) cwce sien caiin ns fs ea kag pn eee |Ann. Ch, Phys. [1], XLVIII.,

ae ee

IBIZIATKON 5 vice e doen UvAavite p6.0)0 5s + ew Mineralog. Manual, 1814.

1817|Werner

1819|Berzelius...... Neos

1820) Jameson

ee ee ee 2

1820\Breithaupt.......

LBPlJonn: . Heese alets4e:

..|Hydrate....

‘* Feste Uranokker” , .

PUAN ALK 2? sete mian ls hs

eS IMANINICH Oeste iiss va 5 2

‘“Oranpbyllit? ss ves

‘* Uranvitriol”.

** Zippeite ”

ANSIVRIB SU ic wavisio ko

eereees

IATIBIY BIS) ic iuip W's ys svg

ANA) Vas: B's ois etc hee

LOO) k ILD p55 oho. od Analysis T......

182: poangier iets pats hk tht Analysis uA, oc. ssse550

.|Wern.

Min. Syst., 26;

Hoffm. Min., IX., a, 279.

N. Syst. Min., 295; Ann.

Chim. Phys. [2], XIII, 31.

‘Min. Syst., 1820.

Charak. d. Min. Syst.

Chem. Unters., V., 254.

Schweigg. J., XXXIL., 245.

Schweigg. J., XXXV., 326.

Ann.Ch, Phys. [2], XII., 31;

Berz. Jahresb., I., 89.

Berz Jahresb., 1823, 137.

IPoge... Ann;, ie eer

Schweigg. J., XLIV., 29.

..|Ann, Phil. [2], V., 57; Am.

J. Sci. [1], VIL, 880;

Schweigg. J., XLIV., 42.

Ann, Ch, Phys. [2], XXIV.,

239.

* For many of the references the author is indebted to Dana’s Mineralogy, 1868.

of Uranium.

373

: AUTHOR. MINERAL. REFERENCES.

..|Freiesleben........ ‘**Lichtes Uranpecherz” Beitr. Min. Kennt. Sachs.,

187.

16234/Zippe.............. ‘“*Uranbliithe”........ bees Ges. Bohm. Prag.,

824.

ASAT Aippe:s. sess sas wd Stoke il eee Wane ‘Kastner's Arch., XTI., 252;

Berz. Jahresb., VIII., 198.

1830 Haidinger......... \‘‘ Johannite ”.......... Abh. Bohm. Ges. Prag.,

| 1850 ; Edinb. J. Sci. N. S.,

III., 306; Berz. Jahresb.,

| XL, 208,

1832 Breithaupt........ ‘*U. Gummierz”......| Charak. Min. Syst., 218.

WSsopwersten....... .ae DC pniTNe R. Cosabour \Poge. Ann., XXVI., 492:

| Schweigg. J., LXVI., 18;

| Ann. Ch. Pharm., VIIL.,

| 285.

1834) Kersten: - 852.22). a. Uranpecherz.......... \Pogg. Ann., XXVI., 491;

Berz. Jahresb., XIII,

165.

1836 Gerhardt.......... “‘Uranpecherz”........ lJ. pr. Ch., IV., 54.

1837 Breithaupt........ piUranerz yo ee. J. pr. Ch., XII, 184.

1841 Sn dalits the oho ‘* Uranochalcite”...... Breit. Handb. Min., 173.

1843|/Ebelmen.......... Analysis UW. ..css. . eee. Ann. d. M. [4], IV., 400;

Ann. Ch. Phys. [8], VIII.,

498; Berz. Jahresb.,

XXTIV., 304.

1844 Rammelsberg...... Analysis, U3) <1. 830. byt Pogg. Ann., LIX., 35 ; Berz.

| Jahresb., XXIV., 304.

1845|Teschemacher. ..2).|...........s000us0eees iene J. Sci. (1), XLVIIL,

| D9.

a ae eR Peee ton peated ‘Am. J. Sei, [1], XLVIIL,

395.

1845 Haidinger......... Ss Penh pe err Handb, Best. Min. , 549.

558} OT acetic evippeibe sso .5. hee a 510.

1847 Breithaupt......... \‘Schwer Uranerz”...., Handb., 1847, 803.

2 Sera 9 Sr eee ee “ Urangummi”’........ %

_Astl| ee eStats SAUCE htiNenz, apiatrtens. *;

1848 Th. Scheerer...... PATIANV SIS Wiepe rear ashes - Pogg. Ann., LXXII., 570;

| | N. Jen. Lit. Ztg.. 1848, 55.

PSaSiWermbereie i). -eeUranmit.......d.f0hs.e: (J? pr, Chi; xa esee

Jahresb., 1848, 1218.

US48 | Smithy, y 0.3). yo ievets | PaMledjidite”’ .. 602k |Am. J. Sci. [2], V., 337;

| ' | XI, 259; Ann. Ch. Pharm ,

| LXVL., 254.

1848)Le Conte. ......... fey COTACIGE 2 ood occ coe An. J. Sci. [2], IIL, 178;

| Jahresb, 1848, 1167; 1853,

642.

PtSi Gently. 23.5 ocdisvic ds Pizanit Pee eee OP ee ‘Ann. Ch. Pharm., LXVL,

| « |} 280.

1850 Whitmey...........|Coracite.............. Am. J. Sci, [2], VIL, 434;

| J. pr. Ch., LI, 127; Phil.

| Mag. [3], XXXVIL, 153.

Mero tOO ues a MATILCE. SUE sinc a s'sa5!s eareia aieieladie « B. & M. Min., 1852, 517.

1852|Haidinger......... POWMNaeibes tetas eee 5 2 Jahrb. G, Reichs., IV., 124.

374 Index to the Literature

E | AUTHOR. MINERAL. REFERENCES.

a |

USD 00s DG) en POE Oee TT sc ons 5 555.5 Jahrb. G. Reichs., 1853,

105; J. pr. Ch., LXL,

| 391; Pharm. Centr., 1854,

334,

1853 Chapman.......... ‘** Uranatemnite”...... ‘Chap. Pract. Min., 148.

iiss BaDEkye on eeee ects “* Pittinerz”.....,.....|rogg. Ann. Erpanz, Tvs

348.

1GDsDAUBCE sitive cheese Basic sulphate......... ‘Pogg. Ann., XCITI., 251.

IGT) Obici cican bie cies Basic sulphate......... ‘Min. Joach., 1857.

1857 Lindacker......... |einieleeveevenceeesenecee Am. J. Sci. [2], XXV., 414;

Min. Joach., 1857, 95 &

119; Jahresb., 1857, 694.

IBY DEScloizenuX. sci. chic oon Meee ole ble cole cel Ann. d. M., XIV., 377.

FODT AAODDD. 5 cicis 2 ¥bie's siete ffacelvieveinys crete ote -tarafereteeue |Am. J. Sci. [2], XXIII. , 421;

J. pr. Ch., LXXIIL, 206;

Jahresb,, 1857, 665.

1859 Hermann ......... i= Uranoniobite’ ees... . J. pr. Ch., LXXVI., 326;

| Bull. Soc. Nat. Moseou,

1859 ; Jahresb., 1859, 798.

1859 Hermann.......... iy Pathinerg 7%. ' Uaetast Jahresb., 1859, 798.

1859 Ordway... ... sss 0st Basic sulphate......... Am. J. Sci. [2], XX VL, 197;

J. pr. Ch., LXXVL., 28.

TAB) Theyer. oss bs eek ps0 Analysis tt... 's ios sy Ramm. Handb., 1860, 175.

ASL PIBADY. 26 vie} cb = os a Analysis Ast '5.) 5 ciisie ss iC. R., LIL, 817; Jahresb.

1861, 1030; Rep. Chim.

Pure, III., 222;- J.» pr.

Ch., LXXXV.; Jahrb.

Min , 1862, 601.

o , | (‘*Cuprouranit”’....) |Berg. u. Hiittenm. Ztg.,

1865 Breithaupt......... | 1 ‘*Calcouranit” ....§| XXIV., 302.

1863 Church............ AmeI RIS RL ere BS fects pio Chem. News, XII, 188;

| Jahresb, 1865, 911.

In addition to the above-mentioned periodicals, the following independent

works may be consulted :

3erzelius’ Lehrbuch; Gmelin’s Handbuch; Graham-Otto’s Lehrbuch; Pe-

louze et Frémy; Liebig & Wo6hler’s Handwérterbuch; Watt's Dictionary ;

Dana’s Mineralogy ; Rammelsberg’s Mineralchemie ; Rose’s Chimie Analytique ;

Fresenius’ Analysis ; Muspratt’s Chemistry, Bruno Kerl’s edition.

of Uranium.

ALPHABETICAL LIsT OF AUTHORS,

vo |

) NAME. PAGE

|" Gol isttiaroccrarerthieereye ocse.s, etree 368

InGireseck Ores ae wees glans 366

Guinean) 32 eoteen eee ett tee 366

| God eLroy-o.\ia...ceita. eine ean Nes 37

("GUMNAIN ce tires cece sess castes . B07

GYEGOE. 2 ss aatseumrege dias eee 372

|, Gireyarc See 8 0s Nee 368

FER OMG, Sala he. cy) 55545 uous 155815, 370

POLS Ty ss bas (223) ope rn qe eee ee coerce st BY

Mallwachs anaes ctecticte core eerste 367

EVAL) ape op crete aise eos age i Moieyerx 0 a0 372

|SEEamert (Von) e.e . se\setarre etal 368, 874

Wee CI. 453.5, been caus ciel TST 362

13 2x ry Aiea Bielhe f SPAR MIRE OCA ec) Pa aah 369

eer rte mic tae aa arene 363

Perm anny a1 a scapes eerste 367, 3874

Frerschelic oars oo te oe eee eee 363

AiG One COCR EE EEE Dineen. 372

JOHN cs was ate 362, 372

IGATSUGTIe- s,s nate oes < tc oeie eke te 372

Kefersteint 6202 fan octet ec oe 366

Kersteneninss int 8c 3cnicsevordieeee 373

ENGRS] OT tctoterc ra ohcter es steve Sore eae 366

Kelaprott serancace tem ckae or 362, 372

KN Ops rete sen cyanate eens 366, 368

IRGHNIKES: ehh rss Seer Agee cr eM 364

Kiihn 364

GAM OTET: # ro o cuepercteeret aie ate 362, 372

WiC CAMUe55= Sere csctate nM oale ore rarer ste - 362

ies Conte’ ose adie tiocikve erat cis 373

LUA Re Lope oS tbo SocludesOconenr 371

Pindacker p43 once oa cotta 374

Tid wists 96 9. WF. SF aes 372

Iimynes (de)! > sae sean ct erateter 370

Malagatrean! 3 eeu se telepaee 364

| Marbach;.375,.sateu! case ae 367

Marchands? (rye aste<siolbse 303, 364

Ma ere secs 8s shares Seba con 5 ee 373

|) Mn Sprebbis(,.... sia «craters ala reese ee 369

Niepce de St.aVictor ac... 45 ae 37

Ordway? iar doc weap actiet cette a eee

Parkmannlsjos cscs sone ios cee 368

Patera fan otc aoe 365, 366, 369

IBElIgOtetsseteese ate 364, 365, 366, 369

OTRO 2: 55s disie, pein tte atotarat Mayenne 363

Betersiia vic cenit ee ate eee 365

Pfaff Sate nl exeele 6 60 dW wat ule eld a nace sie 372

Phillipairs Ae 3.25 seat eee oe iene 372

(IPINCUS?S = ace, cvcnoteteicieine ooo 367

Pisani

NAME. PAGE

Jae ES oes RR ee a 372

PASN IRV TIEOUS gin cy tet sy chqole ol ofasietaiakels = 372

POHL UH ON eatr rao Stove cis. crore) a sb ays, oa8s Sh 367

/ SSC Meee SIDED BORO e CEE 367

PAUSECOR OWE - ci, =, o,o.0) «=<. ee ehaueys, 5) 2° 362

S77) M eR SB be CuUGnOU OOO UCOCr.e 365

IBfE(eG press) = 2 Dene re cae een eee 369

Belohoubek........ od pees ties 369

erinemous tint. sisisve art, * aveisis cists 363

IBOTUMIS ees. -safe'-t= + sf6 ¥s os 363, 364

OLOMM IE 17 5 he. «Ble. alsy<ce}ciele 369, 371

BOHAPaIbey, 5. . |. -<j.> -2 + see 364, 370

124 Eee hr ORCS Soaaauoreoe er 369

Leer SGN aoe SS Goo ae Egon ea onn 362

HACHCLE Ao Aes arco feels Sse 205 368

an GOR fs ac pscrsfads 2 Safe el enue <0 see 362

Brenham pues. ccieles = «ce 372, 373, 374

Bren CHONE 3415). 366-4 e-ctadiee ssi 367

IBTHGKINANTIGY. & < fdsca- access 372

IBTOOKES eb. ASiecjsie- = telstevetda sh0% 373

IBUCROUZ- sG hes-< fhe buancke oor 362, 370

[SUG EHT- a7-459 oo Se ie ldleeie co.s + 368

Bure Heseeeoe offal -<.r/sfetdo ers 021° 370

[eiitri%s ee ee Ait Ae ee eee Sear 370

@hanipeaikees ss ss toc se 2 oc - = 372

Chapman Sere. ae.) ta eeracte 2% 37

“WMirtesadei il Waa pects EERton aici clone 362

Whuncheretes eS. dhe ti.ene 37

Wiarkke sete pet isos eials Winds cceins 362

(GiinRRG Ts ono GOODE n Loe 370

OOM ERE osetia ists cieisisie 3510 362

(CnEgieGieh- Ac ana ereOOne Ce aeons 370

TOTISUCUUA IE ra aiac.e CPt oho) s S)a ia: 372

IDEIHEGT a= Sn oquentos 2 nn Ot Oe 37

[Daw AS ee te tose oiscl ein be oie ai0 8/6 eue!s 363

CTE eee coe ors siete alsteie ra eis ores 364

Wesclorzedux ese Sets eS: 374 |

TOG nO errecabe hoe Be oercrsear 371

[Dicalant 1106 e. Se AOA ee Doe Pir oai ee 367

BED GLOM i: Matelo con @ o(aie oie) exe sieeve. acs 372

PBEM ts oeers </ete:e/ <0 «0 364, 370, 373

bieaGe, Ses Gees COO OE Oe 368 |

HIS GHGE ty tnieisieve <ielole.cieisi c= x(a\2'2/e/e\0 363

OBE LIUCIS oe Vorera n/c) cis) =) <7e.riorat sus 364, 367

MLCIESIGUCT or err niscisia cic sia eae <0 373

Ri CHS Meese OCR a clo cats siete 3s 362

(Savi ee Bar ShGcicL cee COOL OeCae 362

(EPS IVES 1 oe Com Bey Rs ae ee RCI Ie 370

(RST Ho de melee ae COU ROOOE 373, 374

Bicea ETO toe t ee AGED OOM IOEIOe 373

367, 874

376 Index to the Literature of Uranium.

NAME. PAGE NAME. PAGE

SE iy a's's 5 o's 5 hin eb eb 863] Smith, J... cusiwec seen sees 373

RADIROUN Sree sy vie whaS ccs eee een 868) ‘Sorbyho AkS che, Reaak eer eeene 369

Provostaye, de la............... 665 | Souchay,).. cc. .chcee cee eee 369

RDI I eS wis o's Sa son ee 362 | LOMAS: sc ose Ce eee eee 368

SPHERTIG VIN, «oc sis ce Un tes SHINO 363 | Stokes... 00... +... esse eee 365, 366

Ray. eee eee 374 | Teschemacher ................- 373

Rammelsberg.........- 364, 865, 373 | Theyer .-.....- sees se eeee eens 374

BBIIBIO OSG oss A oe ee 368 | Thomson .........+++.eeeeeeees 362

PRED NAMIG 55 Sek wc eatecieemiee 363 | Tychsen,...... 20-0002 eeeeeees 362

ehardt.: 6o7 Mat ee eee 369 | Vauquelin............2..e eee 572

Bonbon. See eee ees 362 | Vogelsang ..................55. 367

RG GON ais ws Says ioweadm reeds SOP EET COON DEL: Cee eee hen ie ker Ee ne 373, 374

SOON J ois 5.5 ons a nens sagmne 362, 888 | Wallerings. ..\5 +. <.demtes gee 372

ons eon en ot ons, cake eR ee 372 Wemer........0-s00+- 20. 363, 372

Sahiihap. .5 6401. Soak E eee oe 366 | Weselsky... 0... .+00e+eeee ee ees 369

SRDRTAICT me tS ee 367 | Wertheim. ..............-.+., 364

Sihowrer. 66.2. . ka ket AL sro | Werther. . ... 0. <.ies ats 365, 366, 3873

Samii ler. ck valk eae 366 | Whitney. .....-....--.....0-e.. Bi

Sahiba 65. oy. oes sooc. Meee 362 | Wittstein. ...........-ee eee, 364

Sine kee tts Sah cee 373 Wobler...........0++ esse eee 364

DEA 6k So ong pebatne eh omes 362 | Wothly.... +... eee ee eee ee eee. ~ bil

SIMIBONE rs ois fhe Sac tligs rene 371 | Wysocky ............0025 367, 368

SEEM Case CRE CR OT eee tee eee B00 | ZIPBE). <5. se oh esa cae enn ee 373

-I

Report on the Mollusca of Long Island, N. Y. 3

XXIX.— Report on the Mollusca of Long Island, N. ¥., and

of its Dependencies.

By SANDERSON SMITH AND TEMPLE PRIME,

Read May 23, 1870.

Wiru the exception of a few passing remarks in Stimpson,*

De Kay,t and Wheatley, the only information we have on the

Mollusca of Long Island is contained in Smith’s $ papers on

the marine Mollusca of Peconic and Gardiner’s Bays and of

Little Gull Island.

Our labors extend over a period of more than eleven years,

and during that time we have dredged several seasons in Pe-

conic and Gardiner’s Bays and at Huntington. We regret

that circumstances have prevented us from exploring with

the dredge the ocean shores of the island; we have, however,

examined nearly all the beaches. Our researches for land and

. fresh-water shells have been carried on through nearly the whole

island.

We would eall attention to the fact of the discovery of a

species of Gundlachia, a genus which, up to the present time,

has not been found north of the District of Columbia, With

regard to two species, Astarte lunulata and Corbula contracta,

as will be seen in the enumeration, we have not been able to

discover any evidence of their being found in the living state

north of Cape Hatteras, though such seems to have been tacitly

assumed to be the case. In connection with this subject we

will mention the discovery on our ocean coasts, in the dead

state, of Arca ponderosa of the South.

It would have been very desirable to have instituted a thor-

: “ hes

* Stimp., Moll. N. E., 1851.

+N. H., N. Y., pt. v., 1843.

{+ Wheat. Cat. Shells U. S., 1845.

§ Ann. Lyc. N. H., N.Y., vii. 147, 1859; viii. 194, 1865.

JUNE, 1870. 25 Ayn. Lyc..Nav. Hist., Vou. IX.

378 Report on the Mollusca of Long Island, N. Y.,

ough comparison as to what Mollusca found in the vicinity are

missing on Long Island, and vice versd ; owing to the paucity

of material, we have been able to do so but very imperfectly.

All we have is a Catalogue of the Mollusca of Connecticut by

Linsley,* a Catalogue of the Mollusca of Staten Island by

Hubbard and Smith,+ and some collections made by ourselves,

thongh not placed on record, in Westchester County, N. Y.

We obtained the following results :—

MOLLUSCA FOUND IN C¢ INNECTICUT ¢ NOT FOUND ON LONG ISLAND.

Pecten brunneus, St. (fuseus, Menestho albula, Moll. (Pyra-

Linsl.§) mis striatula.)

Nucula tenuis, Turt. Natica flava, Gld.

Modiola nexa, Gld. Fasciolaria ligata, M. & C. Be

Unio (7 species). Ad.

Alasmodonta (3 species). Fusus Islandicus. (corneus.)

Anodonta (7 species). Buccinum zonale, Linsl.

Spherium simile, Say. (Cyclas Columbella rosacea, St. (Buce.

similis.) rosaceum. )

S. rhomboideum, Say. (C. elee Mangelia harpularia, St. ?

gons, rhomboidea.) (Fusus harpularius 2? Couth.)

S. truncatum, Linsl. (C. trun- Mangelia bicarinata, St. (Pleur.

cata.) bicarinata.)

Pisidium Virginicum, Bgt. (C. Bulla triticea, Couth.

dubia.) B. debilis, Gla.

Lucina filosa, St. (radula.) Aneylus rivularis, Say.

Astarte quadrans, Gld. Ancylus tardus, Say.

Aphrodite Gronlandica, St. Limnea caperata, Say.

(Cardium Grenlandicum.) L. decollata, Migh. et Ad.

* Amer. J. Sci., xlviii., 1845.

+ Ann, Lyc. N. H., N. Y., viii. 151, 1865.

¢ We have been obliged to pass over a number of species in Linsley’s Cata-

logue, as they appeared to us, as having been insufliciently identified by the

author, or as of very doubtful validity ; and, moreover, several of those included

must be considered as somewhat doubtful.

S$ The names in parentheses are those given by Linsley.

and of its Dependencies. 379

Tellina proxwima, Br. (San- L. elodes, Say.

guinolaria sordida.) LL. catascopium, Say. (emar-

Solen viridis, Say. ginata.)

Pholas cuneiformis, Say. Physa ancillaria, Say.

* Teredo navalis, Linn. Planorbis lentus, Say.

Amphidesma equale, Say. P. campanulatus, Say.

Chiton marmoreus, O. Fabr. PP. dejflectus, Say.

(fulminatus.) P. hirsutus, Gould.

+ C. ruber, Linn. Vertigo Gouldii, Binn.

Margarita obscura, Gld. Bulimus lubricus, Brug.

Paludina integra, Say. Helix fraterna, Say.

Amnicola lapidaria, Say. HT, fuliginosa, Grit.

A, Cincinnatiensis, Anth. LT, hirsuta, Say.

A, lustrica, Say. LT, minuscula, Binn.

A, pallida, Hald. HI, monodon, Rack.

Valvata tricarinata, Say. HH. Sayii, Binn.

V. pupoidea, Gld. HT, suppressa, Say.

Lacuna neritoidea, Gld. HT. striatella, Anth.

Lissoa mighelsii, St. (Cingula LH. subglobosa ? Binn.= HZ. hor-

arenaria.) tensis. (Introduced species.)

Turritella erosa, Couth. LT. tridentata, Say.

Succinea obliqua, Say. (campestris et ovalis, Say.)

MOLLUSCA FOUND ON STATEN ISLAND, NOT FOUND ON LONG ISLAND.

t Pisidium Virginicun, Bet. LT. hirsuta, Say.

Anodonta fluviatilis, Lea. LT. striatella, Auth.

Martesia (Diplothyra) Smithii, LH. ininuseula, Binn,

Tr. LT. suppressa, Say.

Planorbis deflectus, Say. Succinea aurea, Lea.

Vertigo Gouldii, Binn. { S. Totteniana, Lea.

* Probably ‘‘ dilatata,” St.

+ Probably the red variety of (. apiculatus, which is not uncommon on Long

Island.

¢ Discovered since the publication of the Catalogue of the Mollusca of

Staten Island.

“

380 Leport on the Mollusca of Long Island, N. Y.,

Pupa rupicola, Say. S. ovalis, Gld.

Helix tridentata, Say. S. obliqua, Say.

MOLLUSCA FOUND IN WESTCHESTER CO., N. Y., NOT FOUND ON LONG

ISLAND.

Spherium simile, Say. Physa ancillaria, Say.

NS. striatinum, Lam. Pupa armifera, Say.

Pisidium Virginicum, Bgt. Helix tridentata, Say.

P. compressum, Pr. IT. monodon, Rack.

P. equilaterale, Pr. : FT, hirsuta, Say.

P. Nov. Eboracense, Pr. LT. suppressa, Say.

Limnea caperata, Say. Succinea ovalis, Say.

An examination of the above lists brings to notice the fact

that though the sulcated species of Sphariwm and Pisidium

occur in the vicinity they have not been found on Long Island.

The following species occur in the Postpleiocene deposits of

Gardiner’s Island * :—

Pecten Magellanicus, Lam. C. unguiformis, Lam.

Arca transversa, Say. Chemnitzia interrupta, St.

Cardita borealis, Con. Purpura lapillus, Lam.

Astarte sulcata, Flem. Nassa trivittata, Say.

Venus mercenaria, Linn. NV. vibex, Say.

Mactra lateralis, Say. + Buccinum plicosum, Menke.

Mya arenaria, Say. _ Columbella lunata, Sowh.

Crepidula fornicata, Lam. Bulla canadliculata, Say.

The following marine species, so far as we are aware, pre-

viously to our laborshave not been found south of Cape Cod :—

Mytilus corrugatus, St. Leda sapotilla, St.

M. levigatus, St. Chemnitzia bisuturalis, St.

C. seminuda, St.

The only marine species recorded on good authority within

the range of Cape Cod and Sandy Hook, which have not been

obtained on Long Island, are the following :—

* Ann, Lyc. N. H., N. Y., viii. 149, 1865.

+ Discovered since the publication of the Catalogue,

and of its Dependencies. * 381

Pecten Islandicus, Mill. Connecticut to Greenland, Behring’s

Straits, Spitzbergen to Drontheim.

P. brunneus, St. Connecticut.

Leda tenuisulcata, St. Newport to Nova Scotia.

Mytilus discrepans, Mont. Connecticut to Eastport, Europe.

Thyasira Gouldii, St. South Carolina, Stonington to Gulf of St.

Lawrence.

Lucina filosa, St. Stonington (fide Linsley), Mass. Bay to Maine.

Astarte quadrans, Gld. Stonington to Casco Bay.

Aphrodite Grenlandica, St. Stonington to Spitzbergen.

Martesia (Diplothyra) Smithii, Tr. Staten Island.

LTanthina fragilis, Desh, Oceanic.

Margarita obscura, Gid. Stonington to Nova Scotia; Finmark

to North of Spain.

Lacuna neritoidea, Gld. New York to Newfoundland.

Scalaria multistriata, Say. Georgia to Buzzard’s Bay.

S. Grenlandica, Gld. Nantucket to Greenland.

Odostomia impressa, Say. South Carolina to Connecticut.

Tritonium pygmeum, St. Newport to Nova Scotia.

Mangelia bicarinata, St. Stonington (fide Linsley) to Gulf of St-

Lawrence.

Bulla triticea, Couth. Stonington to Eastport.

The following species are either not mentioned at all by

De Kay as New York species or doubtfully so :—

Anomia ephippium, Linn., var. Assiminea ——

aculeata. Skenea

Arca ponderosa, Say. Cucum pulchellum, St.

Nucula proxima, Say. C’. Cooperi, Smith.

Leda sapotilla, St. Cerithium Greenti, C. B. Ad.

Mytilus decussatus, Mont. Vermetus radicula, St.

M. corrugatus, St. Scalaria lineata, Say.

M. levigatus, St. S. Humphreysii, Kiener.

M. hamatus, Say. Eulima subangulata, St.

Spheriym securis, Pr. Stylifer

Pisidium abditum, Hald. Chemnitzia producta, St.

382 Report on the Mollusca of Long Island, N. Y.,

C. bisuturalis, St. Rissoa Stimpsoni, Smith.

_ P. variabile, Pr. Natica pusilla, Say.

Montacuta elevata, St. Cerithiopsis terebellum, St.

Cardita borealis, Con. C. Emersonii, St.

Astarte lunulata, Con. Columbella Gouldiana, Ag.

Cyprina Islandica, Lam. Pleurotoma cerinum, K. & St.

Venus Manhattensis, Pr. Gundlachia Stimpsoniana, Smith.

Mactra similis, Say. Vertigo milium, Gld.

Cumingia tellinoides, Con. TITelix Binneyana, Morse.

Tellina tenta, Say. LT. minutissima, Lea.

Solemya borealis, Tot. Limax maximus, Linn.

Solecurtus bidens, F. & H. Arion fuscus, Mill.

Thracia Conradi, Couth. Loligo illecebrosa, Lesueur.

Bolis vermiferus, Smith. Loligo Pealii, Lesueur.

and all the Tunicata.

Solemya borealis, Tott. and Thracia Conradi, Couth. may still

be considered doubtful, as only worn specimens or fragments

are obtained.

Of the 149 marine species recorded on good authority be-

tween New York and Cape Cod (131 from Long Island), 49 ap-

pear to be at or near the northern limit of their geographical

range,—extending from North Carolina, South Carolina, or far-

ther south,—and of these only 10 pass Cape Cod into Massachu-

setts Bay; 47 are at the southern limit, 35 of which reach the

Gulf of St. Lawrence, or farther north, and 12 extend only to

Maine or Nova Scotia; 22 extend from North or South Caroli-

na or farther south to the Gulf of St. Lawrence, or farther north,

and 11 from the same southern limits only to Maine or Nova

Scotia; 15 occur only between New York and Cape Cod, while

4 are found also in Massachusetts Bay; 1 is oceanie.

Referring them to Molluscan provinces, established by FE.

Forbes, the “ Atlantic,” extending from Florida to Cape Cod,

the * Boreal” from Cape Cod to the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and

the “ Arctic,” embracing all the region north of this, 52 oceur

only in the Atlantic province (including a very few which en-

and of its Dependencies. 383

ter the Gulf of Mexico), of which 15 are confined to the extreme

north of it; 37 are common to the Atlantic and Boreal provin-

ces, of which 10 are almost confined to the first, and 12 to the

last; 57 are common to all three provinces, of which 35 only

reach the extreme northern part of the Atlantic province.

Ninety-four species in all are found on both sides of Cape

Cod, or 64 per cent. of the entire number. This would at first

seem to indicate a much less degree of distinctness between the

molluscan fauna north and south of Cape Cod than really

exists ; but as 10 of these are southern species, extending only

to Massachusetts Bay, and 47 northern ones, passing only a

short distance south of the Cape, the remaining 35 species more

truly represent the degree of similarity between the two pro-

vinces.

Twenty two species occur in Europe.

With regard to nomenclature, in the enumeration of the

marine and fluviatile species, we have followed, with but one

or two exceptions, that adopted by Stimpson, in his ** Shells of

New England.” We are well aware that improvements might

be made in the same, as this work has been published quite a

number of years;* but so many changes have been made of

late in nomenclature—some for the better, and very many more

for the worse—that, for the present at least, we have determin.

ed to adhere to Stimpson’s system. The land shells have been

classed in accordance with ,the recent publication of Binney

and Bland.t

We wil! here remark, that our types of the species enumer-

ated in the following list have been placed in the Museum of the

School of Mines, of Columbia College, N.Y.; the numbers ap-

pended to the names of the species in the list correspond with

those placed on the specimens in the Museum, We have also

* 1851.

+ Smith. Mise. Coll., 194. L. & F.W. Shellsof N. A. Pt. 1. Pulmonata

Geophila. W.G. Binney and T. Bland. 1569.

384 Report on the Mollusca of Long Island, N. Y¥.,

distributed a suite of types to the State Cabinet, and to the

Long Island Historical Society.

Of the 182 species enumerated in our Report (including the

unidentified ones of De Kay), 70 belong to the Lamellibranchi-

ata: 1 to the Nudibranchiata ; 61 to the Prosobranchiata ; 7 to

the Tectibranchiata; 40 to the Pneumobranchiata; 3 to the

Cephalopoda. At least twenty, mostly undescribed, species of

Tunicata, also occur in the waters of Long Island, making the

entire number of known Mollusca exceed two hundred.

ACEPHALA.

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.

Anomiade.

1. Anomia ephippium, Linn, Common everywhere. Low water

to 10 fathoms.

var. aculeata. Greenport, Little Gull Island, and Montauk.

Range—Florida to G. of St. Lawrence; N. Scandinavia to Ma-

deira.

Ostreadz.

2. Ostrea borealis, Lam., and varieties Virginiana and costata,

Range——Both shores of the Atlantic,

Pectenidz.

3. Pecten Magellanicus, Lam. Coney Island.

Range—Sandy Hook to Labrador.

4. Pecten irradians, Lam, Everywhere; more abundant in the

bays and harbors. Low water to three or four fathoms.

Range—Texas to Nova Scotia,

Areada.

5, Arca transversa, Say. Everywhere; abundant in the bays. At

Greenport three to ten fathoms.

Range—Georgia to Cape Cod,

and of its- Dependencies. 385

6. Arca ponierosa, Say. A few dead valves were found on the

ocean shore, near Fire Island Light.

Range—From Long Island to Tampa Bay.

7. Arca pexata, Say. Everywhere; more abundant on the ocean

shore.

Range—Cape Cod to Texas.

Nuculidz.

8. Nuecula proxima, Say. Very abundant in the bays. From

two to ten fathoms.

Range—S. Carolina to Nova Scotia.

9. Nucula radiata, De Kay. We have not been able to identify

this species. East River, opposite Williamsburg (Stillman, fide

De Kay).

10. Leda Thracieformis, St. From the stomach of a codfish,

taken off our coast (Jay, fide De Kay). Off Fire Island Light in ten

fathoms. (U. 8. Coast Survey, fide Stimpson).

Range—Fire Island beach to Greenland.

11. Leda sapotilla, St. Greenport, in three fathoms mud ; rare and

small.’

Range—Greenport to Labrador and Northumberland Sound.

12. Leda (Nucula) Gouldi, De Kay. We have not been able to

identify this species. One specimen from the Sound (De Kay).

13. Leda limatula, St. New York Bay (Wheatley). Hunting-

ton and Greenport; moderately abundant. In two to five fathoms

mud. Much smaller than from north of Cape Cod. Average length,

0.8 or 0.9 inches; largest observed, 1.2 inches.

Range—N. Carolina to Nova Scotia, Northern Scandinavia;

Kamschatka.

Mytilidz.

14. Mytilus decussatus, Mont. A few dead specimens dredged

from Gardiner’s Bay.

Range—Gardiner’s Bay to Greenland, North. Scandinavia to Scot-

land.

15. Mytilus corrugatus, St. One living specimen dredged in

Gardiner’s Bay, in about five fathoms mud.

386 Report on the Mollusca of Long Island, N. Y¥.,

Range—Gardiner’s Bay to Greenland. 4

16. Mytilus levigatus, St. New York Bay (Wheatley). One

fresh valve dredged in Gardiner’s Bay in about five fathoms mud.

Range—Gardiner’s Bay to Greenland.

17. Mytilus plicatulus, Deshayes. Common everywhere. Lit-

toral.

Range—Georgia to Gulf of St. Lawrence. ,

18. Mytilus modiolus, Linn, Common everywhere. At Green-

port in ten fathoms or less.

Range—New York to Behring’s Straits; N. Scandinavia to Brit-

ish Channel.

19. Mytilus edulis, Linn. Everywhere. Littoral.

Range—Tampa Bay to Greenland; N. Scandinavia to Mogador.

20. Mytilus hamatus, Say. New York Harbor, alive; attached

to oysters brought from the South, in all likelihood very recently.

Range—New Orleans to New York.

Unionidz.

21. Unio complanatus, Lea. Riverhead; moderately abundant.

Corbiculade.

22. Spherium partumeium, Say. Astoria, Huntington, Riverhead,

Southold, Greenport, Shelter and Gardiner’s Islands, and Montauk.

23. Spherium securis, Prime. Riverhead, Greenport, Shelter Isl-

and, and Montauk.

24. Pisidium abditum, Wald. Common.

25, Pisidium variabile, Prime. Centerport, very rare.

Kelliada.

26. Montacuta elevata, St. Greenport; only one valve.

Range—Greenport to Greenland,

27; Nellia planulata, St. Rare; at Greenport in mud, at low

water, and at from four to six fathoms; at Little Gull Island under

stones at low water; Montauk.

Range—Greenport to Greenland,

ps)

io 6)

and of its Dependencies.

Lucinidz.

28. Lucina strigilla, St. Coney Island.

Range—Florida to Nantucket.

Astartida.

29. Cardita borealis, Conrad. Montauk. A few dead specimens

of a very small Cardita, belonging probably to this species, were

dredged in Gardiner’s Bay.

Range—Sandy Hook to G. of St. Lawrence, Labrador, Ochotsk ?

30. Astarte lunwlata, Conrad. Huntington and Greenport, dredged

Pie in five to ten fathoms. Though not uncommon, and

though the valves are often found united, we have

never obtained this species in the living state; in fact,

there is no evidence that it has ever been found alive

= north of Cape Hatteras. Linsley, who first detected

Astarte lunulata. it north, and who gave it the name of A. mactracea,

had but one valve. Stimpson and Prime, who dredged it at New Bed-

ford, found it under the same circumstances as ourselves.

Range—Tampa Bay to New Bedford.

31. Astarte sulcata, Flem. (“ Rare,” De Kay.)

Range—Stonington to Ochotsk; Nova Zembla to the Mediter-

ranean. There is room for doubt as to the identity of the shells from

all these localities.

32. Astarte castanea, Say. On ocean beaches. Common.

Range—Sandy Hook to Nova Scotia.

Cyprinidz.

33. Cyprina Islandica, Lam. Montauk.

Range—Montauk to Greenland; N. Scandinavia to British Chan-

nel, Sicily ?

Cardiadz.

in five

34. Cardium pinnulatum, Conrad. Huntington

fathoms gravel; Peconic and Gardiner’s Bays. Rare.

Range—Huntington to Labrador.

35. Cardium Mortoni, Conrad. Very abundant.

Range—Texas to Nantucket. Nova Scotia ( Willis.)

388 Leport on the Mollusca of Long Island, N. Y.,

Venerida.

36. Venus mercenaria, Linn, Universally distributed.

Range—Florida Keys to G. of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves).

37. Venus notata, Say. Sea beaches (De Kay).

Range—Georgia to Long Island.

38. Venus gemma, Totten. Abundant in bays and harbors. In

mud, from low water to two fathoms.

Range—S. Carolina to G. of St. Lawrence.

39. Venus Manhattensis, Prime. Hell Gate, Huntington, and

Greenport ; at the latter place it is found in two fathoms mud, asso

ciated with V. gemma.

Range—New York to Greenport.

40. Cytherea convexa, Say. New York Bay (Wheatley), Rockaway,

Easthampton, and Montauk.

var. morrhuana, Linsley. Huntington; in Lloyd’s Harbor in one

to two fathoms mud; in Gardiner’s Bay. Rare.

Range—N. Carolina? Staten Island to Nova Scotia.

Mactrida.

41. Mactra lateralis, Say. Bays and harbors. Greenport, in mud

at two fathoms, and in sand at five or six fathoms.

Range—Tampa Bay to Cape Ann.

42. Mactra solidissima, Chem. Everywhere. Rare and small in

bays and harbors.

Range—N. Carolina? New York to G. of St. Lawrence.

43. Mactra similis, Say. A few small specimens referred to this

species were collected at Easthampton.

Donacide.

44, Mesodesma arctatum, Gould. Easthampton and Montauk.

Common.

tange—Easthampton to G. of St. Lawrence.

45, Donan fossor, Say. Western extremity of the Island,

tange—Maryland to Long Island.

Tellinida,

46. Cumingia tellinoides, Conrad, Huntington, rare, all dead ;

Greenport, abundant dead, very rare alive. Montauk.

ile)

and of its Dependencies.

Range—S. Carolina to C. Cod.

47. Tellina fusca, Philippi. Abundant and large in bays in mud

near low-water mark. Dredged at Greenport in sand at six fathoms ;

very small and light pink.

Range—Georgia to Arctic Seas. British Channel.

48. Tellina tenera, Say. Moderately abundant; one to eight

fathoms ; generally in sand, though sometimes in mud.

Range—S. Carolina to G. of St. Lawrence.

49, Tellina tenta, Say. Less abundant than T. tenera. At

Greenport in mud at two fathoms, and in sand at six fathoms.

Range—S. Carolina to C. Cod.

- Solemyadz.

50. Solemya velum, Say. Huntington and Greenport. Rare.

From one to ten fathoms mud and sand.

Range—wN. Carolina to Nova Scotia.

51. Solemya borealis, Totten. Fragments of a shell were found at

Greenport which in all probability belongs to this species.

Range—Long Island? Newport to Nova Scotia.

Solenidz.

52. Solecurtus gibbus, F. & H. Coney Island (Ferguson). South

beach at Rockaway and near Fire Island Light.

Range—St John’s R., Fla. to C. Cod.

53. Solecurtus bidens, F. & H. Greenport; one or two dead

specimens.

Range—Florida? §. Carolina to C. Cod.

54, Machwra costata, Gould. Coney Island, Rockaway, and East-

hampton. Rare.

Range—N. Jersey to Labrador, Ochotsk ?

55. Solen ensis, Linn. Not very abundant.

Range—Florida to Labrador; N. Scandinavia to the Mediter-

ranean.

Anatinidz.

56. Anatina papyracea, Say. Gardiner’s Bay, in three to five

fathoms muddy sand. Rare.

390 Report on the Mollusca of Long Island, N. Y.,

Range—Greenport to Anticosti Id.

57. Cochlodesma Leanum, Mighels. Rare. Dredged in three

fathoms sand in bays.

Range—N. Carolina to G. of St. Lawrence.

58. Thracia Conradi, Couth. One valve supposed to belong to

this species was dredged in ten fathoms at Greenport.

Range—Greenport ? Rhode Island to the G. of St. Lawrence.

59. Thracia truncata, Mighels. Off the coast in thirty-eight

fathoms. (U.S. Coast Survey, fide Stimpson.)

Range—Long Island to Greenland.

60. Lyonsia hyalina, Conrad. Not uncommon in bays; dredged

at Greenport in six fathoms.

Range—Tampa B. to Eastport.

61. Pandora trilineata, Say. Rather rare in bays; dredged in

b) . . 7 o

from two to six fathoms; common in more exposed situations, such

as the northern shore of Montauk Pt., but not on ocean beaches.

Range—Florida to G. of St. Lawrence.

Corbulidz.

62. Corbula contracta, Say. Greenport. Though not uncommon,

and though the valves are often found united, we have never obtained

this species alive. We have not met with any evidence that this spe-

cies is found in the living state north of Cape Hatteras.

Range—5. Carolina to C. Cod.

Mvadz.

63. Mya arenaria, Linn. Common everywhere,

Range—S. Carolina to Greenland; Ochotsk, Nova Zembla_ to

British Channel.

Gastrochznidze.

64. Petricola pholadiformis, Lam. Rave.

Range—G. of Mexico to G. of St. Lawrence.

65, Petricola dactylus, Say. Rather rare.

Range—Georgia to C. Cod,

66, Saxicava arctica, Desh. Greenport, Montauk, and Little Gull

Island.

and of its Dependencies. 391

Range—Georgia to Behring’s Straits; Nova Zembla to Madeira.

67. Pholas costata, Linn. A fragment was dredged at Huntington.

Range—Vera Cruz to New Bedford.

68. Pholas truncata, Say. Rockaway.

Range—S. Carolina to New Bedford.

69. Pholas crispata, Linn. Large single valves are frequently

found on the shores (De Kay, Ferguson).

Range—Charleston to G. of St. Lawrence; Norway to British

Channel.

70. Teredo dilatata, St. Greenport, on the piles of a pier. . Rare.

Range—S. Carolina to Nova Scotia. G. of St. Lawrence ?

GASTEROPODA.

Nudibranchiata.

71. olis vermiferus, Smith. Half an inch long. Back grayish

white, thickly spotted with greenish gray, with a deep orange-colored

spot between the oral tentacles, a second long and narrow one, wider

in the middle, extending from the dorsal tentacles to the first clusters

of papillz, and a third between the first and second clusters, having

the form of an isosceles triangle with hollowed sides, whose base line,

of a deeper orange, was on the median line of the back, and the apex

was situated on the side, half-way between the upper and lower sur-

faces. Under the tentacles, on the left side, another orange line ex-

isted. The anterior half of the lower surface was white, the posterior

half light salmon-color, showing through the foot. Foot long, narrow,

white, nearly transparent, pointed behind, and horned in front. Ten-

tacles four, the oral the longest. Eight clusters of papillw, with four

or five in each cluster, transparent white, filled with dark-gray, ap-

parently foecal matter ; very irregular in diameter and length, The

name I propose alludes to the worm-like appearance of these bunches

of grey papille.

A careful examination of the descriptions and figures of the Nudi-

branchiata of our coast, contained in the new edition of Gould’s In-

vertebrata of Massachusetts, seems to furnish no ground for identify-

ing this species with any of them, Greenport. One specimen was

found at low-water mark.

392 LReport on the Mollusca of Long Island, N. Y.,

Chitonidz.

72. Chiton apiculatus, Say. Huntington, Greenport, and Gardi-

ner’s Island. Common on stony bottoms; one to ten fathoms.

Range—S. Carolina to C. Cod.

73. Chiton albus, Linn. New York Harbor (Budd, fide De Kay).

Range—New York, C. Cod, Greenland, Finmark to Scotland.

Patellidz.

74. Tectura testudinalis, Gray. Glencove (Ferguson), Hunting.

ton, Greenport, and Little Gull Island. Rare at Huntington.

Range—Long Island to Greenland, Scotland.

75. Tectura alveus, St. One dead specimen was dredged in

mud in Lloyd’s Harbor.

Range—Long Island to Maine.

Calyptriidz.

76 Calyptrea striata, Say. One dead specimen was picked up on

the northern shore of Gardiner’s Bay. Rare at Montauk.

Range-—New Jersey to Grand Manan.

77. Crepidula fornicata, Lam. Abundant everywhere.

Range—Tampa Bay to G. of St. Lawrence. Mouth of Rio Grande

(Schott).

78. Crepidula unguiformis, Lam. Abundant everywhere.

Range—Panama; Caribbean Sea, to G. of St. Lawrence.

79. Crepidula convexa, Say. Common.

Range—Georgia to Nova Scotia.

Paludinidz.

80. Paludina decisa, Say. Valley Stream, near Jamaica (Fergu-

son), Riverhead, Common.

81. Amnicola porata, Gld, Riverhead. Common.

Littorinidz.,

82. Littorina rudis, Glad. Abundant everywhere.

Range—Staten Island to Greenland; Nova Zembla to North of

Spain,

and of its Dependencies. 393

83. Littorina littoralis, F.& H. Abundant everywhere.

Range—Staten Island to Greenland ; the Mediterranean.

var. Peconica, Smith. Greenport.

84. Littorina irrorata, Gray. Huntington. A few dead speci-

mens were found in the grass above high-water mark. Rockaway.

Range—Tampa Bay to Long Island.

85. Lacuna vincta, Turton. Not uncommon.

Range—Staten Island to Greeniand, British Channel.

86. Rissoa minuta, St. Abundant in sheltered situations in bays,

and also in salt-water ponds. Great differences exist between the shells

grouped under this name, and several species probably exist. Speci-

mens from Napeague Bay, at the western extremity of Montauk Pt.,

are much longer and slenderer than usual. Specimens from Greenport

are also marked by Stimpson as new.

Range—Staten Island to Gulf of St. Lawrence.

87. Rissoa aculeus, St. One specimen on Little Gull Island.

Range—Gull Island to Eastport.

88. Rissoa ( Cingula) levis, De Kay. Bushwick Inlet (De Kay).

We have not been able to identify this species.

89. Rissoa Stimpsoni, Smith. Shell thin, rather dark-brown. Di-

Fig. 2. vergence about 24°. Whorls seven, very convex, separated by

a very deep suture, and distinctly wrinkled by the lines of

growth. Apex obtuse. Aperture oval, nearly one-third the

length of the shell. Length, 0.25 inches, of which the first

Shea whorl occupies rather more than one-half.

Two specimens at Greenport.

90. Assiminea 2? A small mollusc, doubtfully referred to this ge-

nus, occurred on a pier at Huntington. The specimens are not now

accessible.

91. Skenea

an inch in length. Only one or two specimens were found, and in a

, Smith. Greenport. About one-twenty-fifth of

state that will hardly admit of a satisfactory description.

Turritellidx.

92. Cacum pulchellum, St. Greenport.

Range—Greenport to New Bedford.

93. Cacum Cooperi, Smith.

JULY, 1870. 26 ANN. Lyc. NAT. Hist., Vou. LX.

394 = Report on the Mollusca of Long Island, N. Y.,

The shell belongs to the section “ Elephantulum” of the genus

Caecum, as divided by Carpenter. It has about twenty-four some-

ric. 3, What rounded longitudinal ribs or lirae, crossed by numerous

rings, rather obscure about the middle of the shell, but very

distinct at the two extremities, where the longitudinal ribs

become indistinct. There is a slight constriction near the

eat mouth of the shell, which swells out again beyond it. Plug

Cooperi. pyucronate, with the apex inclining to the left, when looking

at the back of the shell. The lateral profile is concave, rising rapidly

towards the back. Opereulum concave. Length, 0.13 inch; width

in middle, .035 inch. The shell is white, not very thin, and mod-

erately curved. In possessing both longitudinal ribs and rings this

species resembles Caecum (EHlephantiulum) plicatum of Carpenter,

from the West Indies, which, however, is smaller, and appears from

the description to have a much longer plug, symmetrically placed on

the end of the shell. It does not appear to agree with the deserip-

tion of C. imbricatum, Carp., with which Mr, Carpenter, unable,

however, to make a direct comparison, thought it might be identical.

Two specimens were dredged in four or five fathoms sand in the

northern part of Gardiner’s Bay.

94, Cerithium Sayi, Menke. Abundant in all bays.

Range—N. Carolina to Nova Scotia.

95. Cerithium Greenii, C. B. Adams. Canarsie, Huntington, and

Greenport. Rare.

Range—Bermuda ; 5. Carolina to Boston,

96, Cerithium nigrocinctum, C. B. Adams. Canarsie, Huntington,

and Greenport. Rare. Low water to ten fathoms.

Range—S. Carolina to Buzzard’s Bay.

Vermetidz.

97. Vermetus radicula, St. One dead specimen at Greenport,

tange— Florida to Buzzard’s Bay.

‘Scalariada.

98, Scalaria lineata, Say. Gowanus, Yellowhook, Glencove (Fer-

guson), Huntington, and Greenport. Rare.

Range—Georgia to Buzzard’s Bay.

and of its Dependencies. 395

99. Sealaria Humphreysii, Kiener (clathrus). One dead specimen

at Greenport.

Range—Georgia to Long Island.

100, Fulima oleacea, Kurtz & Stimpson. Eight or ten dead speci-

mens in ten fathoms at Greenport.

Range—S. Carolina to Greenport.

101. Stylifer . Stimpson informs us that some years ago

he obtained a species of Sty/ifer attached to the spines of a star-fish

in New York Harbor. We are not aware that it has ever been

described,

102. Chemnitzia interrupta, St. East River (De Kay), Hunting-

ton, and Greenport. Common. Mud and sand, one to five fathoms.

Range—S. Carolina to Boston,

103. Chemnitzia producta, St. Lloyd’s Harbor and Greenport.

Rare.

Range—Long Island to Buzzard’s Bay.

104. Chemnitzia fusca, St. East River (De Kay); Greenport.

tare.

Range—New York to Boston.

105. Chemnitzia bisuturalis, St. Glencove (Ferguson) ; Hunting-

ton and Greenport. Rather rare.

Range—S. Carolina? Staten Island to Massachusetts Bay.

106. Chemnitzia trifida, St. Common.

Range—Staten Island to Massachusetts Bay.

107. Chemnitzia impressa, Kurtz. East River (De Kay).

Range—S. Carolina to Connecticut.

108. Cheninitzia seminuda, St. Newtown Creek (De Kay), Hun-

tington, and Greenport. At (Greenport in two fathoms mud.

Abundant.

Range—South Carolina. ‘“ Massachusetts Bay northwards”

(Stimpson).

Naticidz.

109. Natica heros, Say. Common everywhere; large and strong

in exposed situations.

Range—Georgia to G. of St. Lawrence.

110, Natica triseriata, Say. Common everywhere.

396 = Report on the Mollusca of Long Island, N. Y.,

Range—Staten Island to G. of St. Lawrence.

111. Natica immaculata, Totten. Napeague Point, outside of

Gardiner’s Bay. Dead specimens only.

Range—Long Island to G. of St. Lawrence.

112. Natica duplicata, Say. Common everywhere, more especially

on ocean beaches.

Range—Mouth of Rio Grande (Schott), Florida to Massachusetts

Bay. ‘Two species are probably included under this name.

113. Natica pusilla, Say.

“Shell thin, suboval, cinerous or rufous, with sometimes one or

two obsolete, dilated, revolving bands; columella callous; callus

pressed laterally into the umbilicus, whitish ; umbilicus

nearly closed and consisting only of an arquated, linear,

vertical aperture.

Natica pusilla. | Length about a quarter of an inch.” Say.

“Shell resembling in shape V. immaculata, minute, one-quarter

inch in length, thick and strong, yellowish brown (except around the

umbilicus, where it is white), and beautifully marked with longitudi-

nal zigzag lines of mahogany color. Umbilicus closed by an abundant

white callus, leaving a narrow sulcus; there is also much callus de-

posited on the pillar lip, especially where it joins the outer lip.

Operculwm calcareous like that of V. clawsa.” Stimpson.

As there has been considerable doubt concerning this species, both

Say’s and Stimpson’s descriptions are here reproduced. The shell

here intended is the same as that found on the coasts of N. and 8.

Carolina by Kurtz, and at New Bedford, Mass., by Stimpson and

Prime.

The species described and figured as V. pusdla, Say, by Gould is

not the genuine pusilla, Say, it is NV. Grenlandica, Moller.

Very rare at Huntington; rare in Gardiner’s Bay, in sand from

four to five fathoms.

tange—Georgia to Buzzard’s Bay.

Velutinidz.

114. Sigaretus perspectivus, Say. Seacoast near Rockaway (De

Kay).

Range—-Tampa B, to Long Island.

and of its Dependencies. 397

Cancellariade.

115. Cerithiopsis terebellum, St. Huntington and Greenport.

Moderately abundant ; two to ten fathoms sand.

Range—Jamaica,W. I. (fide C. B. Adams) ; 8. Carolina to Buzzard’s

Bay.

116. Cerithiopsis Emersonii, St. Huntington and Greenport.

Moderately abundant ; two to ten fathoms sand.

Range—S. Carolina to Buzzard’s Bay.

Muricidz.

117. Ranella caudata, Say. Common on sandy and pebbly bot-

toms ; one to ten fathoms.

Range—Tampa Bay to Buzzard’s Bay.

118. Purpura lapillus, Lamarck. Montauk. Abundant.

Range—Long Island to Greenland; Behring’s Straits to North of

Spain.

119. Nassa trivittata, Say. Common everywhere; in exposed

situations larger and more highly colored.

Range—Georgia to G. of St. Lawrence.

120. Nassa vibex, Say. Huntington, Northport, and Lloyd’s Har-

bors ; on grass in very shallow water. This species has been consid-

ered rare on our northern coasts; we, however, have found it quite

abundantly, and especially so in Lloyd’s Harbor, in which in one day

we obtained with the dredge forty specimens or more.

Range—Aspinwall to Cape Cod.

121. Nassa obsoleta, Say. Very abundant.

Range—Florida to G. of St. Lawrence.

122. Buccinum undatum, Linn. Ft. Hamilton (Ferguson), Mon-

tauk, and Little Gull Island; one specimen from the Sound, near

Greenport. Fragments of very large specimens were picked up on the

beach at East Hampton. Rare. Mr. Stimpson considers our species

to be B. undulatum, Miller (Canadian Naturalist, Oct. 1865, p. 379).

Range—(of 2B. wndatum) New Jersey to Arctic Seas; Ochotsk

to British Channel; (of 2B. undulatum, according to Stimpson) New

Jersey to Greenland.

123. Buccinum plicosum, Menke. Common.

Range—Georgia to Casco Bay.

398 Report on the Mollusca of Long Island, N. ¥.,

124. Pyrula canaliculata, Brug. Common everywhere, more

especially in exposed situations.

Range—Tampa Bay to Cape Cod.

125. Pyrula carica, Brug. Common. Very rare in exposed sit-

uations.

Range—Florida to Cape Cod.

126, Columbella lunata, Sowb. Common in sheltered localities.

In mud and sand, from one to ten fathoms.

Range—Georgia to Cape Cod.

127. Columbella Gouldiana, Ag. Agassiz in litt. (fide Stimpson).

Fie.>. Stimpson remarks of this species: “Scarcely to be dis-

tinguished from C. /unata. It is larger, has a more produ-

ced rostrum when young; and its coloring consists of narrow,

waved, longitudinal reddish-brown lines,—it being seldom, if

ficriiess. ever, banded. The animal differs also somewhat in coloring

from that of C. lunata.” In the Check List it is placed among

“ Doubtful Species.” The specimens from Greenport, referred to

this species, are much longer and slenderer than those of C. /uwnata,

and have one or two additional whorls. The more produced rostrum

ascribed to it would scarcely be remarked. No banded specimens were

observed. Lloyd’s Harbor and Greenport. Rare.

Range—Long Island to Mass. Bay.

128. Columbella avara, Say. Moderately abundant. Low-water

to 10 fathoms.

Range—Tampa Bay to Mass. Bay. Maine?

129. Mangelia pyramidalis, St. Off coast of L. L., in 46 f. (Stimp-

son, Shells of New England, p. 49).

Range—Long Island to Greenland.

Conidz.

130. Pleurotoma cerinum, K. and St. Huntington and Green-

port. Low-water to three fathoms. Rare.

Range—S. Carolina to N. Bedford.

131. Pleurotoma plicatum, C. B. Ad. New York Harbor (De Kay) ;

Huntington and Greenport. Less vare than 2. cerinum. Low-water

to two fathoms.

Range—S. Carolina to Buzzard’s Bay. “ Banks (Willis).

and of its Dependencies. 399

TECTIBRANCHIATA.

Bullidz.

132. Bulla oryza, Tott. Huntington. Low-water to one fathom

mud. Rare.

Range—S. Carolina to Buzzard’s Bay. Maine ?

133, Bulla canaliculata, Say. New York Harbor (De Kay); Hun-

tington, Greenport, and Little Gull Island. Low-water to four or

five fathoms mud. Moderately abundant.

Range—Tampa Bay to Mass. Bay.

134. Bulla solitaria, Say. East River (De Kay); Yellow Hook

(Ferguson); Huntington and Greenport. Mud ‘from one to two

fathoms. Rare.

Range—S. Carolina to Mass. Bay.

Tornatellidz.

135. Acteon punctostriata, St. Wallabout Bay (De Kay); Hun-

tington and Greenport. Low-water mark, mud. Rare.

Range—S. Carolina to Buzzard’s Bay.

Melampidz.

136. Melampus corneus, St. Common everywhere.

137. Melampus denticulatus, St. Yellow Hook (Ferguson) ; Hun-

tington. Very rare. Stimpson suggests that this may be an import-

ed species.

138. Carychium exiguum, Gould. Centerport and Huntington.

Very rare.

PNEUMOBRANCHIATA.

Limnaadz.

139. Ancylus fuscus, C. B. Ad. Huntington, East Marion, and

Greenport. Rare. More elevated specimens, probably belonging to

another species, occur at the last two localities.

140. Gundlachia Stimpsoniana, Smith. Novy. sp.

The full-grown shell is ovate in form, consisting of two distinet

parts. The smaller of these, which is the entire young shell deseribed

below, is attached very obliquely, and to the right, to the posterior

end of the larger one. This “ larger shell ” is thin, very translucent,

and of a whitish or very pale horn-color. It is more expanded to the

400 Report on the Mollusca of Long Island, N. Y.,

left than to the right, the right side, however, being quite convex in

its outline, while the left side is comparatively straight : roundedly

truncate before, and very obliquely truncate behind, the left angle pro-

jecting. The striw of growth are prominent. The “smaller shell” is

anteriorly continuous with the dorsum of the “larger shell,” generally

in such a manner that its upper surface is entirely exterior to that of the

“Jarger shell;” but in one specimen the anterior fourth is covered by

a thin plate of new shell, giving it the appearance of penetrating

the “larger shell” to that extent. Posteriorly it projects over the

margin of the “larger shell” to a variable but very small distance.

Its dimensions, form, and markings are described below, but when con-

stituting a part of the full-grown shell its color is generally darker,

and the markings less distinct than in the young shell. The interior

of the full-grown shell is whitish, and somewhat pearly. The smaller

shell is not simply soldered to it by the edges, but a plate of new shell

is carried over the septum, the opening into the “smaller shell,” how-

ever, not being diminished byit. The relative proportions of the sep-

tum and of this opening vary very much both in the young and the

adult shells, some young shells, although of unusually large size, hav-

ing only from one-eighth to one-fourth of the base covered by the sep-

tum, while one specimen, in which the “ larger shell” was about two-

thirds developed, had a septum covering less than a quarter of the

aperture. All these forms of the young and old shells were found at

the same time (June, 1869) and in the same localities.

The full-grown shell is 54 millimetres long ; 3} m. wide, and 14m.

high.

The young shell is amber-colored, translucent ; sides nearly paral-

Fig, 6. lel, sometimes slightly contracted in the middle ;

anterior end rather wider and more obtuse than

a " the posterior, often somewhat obliquely truncated

on the left side’; posterior end regularly rounded,

Apex very obtuse at the posterior third of the

Gundlachia Stimpsoniana

(young state), . . . -

ge gone length, and much inclined to the right, Coneen-

tric lines (of growth?) are perceptible on the upper surface, as well

as a number of radiating lines on the anterior end. Septum of lighter

color, translucent, displaying distinct lines of growth, covering gene-

rally two-thirds or more of the base; the anterior edge straight, and

and of its Dependencies. 401

at right angles to the length of the shell. Edges of aperture slightly

thickened, and somewhat whitish.

Length of young shell, 2 millimetres; width, 1 m.; height, 4 m.

The principal differences perceptible between this shell and the

Gundlachia Meekiana of Stimpson, are :—

Ist. The greater size; Stimpson’s figure being only three millime-

tres long, while this is 54 mill.

2d. In G. Meekiana the right side is nearly straight, the truncation

of the posterior extremity is but slightly oblique, the right posterior

angle projecting; while in G. Stimpsoniana the left side is the straight-

est, the truncation posteriorly,is very oblique, the left angle pro-

jecting.

3d. In G. Meekiana the “smaller shell” is black, opaque, while

in G. Stimpsoniana it is amber-colored and very translucent.

4th. Judging by the figure, in G. Meekiana, the ‘smaller shell ”

appears to project more over the margin of the “ large shell” than in

G. Stimpsoniana.

dth. G. Meekiana is higher in proportion. A specimen of G,

Stimpsoniana five and one-fourth mill. long would be two and one-tenth

mill. high, instead of one and one-half mill., if of the same pro-

portions.

I examined several specimens of the animal while living, and was

unable, either in the young or the adult, to perceive any essential dif-

ference from that of the species of Anecylus (A. fuseus C. B.

Adams) associated with them.

This species occurred in three ponds at Greenport, and in one

on Shelter Island, opposite to that place. The specimens were

attached to floating sticks and logs, in company with two species

of Ancylus, and were generally clinging to points very near the

surface of the water, and sometimes even a little above it, on spots

that were merely damp. The first specimens found, three years

ago, were of the young shell only, and similar ones occurred every

year since ; but it was not until June, 1869, that I found a very few

specimens presenting the adult form; and of these only two were

completely developed. The collections in previous years were all

made at a somewhat later season (July to September), and all the

specimens had the base covered by the septum to the extent of two-

402. Report on the Mollusca of Long Island, ¥. Y.,

thirds or three-quarters ; while, as before mentioned, specimens in all

stages of development occurred in June, though in a smaller total

number of individuals.

In view of this fact it seems difficult to answer satisfactorily, as

yet, the questions proposed by Stimpson in his description of G@,

Meekiana (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1863, p. 249) with regard to

the period and course of development of our species of Gundlachia,

It may be remarked, however, that the septum is evidently formed at

an early period of the year, and probably not in the winter, as other-

wise it is difficult to account for the fact that all those found late

in the season had the septum fully gleveloped, while in June adults

and half-developed specimens occurred,

About one hundred specimens of the species have hitherto been

found.

141. Limnea columella, Say. Coldspring, Huntington, East Mar-

ion, and Greenport. Common.

142. Limnea humilis, Say. Lloyd’s Neck, Huntington, Center-

port, and Riverhead.

143. Limnea desidiosa, Say. Astoria and Huntington.

144. Physa heterostropha, Say. Common.

var. Primeana, Tryon (Amer. J. Conch., Vol. Ist, p. 227). Hun-

tington.

145. Physa elongata, Say. Huntington and Centerport. Rare.

146. Planorbis trivolvis, Say. Huntington, rare; Riverhead and’

Montauk, common.

147. Planorbis bicarinatus, Say. Huntington and Centerport.

Common.

148. Planorbis armigerus, Say. Brooklyn (Ferguson), Greenport,

and Shelter Island.

149. Planorbis evacutus, Say. Greenport. Rare.

150. Planorbis parvus, Say. Common.

151. Planorbis dilatatus, Gould. Huntington, Southold, Green-

port, and Gardiner’s Island. Rare.

Helicidz.

152. Llelix cellavia, Miiller. Astoria (Binney and Bland).

153. Helix arborea, Say. Common.

and of its Dependencies. 403

154. Helix viridula, Menke (electrina, Gld.). Jamaica (Ferguson)

and Lloyd’s Neck. Rare.

155. Helix indentata, Sa

diner’s Island. Rare.

y- Lloyd’s Neck, Huntington, and Gar-

156. Helix Binneyana, Morse. Huntington. Rare.

157. Helix fulva, Drap. (chersina, Say). One ov two specimens

at Huntington.

158. Helix lineata, Say. Fort Hamilton (Ferguson), Oyster Bay,

Coldspring, Lloyd’s Neck, Huntington, East Marion, and Greenport.

Not common.

159. Limaxz maximus, Linn. Williamsburg.

160. Limax flavus, Linn. Williamsburg. Common.

161. Limax agrestis, Linn. Common.

162. Limax campestris, Binney. Less common than ZL. agrestis.

163. Helix alternata, Say. Fort Hamilton (Ferguson), Astoria,

Shelter and Gardiner’s Islands, rare ; Lloyd’s Neck in one place only,

but in great numbers.

var. Kergusont, Bland (Ann. Lye. N. H., N. Y., vii. 421, 1861).

“ Shell small, comparatively smooth, especially at the base; has a

shining, somewhat translucent epidermis, which on dead shells be-

comes opaque. The suture is well impressed, and the outer whorl is

not, as usual in this species, obsoletely carinated. The deep-red

flammules are disposed with much regularity on a pale horn-colored

ground. An average-sized specimen, with five whorls is diam. maj.

153, min. 14, alt. 6$ mill. The animal does not exude the saffron-

colored mucous secretion usually observed in the typical form.

Greenwood Cemetery, near Brooklyn. Rare. (Ferguson.)” Bland.

164. Helix labyrinthica, Say. Liloyd’s Neck, Huntington, and

Greenport. Very rare.

165, Helix albolabris, Say. Not very common.

This species on Long Island attains comparatively small size only.

A specimen from Huntington measures diam. maj. 21, min. 18, alt.

12 mill.

166. Helix thyroides, Say. Common. A sinistral specimen found

near Greenwood ( fide Ferguson),

167. Helix pulchella, Miller (minuta, Say). Common everywhere

near inhabited places.

404 Report on the Mollusca of Long Island, N. Y.,

168. Helia hortensis, Miiller.

169. Helix minutissima, Lea. Coldspring and Huntington, Very

rare.

170. Pupa pentodon, Say. Common at certain stations.

171. Pupa fallax, Say. Coldspring and East Marion. Found

only in one locality in each place, but very abundantly.

172. Pupa contracta, Say. Lloyd’s Neck and Huntington. Very

rare,

173. Pupa corticaria, Say. Huntington. Rare.

174. Vertigo milium, Gld. Everywhere. Plentiful at certain

stations.

175. Vertigo ovata, Say. Common.

176. Vertigo simplex, Gld. Fisher’s Island (Linsley), Greenport.

177. Succinea avara, Say. Huntington and Greenport. Rare.

Arionidz.

178. Arion fuscus, Miiller. (Figured in Binney,* as a small vari-

ety of A. hortensis, pl. lxv., f. 2.) Astoria, Flushing, and Hunting-

ton. At Lloyd’s Neck it is found in great numbers in one locality

(the same in which the //elix alternata was found), but it is not re-

stricted to one place.

Philomyvcide.

179. Tebennophorus Carolinensis, Binney. Very common at

Lloyd’s Neck. Huntington and Islip. Found in great numbers

. oD >

under the bark of chestnut trees.

CEPHALOPODA.,

DrECAPODA.

Loliginidz.

180. Loligo illecebrosa, Lesueur. Huntington, Abundant at

Greenport.

Range—Long Island to Newfoundland,

181. Loligo punctata, De Kay.

Range—Coast of N. Y. (De Kay).

’ — —

* Terrestr. Moll. U. 8S. Binney, edit. Gould, 1851 and 1857.

and of its Dependencies. 405

182. Loligo Pealii, Lesueur. New York (Férussac and D’Or-

bigny, Hist. Nat. des Ceph. 311, pl. 2, pl. 10, figs. 17-21; fide

Rept. Invert. Mass., Gould, edit. Binney, 1870.)

TUNICATA.

The Tunicata, both simple and compound, abound in the waters

of Long Island, and descriptions of a large number of species were

prepared by Mr. Smith for his paper “ On the Mollusca of Peconic

and Gardiner’s Bays” (Ann. Lyc. N. H., N. Y., Vol. vii., April,

1860). The difficulty, however, of ascertaining which, if any, are

identical with described species prevented their publication at that

time ; and for the same reason we think it best to still defer it. The

number of unpublished species noticed is about eighteen, belonging to

the genera Ascidium, Cynthia, Molgula, Botryllus, Aplydium, and

Amorecium or its subgenus Parascidium. In the Natural History

of New York, De Kay describes Ascidea Manhattensis, De Kay,

but does not expressly say that this species occuis on Long Island,

though it is probable that this is the case. The deseription is so

vague a one as not even to fix the generic position of the species. He

also mentions Boltenia reniformis (Macleay) as found in New York

Harbor, but the same remark will apply to this. Alex. Agassiz

(Proce. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xi., 17) very fully describes and figures

Salpa Caboti, Desor, which he states to be common in Long Island

Sound, extending its range eastward to Buzzard’s Bay and Nantucket,

He likewise states that two species of Appendicularia, closely allied

to A. furcata and A. longicauda ave extremely common in L, LI,

Sound, extending thence to Massachusetts Bay.

The following dredging lists, prepared by Mr. Smith in 1859,

will furnish a clearer idea of the special stations, the association

and relative abundance of our species, than can be obtained

from the detached notices given of each species. Each list is

the result of three or four hauls of the dredge, from fifty to

three hundred feet of the bottom being scraped over each time,

and every shell found is included, so that average results are

obtained. The accented numbers refer to disunited valves of

bivalves. The depths are given in fathoms.

406 Report on the Mollusca of Long Island, N. ¥.,

es ‘| Greenport Gardiner’s Gardiner’:

TOcality, 5.» bape x. +5 | : tar ; Greenport Harb, Bay. | ae ;

t Abou | lto

Depth. .......---ss00>- | a! fathoms | 4to8 fathoms. 6 fathoms. |. fath pick, A

Je {| Sand and bro-||, ee | Sand

Kind of bottom....... /| ken shells. ‘Sand and pebbles. | Sticky mud. mented

| Alive. | Dead. || Alive, |

Dead, || Alive. | Dead: || Alive: | Dead.

Ranella caudata......... 4 Lend) shy al 1 lhe we hex Iie idee dies SO ne denen

Pyrola carica...........- | ly. }afew || 3y. 2 | shoes 2y. Wecstca 2 frag ‘

Pyrula canaliculata. ..... | ph aoe | atews||inzcs. Weta Peles Pees -ces fase eis |) Byo, | By. ‘

Buccinum plicosum..... 10 t) eetew 1) 750.82 ‘eis. 18%, Ree [ees re 6

| pam mee! uigrs | 3 | 1 s me ‘s | 4y. ae |} 21 | 384

3 ¢:) ¢: Sy AER 6 | Op’ y VHhset eee / Hi 'g |

Columbella lunata....... [StH TOP Ae OL! i eee Bo 58 20

Pleurotoma cerinum..... eso Ceo | | emma We nantes « | 5 Soh eho

Pleurotoma plicatum....|...... PEs [hin Bots | oS a Spiess | Pepin: (Ts & j

Natica heros............ TdT Teeth SoA cs | ees ether lace a ae lise. ae eae epee:

Natica duplicata........]...... ee ee | eres eee se Heeeeioey tesco herkoson eae

Natica triseriata......../...... Ripe | eS ree ee eR ies 9 liga hoe

Natica pusilla........... ree. bebidas Vicestete [ae ttteg eh A ode der ol

Natica immaculata ?.....)...... fetca ee > Lye Se nen] 1 } 3 Pe ee

Chemnitzia seminuda....)...... fie ee Pras ieee a] | to ea | 166 5\ A.

Chemnitzia trifida.......|...... seers peeked ewe: ! | ers tnepe Lepions Ras Oa:

Chemnitzia interrupta...)......)...... ON PA oe RO 3 a) ||h0s y

Cerithium Sayi.......... lear ie leo tose ce PSE de | be Nee AE pend... 29

Cerithium nigrocinctum.| 1 | 2 |...... HeLa NAD SES anes IN SURES

Cerithiopsis Emersonii...| 7 | 26 || 4 | 4 ||.sss--jes-eeellecenes il

Cerithiopsis terebellum..| 17 | 11 || 8 LAN OS Ta Ae 4>)> 2

Coecum pulchellum...... Bansns| Has 794) | bensac Br Sere eecees Shama Whe:

Littorina rudis.......... 1 ieee Pe tel] Foes 1 Cee Then wie" 1

Lacuna vincta..........|...... aera. aS Ratan, Gea ek encute fila a | Fak (eas:

dn eet calmeriaeell sy lateral oa ee

Crepidula unguiformis...)....... 2 | 5 1 Pooaias ae 1} Cant aad :

Tiotrra LesiNcinAalis, ic i.is\ spice nee «|| bene Ole ompewe ees eS 3 Wyss ee

Chiton apiculatus. ...... PAOD, be fate | ibe tears 2 avetesd nese 1 fle FS i |

Bulla canaliculata.......)......)...06- Ve aso iy Dime SBS 90% Wa laure

wei aga deg Cs many erie many | pred Seta ed snes See | many many

ecten irradians........|......- PAWEL w BS fewiills.. Ate eek cetleeee fyi

Mytilus edulis... ..3..>2%-|ne.---|s000>+||--2200]e-s00-5> TR est ippioee Wes

Mytilus modiolus........ |many many |...... a few’ | Eat lorciteul higepad betwee :

Arca transversa......... 10 13 aya SS Sea Ree 1 TO 1 re

hts eer Dalia er 15 | 200’ || 105 60’ | 2000 |many) 8 v

eda limatula......-eseslecccccleresenilecnses eencenee 165 |88,m’y’};......| is ose

Solemya velum.........-].....- ear Va nae oc otes ee ladeeered oe a Mees es

Oardita borealis ?.......>-|,0¢se a) aebiens 1 fo is is weil fen bake Ulisse ais ie Oveeiae ld care UV

Cardium Mortoni.......- | Mais tote ES) | ee (BO | EPR ess.) | 2 5’

Cardium pinnulatum....].....0)e.0202|[sccens|eesseres 27. || 22) alae a

Astarte lunulata........ | eee ce BABIN ts odo 80%) Ulied iS fisthe tee epee ees | a

Venus gemma.........-- Pes beconts | (onreoe a | ate case a a

Venus mercenaria,....-- Pee Pas Hnebietets @ few’ ti] iste ge cance ~ Lh ae

Ovtheres morrhuana ?.. .| 055+ s0)iccoses iilvssser] ccnnwecis +] AF fled | PSP . ‘

actra lateralis......... oye ba Sit Migs Wik se Bi hi lO ieee cabin

Mactra solidissima ...... | 5 ao canal san eee live ped cappella tere sian :

Kellia planulata... ..... elie aaee hice ted 1 ODOT, See ease Rie V

Montacuta elevata....... | by chdlveeenr ines ae ; Tima | een (tS 8 venee sontee

Tellina tenera........... eBay: 9°71) 45 many’ |] ...5. Ped He ssccc co:

TA SEI e's cis dea a ees eR 2 | afew’ « slp oporaie'l ape iteh eee

SUING SUBON s visas puvp wade neee a aay Ne A IPRS | bet ony bod iv col hen

Cumingia tellinoides.....)...... LOG sts I Mame ere some ctisssay yp

SSOLBT GURIG 5c whce's6> oa lee vole a. fow?||.. 25.5] IDBDY || se eealeve eee! lemme ate MeL

Mya aronaria, .5 5. 0i6ssshe)sanese la few’||...... & Low’) lis »e00>)eo0dol la see pene

Corbula contracta.......).....- 125,122'|]. 2.20. 18, many’|| »..>.c0]'ss sens) een memes

Anatina PapyrAcem, «oo. | svic's'sel neon onl] essmseler ane seslli yun 10,4’ ||. ose s|oeasier }

Cochlodesma Leanum...|...... ek JO | pares : a cots oss ¢ sceies fits etl een

Lyonsia hyalina...... shel vaste ls ovens 3 2' 1 8 i) Lo ieee

pracia Conradi?.....+:|s00000| 1! |lanseos|csosuussl] sense ]enp ane] neuen

Pandora trilineata....... svsav Gl) aad 4 8 | 15,18']|......[e-.0+s

Ascidia or Molgula...... 12 |---| B | .csesvecll gnu ase] eeeanel Rane nn

and of its Dependencies. 407

The bark stripped from the piles of a pier at Greenport, to-

gether with the abundant growth of Zubularia larynx (some-

times a foot long) which covered it, furnished the following

species. As a considerable number of piles were stripped, from

low-water mark to the depth of two feet, the relative numbers

of the different species may probably be taken as correct.

Bucciuum plicosum............. | 17 Cerithium Sayi

egw a ceNia ee wane | 75

@olambellajavara ............5: | 184 Cerithium nigrocinctum...... 7

Columbella lunata.............. | 4.600 Cerithium Greenii........... 5

Pleurotoma plicatum........... 37 Cerithiopsis terebellum....... | 1

The list above was made in summer (August or September).

An examination of the same pier in November gave specimens

of Nassa trivittata, Nassa obsoleta, and Littorina rudis, in ad-

dition to the above, while none were found of Pleurotoma

plicatum or Cerithiopsis terebellum.

JULY, 1870. PehF ANN. Lyc. NAT. Hist., Vou. LX.

TiN Di Xo?

[The names of new species are printed in Roman letter; synonyms and

species to which reference is made are in Jtalics ; names of sub-families,

families, or higher divisions, in SMALL CAPITALS. |

“PAGE | PAGE

AIC AP ct CRE ener eee 11 Amblyopsis speleus.......... 150, 151

ACANTHOPTERYGIANS,.......... 309 | Amblygonite... san. .as see ee cee 165

Acanthurus chirurgus, Bl........ 322 Amblycercus prevosti, Less....... 104

PlbebotoMUs... cc ivetesaess 322 | Amaurospiza concolor, Cab....... 103

Accipiter cooperi, Bp......-....- 134 | Amazilia dwmerili, Less.......... 237

nigroplumbeus, Lawr...... 270 | Amelancher....... cio e 49

FUBCUES NGI sos phen teee iss 154 | affinis, Newb? 2s. nee. 31

pueatus, Max)... oss... 134 Canadensis. 2 eS 49

DETTE whe chine ce tes 270 | similis, Newb... 222202... 48

BORUBEE Ta. eicae ss ce ie eee en 849) Ameria: cs < icc ne ee be pees eetates 306

graciis, Jay...... 340, 349, 361 SCOLAUPUS. % Hore 0. US). ee 356

LU Ts) ants Meret aeN Or: 5, 15, 35, 57 Amnicola Cincinnatiensis, Anth,. 3879

integerrimus........ «s Pes lapidaria, Say......0 20055 379

MaCrophylwin. ..ceccceeees 69 | lustrica, Say... 2222 ee. 379

pscudoplatanus........+- 15, 66 | pallida, Hald: 252. S22. 379:

BACCRATINUT °. 2 sce veee sees 15 porata, GI... eee 592

trilobatum ? Al, Br........ 28'| Amphora ?...%°.524 31.1 we ote nee 332

RUPTILOR ee Se sme ein RSet A asters 16:| Amphithalite; ; .. i427... tees 167

pristinus, Newb......-.-. 9, 15 | Amphipeplea... ..05...2.2855 350, 357

FEDINGUE ae visser see 16 glutinosa, Mill... ..... 341, 350

styracifolius, Ung......... 16 Amphidesma quale, Say........ 379

ACTOIOXUS, 3... 6c. oes 00400 os 0040, O04 | AMPHDIDAD,. .)55 5h eae wees se 97

LALUSIIGE? So eo Ses share 342.854 | Amoreepium. +i +x1c eee ee ee 405

Actwon punctostriata, St........ 399 Anabazenops /ineatus, Lawr...... 106

ACELOID OLN ss e'erc's sis’ sini’ ee 243, 244 variegaticeps, Scl......... 106

Actinoptychus sena7rius.......... BB) ANATIDAN’. oss hesues oseumren 143, 210

Actiturus bartramius, Wils....... 142 Anatina papyracea, Say...... 389, 406

Pcl eh a lee aciee pe asaice toast, 50 SOL | ANADINID AD.) .2% CA so ee mies B89

MIUMMOOVOIS. 5 so caiieivc'es eo ee 851 | ANCYLIDA. 224. 2) SD eee Sy 858

Aigialites melodus.......-+++.06 209 Ancylus.. .843, 354, 355, 357, 358, 401

mavosus, Ons). 3... soa 209 CUumingianus >. 6.08 O20. » 358

semipamatus, Bp......... 238 | Drouctianus, Bourg....... 354

vociferus, Linn........ 141, 209 Jluviatilis, Mil... 2.2... Bo4

Molis vermiferus, Smith..... 382, 391 fuscus, O. B. Adv... .% 399, 401

PIONILENIS: POLE Les ce bee tenet eta 73 Newberry. iets haces 282

Hippocastanum. .... 02.06. 73 pardllelus. ......2000s 08 ... 848

Agelaius phaniceus, Linn......... 104 rivularis, Bay... . 36. seta 378

Aimamonpntas 24% See ore Stent 378 tardus, Says. SIVA 37

TA SHOUILN LID AD 5, Ju cy int avn on 117, 204 Andromeda dubia, Lesqx........ 80

Alnites grandifolia, Newb....... 9 Parlatorii, Heer... ....... 4, 8

PRURITLB 5% 177, Cty s'a ys am ore > orn ele 59 vaccinifolia,....6VeV0RR.. 20

Kefersteinti, Ung......... 6D.) ANISUB, fi sire ei oe SBP. Cal vor... B68

serrata, Newb.,.......- 31, 55) DOTEOD, sas a hvraiey oe ITAA SES

Ambonychia radiata. ...........+ 227 | Anodonta,.......... ee veeee BIB

Index.

409

se PAGE

Anodonta fluviatilis, Lea........ Asturina, nifida, Lath..... ..133, 147

SGT BS BESSA 84, “35 5 | plagiata...... Saeed oes . 148

Anomia ephippium, Linn.. 381, 384, "406 | Atrypa reticularts.......... cee Coe

ViekES CIMERLG... ..- 5s BOLO | -ALCACOLIUG ourtect ae sees factors: Sie LOS

PATEREU OLUM eIRe Crates ai'e clave cic’ s.0 2 243, 244 Atticora cyunoleuca, var. montant,

PATI GIGS RES tas en hotels cain shew 310) Bairdinswsetcnnd sect. oat Sele

Anthocephala castaneiventris, Gld. | Attila sclater?, Lawr.......-..... 110

124,125 Aulacorhamphus cawruleiqgularis

Anthus parvus; Lawr...........- 89 Gidierweneyaes Ras hima 129

Antrostomus cwrolinensis, Gm... .. 120 | Auliscus prwinosus............06 332

{fF UTED, RO Ngee OREO ee 160 LA ORIG WELD At. o<, cies aaae 2 catenieers 348

Aphrodite Granlandica, St...... 378 | Automolus cervinigularis, Sel.... 106

PAPIIG RAED ie cha) clafn si efaiefeleicheis' si sie 356 palidigularis, Lawr....... 106

Aplydium...... SG RaetCO SCO Oe . 405 rufescens, LAWY.........4. 106

Appendicularia: ». .cs'igs- ss eveie) 405 | Autunite.......... aalia dubr web etara 165

HOLGATE Pee OBOE 5 ODOT AA}D | Ball@a.. «) ststcrerctes belie pane eat arete 84

LONGUCAUD si). 22% 2 nies x\\0 . 405 Mavlonindy buttoned lassie te 84

JSS BS Ei Ete ee ne D8 | BAD SAMI |, <1. 2- cera epieiate 65

NUAECAUIG....5 . oaraicceceins OD '| BArranive..:::<.1:..+cikb sien adi 167

WACHINOS. ¢ Sc a5. Slolseratomiens 58 | Basileuterus evlicivorus, Licht... 95

triloba, Newb....¢....%.- 31, 458) melanogenys, Baird...... 87, 95

Aramides albiventris, Lawr....... 143 | melanotis, Lawr......+..- 95

cayennensis, GM,......... 145 mesochrysus, Scl........0- 95

US CMR NTN 6 a = ales = cles 143 | uropygualis, Scel........... 95

PAPEL EFCATT Ae) Ato Ss c/o inl <n. PAS» 11 | Bassomatophora,. ...,5-..c-0«+0s 348

spatulata, Newb.......... 9, 10} Bathyomphalus................. B32

WPAUCATILES. 2-05. b tine A= 10 CONTOTUUB). << va0 wean Rete Ss 352

acutifolius, Fmdl.......... if) Berchomia, -..... /<inakaebesieas 50, 51

PACE 2 ois e a /a/e dol} oeperetaeiae' 2 243 | Berlinite + ao5- es, 2 anid eoaeedmes 167

Asa) -perata, Say... 2.2. tae 385 | Betulites denticulata, Heer....... 4,8

ponderosa, Say... .377, 381, 385 | Beudantite.......... eee e eee 165

transversa, Say. ..380, 384, 406 | Biddulphia rhombus.........004. 352

PRC ADDANS oS t055 ASE « heel slacys<is 384 | Bodianus guttatus, Bloch........ 304

Ardea ferodias, Linn........ 142, 210 | Boltenia reniformis, M........... 405

INDEED AYN) + sect dc ce we > ales 142. 210) | BOMBYOIDAD «2 o%.0 0 cox cew dered 152

Axion fuscus, Mull......-.«.. 382, 404 | Bonaci wrara, Parra........ 305, 306

OPUORSIB A. sco brahs Poses Shetive oie 404 cardend, Parra.......- 303, 804

RERTONUDIADE 21 lai¥o in ai vhael eo 2'si=, << A404 | Borichkite «.... ces nis «+ a0 «lsat Gay hte

TASLOLOCDIA ~ = % aio '2s.5,60 2.08 29 HG si | DObryILUS 54 \ .., tulle neers irearels 405

cordifolia, Newb........ 31. 74) Brachygalba ate ccsivinapeleiel Leta 274

tamentosa, Newb......-.--- 74 Vuguores, SW. ve <0 ela lwes are ye!

Aristolochites dentata, Heer...... 48 | Brondelis.”. «ss sn: « vesenemiiale 354, 358

Arremon aurantiirostris, Lafr.... 102 DT OUCRONGs 4c ots yo4

dorsalis, Cass........ 88 | Brotogeris tovi, Gm..........-.. 151

rufidorsalis, Cass... .+...++ 102 | Broshite, . «'.' ick ta Aca nen 167

RTT OMA TA: 2 leis hale «pete dip ols > 309 | Buarremon dssimilis, Boiss....... 101

Ascidea Manhattensis, DeKay.... 405 brunneinuchus, atr...... 101

PAPNCAUIN 22.555 4a 2 ta aetiasehi,.s 405 crassirostris, Cass,.....88, 101

Aspidium Kennerlii, Newb....... 8 mesowanthus, Salv........ 101

PRPRUMNIR CD canoe ep miele na diel oa18 .381, 393 | Bubo virginianus, GM.....+. 132, 207

Astarte castanea, Say........... 287 | Buccinum plicosum, Menke. , 880, 397

lunuluta, Con. “877, 382, 387, 406 406, 407

mactracem, Linsl.........- 387 TOGACEUINE «</> 0 wee otal, mei xe . 378

quadrans, Gld... 378, 381 undatum, Linn...... ard ae

sulcata, Flem........- 380, 387 undulatum, MOM, .......-. 397

EAR ITED Al Sos. > 6.59015 AD VU » B87 | ZONAL, LADAY aicgfdiwithay icing » 378

Asturina magnirostvis, Gm. ..134, 207 BUCCONIDAS. «0.6.6 eee eee relevent

410. Index.

PAGE | PAGE

EOPMAIMTICOA, .. SHULL EO 349 | CANCELLARIADA, .. 20. 0. NS 397

MEGABOMA 6... eve ve wees 349 Cancroma cochlearia, Linn....... 142

Bulimulus anneal Sowb.. .. 2... 282] Cancromipas, J)... 22070. oe . 142

Bulimus.. .. eee. s! 856 | Capito bowrciert, Lafr............ 130

Anguille nsis, PPE MAI 240 Hartlaubi, Lafr........... 130.

auris-leporis, Brug. ....+.. 158 | maculicoronatus, Lawr..... SO

ciliatus, Gld... 2.0002 0.0. 158 | CAPrronIDZ...,...<. .. 5. 2s . 130

elongatus, Bolb:ciis ..% 240, 241 | CAPRIMULGIDAS.........005 120, 204

erilet, GM... 0.5.0 0n eee 240 | CARDIADZ ..... .. 0s ele see oe 387

Sraterculus Fer........... 240 | Cardinalis virginiaius, Linn..... 201

lubricus, Drap........ PBI, SVD. | CAG 101050200 s 0mm Hild Se 387

Lehmanma; PE. seer. 240 borealis, Con. 380, 382, 3887, 406

marginatus, Say...... BAD: 247) CBMALONIL : ..., carcseresarsts Gai vo spree a .. 276

tenutssimus, Fer.......... 240} Grenlandioum. . 0... ..0055 378

Buln: . 5%. Geb skaeince sue tepe 356 Mortoni, Con.......... 387, 406

hypnorum, Linn. ...... 346, 356) pinnulatum, Con,..... 887, 406

nitens, Phil. elt osee. 346 | Carinifiex ..........°+0ssiseaeue 353, 358

Bulla canaliculata, Say. .380, 399, 406 Newberrytss.....% 344, 353, 361

debsis, Glaiiost osc ae ou. 378 | Tryont, Meek. 6... 0555 89038

Oe, TOMts), eno sy 399 | Carpinus. . 6:2). shoe meee 28, 29, 54

solitaria, BBY. 2.5. u oven. 399 | grandis ? Unger ween. 28

triticea, Couth,....... 378, 381 | Carpodectes nitidus, Salv........ 117

BWLLID A... 5 6. cas eee. 399 | Carpolithus lineatus, Newb...... ol

Buteo albonotatus, Kaup. ?...... 1SS.1 COMMA coasted dno co amens 29, 35, 7%

borealis, var. montanus, antiquorum, Newb...... 31, 72

Nt: osc 8 Leto 133. 207 OUVESOTINT. LOL. OS OAR 73

erythronotus, King... .138, 207 | Carychium eviguum, Gld......... 399

Suliginosus, Sl... cee. 138} Caksia. ...~ 0shfeve. suse ee 29

pennsyloanica, Wils....... 133 | Cassidix mericanus, Less........ 89

Butorides virescens, Linn, ....... 142 | Cataelysta. 00.555. ccee eo eee 154

Cacicus microrhyncus, Scl.andSaly. 89 bifascialis, Rob. 2.2.2.0... 154

CDEP TUG. 6g ins sisneois cun ENS 165 opulentalis, Led... . 2.0... 154

Calamopsis Dana, Lesqx........ 20 | Catligth:) é i... Lie eae 56

Oalidris arenaria, Linn.......... 210 crassifolia, Newb......... HG

Ceslamte:. cc ia dahon eciiclt 159 | Catharus frantzit, Cab.......... 90

Ro aos ene alk se es Pale es. 87 fuscatay Laftysi..s. ne . 90

dow, Baly... iste ost 87, 98 gracilirostris, Salv........- 90

Srancisce, Lafr. .35.05.5... 98 melpomene, Cabs. ......cees 90

Prats Gan. seo edly 98 mexvicanus, Bp. .ssse.decvs 90

guttaia, Oab...6.. se eee 98:}/ Cagropinnc Vis <.+.sices bse > shen G8

guroloides, Lafr........6.. 98'} Celtis, ..css.s.5 6-2: pth hs VO 55

icterocephala, Bp.......... 98) Celeus castanens, WwW agl.. vient 130

Calycites polysepalus, New)...... 31 | Centurus alhifrons, Sw. . ,» + 205, 206

Calyptraa striata, Say......... 892 MUTEfrONs, «0 dros Voae Tee . 206

CABYPTRAIDA, .32..00 aes B92 dubius, Cabot........000% 205

Campephilus guatem«alensix, Hart], 180 gerint, Tem... ois «svaspee 131

hamatogaster, Tsch....... tat] hoffmannt, Cal.........055 131

malherbei, Gr. and Mitch... 8&9 pucherani, Malh,.....+... 131

Cesswinerss, 0s 5.02 oo sn hee 5h2 rubriventrts, BW.w. veers. 205

terebra, Bens......... 342, 352 santacrust, Bp... vsiwieules 206

CAMPTOCERINA............ 352, 358 SION, v.00nn's Sven a . 205

GRO S o.05 o.o.20 oie we We tee, $54 | Cardia, 6 cscs knee ens enone 0s 0a

Camptosoma imberhe, Bol. s<\sh% 201 | Cercomacra tyrannina, Scl....... 109

Campylopterus hemileucuius, Licht. 121 Cephalopholis argus, Sch . . B04

Campylorhyneus ‘brunnetcapillus, 199 | Cephalopterus glabricollis, Gld..., 117

capistratus, Less... .. 6666+ 92) Cerithiopsis Mmersonii, St., B82, BOT

gruttatus, Lafr. ........... 190 406

eonatus, Lesk............. 92 terebdlum, St. 382, 897, 406, 407

‘

Index. 411

PAGE PAGE

Cerithium Greeni, C.B. Ad., 381, 394, | Chilo satrapellus, Zincken....... 315

407 sordidellus, Zincken...... . 312

nigrocinctum,C.B.Ad., 381, 394, | Chiroxiphia linearis, Bp... ...... 116

406, 407 | Chiton albus, Linn.............. 392

Sayi, Menke,.....394, 406, 407 apiculatus, Say...379, 392, 406

Ceryle alcyon, Lath.............. 118 SUlminatus rl Gren. 379

Qmacona, Tinh 3... 60ee. 118 marmoreus, O. BF. ........ 379

eulans, Tach... % ce tet: 118 ruber, Linntiotl, .wianny . 379

TLCLUCHIUES SCM on sic e cit aS 98'| CHYTONIDA... 5 c:...- 60s Fee 392

superciliosa, Linn...... 118, 204 | Chiromacheris candei, Pard..... ait

COR AILGLCOs POINT, |. 6,2,0)0,0\0.0,.00 117 | Chloroenas albilinea, Gray........ 132

Ciceaba nigrolineata, Scl......... 132 Jlavirostris, Wagl... 2.2... 154

SURREY eI wn leks), asic, sho,eunseh eich 168 nagrirostris, Scle.o...ci 05. 135

PERM EE) AG) ro. 0), SVSta sib }a Fae 92 subvinacea, Lawr.. ...... 135

€inclus ardesiacus, Salv......... 92 | Chlorolampis salvint, Cab........ 128

Oiisulay Orenarwds.. weg s ode. 379 | Chloronerpes caboti, Malh. . 89

Gist SANOMDIOY <:«, 5 .,0:4, 2,0, 6.0.00 5309510129 cacilin,? Malh. Jit, ales. 89

crassipes,, Lesqxs.io.2. 28 callonotus, Waterh........ 238

Mississippiense, Lesqx... 29 uropygialix, Cab.......... 131

Rossmassleri, Heer. ....... 28 yucatanensis, Cab,........ 151

Cireus hudsonius, Linn.......... 134 | Chlorophanes spiza, var. guatema-

Cissites insignis, Heer.......... 4, 8 lenses, Selu ous ss ole eee 97

Cheat. ilo ae Rees Cte nies 29 | Chlorophonia callophrys, Cab....

Cistula lugubris, Pfr............ 240 | Chlorospingus alvitemporalis, Lafr. 101

Chaetura vavaii, Towns......... 204 pileatus, Salve... 000. J. 101

ZOTULNIS 1 SHS NANG NTy; Sls abs 88 | Chlorostilbon assimilis, Lawr. 128

Chalybura carmioli, Lawr........ 122 | Choanomphalus, ............ 35 B, 398

ssa. GIG! . sseesieet 22 122 Maachii, Gerst. . «ou

melanorrhoa, Salv ........ 122 | Choanopoma sé nticosum ? Shuttl, . 241

OGAMBTOPS. .. s,.50:stilderentectst ate are 5 sulculosum, Fer........... 240

Chamepelia passerina, Linn. ..139, 207 | Chonophorus..................- 322

rufipennis, Gray....... 139, 207 | Chordeiles brasilianus, Gm....... 120

Chamzpetes unicolor, Salv. ..... 139 virginianus, Briss........ 89

CHARADRIIDZ........% 141 ,209, 238 | Chrondropoma Julieni, Pfr....... 241

Charadrius viryginiuvs, Borck... 141 Nanassensé, TLY....)62 00s 239

Chasmorhyncus tricarunculatus, J. terebrad, Pi... - Tae. aeO Oe 240

Ce BieVCLia DP atstteitts yc stefet 117 Tortolensé, APE). weeps. 240

Chemnitzia bisuturalis, St., Chrysomitris bryantii, Cass, ...88, 103

380, 382, 3£5 | columbiana, Lafr.......... 103

YLESEE IM PO OOOOH 595 MELICANG,. SWisds BHUTW IID. 1038

RIT ESED AE. ANOS 395 | Chrysotis albifrons, Sparrm. , .151, 207

interrupta, St... .380, 895, 406 | auripalliata, Less......... 145

producta, Shan tae 351, BY5 guatemala, Hartl.:......'. 145

seminuda, St..... 380, 395, 406 | pulverulenta, @m.......... 131

trifida, Ob... aay taal 395, 406 viridigenalis, Cass......... 13

EM ATOTIIGC <2). 4s foi th.d «ASAE oats 165 | Chrysuronia eliciw, Boure, et Muls. 128

MTR Sh ye iota coro cs GeO, « NSU NSO sale 367 | Chaxrchites Ui", isise «7. eevee. 167

ampullacca, Sowb....2.... 857 | CLAMATORES.............0 00008 105

NLUCELLOBD)« 5 Std o SOne os anda 357 Clausilia)Zaylori, Pfr). .wv2ivy. 84

FOES, BOWDj...<,20.0 sdilens's'e B47 | COCEOLODE: ... 5.06» oo nwiedetideur 2S AG

OREN Ate enlasaad'e'w saves so Bd7 GiDeT St fOUD...... o-v0's von baM 76

Chilo aguildlus, Clem........... 313 UBLET As die JSON AMOR 76

GIGANts. oc .ceeee ss *... 812) Cocconeis seutellum........005.. 332

MCHAUUBS Diizesh, a3 sae) s)s3 315 Cochlodesma Leanum, Migh. .390, 406

longirostreliius;. Clem. . 2.1. «812 | Coecum ........06 04 MORI. 391

melinellus, Clem........... 313 | Cooperi, Smith........ B81, 393

PAsCUellUus .....s0es Wales). 316 | imbricatum, Carp......... B94

JULY, 1870. 98 ANN, Lyc. NAT. Hist., Vou, LX.

Index.

PAGE PAGE

Caecum plicatum, Fae By RA 394 | Corylus.............19,.35, 58, 59, 60

pulchealium, .o81, 393, 406 Americana, Walt. .31, 35, 59, 60

Coccyzus americanus, "Tine Me Lie | 128 grandifolia, Newb.......31, 59

erythrophthalmus, Wils.... 128 orbiculata, Newb........ 31, 58

Coareba cyanea, Linn........... 97 TOST BUG, (ATES 5 wehem mete 31, 35, 60

lucida, Scl. & Salv........ 80 '|' GOR VEDAS ..:..> so eee 104, 201

SRT EES DAD... ints) & ese miele eee 97 | Coscinodiscus eccentricus......... 882

Colopterus pilaris, Cab.........+- 89 TAOGUUUS. . . a sree wivice Oe

Columba rufina, Temm raisers 89 | BUDUBS «sac acce stt ip eee 382

Columbella avara, Say...3898, 406, 407 | Costatella............ vis niles 305

Gouldiana Ag. . 382, 398 | COBLOLG.«.:c1n3 x sca hha eee ... 809

lunata, Sowb.. 380, 398. 406, 407 | Cotinga amabilis, Gld............ 117

POSER, BET enn we moe mineitrs StS | COMINGID A. 025 spn xsisin hides .116, 204

COLUMBIDA. ..........++0. 144, 207 | Coturniculus passerinus, Wils.... 108

OVI on 5 wo e's oye ne misorw oye 244 | Cotyle riparia, Linn....... : eee

Ghrmetes:-..i ex.s shar pits <a beanies 269, 210) GRACIDAD. . sku ceick ERs ac eo 139

Groighnloite... -:... aise csantkoos + 166 | Gieaweerp at... awe teeebaens 155, 312

GGRIDA... . chick spiicickecoeun tat BOS | Grambus..... .5 isha s eke eet 315

Conocardium trigondle........... 227 bipunctellus, Zel......... dLd

GSEntONUES os, eee ose neler 237 | minimellus, Rob.......... 315

DOV EOUS, SWo o's Sokecaciss WALD satrapellas, Zel...... cen 315

brachytarsus, ros inate bie 89 | Crax globicera, Linn............ - 189

lugubris, Linn... .115, 202) Crepidula convera, Say....... 392 , 406

plebeius, Cab.......--.+-- 115, JSornicata, Lam.....880, 392, 406

punensis, Lawr........... 237 | unguiformis, Lam. .380, 392, 406

richardsonti, Sw.....- 115, 287 Crotophaga szlcirostris, Sw., 128, 205,

BOHOL, LUA & o/s oe 202 | 238

WIPERS, LUDD <n & wAbivns dies 115 || GRYPTURIDAY « cay cdwsews ne ... 140

Gonurus aztec, Souan.........-.. 207 | Crypturus sallai, Bp....... 0.000. 141

petzit, Seibl. ......isnocm es 131 | Cumingia tellinoides, Con, .382, 388, 406

Copurus levconotus, Lafr ...... 110 Cupania ove’ 6:0 bSRy = areeekie ee eae iwemae

RIA, ace een ne suk fades Ke 298 AMErICANM, «6.0.66 ee 7

Amazonica, Anth......... 299 | Cupressites Cookii, Newb........ 9

BINIDINAIR Ge ee wie o> ps 297 | CUPULIF ERE = wivisis Sea eee Rares 19

PATONIBUA CET. Ci ejacisgiclas + 800:|| CORSORES...... .)..csexdieeres ae 139

GOBYONED 24 ois. cds vinahea ook = 298 | Cyanocitta crassirostris, Bp..... . 201

consularis, Pr.........,.- 300 | Cyanocorax luctuosus, Less....... 201

Delessertiana, Pr.......... 299 | Cyanospiza ciris, Linn. .......103, 201

EPISCOPALIB, LL: sicnsmiee = 300 Cyaned, TainN, . +... 06+ 108, 201

CPOBAs EE cas opleininiela vines 298 | Cychloris flaviventris, Lafr. ...97, 200

PUDETDBLOTIA, LPT 6.0 cs wrivin 298 sete s06ns, Cabvccscu On

imperialis, Pr.,...... . 299} Cyclas.....-. SG AEs ws EERIE 276

Larnaudiert, Rr. ois seve » 300 dubia, Say. nan Se’ shal peas 378

THUAN EP ivwieatiaie bs mnpe s 298 le ans, CO. 3 Agua asta 378

QDEOUID. oSois.cin V's v's «cso ts 299 lacustris. . 30 (Ohh UR oO!

QDTACATIB 0 tind ah v ancainisen ee 298 rhomboidea, ‘Say. Apu s OAS

CoRBICULAD.,....276, 279, 281, 386 SUMEHE,. BAY «oni smateorcel wie ONS

Corbula contracta, Say. .877, 390, 406 truncata, Linsl............ 878

CORBULIDAS. seccvesenes» 390) Cyclotella Dallasiand......ics0.- 882

ARAGON: sw aiedomacaid YRTh aa « 65 Blam diana, Pitss cus apse ee

ROOTS ao 6 setae ie EY i PM f° Boneardi ...... ain kanes SL

acuminata, Newb.. 81, 7 O10G ... ceva tn anaenaet enn

GUOFTAS OU. cic wwunionvaios TR costata, Guild,.........81, 240

fanadensis, ....... Pes, <9 72 MOM AAs 9:6; 55 sacra 0. Lae

Florida..... inate shvlanhe ej filicosta, Shuttl..... soee ete

Ghiesbreghti, Pir.....cuc.. 79

my YP is

Index. 413

PAGE | PAGE

Cylindrella grandis.............. 79 | Depressaria cineretcostella, Clem.155, 156

P trregularis, Gabb........ 80, 81) clausella, Walk... 2.2.3... 156

Mauger, WOO. wera « 85 grotella, ROD... eas oe 157

TOTTI OT he A ee capaegmen teat ie iy lecontella, Clem........... yld7

Newcombiana, Gabb..... 80, 81 | pulvipendia, Clem........ 157

sungqumed, Pires. 0.50085. Md) LreMOGhie Se cures cum etiatre eae 166

) MHD CUTIGs sc ce ek ee 77 | Diglossa plumbea, Cab.......... U7

PORN PO Se scenes ss No] Servos Ao. oe eee ke eee 163

WUREHOT DS WETS Lees ce, 3s 84 | THOSDOLOS narcne.c erate mato cerns 5

Prinataria; Pfr : 23.5.0 S: 78, 81 | lancifolia, Lesqx.......... 28

DTI OENIER as Ao ce see ks 7S prima@va, Heer....:..2.... 4,8

Cymbilanius lineatus, Vieill...... LOY TARP OMENS stad winte Seta crx's a Seine e 332

Cymindis cayennensis, GM....... 134 | Diplopterus naoivs, Linn........ 128

uncinatus, Temm......... LSE ERIN ACID AM, Wn Sees See te eee 388

UE SR ca 405 | Donax fossor, Say.............. 388

Cyphorinus lawrencei, Scl......-. 92 Doricha bryante, Lawr.......... 123

lencophirys; "Tsch. 22.20 .. 92 | GVO OEE Rn etc 124

peucostictus. Oabs 252520 ss 92 | Dorifera veraguensis, Salv........ 122

Cyprina Islandica, Lam......382, 387 | Doryfera ludovicia, Boure. et

C@VERINED AQ O22 oe) aihse ee = 387 | DT REN AL oc ah RE pe 121, 122

CxeRerED Ag as ee ee SS RS. 204. TOCRTOBUTIS. TES onda oa ce ose 121

VRC Are eR ee cee Sao Ys 300 | Dromococeyx phasianellus, Spix. 128

BEIDUMAMRE Ee Tec e ven s ce ao S00 | DIvangre -; 5558 co oe ceed totes 37

@yrtolites ornatus. >. 25 ..02.0... 227 | Dryooopus scapularis, Vigors. 130, 205

COW eee ee 283 | Dryptus Blainvilleanus.......... 82

WX RREDWANS claves faeces eas oe 243 | Dufrenite. 25.567 .4) Ee . 164

Cytherea convera, Say.......... B88 | | Dy sithamnus punceticeps, Saly.. &9

var. morrhuana, Linsl..388, 406 | semicinereus, Scl.......... : 107

Dacnis wtramarina, Lawr....... 97 striaticeps, Lawr.......... 107

DENUSG, UiGWT ss io kccces «= 97 Pchelusit 5 t25.5 asic sey pemice tete 322

Panlaracua, linn 22 re 143 | caudilimbatus, Poey....... ¢ 322

Damophila amabilis, Gld........ 128 | Echinocidaris. ................+. 243

Demiegretta Jludoviciana, Wils. | Echinometra.............0..000- 245

PAPO eT UMEIGO. er otter cee tee aay 163

TRUE ADODD: - ota troreiee a ales 210 | Elainea arenarwm, Salv....... 87, 112

DENDROCOLAPTIDA: ....... 105, 201 | chiriquensis, Lawr........ 89

Dendrocolaptes multistrigatus, roma, URW. +... cs s+. 0 112

hes oe ee geet rae 106, 146 | placens, Scl........... 112, 201

sancti-thome, Lafr........ 106 | semiflawa, Lawr......... 89

Dendrocygns autumnalis, Linn.. 143 subpagana, Sel. & Salv.... 112

Dendreeca estiva, Gm.........94, 200 Elanoides furcatus, Yieill........ 134

blackburnie, Gm.......... 94| Eleagnus inequalis, Lesqx....... 30

castaned, WUS. -225....%.. 89 | Embernagra rufivirgata, Lawr... 201

coerulea, Wils..3. 52)... 89, 200 atriaticeps, Uafr........... 103

coronata, Linn........... 94 superciliosa, Salv......... 103

. donunica, Linn...-....... 200 | FUMIIGOUEE: A. et ee eas ee eee 237

maculosd, GM... 2... ee ee 89 Slavescens, Baird Sor nae .g ae 115

pennsyleanica, Linn..... 94, 200 Jlaviventris, Baird......... 114

mupweps, GAD. so c.. + «+ +. 94 griseipectus, Lawr........ 236

mieillott, Cassin......... 94, 200 trata, Aud. 2.0% 0%... 114, 201

wirens, GM.....+:.+- +000. S42 \nephelass 5 %425:5 5382) tees 303

Dendrornis eurneirostris, Less... 201 ONfUS, Ble di etarese tan B04

erythropygia, Scl......... 107 brunneus, Bho ints eevee 806

lachrymosa, Lawr......... 89 erythrogaster, DeKay... >". B08

leucophrys; Gld........... 140 bunndatius, Blo es ss. cece 306

_-pardalotus, Vieill......... 107 MOO,» TA % Teun weet pint 303

DSCVECRBAINS oe aside cS a0 o.cya 0 155 COTES 5 ERs Pra ad anaee 332

atrodorsdia, Clem........ 156 | Equisetum robustum, Newb...... 29

Index.

PAGE PAGE

ATLA) gh SRS 6 hs BEA 1s 350 | Ficus populina.....-.. 0. eek 56

Newcombi, HW. & A. Ad.... 350 primordialis, Heer...... 4, 8

NGUESETIEN, "Se en, co oe ales 155 Wheformis. 0.0. sth. Soe

ramburiella, Zeller........ 155 | Filicites ? Hebridicus......... 36, 41

texana, Rob....:........ 155 | Wischerite. - 23:5... +s 166

Erythronota edirardi, Delatt. et Florida carulea, Linn........ 142, 210

Boure. . weeeeeees 127] Florisuga mellivora, Linn...... 2. 122

niveiventris, Gld.......... 89 | Fluminicola Vuttalliana, Lea, ... 282

Pancalodium /... owt shee tees ole 79 | FORMICARIDA......... 107, 201, 236

Neweombianum, Gabb. .... 81 | Formicarius analis, Lafr et D’Orb. 110

ical y pbus: 1% seek bee ee 37 hofimanni, Cab.........4.. 110

Eucometis spodocephala, Bp...... 100 rufipectus, Salv.. 2... 2.4" 89

Eudule diseriata, H. Schf....... 152 | Formicivora boucardii, Sel... 2... 108

pamenes: i555 SSeS. ee, . 121 schisticolor, Lawr.......... 108

spectabilis, Lawr......... 121 | Frangala,. \.......5984 cep cots Oe 25

ENDIERA Ms <p A 7ies ee cate tee ete: 279 | FRINGILLIDA. ....0 0.000004 102, 200

Henslowiana, Leach... 279 | Fulica americana, Gm........... 148

Eulima oleacea, K. & St.......... 395 | Fulix affinis, Forst.......... 143, 210

subangulata, St. . . ol | Fususcorneus, Say....052.3..... 37

Eumomota supe reiliaris, Jard. & | harpularius 2? Couth,...... 378

Selb- 727 ct 117, 204 Islandicus, Chemn........ 378

Euphanessa mendica, Pack...... 152 | Galbula tnornata, Scl........ 274, 275

unicolor, Rob. 7 SI DS ugubris; Swiotk 3. Siemean 274

Eupherusa chionura, Gld........ 127 melanogenia, Sel......... 118

cupreiceps, Lawr.........- 127 | GALBULID AD.) <.\.5 5a eee 118, 274

COPEIUG eee os eens 146, 147 | Galeoscoptes carolinensis, Linn.89, 204

eximia, Delatt. .. .127, 146, 147 | Galileja «sss 5 +s. sy'n che 276, 277

nigriventris, Lewis. 127 tenebrosa, Costa.........% O77

niveicauda, Lawy......... 7 GHA ISIN AD 5. 4 leis ene 8 RR 1359

Euphonia a/ffinis, Less......... 98, 200 | Gallinago Wilsont, Temm,....... 141

annem; Gass Peo .o 88, 98 | Gambetta flavipes, Gm....... 141, 210

clegantissima, Bp...... 98 melunoleuca, GM... eee 141

ORAL, MD. ogame atic sis 98 Garzetta candidissima, Gm, ..142, 210

gracilis, Cab....:.......... 98| GASTROCHAINIDAD. 2.5.) 2). IES 390

Goulds, Bolle. ies 'e. ots 98'| GHLEGHIDAD 5...0'. ere enies ulate 155

hirundinacea, Bp.......... 98) Geococeyx mericanus, Gm....... 205

RUM s Cabis\, nth. cones ss 98 | Geothlypis macgillivrayi, And.... 94

luteicapilla, Cab.. 98 | philadelphia, Wils., ...... 94

pupivertet, Baly 333082... 98 | poliocephala, Baird........ 200

Eupodiscus radiatus............. 8832 | trichas, Linn... ...... 94, 200

Eupsilostoma obsoletum........+. 286 | Geotrygon........0 sey 148, 149

pus, Bel. oe. eee ie 236 albifacies ER Rs teach yo; 148, 149

Eurypyga major, Hartl.......... 142 | albiv enter, Lawrl.. 2... le 35, 14

Euscarthmus sqguamicristatus. .... CONLOEPS .:.-E AE DON 136

iat; OS eu, Poo 111 | chiriquensis, Sel... .89, 148, 149

Euspiza americana, Gm.......... 1038 ceruiceps, Lawr. . 136, 148

Eutoxeres aqguila, Lodd....... 120, 146 costaricensis, Lawr........ 186

SOLON: F155 PSG SERS REN .. 146 montana, Linn. ...... 135, 149

RUVATIGIUG, “i 'ctp's sols alos’ tle were ees 167 veraguensts, LAWY......... 89

SACUSLi Lib o> 6 2, 28, 24, 20, 85, 59) Glaucidium gnoma, Wagl........ 182

cretacea, Newb.........- 9, 23 infuscatum, Temm........ 207

ferruginea a AS Pig a ro 29 | Glaucis wneus, Lawr............ 121

SYLOAMOD .:; cleaies gh oe kee 24 ruckeri, Boure, 2.0. 48 121

FALCONID, ,.182, 145, 207, 227, 238 Si cea pepe pectoralis, Sel. &

yt) BRR ayn p Pet ac ryer yr 5, 29, 56 Glyptostrobus 4 fia Satwte 28, 33, 43, 44, 45

cuncatus, Newb.........+ 8 Kuropeus, Brong.. vee 28, 80,43,44

MOTION 25.545 Te Whee Merete 56 heterophylus. . . Sa "43

PAGE |}

Glyptostrobus Gningensis....... 44

PERCU SE. ic Sotevinrys.. 43

CNG ETE a, 0 o's ENO TOU 3 44 |

Gomphonema acuminatum....... 332

TET BTUN «Siow sie « sua «4 BARTS 332

eeenGs. <.'. 5 crdal. seiicawea.nls 56 |

Gouldia conversi, Boure.......... 123

MASATG: Airy, 8 yest aysiatsis f- ocleaarcte 141 |

Grallaria dives, Salv............ 110}

guatemalensis, Prev....... 89 |

perspicilata, Lawr........ 110

Grallaricula costaricensis, Lawr.. 110

Grammatophora marina. ... 2... 332 |

Grypheea Pitchers. J. oo scideece.. 3

Guiraca cwrulea, Linn....... 102, 200

concreta, Du Bus......... 102

Gundlachia........: 300, 308, 377, 402

ancyliformis, Pf£.......... 390

californica, Rowell . . 343 |

meckiana, St..... 343, 401, 402 |

Stimpsoniana, Smith. .352, 399, |

400, 401

Gymnocichla nudiceps, Cass...... 109 |

Gymnothorax erebus.......-....° 320,

WIUPETIVQUES. \.-0. 5 10.0.6 «ab, Sti 5 320 |

obscuratus, Poey.......... 320

MOSUL GUUS. i> cis sien ete a = See 320

Gyparchus papa,Linn... ....... 134 |

“Cay ieee P Re obra, Ae 351 |

CUS. siacic hs Saha -is32 Bol |

Biarosanrus | oo zt terete. acide 1

Hadrostomus aglaiv, Lafr....116, 204

ELAMATOPID AD. 565 655s 141, 210 |

Hematopus palliatus, Temm. .141, 210

er eee oe rh ay 37

Harpyia destructor, Linn......... 140 |

Hedymeles ludovicianus, Linn. . .102, |

200

INET CED AG, = Aya b7eid- stalavesya’> <0 280, 402

VSM CIA 22.5.5 2's S EYsH ok RASA 290

-CIFCUMMNECHEM.... 222.2002 239

occulta, Say... sees 287, 288

orbiculata, Say....... 288, 290

rubella, Green........ 288, 290

Heliodoxa henryi, Lawr......... 122

gacula, Gould. .:....2+... 122

BIPPIOMASHEL oe od « Pda Batsriis ete « 121

constanti, Delatt.......... 126

longirostris, Vieill...... 126, 127

pallidiceps, GId.......- 126, 127

SAGE CAD! . s0e0e\o 0106 3 126, 127

SUI: =o NAVI A>, feasdd'dyo sFere 12

Heliothrix barroti, Boure........ 125 |

HL CHARIS eects ad « sinisiviad Vv B51 |

TCOTINAAG So 2 oo one sents 351

AeClEER PR OO. TS.) 3. aaldlevatietsd 281 |

albolubris, Say.. 280, 403

arborea, Baysuisincn. 1280, 402 |

Index.

415

PAGE

Helix alternata, Say. .83, 280, 403, 404

var. Be erqusoni, Bland. 403

Binneyana, Morse... . .382, 403

Z CASUPENBES, BE «a ivistanlaere. » 240

cellarea, Mull. os once vax: ? 402

chersind, SAY... ...-.6. 280, 403

CONCHOG, 2. cv accasinwsiscese 83

dectrina, Gld. ........280, 403

euclasta, Shuttl........... 239

CAQUE: OT henner’ enaveh. as 280

Jr acernd, Say.,./: J: <spaevt 379

Sudigunosa,, Griff, oo ce 379

fulog, Dray. 5ie oa \icres aie 280, 405

Gaussoini, Tryon.........- 239

hirsuta, Say... 2... 379, 3880

hortensis, Miill........ 379, 404

indentata, Say........ 280, 403

labyrinthica, Say...... 280, 403

Wnt, Kerie 3 dakaocctaca. 240

laneata, Sayed ccnv0 oo 280, 4038

marginella, G@M........-6- 241

minuscua, Binn,......280, 379

MANUELA, SAF its als etor hehe 403

minutissina, Lea,.....882, 404

monodon, Rack.. 280, 379, 380

notabilis, Shuttl....... 239, 240

POUGTD . .. <:<iut nblylds aotesonele's 295

pemphigodes, PL... vines. os 285

pulchella, Miall........ 281, 403

UTE, Alden 8. east et ow ee 280

Payit,- PIN: aul stevie o 379

striatdla, Anth........ 280, 379

subaquila, Shuttl......... 240

subglobosa ? Binn ........ 379

SUPPTess, Say........ 379, 380

thyroides, SAY o.ce esa 294, 403

tridentata, Say........879, 880

GUNA, Bis Ta daavinitatanio vs 283

viridula, Menke....... 280, 403

Helminthophaga peregrina, Wils.. 94

Helmitherus vermivorus, Gm, 94, 200

Hemythylaca hojfmanni, Cab..... 127

Herderite;...°:tiand}-.n sane apere 166

Herodius egretta, Gm..........+ 142

Herpethores cachinnans, Linn.... 132

Heteropelma vera-pacis, Scl...... 116

HARUMDUSID.AL: istics d « xieplale ts 96, 200

HOperte 5 sc 'ssisy ay teaae navaN cen 165

PAPC AULILG 5 5/6) oss.die ot aie nis et Nie wiylaen 165

iy alivig .: 085 bids Ale dina ca rb er a 284

ESYDROCAMPIDAS dw aish'y apawge 153

Hylophilus cinereicepa, Sel...... Pia is

decurtaius, BY... cseresvas- OF

ochraceiceps, Scl.......4+ 97

puss, LAW ..66.s snes 97

‘ piridiflacus, Lawr...... ee

Hypena baltimoralia, Guénée..... 310

benignalis, W..... Wadrettee’ 2 310

416 Indew. ;

PAGE PAGE

Hypena dijugalis, W.... 0. ee 311 | Legatus aldicollis, Vieill ......... 112

BREAIUBS. SOY siege sets. See 310 | variegat us. Sell ksh 112

evanidalis, Rob...i:.cl20.. 311 Leguminosites Marcouanus, Heer. 8

internalis, Rob........... B11 Tein gore k.s Bysts satenxtShi. . 84

INANE Wis 8 0M) ARES 311 | Leptolimnes,. ...... ssavtieeee - 349

Hyphantes baltimore, Linn....... 104 | Leptoptila albifrons, Gray... 138, 207

Hypocnemis »wroides, Lafr...... 109 | brachyptera, Gray..... 138, 207

Hypotriorchis aurantius, Gm,... 207 cassinit, Lawr.....:...... 137

columbarius, Lin ......... 134 | riottei, Lawr. ...). +.) 137, 138

deiroleucus, Temm....... 134 | TUPFORUN . ..5.0..,0.0.6 Setter oe 158

Tanthina fragilis, Desh......... .. 881 | VETTEQUEL, BY. soa sw an 137, 138

Heebrophay sik ponte aes Ee 68) dheptotuiccus,..4;.....68.0 eee Nes

Hos @iba,. Linn Nor ie, ores 142) Gesbia..:..,.<.. .esdbeth .haseum 269, 2

Ibycter americanus, Bodd........ 132 amaryuis, Boure. et Mauls. 937,

Icteria virens, Linn. 655.00.) 94, 200 270

CRG RID AD) 8 5 EY Pa ae eel OY) glijcertd pBa wince. <<eeeed 269

BRUETANS Te nas os 2 ANSE Hatt EOE ertoni; Lawrea.cn sis 269, 270

auratus, Epic. See: 271. 272) Treskia 2... op + cn ota ae ee aed 243

giraudii, Cass SSNeseR a: 89 | miravils, GYAY. .\...c0..5-- 243

MCLCANUS. . 2... .. 272, 273 | Leucopternis princeps, Scl.....87, 133

nigrogularis, Hahn, Waite, 8973 semiplumbeus, Lawr.. . .153, 145

mectorals, Wag... oi y.8... WO4) tiie 2A rascct ee ce ane 84, 85

Salvint, Cass: Sei. ies 88, 1041) ibethenitie oe. ase susee ore 162 bie

Icterus zanthornus...... 271; 272,278 | Libocedrus ... . zis!) sas aes si cieeenwee

PROCETAMUK «3.4105 .%6i Vleet). 5 | Limos, Steph. ...... s+... 152

problematicus,.... 02.6... § | Limax agrestis, Limn....5... ..66 403

Iohnius guttatus, Schn.. .803, 304, 306 | campestris, Binn. ...... 280, 403

eidora oak, eee. Clute 356 Jlavus, Linn, .......... 289, 408

CORIDT TOS LL 356 maavmus, Linn,....... 382, 403

Prmlans. cs yet ses ee eh LO 3} GUEMINA CHA. s5 os ett eee 3

Jnliamyia typica, Bp; ...)...)00.0. 0001 28'| LIMN AINA... .... 5. scienivmnwe » 348

MISSI 7 Nine Cranes enels fates cS h ..» 21) Cima UMS. sey. sevreteaheeed 399

Kellia planulata, St. ....... 386, 406 | LIMNAIDA........5.00.. 533, 3848, 358

AGL TAD ADs . Van sir CRA RL 386 | Limnea.......3841, 343, 349, 350, 355,

Klais guimeti, Boure. & Muls. .89, 145 BOT, 309

Ge 4) 0) 4 2: a i et eR a 166. auricularia, Limn......... 349

Kupferdiaspor Ry) RNa 16 caperata, Say........- 378, 880

Lacuna weritoidea, Gld....... 379, 881 | catascoptum, Say......... 379

oincta, Turt.......0....898, 406 columella, Say....s.ce0.. 402

Lampornis prévost*7, Less........ 121 decollata, M. & Ad........ 378

veraguensis, Gd... 2... 121, 122 de sudiosa, Peay Ms -, sebspinae hrs sie 402

Lanio leucothorvax, Salv.......... 100 | clodes, Say. wistiTexetabpiennte 379

Lanivireo flavifrons, Vieill...... 96 emarginata | » eS MES -. 39

RIARIDAD 2h cise > «/ stole ok doh 210) gracilis, Say.... .se.2s0+« B49

Lastrea,.... Sc Poaaid setean's aca 5. humilis, Saynss\oe dehyonnfhoe

BUT cals iin cite SOMERS he 355, B58 | MEGASOMA, BAY. .0.ceecee- 349

ancyliformis, Gray. SH F0F 343 / : palustris, Linn........ 340, 349

neritoides, Gray .......: ‘,. B56 | stagnalis, Linn... 840, 350, 361

IAAT IRA LAD ssh oor wel oi bislce lc 20, 25 tenuicostuta, M, & H..... 349

TPITIB Cons «5 tees oR 2, 20, 29 | Limneria......... sino lvknheetacee 358

primigenia, Ung.....0..0 2, 20 PALURTI. ooo vevedes veep aD

TVAZTUNING oe ey «0 a i220) Spee ae 161 Limosa fedoa, Linn.............. 210

Leda (Nucula) Gouldii, DeKay.,. 385 LUCINTDAD............4. () nina Don

limatula, St...... 381, 885, 406 | Lioplax . ats Tay ae RC)

sapotilla, St......38), 881,385 Lipaugus holerythrus, Scly.luozsso0d dB

tenuisuleata, Bi... snsawwoOBl rufescens, SCl...cccevee. Ra slihe

thraciaformis, St...cdsiluls: BBB | Liquidambar..............18, 30, 85

Index. ALT

PAGE | PAGE

Liriodendron........0.... 2, 6, 18, 85 Megarhynchus meaicanus, Lafr... 114,

Meekit, Heer. . 2.2002... , 8, 13} 201

primevum, Newb........- 8, 12 Megasystropha, ..05),.0ioliiese.. 353 -

Procaccinst, Ung... .. ss 13)| MELAMPIDAL..... eth zltnitestind .. 599

Pulipifera, .. 1... cee. 13 | Melampus didentatus, Say....... 286

Littorina irrorata, Gray......... 393 COTN EUS Dts es eet SOAR 399

Uittoralis, F. & H.......... 393 | denticulatus, Sto... ce. 399

r: var. Peconica, Smith.. 393 Melanerpes formicivorus, Sw..... 131

; PUGS GI), 2s. -o9e) 406, 407 | Mélantho... .. cid. dwanec. 293

PME TORUN ED. A. horsiaccie Ee ek ss 392 Melopelia lewcoptera, Linn. ...139, 207

: Loligo illecebrosa, Les........ 382, 404 | Melopiza lincolnii, Aud.......... 89

Pealit. Les... .-.0 248 382, 405 | Melozone leucotis, Cab........... 103

punetata, DeKay.......... 404 | Menestho albula, MOL... 2.0... 378

WOR TEUNED Bi OPS. PE ISUNG . 404.) Ménetus... .. 25% pak wake etuat a B51

Lophornis helenw, Delatt ........ 145 ONETCULATIUS.. wisi. & shelves hei cick dol

Lophostrix strichlandi, Scl. & Mesodesma arctatum, Gld....... 388

Salv. 182) Mesodon labiatum........... 294, 205

Lucina filosa, St.............378, 381 | leucodon, Rak... 2. s.c0..-- 294

POCA |G OWL AOR os 378 thy owe... 0.0. ARMac 204

SETA G Ue SESS, Ste o8i/| Mesoprinn’.. < 58 < en. -aeehbesite. 310

Lutjanus caballerote.. 2.2.2... 309, 319 | CMNDUUUE ST. ewe aeeetaete - « 809

POG aka xd aters larerateis a Ste ieee d19 | Campechanus, ........ 317, 318

Lyonsia iyalina, Con........ 390, 406 | Mesoprion chrysurus.........819, 320

PiviiGCHIMUS cies. /en ee ee ata ek 243 cynodon, Cuv....... .i7 + 810

Macheera costata, Gld........... 389 | rosaceus, Poey. aetna Miss 317, 319

VET CINE Stacy is TEES oY 227 | Metabrushite. . eraraasi OF

Macroceramus microdon, Pf. .240, 241 | Metallura quiten nsis, Gis. 4). ee 237

signatus, Guild ....... 84, 240 | Micrastur semitorguatus, Vieill... 134

IMACKOpRYSas sé cri52s sey Sottees 396 | Microcereulus luscinia, Salv..... 89

COUWMNATIB . «ces ese ec ete. 396 | Microchera albocoronata, Lawr.. 122,

Mactra lateralis, Say. . .. .380, 388, 406 | 123

sumilis, Say... . ..... #1382, 3888 parevirostris, Lawr,....122, 123

solidissima, Chemn....388, 406 Milvulus forficatus, Gm......... 116

BIVIVA CASES LD) 0) 2) a isi ein: 0: a) a eteie. ayes bw wis 3838 | tyranmnus, Mn: i. a=! « 116

Magnolia was 3 SE 2, 6, 11, 13, 18, 29, 35 | Mimus gracilis, Cab.......... 91, 199

BOUMIUALW Le 2 US es 29 | Mionectes assimilis, Scl.......... 111

alternans: Heer) 2325. 2... - 4,8 oleagineus, Licht....... 89, 111

Capdlinn, Heer........... 4, 8) olivaceus, Lawr:......... 111

Hilgardiana, esqx....... 30) SUTLALICOUNS., . 0 sei eee eaaee 111

obovata, Newb............ 15 Mitrephorusvurantiiventris,Lawr. 114

DUT UN CU a5 sat taalote es = 0 15 | phwocercus, Sel. .iiee ces ss 114

rotundifolia, Lesqx......9, 29 | Mniotilta varia, Linn............ 98

WAGNOLTACH AS ss. tile. PPD OM. es 18 | Modiola neva, Gould..........-. 378

Malacoptila costaricensis,; Cab.... 118 | Molgula...........0eceresceses 405

inornata, Du Bus......,.. 118 | Molothrus @neus, Wagl.......... 104

pore pacts, Sel... 6.5.2... 118 |MOMOTID AD. ce keeles weer 117, 204

Mangelia bicarinata, St..... 378, 381 | Momotus /essoni, Less........ 117, 204

harpularia ? St... 2... cee 378 mirtii, Spix......+.+ wii Fae

pyramidalis, St........... 398 | Monasa grandior........6..6+00% 146

Margarita obscura, Gld......379, 381 peruand, Scl......... 118, 143

Margarornis bruniescens, Scl..... 106)| Monazite, . . <<. sui) dL caionkebetaes 165

rubiginosa, Lawy.......... 106 Montacuta elevata, St...382, 386, 406

Martesia (Diplothyra) Smithii, Tr. 379, Morocoecyx erythropygia, Less... 128

SEL MOT UB rs 5 Uo w.0 ssa yeaa a eae disci, OD

Mecocerculus leveophrys........- 207 TUORA., «inuuie\notan dae ahaa ote 52

uropygialis, Lawr......... 266 | Mosasaurus ,......cssecsveevees 1

Megalomastoma Antillarum,Sowb. 241 | Municw....... 1\20:09 Hable Vidoes B07

418

ah PAGE

Muscivora mevicana, Scl..... 114, 201

“LETT EU SS ve 278, 279

ative... . .:ehenae 279

Mya arenaria, Linn... ..380, 390, 406

BURAD AS... come} os OKs Hh KK EAOR 390

Mycteroperca calliurus, Poey.... 307

Myiadestes melanops, Salv....... 97

Myiarchus crinitus, Linn....115, 203

CINCTASCENS ... 00+ 0..--202, 208

coopert, Kaup......... 202, 203

goss; Borer wicevatiacces 203

lawrencii, Giraud...... 115, 204 |

mericanus, Kaup...... 202, 203

nigricapillus, Cab... 2... 6. 115

panamensis, Lawr......... 115

pheocephalus, Sel... ....... 23

StOMTUS .:. -<% .winagentgise es > 203

DOMGUS .cciakietes «even sare 203

Myiobius capitalis, Salv... ..... 114

erythirupus, Cabs.5 ssc ices 114

EvIUS, BOA jae di:}isisyseuateo

sulphureipygius, Scl....... 114

Myiodioctes canadensis, Linn..... 95

mitratus, GM... ....+..-. 89, 200

DUSHIALS. WIS «.<\icrisio ae + < 95

Myiodynastes chrysocephalus, Tsch 114

hemichrysus, Cab,........- 114

(UtEVOENATIS, BPW sis j-0:8 oad ns 114

TIODUIE Clog Ve Atalanta 114

superciliaris, Lawr...... . 114

Myiozetetes columbianus, Cab. &

MUNN 6 5 ne sg Bvoms ss cate ath 89

erythropterus, Lafr....... 268

granadensis, Lawr.......+ 112

inornatus, Lawr........... 268}

marginatus, Lawr.,....... 112

pufipennis, Lawr,........- 267

texensis, Giraud........ 112, 201

IMVTMOCIZA BLEULIS ovine wvinie rules » 109

immaculata, Sel. & Salv... 109

lamosticta, Salv........... 109

stictoptera, Lawr.........- 109

Myrmotherula albigula, Lawr..... 108 |

Sulviventris, Lawr........ 108

UGCA, SO licis'\Sie snstarerveruite oi 107

menetriest, D’'Ord,..4...6- 89

modesta, Lawr..........«» 108

PAS TAT AD i ws sn'n'osfyart Aas Sie Paley oie 385

Mytilus corrugatus, St. .880, 381, 385,

A406

decussatus, Mont...... 881, 385

discrepans, Mont,......... Bs

edulss, Linas: «vedas. 886, 406

hamatus, Say......... 381, 886

levigatus St..... .880, 38k, 386

modiolus, Linn. ......66+6+ 386

plicatulus, Desh..........+ B86

Nassa obsoleta, Say,..... 397, 406, 407

Index.

PAGE

Nassa trivittata, Say.380, 397, 406, 407

v10er, Sayiolt Week’ 380, 397

Natica clausa, Brod. & Sowb..... 396

duplicata, Say...... 62. 396, 406

Sl@ods, GAG... 2b. onset 378

Groenlandica, Mil. ... ... 396

heros,. Say.scad. ose 395, 406

immaculata, Tott...... 396, 406

pusilla, Say US SR 382, 396. 406

triseriata, Say.....!..: 395, 406

NATICID AR... oe esis es op OO 395

Navicula==? scant), sore 3382

NEPANdO. ac. neues eh ace Caer 30, 57

ACCT OUDCR «woe. = a,< OREO cls dT

Europeum, Heer.......... 57

triloba, Newb...:...... 31, 57

Neomorphus salvini, Sel......... 89

NOCTUIDAR ts levie Sak RI 310

Nucula provima, Say... .3881, 385, 406

radiata, DeKay .......... 885

tenuis, Trt: 0%) Seo 378

| MUCOLID AS, ........skiat . SER s 385

Nudaria mendica, Walk ......... 152

Nyctibius jamaicensis, Gm. ?..... 120

Nyctidromus albicollis, Gm. . ..12 0, 204

INI SSB, sy ai'cshaucecvayosv eebetc Ree IRR 1 29

MIDEIOTE., .RR2 OIA. « « 11

vetusta, Newb... 0.5: 02.) 11

Ochthoéca lessont. ...... 0. bes 266

rufomarginatus, Lawr..... 266

Ocyalus waglert, Gr. & Mitch.... 104

CY WTI ss. hiss veceie ye vo nese cep eaid ORCS 319

lutjanoides, Poey........ 319

/ Odontophorus guttatus, Gld...... 140

leucolamus, Salv.........- 140

molanotis;: Salvo. so. out 140

Veraquensis, Gld.......... 140

Odostomia dmpressa, Say........ B81

Oleacina subtilis, Shuttl......... 241

SIUULCUOSH ET... BEN Sion CLE 241

Oligostigma albalis, Rob........ 15:

Oncostoma cincreigulare, Sel. .... 111

DOGS). «0/005 nav cluelttes MORIN 36, 40

sensibtlis, is.\)....s 81, 36, 37,39

var, obtusilobata, Tor.. 40

| Opechinus, . .:is.0 sean weawe 245

Oporornis formosus, Wils........ 94

Oreodaphne //cert, Gand. ........ £

Oreopyra calolama,........4. 124, 125

cinereicauda, Lawr..,..... 125

hemileuca, Salv..... 6s. 1:25

leucaspi8, GId ..........ss 125

sdlolama, Salv. ....:...008 125

vonusta, LAW?.......35i0s 125

Oriolus zanthornus, Gm... ee... 278

Ortalida maccalli, Baird. ......... 209

poliocephala, Wagl......... 189

vetula ..... aL, Sov elp seta . 209

Index.

419

PAGE - PAGE

Orthosira suleata......... OT. AE 332 | Peristera mondetura, Bp........ . 189

Ortyx Leylandi, Moore.......... 139} Berseah.-.-rstornteiet hee sette eee eo

nigrogularts, Gld...... ..+. 209] Persoonia....... bgcacen’ eons Lis

Oryzoborus funereus, Sel... ..... 89 ovtfor mis, Lesqx. gk oe ientaythe 28

ISGINEIS Soya cerare ras DER Okie ss 90 | Petasophora anais, Less......... 287

Ostinops montezume@, Less...... . 104 CADUMASIE. oe. Bee ee 126

Ostrea borealis, Lam........... \" 3884 cyanotis, Boure........ 125, 126

var. Virginiana....... 384 thalassind, 2. ee... eee 125, 126

Wal COSLULE itera. os 384 | Petricola dactylus, Say.......... 390

SrereaeA DAC... BGs SSI oe 384 pholadiformis, Lam........ 390

PRMD AG). Srjawe ic mdewen itis cue 358 | Petrochelidon lwnifrons, Say..... 89

Oxyrhynchus jlamimiceps, Temm..106, | Petrometopon guitatus.......... 304

145 | Pezopetes capitalix, Cab.......... 101

IUCET aos. 0.01 Se oe 146 | Pheochroa cuvieri, Delatt &

Oxyurus ambiguus. 3 RSI 319, 320 | Bourer sean sero. cece dear 121

aurovittatus’... 0.6... 319, 320 | Pheethornis emiliw, B........... 121

GUUYSLUTUS SAS a PA ee 310 | lonpirostissDiet ss sce < 121

Pachyrhamphus einereiventris, Scl. 116 | Pharomacrus mocinno, De la

cinnamomeus, Lawr...... 116 SE CRO inrand # by Sicchcits: 120

Paludina Bengalensis............- 296 | Pheucticus tibialis, Baird.. 87, 102

DEGREE, SAY. 8IU 1, IES... 6 392 | Pheugopedius atrogularis, Salv... 92

Jascata, Gray.....00i.... 296 | Sasciativentris, Lafr........ 92

PULEGT OE ASB). se OE S79 | PHILOMYGID Anse epee a Fe 281, 404

Paludina’ Wnearis. ss... os. 297 | Philydor fuscipennis, Salv........ 89

lineata, Val....... 295, 296, 297 rufobrunneus, Lawr....... 106

SCLLOTUB, SY, 0i<: orcis earer aii 386 virgatus, Lawr.. : 106

ViTIpAra, Say. Jos vie. ve. 297 | Phlogopsis mae leannani, Lawr.... 109

PALUDINIDA,. 6.0. ¢..% SAT. 2. 392 | Pheenicothraupis. . mW. ¢ 108

Pandora trilineata, Say..... 390, 406 | carmioli, Lawy............ 100

IPanterpe ry 6... SRS CR tiads os 124 Suscicauda, Cab.......... . 99

insignis, Cab... ...123, 124, 125 PINMCEH, EWY: 2... oe cs 99

PRET ASCIAUIIN ,<yo, 015001 2v 210) -natepater os ePoe B00) |Seholadom yas «se totes tetas ooh 5

Parasalenia =e tke reesei. 243 | Pholas costata, Linn............ 391

Parra intermedia, Bp..........- 238 | _ erispata, Ginn, . 23. ...... 391

JUCUNM, . 0. eee cece reece 238 cunciformis, Say....2...5. 379

Parula americana, Linn......... 200 CPUNCALUSOBY 2 ies es cae os B91

gutturalis, Cab........-.+ 93 | Phonipara pusilla, SOW aisle > 103, 201

inornata, Baird.......... Sip Ua' PE DVASTOIUCH =~ .0 os ata ela eeta ste 38

pitiayumi, Vieill......... . 206 | Oeningensis, Heer,........ pi

Patella lacustris, Linn. .....+.°... 354 | Phyllites carneosus, Newb. .31, 74,

PATEL LUD Anes . SURG. Ae 392 Cupanioides, Newb. 31, 74, th. ys

Pecten brunneus, St......... 378, 381 76

WLS Ua MANTIS ote oo ioe Hd 02 378 | obcordatus, Heer.......... 8

rradians, Wam....2...... B84 | Vannonm, Heer........ 8

Islandicus, Miill....... 381, 406, venosus, Newb,......... ‘31, 75

Magelanicus, Lam... ..380, 384) PIYLLOVORA......... +0006 77, 83

PGR CTENTD AG jet t. RURSU tees . 384) Physa.....833, 346, 848, 355, 357, 359

POP ANIDE - corsy oi Aeia cle SNe Ad (dee ders 166. ancillaria, Say........ 379, 380

Pendulinus prosthemeas, Str..... 104 columnaris, Desh.......... 856

Penelope purpurascens, Wagl..... 159 contorta, Mich.........++. 396

AZENEILOLID Att 7st". sho eles 3'e 139, 209 | COBLALD, INCWO,'2 5 2's oem uirieim Bd)

FETs Macs. aere wee SE Meee ey ty ove 279 | cdongata, Say............. 402

Perca guttata, Linn............. 304 | fontinalis, Drap....... .846, 855

Leto) 10), ae ee ed Re a 302 | heterostropha, Say Sete 346, 402

PERDICID A. Ut) ateveey ss 139, 209 | var. Primeana, Tr.... 402

Peristedion imberbe, Poey....... . 821] humeros@. P85. oe. ee ds 346, 361

micronemus, Poey.......- 821 | Physacea........... Pt « . B55

Peristera cinerea, Temm..... 138 | Physella..... Pe Oh or ; . 855

420 Index.

PAGE | PAGE

Physella berendti, P£............ 350 | Planorbis dicarinatus, Say..... 351, 402

globosa, Hald:. 2.025.060... 355 campaniatus, Say... .. 351, 379

Physemoda, Raf, .. .2\ 03 0nd .2 276 | contortus, Linn, ........... 352

Sci) SS Sa eee ee 355, 358 | corneus, Linn..... 341, 342, 351

Wee RUMME, . 22ST ee ASE 355 deflectus, Say.......5...06 379

BAP BOUON 5... v5.55. PS wees 306 dilatatus, Say... 082224... 402

microstoma, Hald........ 356 exaoiugus, ‘Sey. Sook AT 402

Pliysopais, ..4 3) 26) ask Se BSE | hirsutus, Say............. 399

Africana, Ex... ...0:.0. 347, 356 | lacustris; Lett. 2... 852

Piaya mclileri, Bp.. _.128, 205 | lentus, Say... .. 0.0.00. 361, 379

&, CORT En Ge ae ee eee ",130, 205, 206, 238 | WUbOU8 ig AOE 341, 342

Picolaptes ajfinis, Lafr.......... 107 | multivolwis, Case.......... B57

conupressus, Lafr.......... 107 > Newberryi, Lea... 65.0... 303

lineaticops, Cab.soceccin...- 107. opercularis, Gld........... Bol

Picus . harrisit, Aud Ok. 130 | DATOUS, SAY PAL. seen aisle 402

jardimi, Mal. vic. 050.0... 130 | trivolvis, Say... ...291, 292, 402

PUroUs,. OBE. < MEELIS... 150 | DONCEL, LAN er mete ee fa 302

scalarss, ) Wagls. Sooo’. 130 | Planorbula......... (Vee eee 302

Pineria Schramm, Fisch. ........ 240 | armigerasz ul, 2a. 352

PPS Ak wei eee Ce 11 | Platalea ajaja, Linn.....:....... 142

Pionius Aoematotis, Scl.......... 181 | Pravarem”, . 140: 0. Se 142

menstruus, Linn.......... 89 | Platanus. ......2; 5; 13, 34, 35, 68, 71

senilis, Spix..... SASL | aceroides...... 23, 35, 69, 70, 71

Pipra cyancocapilla, Hahn.. seeaSo grandifolia, .. 6.0.00 ees 25, 68

leucocilla, Linn........... 89 Haydeni, Newb. .30, 69, 70, 71,

leucorrhoa, Scl...... s+... 116 72

mentans, Sel, OVO Gs HOG FTOr cud ass... HFA SON «0 68

Piprites griseice Ps. Ss Saly SLES aE 116 heterophylla, New)... 2... 30

Pisidium...... 276, 277, 278, 279, 380 | Jatrophefolia.....0e. 0... 68

abditum, he . .281, 381, 386 latiloba, Newb.::....0.. 9, 23

aquilaterale, Brkt FAD. - 380 | Newberryana, Heer....... 4,8

compressum, PY......c05e- 380 | nobilis, Newb........30, 67, 69

fontinthe, PE. oo0 IS. 277 occidentalis 23, 34, 68, 69, 70, 71

Nov.-Eboracense, Pr...... B80 | OrseNtUS.. RE wes 23, 68

variabile, Pr......... 382; 886 TACOHNOBAS SOREN SPE i ents 34. 68

Virginicum, Bet. 878, 879, 880 Raynoldsii, Newb........ 30, 69

PABUNIS Sh thn cm ers 276, 277, 278, 279 | SUA. boos wom Pe es 23, 68

Gallicum, Meg.... ..... 277) Platyrhynchus cancrominus, Scl.. 110

(Pisidium) pulehellum veele 276 | superciliaris, Lawr........ 110

Pitangus derbianus, Kaup........ 114 | Pleurolimnoesa 47. Goorin ans 349

Pithys bicolor, Lawr. .. 2.00 ss. 6. 109 | Lenutcostata, 60. dee see 349

Pittasoma michleri, Cass......... 89 | Pleurotoma dicarinata........... 378

Pitylus grossus, Linn............ 102 | cerinum, K. & St..882, 898, 406

poliogaster, Du Bus....... 102 | plicatum, C. B. Ad.898, 406, 407

Plagiogramma Gregori: ianum...... 3382) Pleurotomaria litored............ 227

DYGTIOUMN, .iiavcn ves cvsllet 882 | PLOTIDAE EN Se VE CR . 1438 ‘

WALGUPTA, pic sions od Cts ott ae eae 5 | Plotus anhinga, Linn............ 143

dubia, Lesage. oss. 28 | Plumbogummite,............... ali

microphylla, Newb, .....31, 55 | PODICIPIDAL...... 0.60. eee eee . 144

Ungeri, Ettings.......... 28, 56 | Podilymbus dominicus, Linn... ... 144

Planostions, «+6. ¥o aay; 234 | POGY1&; «so t9iN's Say ORE vb...) BBS

Planorbella s..-0: cdi eels bs B51 | Pogonotriccus,..........6. eoes. 144

campan abaya ivi 351 plumbeiceps, Lawr,....... 267

PLANORDINA, ..605%1. Vibes 850 | zeledoni, Lawr.. vel, Sere

Planorbis..... 201, 344, 3 50, 351, 353, | Polioptila cwruled, Linn. ..... oe 199

355, 356, 359 superciliaris, Lawr........ 92

albus, MOM... 2.0.2.2... 851 | Polyborus auduboni, Cass. .. 132, 207

armigerus, Say........852, 402 | POMPHOLIGINA,......... ..0060 B52

PoMPHOLIN

Pompholyx...

Iudex.

PAGE

TOPE Mt eet Ore, 352

.291, 333, 334, 344, 345,

346. 300, 352, 353, 358, 361

effusa, Lea... .282, 290, "333, 334,

335, 353, 361

Leana, H. & A. Ad... _ BB. 335

var. solida, Dall. 335, 344, 360,

361 |

Populus. ..2, 13, 17, 18, 34, 61, 65, 67 |

Re cote os A the Sat 34, 63, 63

acerifolia, Newb. .-........ 31, 65 |

attenuata, Al. Braun...... 64 |

TET OC EE Oe ee 64

CONGICONS |). o's soa sieee se 64

cordata, Newb.......... 31, 60 |

cordifolia, Newb.......... 9; 18 |

crenata, Unger.}.). sce... 63 |

cuneata, Newb. ......... 31, 64 |

cyclophylia, Heer.......... 8

Debeyana, Heer........ 4, 8, 17

elliptica, Newb... .9, 16, 17, 24

Aabellum, Newb......... 29, 34

genetrix, Newb......31, 34, 64

heterophylla. .....ccvceeees G1,

Digna Ones oes iaseeeil. 2 |

LEUCOPhYUA. ... nwccescaciess 66)

litigiosa, Heer... ........... 4, 8 |

microphylla, Newb........9, 17)

MONUAS CTE. csc saiaiala's'e's + » 64

MULAv ts, Hei. isis e ss.» 64 |

mutabilis, var. crenata,

Heer. = .dkwah, ation... 61 |

Nebrascensis, Newb. .31, 62 » 72)

nervosa, Neat or srae a ie 31, 61}

nervosa, Newb. var. B. elon-

ALE OPI, « Rinse fascP SS oe 62 |

TLCUTLON ra, anole & ool alot aie B4

rhomboidea, Lesgx......5, 7, 29

rotundifolia, Newb. AT 7, 31, 34

Smilacifolia, Newb.. .31, 63, 66)

TUE aka Whi EAS. 63

OMUOVAEB 3 Hs od ois o's ls 16, 63

Porzana abiguluris, Lawr....... 142 |

Prionirhyneus platyrhyncus,

Hheadh: Ueycaih wirsitisss 117

Prionopteryx achatina, Zeller.... 314

incertdla, Zeller.......... B15 |

nebuliferd, Stephicsiscaa. b14 |

Progne leucogaster, Baird.. 96 |

Proteoides weuta, Heer.......... 4, 8)

daphnogenvides, Hoer..:. «its 4, 8

grevillivformis, Heer....... 4, 8

Protonotaria citrea, Bodd.,.. .94, 200

Prunus ( ‘uroliniana, . tedos dc. 29

Psendochilina limneformis, Dall. 357 |

Pseudomalachite............04.. 162

Psilorhinus morio, Wagl........ . 104

PHBOGUM. . 05620000 0 wT T EN ald vii . B4

421

PAGE

Psilotum complanatum, .... 06+ ivwy88

inerme, Newb«w.!). 2.1 00). 30, 38

triquetrum 604s LO. abo 38

PETUTAG IO ANS vena oo cee 131, 145, 207

Pteroglossus erythropygius, Gld.. 89

frantet, Cab........ 000s 129

torquatus, Ormeianalice. 129

Pedogonya caudatus, Cab... ....- 97

| Pérchioius,... <n. OU wadedeas, 1

EGUGASTRAS, < ..ci<< 0th ass niee 134

ULMONAUA G21 id. isis vss seen B48

Pupa armifera, Say ...... 0.604 380

badia, OnBy Adixamuciuky « 281

contracta, SAY. naleuaa ee « 404

COTTACOTIG, SAY... sce ssc ews 404

fallag,, Bayi icin asivatadiss 404

muscorum, Linn.......... 281

peluciad, Phi i. asiedewn.. 241

pentodon, Say... 008 404

rupicold, SAY.......e.e00s 380

striatella, BPeriedec. cc. cis 240

PUPACHA....,;,:.4,litlamayiints tales s 84

| Purpura lapitius, Lam........3880, 397

Pygmornis adolphi, Bourc....... 121

PYGOPODES, ; . , nisin} ANATG OD os 144

PMRALID AL. /, |. 5.5.0 Aletas aenage savas 153

| Pyramis striated, Joi. oiceeic wee 378

Pyranga bidentata, Sw.......... 99

erythromdaena, Licht...... 99

hepation, SWadl.se2dee Ms 89

cstiod,. Gil? ./siwikaeeee. 99

TUOTE, Taint. ,\acseewaetbes « 99

Pyrgisoma biarcuatum, Prey..... 108

JCENGTt UBD Ne ai 103, 145

Pyrocephalus nanus, Gldvisods:. 236

mexicanus, Sel... icssses. 201

PUDINEUB. 2.2000. 236

Pyromorphiteyss aei¢..ueaiesoge +2 160

Py rrhopheena cinnamomen, Less, 204

Tief crt, BOUL, 6.6663 bees 127

yucatanensis, Cabotss x 204

Pyrula conaliculata, Brug... 398, 406

carted, Brag) i. .dse% 398, 406

| PipKUs..'s.-.9:c;Aciaa atthe get lee meres 12

cretacea, Newb.......... 9, 12

Qiercns: . 240.0 5, 13, 25, 26, 29, 35

antiqua, Newb........... 9, 26

Banksiafolia, Newb... ... 29

Benzoin, Wesgx........ 5, 8, 2:

crassinervis, UNG. .....65. 29

cuneata, Newb.....:s+.6 25

Qubia, Now, ..5...abletas SL

eliptica, Newb.......04.. 29

Evansii, Lesqx......0. nee

fleruosa, Newb......... 29

Gaudini, Lesqx......... 28, 29

Haidingera, Wtts......+-. 27

BINDTUCUTU isis atara ahaa 25, 26

4292 Index.

PAGE

Quercus mediterranea, Ung...... 27

multinervis, Lesqx Vena .5, 8 |

MYTFOUA.... dove ee 29 |

obtusiloba oa» wile te werelae eee ie 27

platinervis, Lesqx......-.. 5, 8

Saffordii, Lesqx......... 29, 80

salicifolia, Newb......... 9, 24 |}

sinuata, Newb........... 9, 27

Querguedula discors, Linn....... 143

Querula cruenta, Bodd.......... 117

Quiscalus macrurus, Sw......... 104 |

PRATIK: 3. nin PEN,» MERE 349

auricularia, .... Li ROTI one

SRT TID AD nie nls, a nic, doors je eae 142, 28

RAMPHASTID 2. i\.).). cee oe. 138

Ramphastos opprozimans, Cab.128, 129 |

COPUNATUB 6s Oe Fawencsleg

tocard, Vieilll: scious. 128 |

Ramphocenus rufiventris, Bp.... 89

semitorquatus, Lawr....... 108

Ramphocelus dimidiatus, Lafr.... 89

passerini, Bpis sien ssn tet 99

sanguinolentus, Less...... 99

Ranella caudata, Say... .397, 406 |

RHAMNACEA, .. 0602)... .2 028, 50, 51

Rhamnites 8 concinnus, Newb..... 60}

degans, Newb. ......5000% 31 |

Rhamnus... .23, 24, 28, 29, 51, 54, 565 |

CAROU A Sua. sae hao be 51

Decheni, Wed. 0s. 200.005. 50.

elegans, Newb............ 49

FUOTUGU raya diorevelervieisaad his 24

Gaudini? Heer...........° 28

marginatus, Lesqx........ 30

Rhinogobius bucewlentus......... 322

contractus, Poey........- . 822

Rhodinocichla vosea, Less........ 92

Rhus copallind......... <thinitents 53

MeTLANA . st poledvise eee IROS

nervosa, Newb....s000 31, 53 |

CYTO i.olyanien.s x 2s yo DBs 53

Rhyacophilus solitarius, Wils..... 141

Khynchoc yelus brevirostris, Cab. 118 |

cinereicops, Scl........ 146, 201

Jaw o-olivaceus, Law.

grise simentalis, Lawr...... 112 |

mesorhyncus, Cab......... 118 |

ONUUCEUS sitile Gd SSWARE Gs > 113 |

sulphurescens, Spix ....112, 146 |

Risson aculeus, St........0000% .. 398

(Cingula) lmvis, DeKay.... 393

Mighelsit, Bt... 0.0.0 0crisaeod 379

MNITULA, Btis.c,0.00icbthleh dle 393

Stimpson, Smith... ...882, 393

HORACE 2a.) oi baisdoqnvndneuriwsls 12

Rosthramus sociabilis, Vieill...... 134

STAM «<a <n. one bods PKWY » 9, 29

Campbellii, Newb.29, 31, 36, 41 |

PAGE

Sabal Lamanonis, Bergh........ 5, 42

major, Unps . seswees d4, 41, 42

PAlMEltos) ces O EVANS. —«=B4

SALICINEAL AA ,Suiskih) Soup 18

Salicites Hartigi, Dkr. ......... 20

| Salisburia.... AG). Cowen aes wee 5,9

polymorpha, Lesqx........ 5,8

| Salixcel Mi 8.5.8 Mies 2, 18, 25

ANGUSTIFOUT . 0. eee eee 21

cuneata, Newb....... 9, 21, 22

densinervis, Lesqx....... 20189

dongata, Webv.:..2..:c.oes arene 20

flexuosa, Newb....... 9, 21, 22

Islandica, Lesqgx... dec... 5,8

Meekii, Newb....... 19, 21, 22

membranacea, Newb. .9, 19, 22

nervillosa, Heer... .se.0e... 4,8

Salpa Cabott, Desor/. -2y..5.08.. 405

Saltator atriceps, Less....... 102, 200

grandis, Licht ....... 102, 200

magnoides, Lafy.......... . 102

Sanguinolaria sordida........... 379

Sapindus..... ... «vs J. ese 29, 35, 51

affinis, Newb... ... 3. 31, 51, 52

GENSFOUUS. oes os vaieein ve 51

QUDIUS a cals REAVE 51

faterfolius......... Ke On

membranaceus, New b.. dl, ye

Sapotacites Haydenii, Heer... .

Sapphironia cwrwleigularis, Gld... 198

Sessalrasy isc cies 2, 6, 13, 14, 35

cretaceum, Newb......... 8, 14

Saucerottia sophiw, Bourc........ 127

Saxicava arctica, Desh....3..0.. 890

Sayornis aquatica, Scl. & Salv.... 110

Scalaria clathrus, Linn.......... 395

Gran andiea, Gld......... 881

Humphreysti, Kiener, . 881, 895

lineata, Sayesicesees os B81, 394

multistriata, Say ......... dst

SCALARIADA5. . B94

Schcenobius ch mensells, “Clem.. . 313

dispersellus, Robsie vu Sea 313

SOPPCORUB ss s.s aso wisn watt 313

GiGantelUs occ cccaccees .. B12

longirostrelus, Zell... ... 2. 312

melinellus, Clem. .......4. . 318

sordiddlus, Zell... 2... 0s . 312

tripunctellus, Rob....... . b14

unipunctellus, Rob, .... ... 314

Sclerurus guatemalensis, Hartl.... 89

mevicanus, Scl...... aivsoeRe

SCOLOPACIDA.........4. swidey... 210

Scops brasilianus, @m........... 182

choliba, Vieill. ....

nudipes, Vieill,........ 42.1182

SEGMENTINA. ......0cislewls slebids SOM

Lacuatrie........ 10 worse . BBR

Index.

r PAGE PAGE

Seiurus auricapillus, Linn..... 94). 200 | SOLENID AE ye). Sori Be 389

_ ludovicianus, Aud... ...... 90'| Sparas. . 2.5. RPSa LSU... 310

noveboracensis, Gm... ...94, 204 | Spermophila collavis, Lawr.. . 89

Selasphorus flammula, Salv...... 123 | COTMNG,, Bel. wees... 102

scntilla, GIA gyi. ax. 123 | hoffmanni, Cab... ......... 102

Selmidera spectabilis, Cass........ 129 | moreleti,. Puch. oi... 102

Begoia., 2 peor. AETIONTY 5, 34, 47 | semicollaris, Lawr......... 89

Langsdorfii, Br. . ..6, 30, 34, 36, | Sphaerechinus..........0..0.00- 243

46): 47,48 | Spheerite....5 20U.), eee. AT 167

SOMMETIAT TBH. IS eae « 5 | Spheerium. ...........00e000. 276, 880

Serpophaga cinerea, Strick....... 89 | partumeium, Say.... 0... 386

PYGUUAMIUS ss ajersscc src tee tt. 301, 302, 309 | rhomboideum, Say......... 378

Grara,Poey.... ese. 305, 306 | securis, Pr............381, 386

bonaci, Poey......... oer 306 | aiimils; Bay os vcccdae edt 378, 380

brunneus, Poey........ 305, 306 | striatinum, Lam.......... 380

COTULE O, HRMS, 309 | truncatum, Linsl..... .. 378

camelopardalis, Poey....... 307 | Sphenopteris corrugata, New Db. 9, 10

cardinalis, Val......... 303, 304 (Asplenium) olons gata,

coronatus, Val . £80900). vee 304 Newb ea seaeaat ss Sree

cyanostigmatoides, Bl... ... 304 | Sphoeronites. 2 G7. SHIDO DHIS 2 244

cyclopomatus, Poey........ 305 | Sphyropicus varius, Linn......... 205

decimalis, Poey............ 305 | Spirifer mucronatus............. 227

dimidiatus, Poey..... 20% 308 | Spizeetus melanoleucus, Vieill.. ... 132

faleains, Poey7ol. atl. 309 | ornatus, Daud. ......-.06. 152

felinus, Poey..... 307 | tyrannus, Max,......2..5. 132

guitatua, Walon, 10s ten.» 304 | Squatarola helvetica, Limn........ 210

PO POGUB 5. oo ao UAE no: 309 | Stauroptera aspera... i... ec. es.e 322

interstitialis, Poey......-.. 308 | STEGANOPODES.. . . . 148

latepictus, Poey........+++ 305 Stelgidopteryx , fulviguia, “Baird. .87, 96

muyriaster; NA neve fe BS 304 | Sulvipennis, Sel... ccc cee ee 200

NAGTICULUS...... 2. . 804 Stenogyra octona, Chem... . 240

PGvrosus, Ee Oey . Wissel. 804 | Btercorite .... cd oa:c.adanaeeaeaele « 166

repandus, Poey........+++ SOF | Sterculia......... 27044 eT. 68

reculatus, Poey.........+- 307 | Sterna acuflavida, Cabot......... 210

rupestris, Val..........808, 304 | regia, Gambyite eu ke 210

SEMEN Decors tated sees ol ole 309 }Strebelia.....0 Aesth some ewene e's 350

Tis, VATS SHIM SST. 307 berendOnn:.). Mes PINION 350

undulosus, Val... 1.2.11 ses 805 | STREPOMATIDZ.........16. see seve BAD

Setophaga aurantiaca, Baird, ,.87, 96 SrriGimpas fan 1382, 207

ruticilla, Linn. : SITS. 6 96 Strix perlati, Licht. iG. ll MTS . 182

torquata, Baird........... 96 | Struvite, «x os vees-wercn debe enre 166

PRENCA sed Seta est hel oAEN 381, 393 | Sturnella ludoviciana, Linn...... 104

Sigaretus perspectivus, Say....... 396) Stylifer—? era. yeas 881, 895

MPR PAULEY AD eycprcresaairotret ye els 92} SUWSCIIC. . ‘a sere.«: dade ewioie vinees 239, 240

SiphoOnanis.. cocci ccs seee 347, 348, 355 | QUNED MCR Powe Ie alte 379

Sittace macao, Linn............. 13 anaral Bay Melee ees 404

militaris, Linn: .......++- 131 | campestris, Say. .... 6. ese 379

Sittasomus sylvicides, Lafr....... 106 | Nuttalliana, Lea.......... 281

SOTA oo atoll Jue dele Stele ot 5, 29, 67 | obliqua, Say...... 281, 379, 380

cyclophylla, Newb......... 28 | ODD, Bay. sito ees Vs 379, 380

OTDACUIOTIONS ta PINo selec 28 | Totteniana, Lea.. . 879

Solecurtus bidens, F. & H....382, 389 | Svanbergite...........60 cece 167

gibbus, FB. 5 eta 389 SYLVICOLIDE........+++ 93, 200, 236

Solemya borealis, Tott........882, 889 SyLvirpas. . ta ree)

DAUIN SRY 1. f dT Aa'e ses 389, 406 | Symphemia semipalmata, Gm,... 210

SOLEMYADA. 2... eee ee eee eee ee 389 | Synallaxis albescens, Temm....... 80

Solen ensis, Linn............ 389, 406 orythirope, BCls seis veins de . 105

DITUUS, BAF noc wedi EVES « 379 nigrifumeasa, LAW. ....6.. 105

424 Index.

PAGE

Synallaxis rufigenis, Lawr....... 105 | Thalurania renusta, Gld

wo ES SS ha ota! 332 | Thamnistes anabatinus,Scl & Salv. 107

Syrnium perspicillatum, Lath. 132 Thamnophilus affinis, Cab. and

‘pirgatum, Cass........ 132 Hem. ck ane ee 107, 201

Tachyphonus cassinii, Lawr...... 101 albinuchalis, Sel... 2... 2. 236

ddattre Geir?’ S220 es. 100 bridges, Sci ee eae 107

luctuosusy Lair: :.. 225244 100 doatus,: Lintt ooo ae eee 107

propinguus, Lafr, ........ 101 melanocrissus, Sel. ........ 107

oralis; Dawes’... sae 101 TORUS, NFER Xe sc eee 107

Teniopteris Gibbsit, Newb....... 8 punctatus, Cab. io... 2. 107

AUG Weer ieee tess rect s ieee es 162 | Thracia Conradi, Couth, .882, 390, 406

WAMADTA COMM, OWiltam cose tote: 236 truncata, Migh..). 000. 3. 390

diaconus, Les8 ........... 99 | Thryophilus castaneus, Lawr.... 93

mdanoptera, Hartl........ 2199 MOMeRIUS Oa. 4 2 Sees 92

TRAM AGRID Ab .*. stot niet state 98, 200, 236 pleurostictus, Scl.......... 92

PANTADID AGS. ty te ch oe eee 142 | TPUPAUGUSs SIGECE eee nero 92

Aj SEU Eee AS Boch Gomag Wace ed B01 | thoracicus, Salv........... 93

andecda, H. & A. Ad,... 351 | Thryothorus aldinucha, Cabot.... 199

MAvARLOCKILeh Test k seek eae ecm s 167 antermedius, Cab... 2... 199

Taxites Langsdorfii, Br... .46, 47, 48 TOCEBTURS:. "5 ‘sien SoS Tue See he 235

PROMI > 822. chutes 33, 34, 45, 47 PUNE. Viel (Le ee ee 89

cuneatum, Newb.....-... 8, 48 superciliaris, Lawr........ 235

CSCI I Shee ees 46, 47 | Thuites Salicornoides...........- 43

dubium, Heer.... 28. hd 45, 46 [DR y aan. tte hoe se ke noe eee 45

occidentale, Newb .7,28,29,30,45 gracias. Newh: 20% 30

ETS AS fo SSSR Pree ar eee teat. "45 interrupta, Newb......... 420

TUB LF pletem te Boe F Ope TONE 46 | Thyasira Gouldit, St............ 381

DT EDUT OU erie cer seces Oca ieie 46)\"Rodirostmim >s lec. 1s eee Pee 27

OL SULT ESE aap mete: Satis 4G CLNET eum Wann a ee 110

Tebennophorus Carolinensis, Binn, 281, caudatum, Lafr....!)...:. 110

404 TIGTICEDS. Cle eels Aes 110

Tectura alveus, St...........25% 592 plumbeum. 2... 0252. 273, 27

testudindlis, Gr....... 392, 406 schistaceiceps, Scl......... 89

PINSLETLL St Sse ee ete 276. 279 | Todus plumbeus, G@m............ 27

Tellina fusca, Phil......... 880, "400'| Torbemite;:,:.. S00 <o aeew enema 16

GOUBOD os ea's's\p onto see fee's OFT | Loreninption:: i25..0cco8. aeanene 243

TOUT, BT, saa ieee 379 | Noxopneustes.). .co2siccete ene 2435

tenera, Bay. .......°. 389, 406 | Triceratium favus.............. 332

vert, Say.. 382, 889, 406 MUMBLAOUM: sae s cee ule 882

TRV TNNUDAD, 1 5506s S54t.useeeeee 888 | Tringoides macularius, Linn..... 142

PEMNONTENA:.; 5.5) visloro se ioe P43 | Triphylite > 23.525. eee ee 166

Teredo dilatata, St.......... B70 DRL Peiplibers <1. 20) 1 MeO een ee 164

NaPOUS LANDS s 354555 tee Bie) Trsoteopis; Ao ; eee 302, 803

Mar WaAliG.*, 35 eo Sb suas ee 29 | aguayjt, Pory.. 2.3. e.: 305, 806

Terpsinge M72/8100.,.......0. 0000s 0. 382 bone; -Poeyi ea... eae 306

TESTAQHLUID A's... ns beach avi ss fib brunneus, Poey.. > eee 805

Tetragonops frantzii, Scl..... 87, 130 calliurus, Poey........... 307

Tigrisoma cabanisi, Heine....... 142 caméelopardalis, Poey...... 307

lla se oie as ee 35, 53, 58, 59 cardinalis, Poey. .803, 305, 807

AMEOTUON Lb bavi vaveae 58 chlorostomus, Poey et 308

antiqua, Newb.......... 30, 52 dimidiatus, Poey re. 5 pega 308

LMP ODOE: tis paciiehese: 58 Saleatus, Poey ole ape Ria .. 809

heterophylla.....'.10. 03S.» a8 interstitialis, Poey......... 808

Tinamus siecnage: Tews, Vey 140 petrosus, Poey........ 804, 805

robustus, Scl......... 140, 141 Hgria, POGY cd cbacet .. 807

Tinnunculus spare rivs, Linn.134, 207 Tritonium pygmeum, St........ B81

Tityra albitorques, Dubus,....... 116) Trocntmmas..... , 204, 237

personata, Sard, & Selb... 116 | Trochilus colubris, Jinn eeeee 123

In d. ek.

PAGE }

Troglodytes inguidetus, Baird. . 93 |

intermedius, Cab.........- 93

tessellatus, Lafr. et BIR ED 93 |

TROGLODYTID ........ 2,199, 235 |

Trogon aurantiiventris, Gia acne 118

MTN, DAWES. sos cckocde « 119

caligatus, CIEE er eae 118 |

clathratus, Salv........... 119

concinnus, Lawr.......... 119

DUES EIU CRLOS Cia hah rani ery. «5 119

melano-cephalus.......... 12

PIU, GAG fo 2 efe “ocatalpiacoiw nds « 118

ten@us, Cab..........2.. 119

PRMGONED AD... 6.53 sais haelacinie's 168

RIE NI 's- fo 6) ike Nparerauiaia « W7

PERSEPHONE! 5. ctor «im ndings ora. 162

BOR EOIN A. os hi oais: Aabaicactls » 508

Tryblionella punctata.......... . B82

Tudora pupaeformis, Sowb....... 240

PECTS S/o oc vip caus ns, cpatar ee 292, 294

nuignifica, Con........ 292, 293.

REDED AGS sole, X-.<cehiin ots 90, 199, 234 |

Turdus alicia, Baird. ........... 91 |

Juscescens, Steph.........- 89 |

GTA, BD. ..soente << 91, 199, 266

hauxwelli, Lawr.. . .» 26D

Turdos leuchauchen, Scl........ oh!

leucomelas, Vieill ......... 265

NAGrescens, Cab. «cee s+ - 91

obsoletus, Lawr....91, 145, 266

plebeius, Cab.....-...-... 91 |

RECVOL UAWE. 5 wae s/ahcaia eres 234

swainsont, Cab...... ee ON

PRERBE CLG IGME Me os 6 n03< apotan Sorereher~ c 159

Turritella erosa, Couth.......... D719

PRUIBRITELDIDAL.. . ot. ceea 393, 399

IBYRANNID ZS, 55... 110, 144, 201, 256 |

Tyranniscus parvus, Lawr. . 112

villissimus, Scl. & Salv.... 111 |

Tyrannulus brunneicapillus, Lawr. 111

Wajid Spx... os. 89

Tyrannus intrepidus, Vieill....... 89

melancholicus, Vieill. .. .116, 237

satrapa, Licht............ 204

Ulmus Zdkovefolia, Ung......... 56

Pe te sa ao a aE eine id= « 378

complanatus, Lea......... 386

PEAT AB on Sa ritichieinit nlp Haier « 586

RETURN s hif0) « sinacr 5 «phe die'pin'e « B02

TS COIUIS otra cb) <i v eularvew bine: « 76

Urubitinga anthracina, Nitzsch.133, 238

wnicincta, Temm......... 238

Zonura, Shaw... ...«... 133, 207

Walencionnengdis ... 2.0. csecsers B04 |

PAGE

| Valenciennesia.. ;...\.:.,... +. ; Bo4-

Valencienniain, oie ss. ec ca erle 354

| Valencienminsy .. .<varasiesicesiaie crass 354

annulatus, Rouss.. . . 30d

Valvata pupoided, Say.........5 379

CUCATINATA, BBY. vcs sicve 37s

WS UTINID AN. 5. ead one vaste . 396

VENERIDZE....... aiets «BOO

Venus gemma, Wotbaadhre tie 388, 406

Manhattensis, Pr... ... 382, 388

mercenaria, Linn..380, 388, 406

NOUGUE, “SRY i. eg Hae vin ees oe . oss

VERMETID AS. B04

Vermetus radic ul, Bieta ‘B81, 394

"VOOR MIVORAK . s cccrdaus.c ec ome nem 77, 83

| Veronicella Floridana, Binn..... 285

Ventigo Age vie wudnt ener 393

GOUM A BIDTs | oes, ptm » O19

malium, GIG. s 5.6.5 « Viekiersts 352

SUN HE, GO iaiare vias we Usi cine 404

Viburnum. : oo a Sioned ofa

asperum, Newb... «+... dl, 54

erosum, Thurnbg...... ..;. - 55

lanceolatum, Newb.......81, 54

OdOTAESSUMUM 20. cece eee OD

| Vireo carmioli, Baird.......... 87, 97

flavifrons, Vieill. . 06.4. 89

‘palle 108, SQUAW <clek 87, 97

Vireolanius pul ‘hells, Sel. & Salv. ” 97

| VIRBONIDAB i mach cisd't Sreiesety ns 96, 200

| Vireosylvia flavo-viridis, Cass.... 96

HOSODILE: SCL> > stds eragtes ties 96

olivacea, Linn... HelAaiete ei 0

philadephica, Cass. . 96

JAMAyRENIGen Soothe tetas wert ate 160

Vivipara. . .292, 299, 297

li neata, Vals wrt cca nee 295

MIEVIPARID Air oe, .0...setante daar 297, 359

Volatinia jacarina, Linn,.....103, 201

WOdbIGITCE.. . ....cres-d'sj one's s1<g et ierea aaren

LTYONE Sek cx = con tebe ers 3538

VULTURIDAD.:; . 03 stets wAwdesay ot 134

Wapmerite, . .:.,0 s/s svete ts a eedients 165

Wavellite - 52:25 . js s\eh oats) eee 164

Xanthornus spurius, Linn....... 104

MENOUMECS . 5.siinoe's.5 sod eater gls 165

Xenops mericanus, Scl... sc... 20s 106

Zenaidura carolinensis, Linn. .139, 208

yucatanensis, Lawr........ 207

AAS COTE oa 5 «:<°eoccclle ath etaue mie 211, 212

TAZ IDOUS'S . «\2 «914 toes prey ae » “OD

BODES 6. 650s vice ad ne « auinumaan 284

Leovigata, PL, «tiajhel mae te . 284

Zonotrichia pileata, Bodd....... . 10%

426 Errata.

ERRATA.

Page 88, 6th line from top, for ‘‘ dorsalis,” read ‘‘ rufidorsalis,”

Page 8), 8th line from bottom, for ‘‘ Melopiza,” read ‘‘ Melospiza.”

Page 120, 16th line from bottom, for ‘‘ De la Slave,” read ‘‘ De la Llave.”

Page 124, 4th line from top, insert before ‘‘ female,” of.

Page 125, 18th line from top, for ‘‘ salolema,’’ read ‘*‘ calolema.”

Page 131, 15th line from bottom, for ‘‘ Seibl.” read ‘‘ Leibl.”

Page 201, 12th line from bottom, for ‘* Camptosoma,” read *‘ Camptostoma.”

Page 244, line 8; spachronites, read sphocronites,

Page 280, 16th line from bottom, for minuscula, Say, read minuscula, Binney.

Page 302, line 4 from bottom, for ‘‘ narrow,”’ read ‘‘ thin.”

Page 307, line 17 from top, for ‘‘ITI., 10,’’ read ‘‘ ITT., 11.”’

Page 308, line 10 from top, for ‘‘ distinguished by its nostrils and caudal as

before,’’ read ‘* distinguished from the previous species by its nostrils and

caudal.”

Page 309, last line but one, insert before ‘‘ hermaphroditism” ‘‘ accidental.”

Page 343, line 28; for ancyliformis, read neritoides.

Page 350, strike out Strebelia, which proves to be a land shell.

Page 355, insert before ‘‘ Group Physacea,”

Group B. Shell with an internal lamina.

Genus Gundlachia. Pfr. 1849.

Shell ancyliform ; apex oblique, non-spiral, posteriorly inclined, basal side

two-thirds closed by a flat lamina parallel with the plane of the aperture, soft

parts resembling Ancylus.

Type Gundlachia aneyliformis. Pfr. Cuba.

(?) Genus Latia, Gray. 1849,

Shell crepiduliform, apex spiral, posterior ; aperture with a posterior semi-

lunar septum, furnished on the right side with a projecting, slender, free,

somewhat twisted lamina. Exterior with a brown spirally striate epidermis.

Tentacul# short, triangular; mantle margin simple ; pulmonary aperture on

the right side. oot rounded; teeth unknown,

Type Latia neritoides. Gray. New Zealand,

Page 380, 23d line from top ; Mya arenaria, Say; read Mya arenaria, Linn.